Directory ADDRESS—University, 600 Forbes Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pa 15282 Telephone Call specific number (see following), for other offices call 434-6000 ADM I SSI ON —Director of Admissions Administration Building, First Floor Telephone (412) 434-6220/6221/6222 ADVISORS College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, College Hall, Room 215 Telephone (412) 434-6394/6395/6396 Duquesne University School of Business and Administration Rockwell Hall, Room 403 Telephone (412) 434-6277/6278 Pittsburgh,0 Pennsylvania School of Education, Canevin Hall Room 214 Telephone (412) 434-6118/6119 School of Music, Room 315 Telephone (412) 434-6083 School of Nursing, College Hall Room 637D Telephone (412) 434-6346/6347 School of Pharmacy, Mellon Hall of Science, Room 421 Telephone (412) 434-6385/6365 ROTC—College Hall, Fourth Floor Telephone (412) 434-6614/6664/6665 BOOKSTORE—Duquesne Union Second Floor Telephone (412) 434-6626 CAMPUS MINISTRY—Administration Building, First Floor Telephone (412) 434-6020 CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT—Administration, Third Floor Telephone (412) 434-6644/6645/6646/6647 Published annually, in July, by Duquesne University, 600 Forbes Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15282 CASHIER—Payment of Tuition and Fees, Administration Building, Ground Floor Telephone (412) 434-6585/6586/6587/6588 NOTICE OF RIGHT TO PRIVACY CHAPLAIN —Administration Building, First Floor Under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, access to student records by non-University person- Telephone (412) 434-6020/6021 nel is restricted unless granted by the student, or dependencv of the student is demonstrated by a parent or DEAN OF STUDENTS—Duquesne Union, Third Floor guardian Telephone (412) 434-6657/6658/6659 any sex, race color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, FINANCIAL AID—Loan, Scholarship Student Employment, Applications Duquesne University admits students of Administration Building, Ground Floor privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school It does Telephone (412) 434-6607/6608/6609 not discriminate on the basis of sex, race, color, national or ethnic origin, veteran's status or non-perfor- HEALTH SERVICE—Duquesne Towers, Second Floor mance related handicap in the administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship Telephone (412) 434-7822/7823 and loan programs, and athletic and other University-administered programs IDENTIFICATION CARDS—Office Services, Rockwell Hall Lower Level Telephone (412) 434-6191 INFORMATION CENTER—For University Events, Duquesne Union, Third Floor Contents Telephone (412) 434-6632/6633 2 Calendar ...... INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION ADVISOR—Administration Building Fourth Floor ...... 9 Telephone (412) 434-6113 1 General Information ...... 14 LEARNING SKILLS PROGRAM—Administration Building, Third Floor 11 Programs and Courses Telephone (412) 434-6661/6662/6636 Liberal Arts and Sciences ...... 14 PSYCHOLOGICAL COUNSELING—Center for Testing and Research Business and Administration ...... 64 Telephone (412) 434-6561/6562/6563 Education . . . 76 PUBLIC SAFETY—Public Safety Building 84 Telephone (412) 434-6001/6002/6003 Music .108 REGISTRAR—For Transcripts and Records, Rockwell Hall Nursing ...... Telephone (412) 434-6214 (Transcripts) 434-6215 (Records) Pharmacy ...... 117 RESIDENCE LIFE—For Housing Duquesne Towers R.O.T.0 ...... 132 Telephone (412) 434-6655/6656 (Second Floor Billing Contract) 135 434-7802/7803/7804 (First Floor Room Assignments) III Student Life Programs, Services and Organizations ...... 139 STUDENT HEALTH INSURANCE—G & G Building, Second Floor IV Campus Ministry ...... Telephone (412) 434-6058/6059 V Admission, Financial Aid, Tuition and Fees . . . . 140 TESTING BUREAU—Administration Building, Third Floor VI Registration, Scholastic Policies 153 Telephone (412) 434-6204/6208 159 VII Directories ...... 183 Index The provisions of this catalog are to be considered directive in character The University reserves the righ, to make any changes that seem necessary or desirable, including fees, tuition and room and board Faculty listings contained in this catalog are current as of Spring 1984 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1985-1986, 1986-1987 SPRING SEMESTER-1986 1985-86 FALL SEMESTER-1985 November 22 Friday Latest Date for 1986 Spring Semester Pre-registration with July 19 Friday Latest Date for Fall Semester Pre-registration with Pay-By- Pay-By-Mail Option Mail Option Thursday Final Registration * August 15 januaiy 9 Thursday Holiday Assumption Fi iday Final Registration * August 21 January 10 Wednesday Final Registration * Saturday Final Registration * August 22 Thursday January I I Final Registration * Saturdav Latest Date to Cancel Registration without Penalty August 23 Fri day Final Registration * January 11 January 11 Saturdav Latest Date to Register without Late Fee August 24 Saturday Final Registration * Semester Begins August 24 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel Registration without Penalty January 13 Monday January 18 Saturday Latest Date to Register August 24 Saturday Latest Date to Register without Late Fee Latest Date for Change of Class Schedule August 26 Monday Semester Begins January 18 Saturday January 18 Saturday Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail September 2 Monday Holiday Labor Day No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped September 3 Tuesday Latest bate to Register, January 18 Saturday January 24 Friday Latest Date for Mav Prospective Graduates to Apply for Latest Date for Change of Class Schedule, Graduation Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail, January 25 Saturday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped DRAWAL from the Universitv September 7 Saturday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- January 27 Monday Latest Date for Mav Prospective Graduates to Submit Thesis DRAWAL from the University outline and Schedule Comprehensives September 14 Saturday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- DRAWAL from the University January 31 Friday September 20 Friday DRAWAL from the University Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to Apply Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- for Graduation February 8 Saturdav DRAWAL from the University September 21 Saturday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- February 28 Saturday Latest Date for Undergraduates to Complete I Graded DRAWAL from the University Courses of the 1985 Fall Semester I Graded Courses Not October 8 Tuesday Reading Day October I I Friday Completed by this date receive the Permanent Grade of F Latest Date for Undergraduates to Complete I Graded Latest Date to Submit Mid-term Grades Courses of the 1985 Spring Semester and the 1985 Summer March 7 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade Session I Graded Courses Not Complete by this date receive March 7 Friday the Permanent Grade of F Removal Grades October 18 Friday Latest Date to Submit Mid-term Grades March 14 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates Other than First Semester October 18 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduate I Grade Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade Removal Grades March 22 Saturday Last Class Dav Before Easter Holidays October 25 Friday Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to Submit March 31 Monday Frist Class Day After Easter Holidays Thesis Outline and Schedule Comprehensives April 3 Thursday Fall Semester Pre-registration Begins * Other Dates April 4, October 25 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates Other than First Semester 5, 7, 8 9, 10, 11 (F, S M, T, W, H, F ) Freshmen to Withdraw with W Grade April 7 Monday Latest Date for May Prospective Graduates to Submit Ap- November I Friday Holiday All Saints Day proved Thesis to School Office and to Take Comprehen- November 14 Thursday Spring Semester Pre-registration Begins sives Other Dates Nov 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 Xprit 14 Monday Latest Date for May Graduates to Pay Accounts (F, S, M, T, W, H, F ) April 25 Friday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to withdraw with November 22 Friday Latest Date for 1986 Spring Semester Pre-registration with W Grades Pay-By-Mail Option April 28 Monday Reading Day November 23 Saturday Last Class Day Before Thanksgiving Holidays April 29 Tuesday Reading Day December 2 Monday First Class Day After Thanksgiving Holidays April 30 Wednesdav Final Examinations Begin Other Dates May 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 (H, December 8 Sunday Holiday Immaculate Conception F, S, M T) December 9 Monday Latest Date for December Prospective Graduates to Submit May 6 Tuesday Semester Ends Latest Date for Graduating Students to Approved Thesis to School and to take Comprehensives Complete Degrees December 11 Wednesday Reading Day May 6 Tuesday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Complete I Graded December 12 Thursday Reading Day Courses of the 1985 Spring Semester December 13 Friday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with May 8 Thursday Holiday Ascension Day W Grade May 9 Friday University Convocation and Honors Day December 14 Saturday Final Examinations Begin Other Dates December 16 17, May 9 Friday Graduation Mass 18, 19, 20 (M, T, W, H, F ) Commencement I May 10 Saturdav December 20 Friday Semester Ends Latest Date for Graduating Students to I May 26 Monday Holiday Memorial Day Complete Degrees and Pay Accounts July 4 Friday Holiday Independence Day December 20 Friday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Complete I Graded July 14 Wednesday Latest Date for 1986 Fall Semester Pre-Registration with Courses of the 1984 Fall Semester Pay-By-Mail Option December 21 Saturday Holiday Christmas Recess Begins August 15 Friday Holiday Assumption *See Semester Class Directory for Time Schedule *See Semester Registration Schedule for Other Dates and Times SPRING SEMESTER-1987 FALL SEMESTER-1986

November 21 Friday Latest Date for 1987 Spring Semester Pre-registration with July 16 Wednesday Latest Date for Fall Semester Pre-Registration with Pav-By- Pay-By-Mail Option Mail Option January 8 Thursday Final Registration August 20 Wednesday Final Registration January 9 Friday Final Registration August 21 Thursday Final Registration January' tO Saturday Final Registration August 22 Friday Final Registration January 10 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel Registration without Penalty August 23 Saturday Final Registration January 10 Saturday Latest Date to Register without Late Fee August 23 Saturday Latest Date to Register Without Late Fee January 12 Monday Semester Begins August 23 Saturday Latest Date to Cancel Registration Without Penalty January 16 Friday Latest Date to Register August 25 Monday Fall Semester Begins January 16 Friday Latest Date for Change of Class Schedule September I Monday Holiday Labor Day January 16 Friday Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fail and Auditor September 2 Tuesday Latest Date to Register January 16 Friday No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped September 2 Tuesday Latest Date for Change of Class Schedule January 23 Friday Latest Date for May Graduates to Apply for Graduation September 2 Tuesday Latest Date to Declare Pass/Fall January 24 Saturday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- September 2 Tuesday No Refund After this Date for Credits Dropped DRAWAL from the University September 6 Saturday Latest Date for 80% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- January 30 Friday Latest Date May Graduates to Submit Thesis Outline and DRAWAL from the University Schedule Comprehensives September 13 Saturday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- January 31 Saturday Latest Date for 40% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- DRAWAL from the University DRAWAL from the University September 19 Friday Latest Date for December Graduates to Apply for Gradua- February 7 Saturday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- tion DRAWAL from the University September 20 Saturday Latest Date for 20% Tuition Remission for TOTAL WITH- February 27 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates to Complete I Graded DRAWAL from the University I Courses of the 1986 Fall Semester I Graded Courses not October 4 Saturday Religious New Year Rosh Hashanah* completed by this date receive the permanent Grade of F October 8 Wednesday Reading Day March 6 Friday Latest Date to Submit Mid-term Grades October 10 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates to Complete 'I" Graded March 6 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduates I Grade courses of the 1986 Spring Semester and 1986 Summer Ses- Removal Grades sion "I" Graded courses not completed by this Date Re- March 7 Saturday Last Class Day Before Spring Break ceive the Permanent Grade of "F" March 14 Saturday First Class Day After Spring Break October 13 Monday Day of Atonement Yom Kippur* March 16 Monday Latest Date for Undergraduates Other than First Semester October 17 Friday Latest Date for Reporting Mid-term Grades Freshman to Withdraw with W Grade October 17 Friday Due Date for Instructors to Submit Undergraduates "I" April 3 Friday 1987 Fall Semester Pre-registration Begins Grade Removal Grades April 10 Friday Latest Date for Graduating Students to Pay Accounts October 18 Saturday Tabernacles SUCCOV April 14, 15 Tues, Wed Passover, PESACH* October 24 Friday Latest Date for December Graduates to Submit Thesis Out- April 15 Wednesday Last Class Day Before Easter Holidays lines and Schedule Comprehensives April 16 Thursday Holiday Holv Thursday October 24 Friday Latest Date for Undergraduates other than First Semester April 17 Friday Holiday Good Friday Freshmen to Withdraw with "W" Grade April 20, 21 Mon, Tues Concluding Days PESACH* October 25 Saturday Concluding Day of Tabernacles April 21 Tuesday First Class Day After Easter Holidays SH'MINI ATZERT* April 28 Tuesday Will Follow the Thursday Class Day Schedule October 26 Sunday Festival of Rejoicing in the Torah April 28 Friday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to Withdraw with SIMCHAT TORAH W Grades November I Saturday Holiday All Saints Day April 29 Wednesday Will Follow the Friday Class Day Schedule November 6 Thursday Spring 1997 Pre-Registralion Begins April 30 Thursday Final Examinations Begin November 21 Friday Spring 1987 Pre-Registration, Ends May 6 Wednesday Final Examinations End November 21 Friday Latest Date for 1987 Spring Semester Pre-Registration with Mav 6 Wednesday Semester Ends Latest Date for Graduating Students to Pay-By-Mail Option Complete Degrees November 22 Saturday Last Class Day Before Thanksgiving Holiday May 6 Wednesdav Semester Ends Latest Date for Graduating Students to December I Monday First Class Day After Thanksgiving Holiday Complete Degrees December 8 Monday Holiday Immaculate Conception May 6 Wednesday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Complete I Graded December 9 Tuesday Follows the Monday Class Schedule Courses of the 1986 Spring Semester December I I Thursday Reading Day May 8 Friday University Convocation and Honors Day December 12 Friday Reading Day May 8 Friday Baccalaureate Liturgy December 12 Friday Latest Date for December Graduates to Submit Approved May 9 Saturday Commencement Thesis to School Office and to take Comprehensives May 25 Monday Holiday Memorial Day December 12 Friday Latest Date for First Semester Freshmen to withdraw with May 28 Thursdav Holiday Ascension Day "W" Grade June 3, 4 Wed , Thurs Shavuot Pentecost* December 15 Monday Final Examinations Begin July 4 Saturday Holiday Independence Day December 20 Saturday Final Examinations End July 15 Wednesday Latest Date for Fall 1987 Preregistration with Pay-By-Mail December 20 Saturday Semester Ends Option December 20 Saturday Latest Day for Graduating Students to Complete Degrees August 15 Saturday Holiday Assumption and Pay Account December 20 Saturday Latest Date for Graduate Students to Complete "I" Graded *Some Jewish students may be absent, holiday begins at sunset of preceding evening Courses from the Spring 1986 Semester, December 22 Monday Holiday Christmas Recess Begins

*Some Jewish students may be absent, holiday begins at sunset of preceding evening

All Degrees and Programs Offered in the University SCHOOL BACHELOR'S DEGREE MASTER'S DEGREE DOCTORATE Part 1: General Information

Art Histor, MLdia Arts B:.ch,.,st,, Pml,^,,.ph) HISTORY B olog' Ph es independently, to interrelate disciplines and expe- Chem,sin Political Duquesne University first opened its doors as the rience, and to balance memory, reason and S icn,, imagination (C Is 11:1111 Psych elegy Pittsburgh Catholic College of the Holv Ghost in Social C—lo,oluma Octobei 1878 with an enrollment of 40 students In essence, the Duquesne student is ideally an .Scle in pit tecc r (o munication and a facultv of seven The school grew rapidly in individual with a fully integrated personality and a ( 01 legL Of Criminaln' Justice SocialHuman Ser"ces/ sensitivity and responsiveness to his humanity Li beral Arts Economics se—ce, its first vears until it moved from its original loca- and Sc.,.c,, English s.ciol.g, tion on Wylie Avenue in the citv's Uptown section and that of his fellow man French Spanish The educational objectives of the University Germ. Speech to its piesent site a scenic 39-acre hilltop called Gcmntologs0 SPCLch The Bluff " which overlooks downtown include the development of a sound philosophy of Histors Pathologs/ Biochemrstr^ PhaTmacLutics life through an integration of spiritual, physical, Internal .na[ Audiolog,, Pittsburgh Bi-log, Pharmacognos, R'lalron, ThL,lrc/M,dua intellectual, moral, social and aesthetic goals and ChLmrslr^ Pharmacology chemist, Bv 1911 the school had achieved university sta- Journ. I Th-log) Communications Toxrcrlog^ FOg.,h values, the fostering of a spirit of inquiry and LibL.1 "MArts/ World tus at which time the name Duquesne University English Philosoph^ Fmician- Enginetring Literature scholarship necessary for continuing intellectual Formal i, c Political Science sru'ritu,dil, of the Holy Ghost was adopted in honor of the Mathemaucs Sta,itualu, P,^clolgy Phil.,oph, 18th century governor general of French Canada ' and professional growth, the formation of a well- German so—log, P­ hol.g, Graduate I Histm, Spanish Pharmaceutical the Marquis de Duquesne who first brought Cath- balanced, self-assured personality, and the School is Arch a] Thcolog^ (herrusir, imparting of an attitude of continuing self-evalua- Liberal of olic services to Pittsburgh while it was under Museum and Pastoral Theolog, Arts and Editing Studies Munisirs French dominion tion and self-improvement both as an individual ScuLuCeS Liberal Studies Duquesne's great period of student growth after and a contributing member of the community of Accounting Management Mathematics man Management Pharmaceutical World War Il along with the necessity of refur- Information C hern,sm bishing a make-shift phvsical plant, led the Unt- Duquesne offers a wide variety of programs and Systems curricula from which students may select freely in Economic PreM,:, It.Tt ,nt, Studiesie and versitv to begin an ambitious program of planned Science accordance with their interests, capabilities and phvsical expansion and modernization in 1950 Finance Qui Mas — in School of Business goals in life International Now in the enviable position of having corn- Business and Information Business Administration Administration System, pleted most of its physical development needs for Complemented by a broad spectrum of nonaca- Law Administration (M B A) the foreseeable future the University is a modern, demic activities and programs, the curriculum at attractive highly functional educational facility Duquesne University is designed to prepare young EarK Childhood Education men and women who, upon entering their chosen Elementary Education Counselor Ed School Psschologv which has more than tripled from its early 12 5 (C..mumt5 School Supersision Scht,.f Si_comdar^ Education acres to its present self-enclosed 39-acre campus careers, will possess a broad well-balanced and Flemcrlar^ yuc,crdat ^ Educe, on Special Education ­ and Secondars) Education site fully integrated education and perspective of (Mentalls and/or Special Education Plissicaltv Element— Ed Todav, Duquesne University is not only one of themselves and the world Handicapped) Schoolm Adminand Post Masters for Fle Cerlification the leading private institutions in Pennsylvania, Sec. a,., but also is one of several major private, Catholic, POLICY STATEMENTS ON Bn,hL[.r of B,chci.r of INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION ft Music in SCILoce in Music urban universities in the United States an . Education Music Education Folk Art in ...0 u ,h,,t,,l The mission of Duquesne University's founders, In l, J The Univeisity has over 6 000 students enrolled ach'I., of ThLO11 ­ School of the Holy Ghost Congregation, has always included Science in Music Composition in its eight schools College of Liberal Arts and M u,ac Organ Sacred Mu Me,,, Digan Education -111, 111h1d ­ service to peoples outside of the United States SacrLd Music Sciences (1878), Graduate School of Liberal Arts Voice Sacred a concentration Piano Duquesne University also is committed to provid- Music vourt in Music Pedagogy and Sciences (1911) and the Schools of Law Guitar Ja/7 Th—p, Ansic ThLrap^ (1911) Business and Administration (1913) ing an educational environment which recognizes Pharrnacv (1925), Music (1926) Education (1929) , cultural and national pluralism N hool of Bachtjor of Science and Nursing (1937) Duquesne's eight schools Duquesne welcomes qualified students from ursing n Nursing throughout the world and encourages its students S, I offer degree programs on the baccalaureate, profes- sional, master's, and doctoral levels and faculty to take advantage of opportunities to MedicalPharmacy Technolog^ School of Hspatal, study and teach abroad Ph.r.,c, Pharm Rcidi.l.l;ucal .,allh PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES The University believes that the sharing of the While Duquesne University can look with pride at multiple traditions and mores of societies is an

School of La, the remarkable transformation of the campus invaluable element in the educational process I I effected bv its physical development and -expan- In a world that is growing ever smaller, it is sion prrogram it has never lost sight of its primary imperative that Duquesne reach out to peoples of role as an educational institution and its responsi- different cultures to afford them the opportunitv to bilities to the students Who form the Duquesne acquire educational experiences not otherwise familv available to them Interaction among international -X Catholic institution operated by the Congre- and American faculty and students will enrich all gation of the Holy Ghost Duquesne is open to and enhance their ability to be better citizens of students of all religions and creeds A community our shared world committed to the ideal of producing young men Duquesne University asserts its commitment to and women whose minds seek intellectual free- develop and to maintain programs, services and dom and truth, the University seeks to impart to practices which promote and express respect for its students the ability to judge and makedecisions persons of diverse cultures and backgrounds and 10 which provide educational bridges linking the peo- Bowl Champion Steclers and the USFL Maulers Including a g\ in and shmnastics aica is located on 3 900 periodicals and an extensive microprint and ples of the WCuld play at Three Rivers Stadium The Penguins IlIC gIOUnd flooi audiovisual collection The facility also contains a number of special (National Hockey League), Spirit (Major Indoor I lie Duqucsne Tmwrs, a 17-stoi\ an-conditioned THE UNIVERSITY SETTING Soccer League) and Duquesne Dukes nationallv collections, including the Afiican Collection on dOlAblc-im^ei iesidcncc f6i 1 200 ruLn and wo m en Located adjacent to downtown Pittsburgh, African culture societv and politics the Rabbi known basketball team all perform in the nearbv tCatLI I Ing scpai a tc housing wings w as dedicated in Duquesne Universitv's modern hilltop campus is Heiman Hailperin Collection on Medieval Chris- Civic Arena, one of the largest indoor sports are- 1970 The facilil\ fCatLIIeS a ILIII-SIZC indoor swim- readilv accessible to the business, entertainment nas in the United States and the only one in the tian and Jewish intellectual and religious thought ruing pool kviih a suncleck offices ofthe Residence and shopping centers of the citv while still offeiing the Silverman Center collection of woi Id literature world with a retractable dome Facilities for such Litc Division the Campus Health Services area a students the piivacv and peace of its own self- in phenomenology, and the Universm Archives participatory sports as tennis, golf, running, hik- inain student lounge and smallei lounges on each enclosed 39-acie site With scaling capacity for approximatelv 1 000 ing, skiing, skating, and many others are available floot tcicphoncs in each iooni and a tesident din- Long noted as one of the world s greatest steel- throughout the Pittsburgh area pations including graduate studv carrels and con- ing hall with ,1 2 500 student capacitv producing centers Pittsburgh combines the fea- ference facilities the new Library constitutes a tures of urban living with niariv of the charms and PHYSICAL FACILITIES The Duquesne Union a mocicin architectural highiv functional facility that should remain personal characteristics of a much smaller town facilit\ with an innovative conciete and glass responsive to the needs of the Duquesne commu- The Administration Building, "Old Main' was The third laigest corporate headquarters center in design s the cLntci ofcampLls activities and stu- rutv for many years to come Architects for the the first building constructed on the Duquesne the US behind New York and Chicago, Pitts- clent life Dedicated in 1967 it house-, the offices of Libiary Resource Center, Gerard Associates were campus, dedicated in 1884 Recently renovated, it burgh was also shown in a recent Survey of urban -I- the Student Life the Athletic Department and cited by the Pittsburgh Chapter of the American houses the Executive Offices of the University, life to be the fourth most desirable metropolitan \ ai ious student organizations and interest groups Institute of Architects for creative design in their Office of Admissions, Campus Ministry Business area for overall qualm of life in the U S Facilities Include thice scpaiate dining aicas a renovation and expansion of the original struc- Offices, Testing Bureau, Career Planning and Although most visitors and new residents who balhoom and Student lounge the campus book- tLire an old garage and warehouse constructed in Placement Office, Learning and Counseling come to the city are conditioned bv the old StOIL the campus infoiniation centei and a iccre- the 1920's into the present facilitv The Music Center, Financial Aid Office, and the Division of ' Smokey City image they soon learn that the ation center which teaturts eight bowling lanes School The Edward Hanley Hall of Law and Colf University Relations Adjoin the building is the Pittsburgh which emerged from its nationally pockct bithaids table tennis table soccer a music lege Hall also resulted from conversions of older Umversit^ Chapel which offers daily Mass and acclaimed Renaissance" redevelopment program listening room pinball elcctionic games a rath- structures the Campus Theatre is not only a citv of clean air and streets safe skellat an ait gallery and an emporium neighborhoods and a bustling economv but that Assumption Hall the oldest residence hall on I he Public Safet^ Building is the headquarters for I he G & G Building in addition to housing vari- the Universitv s Public Safety Office Pittsburgh nioic than any other American city, campus, was dedicated in 1956 A four-story struc- Oils achninistiative offices of the Uni%,crsitv also has developed a strong civic identity and sense of ture with a 280-student capacity, the facility has its houses the Uiii^crsitN s Vocations Office Richard King Mellon Hall of Science, an attrac- pride in its rebulh as a modern urban communitv own recreation area and offers both single and tive four-story structure dedicated in 1968 houses Students front Duquesne and the other colleges double occupancy rooms I lie GNmnasium IS used as a piactice facilitv bv the Departments of Biological Sciences Chemis- and universities in the city can choose from a wide Naitous intercollegiate athletic teams of the Uni- Canevin Hall, the oldest classroom building on try Phvsics and the School of Pharmacy range of cultural events and institutions %cisil\ and as the ccntei f6i indoor sports of the campus, was built in 1922 and completely reno- Designed by one of the world's most renowned The world-renowned Pittsburgh Symphony Uni\Listt\ s inuarnuial spoits program The g^m vated in 1968 A four-story building, it houses the architects, Mies van der Rohe, the building won Orchestra Pittsburgh Opera, and Pittsburgh Ballet School of Education, Curriculum Library, Reading fentUles a inoclein fullv equipped weight tiaming the 'Laboratory of the Year' award in 1969 Theatre all perform regularly in the elegant Heinz facilit\ the Dukes Couit Weight Room which is Clinic and Guidance and Counseling Clinic Instructional facilities include two large Hall for the Performing Arts The theatregoer can open to the student bodv as well as the Univer- amphitheatre-style lecture halls with seating choose from productions of the Pittsburgh Public College Hall a six-story classroom and office sm s \aisit\ teams capacities of 248 each Theatre, local college drama departments and pro- building dedicated in 1970, is the seat of the Col- McCloskeN Field dedicated in the mid-1970's is grams and a wide varietv of summer and after- lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences and the Graduate the Center The Music School dedicated in 1967 has 73 f0I OLltdooi intiamUral activity Other dinner club theatres School of Liberal Arts and Sciences housing 10 of pianos including 56 Stemways fiNe organs and athletic facilities include thice self-enclosed tennis in the summer the American Wind Svmphonv their individual departments and faculties The over 300 orchestral and band instruments avail- couits and two outdoor basketball COLHIS one of offers open-air concerts on Pittsburgh's riversides School of Nursing is located on the sixth floor able for student use The school oflers training and ^Nhich is conveited f6i street hockev in the wintei Other seasonal events include the Three Rivers Special instructional facilities include psychology, degrees in conscrvatory and music education, jazz months and Shadvside aits festivals and the International numerical analysis nursing, and practice skills and sacred music as well as an innovative pro- Folk Festival, thiee piestigious events which draw laboratories, along with two lecture halls The Eibiard J HanleN Hall ot Lai^ dedicated in grarn in music therapy Individual and group prac- national attention tice areas are available in the building, along with The Counseling Center houses the University's 1082 iesulted from the renovation and expansion Duquesne students can visit such points of acoustically equipped classrooms Performances Center for Training and Research in Phenomeno- of the old Uni\eisit^ LibrarN building The new interest as Highland Park Zoo Carnegie Museum aic given throughout the school vear in the recital logical Psychology, a facility operated by tacilm houses lacult\ and administrative offices of Art and History Scaife Gallery, the Conserva- hall and the school hosts the annual Mid-East Duquesne's renowned Department of Psychology iescaich and stuciv rooms two large amphitheatre torv-Aviary BLIIII Planetarium Pittsbuigh History IMUIC halls interview ioorns seminar and class- Instrumental Music Conference and Landmarks Museum, Duquesne Incline and The Des Places Communications Center, dedi- room ateas and a nioot courtroom The greativ Rockiiell Hall, dedicated in 1958 is a 10-story Phipps Conseivatory cated in 1982, houses the department of speech e\panded law libiai\ is the most accessible one of stiucture which houses the School of Business and Directiv across the river front campus is Mount communications and theatre, department of jour- its kind in the citv with its central location and Administration Its Business Simulation Labora- Washington Pittsburgh's highest point which nalism the new medical media communications convenient houis (7 a m to midnight Monday toiy contains 12 conference rooms equipped with offers a spectacular view of the city and its sur- program cosponsored by the University and through TlILIISddV 10 a in to midnight Sunday) television cameras and microphones for obseiva- ioundings particularly at night Mercy Hospital, and the production and broad- The ]a\\ libraiv is opcii to members of the local tion and recording of activitv in the individual Market Square a redeveloped area in the heart casting studios of WDUQ television and radio an bcnch and bar as N.Ncll as law Students of downtown Pittsburgh, and the Oakland-Shady- affiliate of the national Public Broadcasting Sys- rooms Rockwell Hall also houses a snackbar, the side area in the eastern end of the city are two of tem (PBS) Named in honor of the founder of the The I ibrarN Resource Center dedicated in 1978 Business School's student lounge, the Universitv's the major entertainment and nightlife centers Holy Ghost Congregation, the center also features is a modern attractive hx e-story structure that sig- Svstcms Centei the institute for World Concerns The success of the various professional and a journalism laboratory, simulation laboratory, naled the ciowning achievement of the Univer- the Division of Continuing Education Registrar's major college sports teams has won for Pittsburgh instructional photo laboratory, seminar rooms, sit\ s expansion and iedcvelopment program Office Student I D Center Office Seivices the title of "City of Champions" The 1971 and graphic arts classroom, and a little theatre per- Housed in ovei 100 000 square feet of space is a Department, Peter Mills Auditorium and the 1979 World Champion Pirates, four-time Super formance room The women's recreation center collcction of o\ci 455 000 volumes nioie than Institute of Formative Spiritualitv

12 13

St Ann's Hall dedicated in 1964 is a two-wing College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Session These are for persons whose employment SYSTEMS CENTER/COMPUTER three-story women's dormitory with its own laun- 4cc t cditation does not peimit them to attend as regular day RESOURCES di,, area seveial lounges and television rooms a American Chemical Society students The Systems Center is a service department of recreation area snack area and atti active grounds Memhei^hip Through careful planning and consultation with the University which reports to the Vice President Double and single ioonis are available American Conference of Academic Deans academic advisors the bachelor's degree program for Business and Management The Systems American Society of Journalism School mav be completed by evening stud-v in some Center has a UNIVAC 1100/62 computer with 8 by these two schools Other 1 8 billion bytes St Martin's Hall A 14-story residence provides Administrators major areas offered megabytes of main memory and undergraduate schools also schedule occasional of disk storage In addition the University housing for graduate and law students as well as Association of American Colleges e^Lning Courses but it is not possible to complete million in new non-DUqUesne students frorii other Pittsbuigh aca- Eastern Association of College Deans and recently invested over $1 7 dernic and vocational institutions Advisors their degree iequiiemcnts through evening computer equipment featuring 62 Sperrytink attendance alone office system units and 36 UTS 400 terminals School of Business and Administration Prospective evening undergraduate students Each Sperrylink consists of a terminal with a serves as the rest- TrimtN Hall dedicated in 1952 Accieditation should consult with the office of the Dean of the screen and keyboard and a diskette for storing deuce of the Holy Ghost Fathers who serve the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of school in which thev ai e interested for information information on magnetic disks All the Sperrylink Universitv as administrators and teachers The Business about the opportunity for evening studv on a units and the UTS terminals will be linked in a grounds of the hall include an attractive mall and Accreditation Council continuing basis corn puter-com mun ication s network to the Sperry grotto Alemheiship 1100/62 main frame Students in every field of SESSIONS Association for University Business and SUMMER study will integrate their study programs using the Manv undergraduate and graduate courses are Economic Research Sperrylinks and UTS 400 terminals ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATION offcred each surnmer in most areas Thev are open Middle Atlantic Association of Colleges of The Systems Center also provides all the data to qualified Duquesne students and to those fro m UniiersiO Business Administration processing services for the administrative offices of other colleges and universities the University Some of these services are Accicditatton School of Education The sessions of varving length begin in Mav registration, grade reporting, admissions and the Commission on Highei Education and run through mid-August Short term offerings Ac(ieditation financial record-keeping requirements for-the Middle States Association of Colleges and Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools on one and two week duration usually at the University graduate level are scheduled befoie and after the Schools Pennsylvania Department of Education Membeiship regular session State Board of Education of the Pennsylvania American Association of Colleges for Teacher Department of Education Education Association of Independent Liberal Arts Colleges Ilembeiship for Teacher Educators American Association of Collegiate Registrars The Pennsylvania Association of Colleges and and Admissions Officers Teacher Educators American Council on Education School of Music Association of Catholic Colleges and Universities Acciechlation National Association of Schools of Music Association of College Admissions Counsclois National Association for Music Therapy Catholic Educational Association of Pennsylvania Membetship College Entrance Examination Board American Symphony Orchestra League National Catholic Music Educators Association Council for Advancement and Support of Education School of Nursing National Association for Independent Colleges Accieditation and Universities National League for Nursing Appioiwl National Association of College and Universitv Pennsylvania State Board of Nurse Examiners ? Business Officers Membeiship National Association of Foreign Student American Association of Colleges of Nursing Administrators National League for Nursing (Council of National kssociation of Student Personnel Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs) Administrators School of Pharmac^ j, National Association of Student Financial Aid Accwditation Administrators American Council on Pharmaceutical Education National Catholic Educational Association Pennsylvania State Board of Pharmacy Membci)hip National Commission on Accrediting American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy Pennsylvania Association ofColleges and Universities EVENING STUDY The School of Business and Administration and Pittsburgh Council of Higher Education the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offer Southwestern Pennsvlvania Council on evening classes for full-time and part-time Higher Education students each semester and during the Summer

14 15

DEGREES and individual initiative in the Duquesne cornmu- The College confe's two undergraduate degrees nity of scholars are encouraged through daily con- art 11: Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts Students tact with talented and committed fellow students who complete the major in biology chemistiy, and faculty from diverse fields, interests, and Lomputei science and physics receive the B S backgrounds ff'rograms and CourSies degree Students who complete the major in art The IHP, supported in part by a grant from the lustory classics economics English history JOUr- National Endowment for the Humanities, consists nalism media aits modern languages, philosophy of 12 accelerated freshman and sophomore political science psycholog^ sociology speech, courses and 4 upper level seminars Students College of and theology receive the B A degree Students enrolled in the IHP may matriculate in the College majoring in mathematics can follow a curriculum of Arts and Sciences or one of the professional Liberal Arts and Sciences leading to either a B A or B S degree schools Students will select majors and minors The Associate of Aits Degree is awaided in according to the policies of the College or of the international Communications for Industry Com- School in which they are registered The IHP cred- inuniLations for lndustr^ Criminal Justice and its, however, replace many of the required general HISTORY Social Sciences (Political Science, In Applied Technology education credits (for example, English, History, 1878 the Fathers of the Congregation of the Psychology Sociology) Nine credits Sociology) Holv Ghost arid the Immaculate Heart of Mary At least two disciplines The Integrated Honors Program curriculum is must be represented established a College of Arts and Letters which concentrated in the freshman and sophomore Nine credits Both Special Programs was incorporated in 1882 as Pittsburgh Catholic History Literature years Studies are continued in the junior and College of the Holv, Ghost with authority to grant disciplines must be represented senior years through Capstone Seminars (Some degices in the arts and sciences In 1911 the Col- Philosophy Theology Nine credits Both CONCENTRATED STUDIES rearrangement of the following schedule may be lege and University Council of the Common- disciplines must be represented PROGRAM necessary for students in certain professional wealth of Pennsvixania extended the charter to Communications schools and science programs) umversM status and approved the amendment in (Journalism, Linguistics Speech Concentrated studies is a special developmental lavoi of the corporate title Duquesne University Media Arts) Three credits education program designed to help students FRESHMAN I (First Semester) improve their basic skills and realize their full Completion of Major Program As determined potential f6i college woi 101 Logic and Rhetoric 3 cr PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES by department (Minimum of 24 credits) k Students in the program take a prescribed block of college level courses Clear and disciplined thinking, reading, speak- Duquesne University believes that education is Completion of Minor Program As determined during their freshman vear and thereafter com- ing and writing concerned with the hUrnan peison as a whole— by department oflering the minor mind bodv and soul It believes that each individ- plete their education at Duquesne in the tradi- (Minimum of 12 credits above the 105 Approaches to Culture The West 4cr tional manner ual has the obligation to self societN and God to introductory courses) An intensive analvsis of the key ideas and the develop potential to the fullest In this commit- Students who major or minor in a basic area auto- Courses offeied in the progiam significant people, events and civilizations of the ment the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences sets Western world—ancient, medieval and contem- maticaltv satisfy the area requirements for that 001 002 BASIC LANGUAGE SKILLS its objectives and forms its curricula porary discipline Courses taken in an interdisciplinary 4 cr each semester , The objectives of the College are minor do not satisfv area requirements I To provide a solid foundation f6i lifelong 003 BASIC CONCEPTS OF PSYCHOLOGY 113 Mathematics 3cr A, maximum of 12 credits in the non-arts-and- 3 cr Quantitative literacy as a major mode of infor- learning sciences courses may be applied to the B A or B S 005 006 FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE mation gathering and thinking in the modern 2 To devc1op an awareness of the methodolo- degree However, if the student chooses an inter- LATIN world (Required of non-math non-science school minor, the maximum for the minor (Busi- gies and episternologies of the majoi areas of 4 cr each semester majors) knowledge so that evaluations and judgments may ness, 15, Education, 15, Music 15) will be applied 008 STUDY SKILLS be valid to the degree, but all other courses must be I cl FRESHMAN 11 (Second Semester) selected from the arts and sciences offerings 3 To assist in both the growth of self-knowledge 009 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS A student's major and minor programs may not 104 Information Resources 3cr and the development of a philosophy of life 3 cr be chosen from the same department (Modern 010 ETHICS The rapidly-changing revolution in information 4 To assist the individual to understand his Language majors may minor in another language ) cl and data-gathering, including traditional library resources and electronic media relation to God to society and to nature 012 GREAT BOOKS SEMINAR ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS 5 To perfect that skill in the use of standard ? ci 106 Approaches to Culture The East 3er Completion of 120 credits English necessary to clear, coherent expression of 121 GENERAL ETYMOLOGY The great historic and often unknown civiliza- A minimum cumulative quality point average of one s thoughts hopes and ideals cl tions of India, China, and Japan 20 THE INTEGRATED HONORS PROGRAM 6 To cultivate a backgiound for the learned Removal of I and F grades in major and required 115 The Rational Self 3cr Constance Ramirez Ph D, Dneaoi professions and for scholarly pursuits courses Human nature, human intelligence and the ethi- Completion of sequential courses in proper For the highly-qualified, motivated and commit- cal sense CURRICULAR REQUIREMENTS sequence led student who is searching for challenge, enrich- English Composition Proficiencv at the Completion of the residence requirement The last ment and enlightenment in a college education SOPHOMORE I (First Semester) 102 level Duqucsne University offers a new Integrated Hon- 30 credits must be taken at the University 203 Societal Structures 1 3 cr OFS Program (IHP) Modern or Classical Language Proficiencv at Submission of application for the degree No stu- The economic and social framework within The IHP provides a unique opportunity, the 202 or 212 level dent is considered a degree candidate until he files which the individual functions Natural Sciences (Biology Chemistry an application for the degree on a form provided through great books from both Western and East- Earth Sciences Computer Science, by the Registrar ein civilizations to examine our essential human 207 Science I Chemistr3 and Ph^sics 4 cr Physics Mathematics) Nine Credits Any course taken as a Temporary Transfer at heritage and investigate and debate the major Contemporary developments and issues in the One two-semester sequential another institution must be approved before the ideasfocus and issues forming the backgi ound, direction physical sciences Laboratory included (Required and course must be completed classes are taken of modern life Student participation of non-science majors) 17 16 INTER-SCHOOL MINORS ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAMS 205 Approaches to Culture The American PROGRAM IN WORLD LITERATURE Experience 3 cr The Departments of Classics, English, and Mod- intLi-school minois aic a%ailable in Business and The College of Arts and Sciences offers the follow- The rise and significance of the U S as a derno- ern Languages jointly offer a World Literature pro- Winnustiation Education and Music For com- ing Associate Degree Progianis gram—with both major and minor sequence The cratic indusuial affluent and open society plctc details Students should consult the Director International Communications for Industry program is designed to give the student an aware- of Acadern ic Ad ^ isement ness of the historical and cultural framework in Communications for lndustr^ SOPHOMORE 11 (Second Semester) which Classical, British, American, Continental, Criminal Justice BACH ELOR-M ASTER'S 11 3 cr Asian and African Literatures have evolved, their 204 Societal Structures Applied Technolog^ Thc development of political and legal systems influence upon each other, and an in-depth study A StUdent who has completed all 1CqUirements and of selected major literary works in these areas a total of 90 ciedits with a 3 5 aveiage maN applv A minimum of 60 ciedits is required For 208 Science 11 Biolog^ and Buichemistri 4 cr COURSE OFFERINGS foi the bacliclor/niastei s progiam After success- details consult the College Advisement Office at Traditional and new directions in the life sci- fLil completion of the master's piogram the stu- 434-6394 or the Assistant Dean at 434-6393 Major 24 credits (6 in the core and the remaining ences Laboratoiv included (Required of non-sci- dcrit ^^ill recei\c the bachelor s degree 18 credits distributed equally among Classics, ence majors) English, and Modern Languages) CLEP AND ADVANCED PLACEMENT 210 'the Aesthetic Experience 3 cr Minor 15 credits (6 in the core and the remaining BACHELOR'S/PROFESSIONAL See page 142 The visual arts and music as universal and dis- 9 credits distributed equally among Classics, SCHOOL tinctive hurnan experiences and cultural expres- English and Modern Languages) A StUdent who has completed 90 credits with a ACADEMIC REGULATIONS sions Core Course Readings in World Literature I and 150 OVC17,111 axciagc and satisfied all undergradu- 11 (English) dtC U1111CUlai icqunernents mav applv for the Electives CAPSTONE SEMINARS baclicloi s degice aftei the successful completion A maximum of 12 non A & S credits may be DEPARTMENTAL COURSE Capstone seminars during the junior and senior applied to the BA/BS degree with the exception of OFFERINGS of the fust Neat ofprofessional woik in an accred- vears provide an in-depth study of some of the ited medical oi law school certain approved inter-school minors which may Classics Any of the current offerings in Classical significant issues and themes which have emerged extend this nunibei to 15 ciedits from the student's earlier IHP expeiience These Literature, either in translation or in the original will be addressed within the context of the stu- language, at the 200 level or above LIBERAL ARTS ENGINEERING ACADEMIC LOAD dent's vocational and career interests English Any of the current course offerings in Students who intend to prepare fici a caicer in by the Literature at the 333-400 level, as approved engincciing mav entei a 3-2 binar\ program that Students may noirrially cariv five Courses in one COOPERATIVE EDUCATION department chairman DUqL1CSnC Universit\ maintains with Case West- semester A schedule of more than five courses or PROGRAM Modern Languages Any of the current offerings in Lin Rcsei\c Univeism in Cleveland Ohio Stu- 17 credits must be approved by the Dean In the The Cooperative Education Progiam is a service Modern Languages, either in translation or in the dcrits aic expected to meet the (UrriCUlar require- summer sessions students noimallv carry one to students seeking expanded education through original language, above the 302 level merits of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences credit a week i e six credits in the six-week ses- work experience and to employers seeking tempo- e\ccpt for the completion of a major program sion A 12-credit schedule in a regular semester is BACHELOR OF ARTS—LIBERAL rary pre-professional staff with the ultimate objec- Unclei the guidance of a liaison officer thev will considered full-time Study Students on academic tive of early identification of the best available ARTS AND GENERAL SCIENCES noirnall^ complete the piogram at Duquesne Uni- probation may not take rnoie than 15 credits This program is designed for those students who college-educated talent for permanent assignment \cisit\ in three News then enter an engineering prefer not to choose a formal major or minor Under this plan students may be employed in piogjarn at Case offered in a traditional discipline requirements EFFECTIVE CATALOG business government and other institutional set- All other than the major and minor must be com- Upon completion of the progiam at CWRU stu- tings The piogram design provides for short-term Degree requirements are those stipulated in the pleted Students must select one area of concentra- dcnts will be awaided the B A Degree from work assignments, and it requires the regular rota- catalog of the year in which a student matriculates tion Humanities, Social Sciences, Natural Sci- DuqLICS11c and B S Degree front the School of tion of students in each job and competitive refer- The student is responsible for knowing the ences concentration requires a minimum of 30 Engineciing at Case rals for each work period Employment may be A requirements for the degree Requirements mav be credit hours and a maximum of 39 hours Courses eithei full- or part-time for one academic term or Foi complete details consult with the Liaison changed without notice or obligation This catalog must be chosen from courses 200 and above its equivalent Officer for the Binaiv Program in Engineering in has been prepared on the best information avail- the 11h\sics Depaitment able as of Spring 1984 It is expected that the cooperative student will PRE-LAW be paid a salary commensurate with the work Students who intend to prepare for a career in law Major requirements are those stipulated in the assigned The actual job must be pre-professional, may select any subject area for the undergraduate SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE catalog of the year in which a student declares the well-defined and fully supervised major They will be expected to meet degree major Sixty (60) or more earned credits and a cumula- requirements in the major department, as well as A Student who has icceived a bachelor's degree horn anothei school nia\ become eligible for a tive qualitv point average of 2 5 or better are basic admission requirements of the law school of their second bachelor s degree bv earning an additional UNIVERSITY-LEVEL COURSES requirements for student qualification for the Pro- choice gram Clearance from academic advisors is 30 sciriestei houis in residence in the College of TAKEN WHILE IN HIGH SCHOOL requned of those studying in departments with PRE-PROFESSIONAL HEALTH Libeial Arts and Sciences and b\ meeting all University-level courses taken bv entering fresh- other internship options EDUCATION c1cpartniental and College icqunements if not men students while in their senioi wai of high When employed and before starting work, a Students who intend to prepare for a career in alteadvsatished Flie additional 30 credits m List be school will be evaluated for credit if the following cooperative student must enroll in the pass/fall medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, or completed at the UniveisitN and mav not be taken criteria have been met course "Cooperative Education," which carries a related fields may major in the subject area of their through cross-registration the courses are recorded on an official tran- minim um-maximum of three to nine credits for choice and should select a major as soon as possi- script from an accredited institution of higher full-time and one to three credits for part-time ble They must meet degree requirements of the THREE-YEAR BACHELOR'S learning The grades must be C or better work major department, as well as admission require- For ftuther information about the Cooperative ments of the professional school of their choice A For infoiniation contact the Office of Admissions the student has completed one semester at Education Program interested parties should con- faculty committee on Pre-Medical Education oi the Dean of the College Duquesne with a C+ average or better tact Director Career Planning and Placement assists the medically-oriented student

18 19

MAJORS and MLchL%al ait Can be elected to fulfill the his- 321 15th CenturN Renaissance Art 3 cr I he College of Arts and Sciences offers the folloii ing majors toiqhtLiaturc icqUirement An investigation of the Renaissance spirit of the Art HistorN French Media Arts Spanish 15th centUry Concentration is upon comparisons HistorN of Art Renaissance to BuichemistrN German PhilosophN Speech it-) of Northern and Southern attitudes of man Modern World 3 cr BiologN Gerontolog^ PhNsics Speech Pathologv/ nature and social structute and to materials tech- _\ C011111ILiation of I I I SLIT % c\ s Renaissance ChermstrN HistorN Political Science Audiolog^ niques pictorial representation and iconography BaiOqLIC and Modem att in Westein ELHope Can Classics International PsNchologN Theatre/Media (Offered in alternate vears) Classical Relations Social Theolog^ be c1ccted to fulhil the IiistoiN/litciatLITC iequirc- 331 Art of the 19th CenturN 3 cr CiNilization Journalism Communication World Literature Incrit A SLIT vev of the visual arts in the I 9th ccntLIIv The Computer Science Liberal Arts/ Social Seri ices/ 123 Classical MNth0Iog% 3 cr N ISUal at is not onlv reflect the dramatic changes in Criminal Justice Engineering Human Services A picsciiiation of the majoi nivths of Gicecc and the artists use of form color line texture and Economics Mathematics Soclolog^ Rome %\ith special attention to contempoiaiv light but also emphasize the changing political English 1IItC1PIL13tIOT1s of m\th and the influericc of nivth religious and social values in society (Offered in MINORS oil ait and literature (OfIcied b% the Classics alternate years) American Criminal Justice HistorN Russian Dcpaitinent) 332 Art of the 20th Centur^ 3 cr GoNernment Earth Science International Social 206 Greek Art 3 cr A chronological studN of 20th century painting American Literature Economics Relations Communication A StLld^ of the aichitM1.110 SCUIPWIC ^asc paint- and sculpture which 'looks beyond visual percep- Art HistorN Education Italian Social Services/ ing and minoi aits of the Greek world fiom tion' and tries to find the essence and meaning of Biochemistr^ English Literature Journalism Human Services Minoan to Helknistic times The Student is intro- icalitv From cubism to conceptual ait, from Bmlog^ French Latin Sociology dUcccl to the extensive vocabulai\ of Greek ait Picasso to Pollock and Pop this course offers a Business and General Speech Mathematics Spanish which has been a continuing formawe foice in thorough exploration of the visual arts of the 20th Administration Communication Media Production Speech Patholog^/ ^kcstcin ail (Oflcicd in alteinatc Ncais) Century (Offered in alternate vears) CliemistrN and Theatre Music Audiology Classical German Philosoph^ Theatre/Media 207 Roman Art 3 cr 370,371,372,373,374,375,376 Cn ili.,ation Gerontolog^ PhNsics Theolog^ -\n intiOdLICtion to Roman innovations in aiclu- Special Studies in Art Histor^ 3 cr Comparatne Greek Priesti) Formation World Literature tecturc SCLIlPtUIC and painting The background An occasional course in this series is offered when Goiernment Psvcholog^ Writing of Roman art in Etruscan Greek and EgN ptian special interests of students and faculty can be Computer Science ci% ilizinons is Investigated and the impact of served Courses offered include The Image of Roman att in loiniulating Chiistian Art Renais- Women in Art Picasso Impressionism Egvptian sance Ait and Neo-Classicism is anaIN7ed Art Course Descriptions (Officied in alteinate \cars) 431 Selected Readings Variable Topics 1-3 cr 208 French Art 3 cr ',in In-depth research using the resouices of Pitts- ART DIVISION A % CN which discusses ideas schools and stvles burgh area libraries and Of Source material rele- Diiectot Mrs Patricia S Ingram in the histoi\ of French art horn the Roman occu- paiion to th^ piescrit Highlights aic Meche^al vant to the history of Westein art Pierequisite, SLII%ey and period courses in the history of western art are offered by the Art Division of the Classics Rcriaissance Rococo and Modern ait (Offered in Permission of instructor Department to intioduce the concepts of art history to those who wish to extend their visual perimeter and to understand the role of the visual arts in Western culture Qualified students are advised to take collateral alteinatc \eais) 441 American Painting and Sculpture 3 cr courses in classics history philosophy and psvchologv and additional upper division art history courses An examination of the forms created bv American 210 American Art 3 cr painters and sculptors from the earlv I 7th through oflered at member colleges of the Pittsburgh Council on Higher Education In addition to personal enrich- An o%cr%ic^^ of American aichitccturc painting the late 20th century A special class intent nient and heightened awareness of man s will to create visual forms, the study of art history can lead to sCUIPtUle and decoiative arts intended to acquaint involves arriving at a clear undeistanding of careers in teaching publishing muscology historic preservation and urban redevelopment tl1C Student with the majoi tiencis and contribu- America's concept of reality during these vedrs nons of Aniciican ait fiorn colonial to modern REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR particularlv in the 20th century (Offered in alter- time,, The major consists of I I 1 1 12 History of Art plus 18 credits in upper division art courses and two upper nate vears) division collateial courses selected from 250 Classical Tradition in America (Classics), 419 Renaissance 220 Histor^ of PliotographN 3 cr 442 American Architecture 3 cr Literature and the Arts (English), 406 Aesthetics (Philosophv) and 313 Archaeology and the Bible (Theol- \ SLIT k CV of photogi aphic developments fi orn the Construction style building types and concepts og^) Recommended electives 123 Classical Mythology, 219 Computer Use in the Humanities cai I\ 19th C to the piesent Emphasis is upon the of city planning in American architecture from the United States and upon the interaction ofand con- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 17th century to the present Field trips to impoi- fiontation between painters and photogiapheis The minor consists of 12 credits of upper division courses The prerequisites are six credits of introductory tant monuments in the Pittsburgh area aie sched- uled (Oflered in alternate years) and surve^ courses at the 100 level or their adjudged equivalent 260 The Classical 'I radition in Ameri(a 3 cr 443 American Decoratne Arts 3 cr 101 Understanding Art 3 cr two decades Formal analysis of the art object and A -,tLtd\ ofthe influences ofGiacco-Roman civili- Decorative arts from the Pilgrims to the Bauhaus A study of the techniques and styles of architec- examination of the motivational forces which 7alion on Ameiican Cultural life (Offered bv the aie examined in context historical formal, tech- ture sculpture painting and the graphic arts in shaped its creation lead to an overall view of the Classics Depamnent) nological, and cultural Field trips to Carnegie Western societv with an emphasis upon increas- structural framework of twentieth century painting Institute and other area locations can be sched- ing the students comprehension of our visually and sculpture 312 Late ',\Iedieial Art 3 er Tiled (Offered in alternate years) oriented cultuic Suggested preliminary for all Westcrn ELITopean Ait front the I Ith to the l4th 111 History of Art Ancient to upper division art history courses centur% Focus IS upon the development of stone 477 Introduction to Museum Studies 3 cr Mediesal World 3 cr \,lLtltlllg S%Stenis monumental architectuial sculp- An overview of the various functions of art and 3 cr lure 102 Introduction to Modern Art A chronologically oriented, detailed presentation stained glass fiesco and panel painting and associated museums in Ameiican societv Prereq- An attempt to render accessible to the spectator of the history of Western art This survey deals Illuminated manuscripts in England France Ita1v uisite Permission of Department (Offered in the realities formulated the artists of the last with Near Eastern Greek, Roman, Early Christian by and Getman\ (Offered in alternate vears) alternate vears)

20 21

3 cr 478 Internship Biologv Major ciedit Prerequisites Biologv 201 organisms, including man Principles of medical Practical experience in art related areas introduces (or concutrent iegistration) Laboratoiy and health related aspects of microbiology, chemo- the student to the manv opportunities in the art therapy industrial, agricultural and marine field Prerequisite Permission of Department 206 Emironmental Biolog^ 3 cr microbiology are presented Prerequisites Biology This course deals with the biological background 111, 112, and organic chemistry (or concurrent DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES for undeistanding environmental problems and registration) Lecture and laboratory Channian Howard G Ehrlich, Ph D considcts population energv land use and pollu- Biologv is the scientific exploration of life in its many forms and details It is a fundamental element in a tion as well as legal aspects of the amelioration of 226 Genetics 4 cr balanced liberal education and offers both intellectual insight and knowledge vital to societies facing serious environmental abuses Not for Biology Major A studv of the mechanisms of the inheritance and problems having biological implications The biology program is a part of that search by mankind to credit Lecture their resulting effects on individuals and popula- understand its world in an effort to more effectively deal with the realities of that world and pursue its great tions, including their implications in the life of 1-07 knatom^ and PhNsiolog) 3 cr man Principles and details, methods and applica- promises Studies designed to provide students with a back- The undergraduate program is basic and flexible, providing a core of experience around which continuous tions are illustrated with specific examples drawn ground in the areas of human bodv structure and from a wide range of species, from microorga- future personal development mav be centered The program offers opportunity to develop professional the mechanisms underlving normal body func- nisms to man Prerequisites 107, 108, or I 11, 1 12 attitudes and technical competence which aid in opening avenues for advanced study and career fulfillment tions Prerequisites some previous exposure to Lecture and laboratory as well as personal enrichment The course of study pursued can aid in preparation for professional careers introductory biology and chemistry is desirable in teaching research, medicine dentistry veterinary medicine, and allied health fields as well as for Not for Biologv Major credit Lecture advanced studv in various graduate school specialties While many students choose to pursue the benefits of 232 Vertebrate Macrostructure 4 cr advanced stud^ in graduate and professional schools, others prefer to pursue opportunities in biological 208 Anatom^ and Physiology A comparative study of the gross structure of technologies in pure and applied research and service in hospitals, universities, private industry, and Laboraton 1 cr vertebrates and the relationship of that structure governmental service Diveise opportunities are available in specialty sales, pharmaceutical laboratories, Laboratory includes examination of the micro and to function and evolution Prerequisites I 11, 1 12 medical laboratories atomic energy research laboratories and chemical laboratories, food technology and gross anatoniv of the bodv, phvsiological expert- Lecture and laboratory processing fisheries oceanographv conservation, health services, space biology, agricultural technology, merits and exposure to certain basic clinicallv 238 Vertebrate Microstructure 4 cr food and drug administration, environmental services, as well as in other industries and agencies impoitant nleasuiements and techniques Prereq- A study of tissue and organ structure and the rela- uisites 207 Anatomy and Physiology (or concur- tionship of that structure to function Prerequi- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR rent registration) Not for Biology Major credit sites I 11 112 and 232 or permission of the A minim um of 31 semester hours is needed Majors are required to take General Biology I I I 11 2 and to Laboratory select other courses so that a balance is achieved with experience in biology of inheritance, structure, and instructor Lecture and laboratory function at the molecular cellular, and organismat levels Within that context, students may follow their 220 Sex and SexualiO 3 cr preferred interest in subject matter selection and concentration The specific program selected is individu- Consideration of sex and repioduction as univer- 244 Animal Development 4 cr allv formulated with the student through consultation with an advisor Courses 107, 108 201, 202, 206, 207, sal biological functions and special emphasis on A comparative study of the morphological and 208 220 and 230 will not be counted toward a major in biology Qualified majors may take two 500 ph^siological and psychological basis of human physiological aspects of animal development introductory level graduate courses during their senior vear and apply them toward their undergraduate sexua' h1v The course also aims to examine sexual emphasizing current experimental approaches degrees functioning sexual behavior and sex therapv Not Prerequisites I 11, 11 2 Lecture and laboratory E\tiadepaiiii7etitalicqiiiieiiients Calculus 115, General Chemistry 121, 122, Organic Chemistry 205, 206 for Biolog^ Majoi credit Lecture 250 Plant Deielopment 4 cr or 221 222 General (or Analytical) Phvsics 201, 202, or 211, 212 Students also should consider 226 Genetics 4 cr Examines the unique features of representative extradepartmental electives in chemistry mathematics, and computer science A minimum of 15 credits in See description under Major Courses types of plants, as revealed by interrelationships of Biologv must be taken at Duquesne University for the major form, function and morphogenesis Prerequisites 230 Stress and Adaptation 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR I I I 11 2 Lecture and laboratory A studv of the biological effects of acute and The department offers two minor programs chronic stiess stimuli of vaiious origins and the I Piofcssional 11moi which consists of 111, 112 and a minimum of 12 credits selected from the depart- 306 Plant Physiolog^ 4 cr neuro and hormonal regulations associated with ment's major courses number 200 or above Individual course prerequisites must be met Varied studies of the growth requirements and reg- adaptation to stress Not for Biologv Major credit ulatory mechanisms of important plant types, with 2 Acludemic llinoi which consists of 107, 108 or 111, 112 and a minimum of 12 credits selected from the Lecture department's courses numbered 200-395 Courses which are open to either non-majors may be selected emphasis upon environmental control Prerequi- Individual course prerequisites must be met MAJOR COURSES sites I 11, 11 2 and 250 Lecture and laboratory If a student takes 107 108-Principles of Biology and 111, 112-General Biology, the credits for the 107, Except tor 398 and 399, all courses for majors also 312 Animal Physiology 4 cr 108 will not appl^ to the total number required for the degree These courses are not interchangeable are open to non-majors providing that individual Examination of the physiological mechanisms of NON-MAJOR COURSES course prciequisites arc satisfied body function in animals, including consideration of the basic components of biological control sys- Major credit Prerequisite Biology 107 (or concur- 111, 112 General Biolog^ 4 cr each 107, 108 Principles of Bjolog^ 3 cr each tems and the manner in which various organ sys- rent registration) Laboratory Introduction to the scientific studv of life at the Study of the living world of which man is an inte- tems contribute to the maintenance of physiologi- gral part It includes considerations of organiza- molecular cellular and organismal level It 201 Biology of Microbes 3 cr cal homeostasis Prerequisites I 11, 11 2 Lecture tion activitv growth, reproduction, inheritance, involves consideration of relevant structure func- Examination of microbes -as to what they are, how and laboratory environmental influences and other interrelation- tion development reproduction inheritance, they grow, how they may be controlled, what their e^olution and ecology This course provides the ships This Lourse is designed to provide the non- 318 Ph^siologv of Reproduction 4 cr relationships to other living things are, why and basic information and concept necessary for scientist with the biological information and prin- The course includes the anatomy, histology, physi- how some of them cause disease Not for Biology understanding living systems their activity and ciples necessary to assume an enlightened role in ology, biochemistry and endocrinologv of verte- Major credit Lecture intei relationships I I I is prerequisite to 11 2 Lec- our increasing1v complex society Not for Biology brate reproduction The main emphasis is on the 1 cr ture and laboratory Major credit, 107 is prerequisite to 108 Lecture 202 Biolog^ of Microbes Laboratory physiology of puberty, estrous and menstrual Illustrates methods of observation, growth, and 203 Nlicrobiolog) 4 er cycle, conception, pregnancy and parturition The identification of microbes as well as methods of 109 Principles of Biolog^ Laborator^ I cr Introduction to microorganisms, their morphol- physiological basis of fertility and infertilitv also controlling these organisms using sterilization Laboratory work illustrating selected biological ogN metabolism ecologv and cultural characteris- are included Prerequisites I 11, 1 12, and 232 or principles and factual details Not for Biology techniques, disinfectants and antibiotics Not for tics with emphasis on their interaction with other 244 Lecture and laboratory

22 23

324 Regulatori PhNsiologN 4 (r aquatic habitats are used to Illustrate concepts positions in the chemical and related industries, the space inclustry education, the environmental sciences \ ticatrucril of ph\siological and envuonniLntal such as giowth, niche succession and completion and the health professions such as medicine dentistry and veteiinary medicine The majoi in biochemistry lCgLI1,111011S ^Xltll cruphasis oil neuroeridocrine inte- Applicability to cuircnt human problems is dis- centers around the core of basic chernistry courses while also providing advanced courses in biochemistry giation and adaptation Picicquisites I I 1 1 12 cussed Such as waste disposal, pollution food, and electives in biology LLctuic and laboiatoi^ fuel agiiculture and urbanization Prerequisites 111 1 12 Lecture and laboratory REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY MAJORS 332 ImmunologN and N irolog^ 4 cr Thirt-twO semester hours are required All students must take 121 122, 221, 222, 321 323, and 421, IntlOCILIC0011 to \uuscs and 111111ILmology with 430 Animal Beha^ior 3 cr Mathematics 115 116, Physics 201 202 or 211, 212, Biology 111, 112, proficiency in German Russian or ^nipllasis oil host-paiasite inteiactions and Pat- Introcluctor^ survey of the behavior of animals French at the 202 or 212 level is required teluS Of Infectious diseases in Populations Picicq- front an evolutionary perspective Selected topics If a student takes I I I 11 2 and 1 2 1, 122 chemistry courses, the credits for the I 11, 11 2 will not apply to Llisitcs Biolog\ 111 112 and oiganic chLI11IS- include natural selection and behavioral genetics, the total required for the degree Courses 101, 102 205 206 will not be counted toward a major ti\ (oi conCLIlrent rcgistiation) Lecture and instinct and learning beha,^ioral ontogeny orien- ( hemiso i Wajoi All students Must take 322 324, 422 and Mathematics 215 laboi atoi \ tation and navigation behavior adaptations for i3io(henmti i Allaiot All students must take 401, 524 In addition Chemistry 525 and 526 may be taken as suivival and repioduction, animal communica- 334 Diagnostic MicrobiologN 3 cr electives Students planning to enter a graduate chemistry department should take 322, 324 A COLHSC to acquaint the student with the methods tion social organization, and the evolution of Students who intend to work in mdustry after graduation are strongly advised to take 548 Industrial social behavicii Lecture ciriplo\cd oil clinical samples bv clinical laboiato- Organic Chernistrv, and 549 Principles of Polvmer Science iies in the isolation and identification of nuciobial 7o ineet the 4metican Chemical Societys teqtmemcnts fot Ptofessional Cettification the Chemistry 431 Animal Behaijor Laboratoo I cr agcrits which cause human disease Cultinal as Major must elect two additional courses from the following 401 523, 524, 537, 538, 545 546 547 548, 572, Emphasis is on experimental design methodologv well as sciological techniques Mathematics 216 or 308 Biologv 505 Pharniacv Sciences 539 and Physics 306 one of these must be a aie included statistical techniques, and the wirting of scientific Emphasis is oil the interpietation and signihcance laboratoiv course This laboratory requirement can also be fulfilled with 490 The Biochemistry Major must papeis Prerequisites a Course in animal behavior, of laboiatoiv findings in the diagnosis of microbial take 322 324, and 422 for certification Course disciplines of the 500 level courses can be found in the behavicnal ecology or concurrent iegistration in disease Graduate School catalogue SpCC1dIIN Ll,CfLI1 in medical technologv the same Laboratoiv 111,11 sing and allied fields Prerequisites I I I 11 2 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS and 203 oi eqLll\aleiii or pcimission of the 444 Cell Ph)siologi 4 cr A minor in Chemistry consists of 12 credit hours beyond 121 122 A minor in Biochemistry consists of 12 instiuctoi LeclUlL and laboiatoiv A studv of cells with regard to means of obtaining credits bevond 1 2 1 1 22 Normally 205 206 or 22 1, 222 along with 40 1, will constitute the Biochemistry energy including respiration fermentation, and 336 Human ParasitologN 3 cr minor phot^synthesis, work done by the cell including Piniciples ot parasitism epiderniologv and life biosynthesis active transport and cell movement, 101, 102 Chermstr) and Societ) 3 cr each 121, 122 General Chermstr) C\CICS Of human paiasitic piotozoans and hcl- useful cell growth and diffeientiation, relationships of The fundamental principles and concepts of chem- mintlis SPCClall\ in allied health fields Pie- The impact ofchemistry on societv reaches every cell structuic to these processes Prerequisites I 11, istry are presented from the standpoint of atomic requisites intioductoiv biolog\ and a course in phase offife The course attempts to provide a link I 1 2 and organic chemistry Lectuie and and molecular structure with illustrative examples animal ph\siolog\ oi ecologv oi peirnission of the between chernistry and the changes in our techno- laboratoiv from descriptive chernistry The basic concepts of inStILIctor LCCtLl1c and laboiatoiv logical socim In the first semester the basic con- thermodvnamics chemical kinetics and equilib- Descriptions of the FolloAmg Courses are Pro- cepts ofclicnilstry are developed for the non-sci- 39-5 Special lopics 1-3 cr rium are introduced The laboratory portion of the topics iided in the Graduate School Catalog ence student and applied to current topics such as Treatment Of Of first sernister illustrates physical and chemical CUlient oi special intetest air and water pollution energv, pesticides, etc in biolog\ LcclUrc laboiatoiv oi combinations properties in a quantitative manner, and the labo- 500 Biotechnolog^ Lab Techniques 3 cr The second sernestei deals with the biochemistry Biotechnolog^ Research Skills ratory portion of the second semester illustrates 398, 399 501 3 cr of It\ ing systems Chemical principles are used to Undergraduate Research 2 cr each the principle of ionic equilibria including qualita- 503 Cell and Electron Microscop3 3 cr explain the normal life processes of photosynthe- OPPOIILHIM' for sclectcd Students to work in the tive inorganic analysis laboiatoi\ oil icscaich pioblenis under the driec- 505 Molecular Genetics 3 cr sis respiration etc as well as abnormal conditions iion of a facult\ member 398 is not piciecluisite to 511 Comparatne Vertebrate Plfi^siolog^ 3 cr such as drug action poisons, etc on metabolic 121 Lecture three hours, Recitation, 399 Ma\iinurn of foul cicclits Registration by 512 Mammalian Ph3siolog3 3 cr processes Students with a good high school back- one hour Laboratory three hours 4 cr ground do not require the first semester as a pre- peinussion of instiuctoi Laboratoiy 513 General Endocrinologi 3 cr 122 Lecture, three hours, Recitation requisite others should see the instructor before 520 Experimental EmbrNology 3 cr one hour, Laboratory, six hours 5 cr 411 EcologN 4 cr registering for the second sernestei Lecture three 524 Immunolog^ 3 er The goal is to pi o\ idc an overall giasp ofthc pim- houi s 205, 206, 221, 222 Organic 526 Pathogenic Microbiolog3 3 cr cipIcs and piocedures uncleilNing ecological Chermstr) 4 cr each 528 Microbial Phi siolog3 3 cr thought Past pi esent and future aspects of cnvi- The theoretical background is developed from the 531 BiologN of Fungi 3 cr 111, 112 Principles of Chemistr^ 4 cr each ionniental studies aic consideied from the ecos^s- standpoint of the electronic structure of molecules 535 Nlllicrobiolog^ Seminar I cr The course is divided into three segments physi- tern vic^\point Inteiielationships of living things and the accompanying energy considerations The cal organic and biochemistry In the section with cacti othei as well as the non-living compo- 573 Behaiioral Ecolog^ 3 cr preparation and the chemical and physical deN oted to ph\sical chemistry the laws of chemical items emphasize the necd for nitei-disciplinaiv 577 Evolutumar3 Ecolog^ 3 cr (including spectral) properties of representative behavior arc developed with particular reference studies and quantitative data Both terrestrial and 580 Urban Ecolog^ 3 cr organic compounds are discussed in detail Prereq- to the simple molecules of inanimate nature Th uisites 121, 122 For 205, 206, Lecture three organic section deals primarilv with the structural hours, Recitation one hour, Laboratory, four DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY features of organic compounds, the chemistry of hours, and for 221 222, Lecture, three hours, Rec- (haoman Andrew.1 Glaid III PhD functional groups and the practical applications of itation, one hour, Laboratory six hours The Cherrusti% piogiam isclesigned to pioNicle the Student with a fundamental background in chernistryand organic compounds in the svnthesis of polymers, all Uncicistanding of the relationship ofchemistiy to the other sciences and disciplines Elective courses anc^ of carbohvdiates lipids proteins nucleic acids, 321, 322 Ph3sical Chemistry 3 cr each the opportunitv to do undeigiaduate icsearch allowthc chemistry major todevelop interests in a specialized enz% mes vitamins, etc Biochemistry is treated in A study of the structure and properties of the vari- aiea of chenusti\ such as analvtical inoiganic organic physical chemistry and biochemistry terms of the digestion and metabolism of nutri- ous states of matter, thermodvnamics, thermo- Because of the fundamental nature of chernistry as a science numerous opportunities for advanced studv ents the function of enzvmes in the metabolic chemistry, kinetics and an introduction to chemi- as well as cmpIoN mcnit are open to chemistry and biochemisti y majors A large percentage of students elect process and the abnorma^l metabolic conditions cal physics Prerequisites Physics 202 or 212, to continue then stud\ in giach.late piogianis in chemistry and iclated fields Chemists and biochemists that Prevail in disease Lecture three hours, Reci- Chemistr­v 122 Mathematics 116 Lecture four pio\ide a coic of peisomicl in puic and applied research, technical sales, technical libraries management tation one hour Laboiatorv, two hours hours

24 25

323, 324 PhNsical Chermstr3 421 Analytical Chermstry 4 cr lol 102 ElementarN Classical 304 Alexandrian Period 3 cr Laborator^ I cr each Theoretical and practical training in modern I,JtIn 4 cr each Apollomus Rhodius, Theoci itus Calliniachus and Labotatoiv poition of Chemistry 321 322 four methods in chemical analysis with emphasis on ^tUd\ Of thC fundamentals of Latin gianimaj and the lessei Alexandrian authors hours instrumental methods Prerequisite 322 Lecture, s\nta\ combined with occasional exercises in 305 Roman Republic 3 cr three hours, Laboratory eight hours tI.Insialion fiorn Roman aullicits 326 The Computer in Chermstr^ 3 cr Plautus Terence Cicero Lucretius Catullus, Cae- The computer will be introduced as a tool in the 103, 1()4 Flementar^ Classical sar and Sallust Greek 4 cr each solution of problems from the fields of analytical, 422 Inorganic Chemistr^ 4 cr 306 Augustan Literature 3 cr biological inorganic organic and phvsical chern- A survey of the basic principles required for Stud\ of the fundamentals of Greek grammar and Livy Vergil, Horace, Ovid Propertius and isti \ The student will progress frorn the use of the understanding inorganic chemistry including s% ritax combined with frequent exercises on tians- Tibullus cornputei as a black box problem solver to the atomic and molecular structure, crystal structure, lallon fioni Gicck authois 307 Imperial Literature design and coding of programs to solve problems non-aqueous solvents and coordination com- 3 cr lif)^ 106 Basic Sanskrit 3 cr each Seneca, Lucan Petronius Martial Plutarch, in his held of interest Experimental design and pounds Prerequisite 322 Lecture, three hours, A StUdX of the fundamentals of Sanskrit grammar analvsis will be introduced by libiary programs Tacitus Juvenal, Pliny the Younger Suetomus, Laboratory, four hours and s\nta\ combined with exciciscs in tianslation which permit the computer to simulate laboratory Apulcius and Lucian Sonic prc\ious foieign language c\perience is equipment in the production of experimental data 308 Post Classical Literature 3 cr clLS11ablC Prcrequisite Chemistry 321 Lecture, three hours 490 Undergraduate Research Maximum 2 cr Post classical medieval renaissance and neo- Selected students work on a research problem 107, 108 ElementarN Ecclesiastical Latin authors 401 IntroductorN Biochemistr^ 4 cr under the direction of a staff member Latin 3 cr each 309 Studies in Genre 3 cr An introduction to biochemistry at the cellular Stud\ of the fundamentals of Latin giarnn1aF and Selected geme of Greek and/or Latin liteiature level The structuic and chemistry ofcellular com- s\ma\ as icpicscrited in Sciipture and Church ponents (proteins nucleic acids, etc ), of cell1ilar 524 Molecular Basis of Biochemistr^ 3 cr Fathei s 400 Independent Readings and reagents (enzvmcs coenzvmes, respiratory pig- A discussion of the chemistry of amino acids and Research Var cr ments etc ) and metabolic reactions of carbohv- proteins from the viewpoint of structure physical 201, 202 Intermediate Classical drates lipids and amino acids are discussed Pre- chemistry and analysis An introduction to Latin 3 cr each CLASSICS COURSES IN ENGLISH requisite 206 or 222 Lecture, three hours, enzyme chemistry is also included in the course Sul\C\ of majoi Latin aUthOl S (NO GREEK OR LATIN REQUIRED) Laboiatory four hours Prc^equisrte 401 1-03, 204 Intermediate Classi(-al 121 General EtNmolog) 3 cr Greek 3 cr each A studv of Greek and Latin words to facilitate the DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICS Sur\c\ of majoi Greek authors comprehension of modern English as it is written by our acknowledged modern masteis 205, 206 Intermediate Ecclesiastical Chan iiian Lawrence E Gaichas Ph D 1984-1986 Latin 3 cr each 122 EtNmolog) of Scientific Terms 3 cr The studv of Classics IS d unique discipline It is not the study of a language or literature alone It is rather Sclections fiorn Biblical and Christian Latin Introduction to Greek and Latin elements of sci- the investigation of one of the woild s inspired civilzations the Graeco-Roman world As such, it offers the literatuie entific terminology student Insight into the broadest aspects of human existence set in a perspective distant enough from his own to expand significant1v his understanding and appreciation of humanity's aspirations, failures, and 207, 208 Biblical and Patristic 123 Classical M^tholog^ 3 cr occasional triumphs Greek 3 cr each A presentation of the major mvths of Greece and Selections from Biblical and Christian Greek Rome with special attention to contemporary interpretations of myth and the influence of mvth REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJORS tacratuic on art and literature The Department offers four major programs Classical Latin, Classical Greek, Classical Languages (knowl- 211, 212 SurieN of Sanskrit edge of both Latin and Greek required) and Classical Civilization (no knowledge of Greek/Latin required) Literature 3 cr each 124 World MNthologv 3 cr Credits applied to anv major must be at the 200 level or above Selected icadings front majoi Sanskrit texts Investigation of the dominant themes of non- Classical mvthologies with special reference to 1)The Classical Latin major requires at least eighteen credits in Latin as well as six credits of ancient including the 11ahablia)ata 11itopadesa Near Eastern Celtic, Teutonic, African and historN or ancient literature courses in English haiha^cvasagcna Vanaiadhainiasastia Rigieda and llc,-hadwa American Indian myths 2) The Classical Greek major requires at least eighteen credits in Greek as well as six credits in ancient 219 Computer Use in the Humanities 3 cr histor%, or ancient literatuic courses in English The following "Ill be taught as Latin or Greek A survey of non-scientific applications of com- COLirscsoi for those students who aicqualihed as 3) The Classical Languages major requires at least twenty-four credits in Latin and Greek (with a puters in the humanities minimum of twelve credits in each) in addition to six credits of ancient history or ancient literature courses combination Latin and Greek Courses in English The Survev of Sanskrit Literature (211-212) mav be substituted for the twelve credits of either Each course xN Ill covc I an mcliN idual author or 230 Ancient Theatre 3 cr Latin oi Greek group of authois or a geme Each course maN be -\n examination of the origins and development of iepeated as long as a difiereni authoi oi work is ancient tragedy and comedy Readings from the 4) The Classical Civilization major is an individually designed program of twenty-four credits of ancient I cad works of Aeschvlus, Sophocles, Euripides, Aris- literature, history art, and archeologv Students majoring in Classical Civilization create programs with the tophanes, Menander Plautus, Terence and close advice and the approval of the Classics Department to fit their backgrounds, interests, and career 301 Pre-Fitth CenturN 3 cr Seneca objectives Majors should formulate programs with balanced history and literature components They are The 11tud the Odissei the IIomeii^ IIimn^ stronglv encouraged to fulhll the College language requirement in either Latin or Greek All courses in Greek Hesiod Pindai anclGiecklviicpoetry 231 Ancient Epic 3 cr or Latin at the 200 level or above apply to the Classical Civilization Major A study of ancient epic literature with particular is 302 Fifth Centur^ 3 cr attention to the techniques of oral and literary REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR HerodOtLIs Thucvdidcs -\eschVILIS Sophocles composition Readings from the woiks of Homer, Ecuipides and Aristoplianes Apollonius of Rhodes, Vergil, and Lucan The Depaitment offers a minor in Latin (a minimum of 12 credits above the 100 level), a minor in Greek (a minimum of 12 ciedits above the 100 level), and a minor in Classical Civilization with concentrations in 303 Fourth CenturN 3 cr 232 Ancient Noiel and Romance 3 cr Gieek Civilization Roman Civilization, Ancient History and Ancient Art and Literature (12 credits above Grcck otatois Plato Aiistotle Xenophon Survey of Greek and Roman prose fiction with the 100 level) with approval of the Department and advisors MLnandci special emphasis on the nature and development

26 27 of naiiative techniques Readings front Homer, 249 EgNptian Ciiilization 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Heroclotus Xenophon Apollonius of Rhodes, the A survey of Egyptian history and culture from the A minimum of 18 semester hours is required for the minor These must include the core courses 112, 201 Greek Romances Lucian Petronius and pre-dynastic period to the establishment of and 202 and 9 hours of computei science selected from courses numbered 300 and above Apulcius Roman rule in Egypt Special attention will be given to the artistic, literarv, and religious achieve- Note Manv of the courses in the Computer Science Division may be taken as electives bv those not enrolled 233 Ancient Satire 3 cr ments of Eg^pt in the major or minor programs Anv such selections however, must be cleared by the advisor through a Investigation of the satirical element in classical representative of the Computer Science Division literature with special reference to the writings of 250 Classical Archaeology 3 er Lucian Lucilius Horace Persius Maitial and 100 Elements of Computer Science 3 cr A studv of the archaeological discovery of classical storage devices and to provide the foundation for Juvendl A computer appreciation course covering a sur- civilization from the Greek Bronze Age through applications of data structures and file processing N cN ofconiputei oiganization computer languages techniques Prerequisite 112 Pascal, 202 Data 240 Greek Religion 3 cr the Roman Empire An introduction to the tech- and the history of computers Not counted toward An examination of the continuitv of Greek reli- niques of archaeological investigation Structures conipUtet science majoi oi minoi gious experience from ancient times to the present 306 Introduction to Operating and of the i ritei connection of ancient Greek reli- Introduction to Computer 260 The Classical Tradition in 101 Systems 3 cy gious iitual moral experience and religious America 3 cr Science/Basic 3 cr 1/0 Hardware, properties of magnetic tapes, discs, thought A study of the influences of Graeco-Roman civili- An mtrodl_lctor^ course for those who have had no drums, associative memories, virtual address zation on American cultural life prior comPutc, science courses oi those seeking a 241 Roman Religion 3 cr translation techniques, batch piocessing, time general introduction to computers Machine lan- -\ study of Roman religious beliefs and practices sharing, scheduling resource allocation are among guage asscnibl^ language and Basic are among the with attention to the development of hero cults, 261 Contemporar^ Literature the topics covered Prerequisite 201 Machine topics coxcred Not counted toward the computer oriental mystei\ religions and philosophical sects and Classics 3 cr Language Programming, 202 Data Structures science major or mmoi as alternatives to traditional religion An investigation of the influence of ancient myth 307 Numerical Methods of on 20th century French German, Italian, English 102 COBOL 3 cr cr Linear S^ stems 3 cr 242 Ancient Laii 3 and American Literature Structured programming principles and tech- This course deals with basic algorithms of numeri- An historical suivey including the contributions niques are introduced using the COBOL language of the Babylonians and the Greeks of Roman Law cal computation of linear algebra The use of 300 Seminar 3 cr Topics discussed are top down techniques pro- between c 500 B C and A D 500 mathematical subroutine packages are included Topics variable grant and project documentation file structure This course is identical to Math 307 It may be and the oiganization of programming languages 244 Flistor^ of Ancient Medicine 3 cr used to satisfy either a Math or Computer Science Examination of the most significant medical theo- 301 Greek Art 3 cr ill FORTRAN 3 cr requirement but not both Prerequisite knowledge ries and practices in the period from the Egvptian A study of the architecture, sculpture, vase paint- Elements of FORTRAN skills to construct algo- of BASIC, FORTRAN or Pascal is required, Math temple plivsicians to the doctors of the Roman ing, and minor arts of the Greek world from rithms for efficient solution of cornputational 116 and Math 306 Empire Special attention will be given to Hip- Minoan to Hellenistic times The student is intro- problems are presented Recommended for those pocrates and Galen duced to the extensive vocabulary of Greek art in science and pre-engineeiing 308 Numerical Methods of which has been a continuing f6imative force in Classical Analysis 3 cr 245 Greek FlistorN 3 er Western art (Offered in alternate years) 112 Pascal 3 cy Introduces the basic algorithms of numerical com- An examination of the development of Greek his- This course develops the student's skills in the use putation, their theoretical foundations, and practi- tory and culture from earliest times up to the of proceduie oriented languages and emphasizes 302 Roman Art 3 cr cal applications Programming assignments are death of Alexander of Macedon structured progiamming made to demonstrate the algorithm, the related An introduction to Roman innovations in archi- theory, the benefits and the pitfalls associated with 246 Hellenistic Histor) 3 cr tecture sculpture and painting The background 201 Machine Language Programming 3 cr the method Identical to Math 308 A survev of Mediterranean history from the death of Roman art in Etruscan, Greek and Egvptian A sui veN of various machine configurations Top- May be used to satisfy either a Math or Computer Science iequire- of Alexander until the accession of Octavian and civilizations in investigated, and the impact of ics include number systems, machine language ment but not both Prerequisite the establishment of the Roman principate Roman art in formulating Christian Art Renais- programming assemblers and macro-assemblers I I I Fortran oi 112 Pascal and Math sance Art and Neo-Classicism is analyzed Prerequisite 112 Pascal 215 247 Hhstor^ of the Roman Principate 3 cr (Offered in alternate years) Studv of the consolidation of the Roman imperial 202 Data Structures 3 cr 309 Computers and Society 3 cr Structure from Augustus to the death of Introduction to the theory ofgraphs and trees and A course designed to keep the student abreast of 305 Histor^ of Medicine 3 cr Cormnoclus their realization as computer programs A thor- the current state of the art of computer science and A survey exploring the development of medicine OUgh studv of data structuies and algorithms for technology and of the role that computers play in 248 HistorN of the Late Roman in the western world in terms of medicine as an art their manipulation Prerequisite I I I Fortran societv This seminar format course will discuss Empire 3 er and as a science The latter part of the course will the uses and misuses of computers in society and 301 Computer Logic 3 cr Examination of Roman history from the ascension focus on the social and institutional aspects in the will underline the basic assumptions, values and Basic concepts used in the design and analysis of of Severus to the death of Justinian development of American medicine ethics which should govern the use of computer digital systems Required course for 302 Pr^requi- systems site 11 2 Pascal DIVISION OF COMPUTER SCIENCE 311 Data Base Management The curriculum in Computei Science is designed to allow maximum flexibility in direction In conjunction 302 Computer Organization 3 er Systems Design 3 cr with an appropriate minor the degree in Computer Science provides excellent preparation for graduate An introduction to current system structures of Introduction of data base concepts and approaches work in Computer Science as well as the preparation sought by the scientific and business world i control communications memories processors to data base management Topics include choice and 1/0 devices Picrequisite 201 Machine Lan- and design of data structures, design of user ori- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR guage Programming, 301 Computer Logic ented languages for updating and retrieving infor- A rnmimum of 30 semestei hours is required foi a major These must include the core courses 112, 201 and 305 Introduction to File Processing 3 cr mation constraints and problems associated with 202 with the iemaining courses selected from those numbered 300 and above Extradepartmental require- This course is designed to introduce concepts and the use of generalized data management systems ments English 385 Professional and Technical Writing, Math 115 116 Contact the Computer Science techniques of stiucturing data on bulk storage Prerequisite 102 Cobol, 202 Data Structure, and Division for extradepartmental requirements in particular area of concentration deviccs to provide experience in the use ofbulk 305 Intro to File Processing 29 28 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 312 Artificial Intelligence 3 cr 420 Computer Simulation 3 cr A minimum of 1 2 credit hours beyond the freshman level of which no more than six hours mav be taken at Introduction to the theory of abstract mathemati- The fundamentals of simulation via digital and the 200 le\el cal machines Structured and bcha^ ioral classifica- analog computers will be presented Modern There are five separate emphases from which the student must choose one tion of automata finite state automata, theory of development and solution bv numerical and ana- regular sets turning machines are among topics lytical methods will be discussed in depth with I Lnghsh Litoatute 201 202 and six hours in upper division English Literature, courses 409 through considered Prerequisite 202 Data Structure emphasis on practical applications Prerequisite 469 1 12 Pascal and a course in statistics ? Imoican Liteiatioe 205 206 and six hours in upper division American Literature, courses 471 414 Soft"are Design and De%elopment 3 cr through 489 An overview of system software Examination of 421 Appli"tions in Data Processing 3 cr 3 Lifeiatine and Filin "Introduction to Film" (3 hours) and nine hours in courses in literature and film design and deveiopment of macro assemblers, Data handling in terms of coding, preparation, Examples are Shakespeare on Film' and "American Short Story into Film compilers and control program functions Prereq- acquisition, summarization, and tabulation and 11 win^, 203 and nine hours in 300 level Writing Workshops L11sitc 302 306 analysis using packaged programs Prerequisite 4 112 Pascal 5 Lii^,IiO7 I101701S Students who by invitation of the Department Honors Committee, complete English 415 TheorN of Programming 212 213 and two 300 Honors Seminars may count that program as an English Minor Languages 3 cr 423 Information Systems 3 er Comparative study of properties and applications Application of information systems to various HONORSPROGRAM of several higher level programming languages areas as education, business, medicine, law and Students who give evidence of outstanding ability in English through their performance in English Compost- Prerequisite 11 2 Pascal and 202 Data Structure public administration Any one of the areas will be iion 101 oi by virtue of superior national test scores will be invited to participate in the English Honors piogiam at the discretion of the Department Honors Committee 419 Introduction to Micro and studied in detail Prerequisite 202 Data Struc- Thtse students may appIv Honors course credits to either an English major or minor, or may use these Mini Computers 3 cr tures credits as electives Further details concerning the Honors program are available through the department An introduction to the designs of micro and mini office and will be distributed to all nominees at the time of their recommendation for admission to the computers Exploration of assembler and special- 491-499 Selected Topics in program izcd languages frn small computers Prerequisites Computer Science 1-3 cr 301 Topics selected in consultation with the advisor 201 Machine Language Programming and 101, 102 English Composition 3 cr each major plavwrights from the classical tradition of and the division Computer Logic Practice in effective writing Review of principles Greece and Rome to the Theatre of the Absurd of grammar and rhetoric, introduction to literaiy 210, 211 Readings in World DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS tvpes and forms 101 is prerequisite to 102 Literature 1, 11 3 cr each Chailinan Geza Grosschmid, J U D 103 English Composition Honors 3 cr A survey of major literary works of the Western An honois counterpart to 102 Composition and world from Homer to Cervantes (210) and from REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR introduction to literary tvpes and forms Participa- Moliere to Camus (21 1) with emphasis on conti- Twenty-four semestei hours are required for a major These credits must include 221, 222, 321, and 322 tion bv invitation only nental traditions The course explores both the Ektiadepaitinental iequoements Mathematics 225 in the Mathematics Department of the College Students thematic preoccupations of Western writers and planning to do graduate work in Economics are advised to take calculus It is strongly recommended that 201, 202 English Literature Surse^ 3 cr each the development and evolution of literary forms students having economics as a major consult with the Economics Department for advisement Representative masterpieces of English literature in their literary and historical contexts 212, 213 English Literature REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 1-03 Adianced Writing 3 cr Honors 3 cr each Eighteen semester houis are required for a minor in Economics These credits must include 221 and 222 It Designed to build upon writing skills learned in Honors counterparts to 201, 202 Major British is stiongiv recommended that students having economics as a minor consult with the Economics Depart- freshman composition centered chiefly on devel- writers from Chaucer to Eliot Participation by ment for advisement opment of stvle and accuracv invitation only

205 American Literature Sur%e^ I— Course Descriptions are provided in the School of Business and Administration Section of this Catalog on 300 Honors Seminar 3 cr Beginning to Cnd War Pages 66-67 3 cr Special areas treated in these seminars will vary Representative selections from major American and will be designated in the schedule of courses aUthois treated in both their literary and their his- DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH each semester Enrollment in the Honors Seminar torical contexts is by invitation of the Honors Committee of the Chaninan Joseph J Keenan, Ph D Department of English The chief purpose of the English program is to develop the student's powers to think critically about his life 206 American Literature Sur­Ne^ 11— To this end the Depatiment's curriculum unites intensive and critical reading in a broad range of our After CiNil War 3 cr 308 Applied Linguistics 3 cr hteiary heritage with close attention to the presentation of ideas in writing Attention is also given to oral Representative selections from major American Practical uses of structural linguistics in the teach- means of dialogue between professor and student Not only is the degree in English an dUthors treated in both their literary and their his- expression of ideas by ing of composition and literature excellent preparation for law school and for graduate work in English, education, and library science, but it torical contexts also provides the liberal preparation which is sought bv the business world for such areas as personnel, 1-07 The Novel 3 cr 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, advertising, and management Introduction both to various types of novels and 377, 378, 379 Special Studies in to the critical analysis of fiction English or World Literature 3 cr each Prerequisites—English Composition 101 (or its equivalent) is a prerequisite for admission to English Two or three courses in this sequence are offered Composition 102, English Composition 102 (or its equivalent) is a prerequisite for admission to all other 208 Poetry 3 cr every semester by the English Department to meet cotoscs ofleied bi the depaiinient Appreciation of British and American poetry crit- the current interests of both the students and the The English Department further advises that two 200 level courses should be taken before the student,, ical analvsis of traditional and experimental poetic faculty Examples of courses regularly offered are 300 or 400 level course (except for 308 and 407) form consideration of philosophical and social attempts any Science Fiction, The English Bible and Literature, conceins of poetry Compaiatne Literature, Modetn Comparative REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 209 Drama 3 cr Draina, Modern Short Story, Far Eastein Litera- The major is an individually-designed program of 24 hours of English Department courses above the 100 An historical survev of major dramatic forms tut c, Forins of Fantasv, Inti oduction to Film, The level Each English major, with the close advice and approval of a member of the English faculty, designs a through a selection of representative works by Litetatuie of Mystery and Detection program to fit his background interests, and career objectives

31 30

469 Ti%entietb Centur% Special 473 American Realism 3 or 380, 381 382, 383, 384, 385, 386 434 Shakespeare 11 3 cr I opics 3 or The iise of icalistic fiction subsequent to the Civil 387, 388, 389 NA riting NN orkshops 3 or eaLh Tragedies and histories Sludics in Twentieth Contuiv thought and aes- Wai through the end of the century with emphasis Courses in this WqUence are oflered each semester 439 Shakespeare Special Topics 3 or Illetic in the works of one or more of its major on Twain James and Howells in a woikshop foiniat designed to develop stu- Studies in Shakespeare relating his works to those ,%liters Such as Yeats lo\ce Eliot or through the dents cicati%e and/oi technical wming skills 474 Modern American Literature 3 or of his contemporaries or concentrating on the idcas and attitudes conveyed in one of the domi- E\aniplcs Of COL11ses regUlatIN offcied are Plot iiia A studv of American prose and poetry fiom the problems of Shakespeare biographical, aesthetic, nant gcnics of the Twcntieth Century In,- Poem 11 011shop 1-1(tion tl 0101op It Itting end of World War I to the present including and critical Specific works and approaches to be t0i Btmnes^, and Industi i Ptofes-sional and 7cch- Frost Fitzgerald Hemingway Faulkner Bellow selected bv the instructor nical if win^ -Winission bv instructor's permis- American Studies etc sion on1v Eighteenth Century Studies 480-489 American Literature 407 The Lnglish Language 3 or j7l EarlN kmerican Literature 3 or Special Topics 3 or 441 English Classicism 3 or -\n introduction to linguistic analvsis with pri- Studies designed to reflect particular current inter- De,velopments of neo-classical literature from the A 0LAN of the literatuic of America's Colonial and niary emphasis on the histoiv of the structure of ests of faculty and students alike Topics can be Restoration to the death of Pope Primary atten- Feciciahst periods emphasizing the political and English hom old to modern English drawn from a wide range of areas such as histori- tion given to Dryden, Swift and Pope bi.11011SUC writings of an emeiging nation cal background aesthetics theme and motif from 442 Late Eighteenth Century specific studies of major authors or from tracing 472 kmeriCdn Romanticism 3 or The icinainclei of the English Courses aic English Literature 3 or the development of dominant literary genres A StLid\ of the Romantic movement in America divided into aicas of emphasis Duiing a foui- Johnson and his circle the development of the with emphasis on Emerson Thoreau and Poe 499 Directed Studies 3 or semestet period each Course firorn each area will novel the aesthetic movement be oRcied at least once 449 Eighteenth Centur^ Special DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY Medie%al Studies Topics 3 or (h(111117(111 Jerome E Janssen M A Studies in Eighteenth Century thought and aes- The Depaitinent of H1StOFV offers a program devoted to the study of mankind in diverse cultural settings 3 or 409 Chaucer thetic in the works of one or more of its great tillough time -\ laige number of courses are taught by a faculty reflecting a variety of philosophical and and minor A studN of lhe Canteihwi lales writers Dryden, Swift Pope, Johnson Blake, etc methodological outlooks Apart fit om the fact that the program fully meets the needs of students intending to poems or through the ideas and attitudes conveyed in one pursue giaduate woik in historical studies the history major will be well prepared for careers in law of the dominant genres of the Eighteenth Century business oi go^ ernment services Most importanilv the discipline of history provides an excellent synthesis 410 NlledieialSpeciai ropics 3 or the drama, the novel the essav etc of the liberal-arts education since it effeciivelv joins together the humanities and the social sciences Studies in the ideas and attitudes of the medieval period approached through one of its dominant Nineteenth Century Studies RFQUIRENIENTS FOR THE MAJOR genres such as the romance the diama the lyric A minimum of 30 credits must be taken including 103 104 Development of the U S (six credits) and either etc or through some of its major writers other 451 English Romantic Literature 3 cr 213 2 14 Western Civilization (six credits) or 3 11 3 12 Woild History and the Historian (six credits) Twelve than Chaucer or thiough intei national readings in A studv of the aesthetic moral political, and liter- of the remaining credits must be taken fiom 200 and 300 level courses and six credits from 400 level Old and Middle English Old Icelandic Medieval ary aspects of English romanticism approached courses French and German (all read in English transla- through the writings of Wordsworth, Coleridge A ma\imt.11n of 12 tiansfei credits in history can be applied to the major requirements tion) Byron Shellev Keats REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR Renaissance Studies 452 Victorian Literature 3 cr A studv of the poetry of Tennvson Browning Students %Nho wish to minor in history mav consult with the departments undergraduate advisor The 413 Sixteenth CenturN English Arnold and the prose of Arnold, Carlyle and Rus- student is icquired to take 15 hours including 103, 104 3 or Literature kin Attention also given to the poetry of Merits Introductorj, Surreys 244 Histor) of Ancient Medicine 3 cr Survev including non-Shakespearean drama Sid- Rossetti and Fitzgerald nov Spenser Shakespeaic Marlowe and minor Examination of the most significant medical theo- 103 Deielopment of the United States hgures 459 Nineteenth Centur,, Special ries and practices in the period from the Egyptian to 1877 3 or Topics 3 or temple physicians to the doctors of the Roman The historical clexelopment of American institu- 414 SeNenteenth CenturN English Studies in Nineteenth Century thought and aes- Empire Special attention will be given to Hip- 3 or tions ideals and societv from earliest times to Literature thetic in the works of one or more of ts great pocrates and Galen to 1660 1877 Sat \ ev of di ania pi ose and pocti \ writers such as Wordsworth Tennyson, Browning,I 245 Greek History 3 or Dickens Hardy or through the ideas and attitudes 415 INJilton 3 or 104 Deielopment of the United States An examination of the development of Greek his- conveved in one of the dominant genres of the -\ suivev of Milton and his times A close scrutmv since 1877 3 or tory and culture from earliest times up to the Nineteenth Century of the minor poems and Paiadise Lost and Sam- The historical development of American institu- death of Alexander of Macedon son Igonistes tions ideals and societv since 1877 Tvientieth Century Studies 246 Hellenistic Histor) 3 or 419 Renaissance Special Fopics 3 or A survev of Mediterranean history from the death 461 Earh Tisentieth Century Area Courses Studies in Renaissance thought and aesthetic in of Alexander until the accession of Octavian and Literature 3 cr the works of one oi more of its great writers Spen- 212 Europe in the Feudal Age 3 or the establishment of the Roman principate Selective study of authors representing the major ser Sidnev Donne Jenson etc or through the The world of the Middle Ages—a survev of meche- literary tvpes and trends from about 1890 to 1930 247 History of the Roman Principate 3 cr ideas and attitudes conveNed in one of the domi- ,a] man s political social and cultural activities Hardy Moore, Butler, Conrad Yeats HopkmO Study of the consolidation of the Roman imperial nant genres of the Renaissance the Ivi to the epic and Jovce structure from Augustus to the death of Com- the drama etc 213, 214 Western Ci^ihzatjon 3 or modus An introductory survey of the migins and charac- 463 Contemporary Literature 3 cr Shakespeare Studies Major modern types and trends Eliot Woolf teristics of European Civilization emphasizing the 248 Histor^ of the Late Roman Empire 3 or Personalities and events and institutions that have Examination of Roman History from the ascen- 433 Shakespeare 1 3 or Waugh Greene, Auden Spender, Thomas, Gold- made the West the dominant global power today sion of Severus to the death of Justinian Comedies and romances ing, and others 32 33 249 Egyptian Cnilization 3 er 309 American Science and Technology 3 cr 347 War in Modern Societv 3 cr 378 Europe and International A survev of Egvptian history and culture fiorn the The development of science and technologv in pre-dynastic period to the establishment of America from colonial times to the twentieth _x studv and analvsis of the phenomenon of war in Politics, 1870-1970 3 cr the Westein Woild front the Age of Napoleon to A study of global international relations since Roman rule in EgNpt Special attention will be century tile piescrit with special emphasis upon the inter- gi\entotticaitistic literary and religious achieve- 1870 with emphasis upon the evolution from a World History and the 311, 312 lelationship between international coriffict and European centered world to global politics ments of Eg^pt Historian 3 er each social political and technological change The course traces the main events of world history 382 PsNchollustor^ 3 cr 2-54 The HistorN of the Modern in relation to the most important theories of world 352 Diplomatic Histor) of United States 3 cr Examines the inter-relationships between psychol- Middle East 3 cr history and in the context of an inquiry into the Emphasis is upon invokement of the United ogy—especially psychoanalysis—and history Psy- A stud\ of the modern Near East with concentra- nature of historical understanding The first States in both World Wars and its role as an impe- chology leadership of group behavior, or war etc tion upon the conflict between imperialism and semester treats prehistory the emergence of civili- 11,11 power nationalism traditionalism and western influ- 385 Women in Histor^ zation and the world views of the major classical 3 cr ences in the area HistorN of the American A civilizations The second semester is an inquiry 3-57 survey of the historical experience of women, PresidencN 3 cr from ancient times, with emphasis on the forces 255, 256 HistorN of Asia I and 11 3 cr each into the nature of modernity piimaiil\ an investigation and evaluation—pei- that have led to the modern changes in women's A survcv of Asian civilization from ancient times 320 Special Studies in sonal political contemporarN and historical—of status to the present dav western colonialism the rise of European Histor^ 3 cir each picsident with some attention to the growth the nationalist nioNement and the establishment 386 Historical Geography Topic will be announced by the instructor The of the office 3 cr of modern states course may be taken more than once A survev of the physical world which is the basis 360 Constitutional HistorN of the for a human civilization, past, present, and future Russian Histor) 3 cr each 321 Special Studies in 257 258 United States 3 cr What are the possibilities and limitations of differ- Development of societv and state in Russia front American History 3 cr An analvsjs of the Supreme Court and constitu- ent places for human development' How success- their ongins to the twentieth centUry Topic will be announced by the instructor The tionat development stressing the major controver- ful or unsuccessful were human settlements9 course may be taken more than once sies in the held Emphasis also on geographv as an intellectual dis- 259 260 East-Central Europe 3 cr each 322 Special Studies in cipline and cultural phenomenon The medieval and modern histoi\ of the small 362 Histori of the United States' Third World History 3 cr nations situated between Russia and Getmany on Political Parties Since 1868 3 cr 389 Europe Industrialism and Topic will be announced by the instructor The the east and west and the Baltic and Mediterra- A dctdlled examination and analysis of the origins, the Masses 3 cr course may be taken more than once nean Seas on the north and the south Icadeiship and operation of the major political A historical analysis of Europe in the last two cen- 340 Histor^ of Western La" 3 cr parties since 1868 turies with particular attention to the relationship 266 INIodern Britain 3 cr Primary emphasis will be placed on the rise of between technological and social change and its A StLidv of the first industrial nation, with special 364 The American Mind 3 cr customary law, especially its development in impact on politics and culture attention to the achievement of constitutional England into Common Law The origins clexelopment and contemporary monaicliv the social and economic problems of modes of Aniciican thought, including major 'cli- 394 History of U S Labor 1 industrialization the nature of British imperial- 341 Histor^ of American La" 3 cr mates of opinion ' diverse movements, and Management Relations 3 cr ism and the problems faced in the 20th century This course deals with the development of law, selected scientific political religious social, and Concentrates chiefly on the relations between legal philosophy, and legal institutions in America artistic topics worker and employer from the early craftsmen to 267 Canada 3 cr from the colonial period to the Civil War the industrial union member An introduction to Canadian history with particu- 366 I he Modern Mind 3 cr 342 History of American LaA 11 3 cr ­ lar attention to the ^ ears from 1763 to the present, The major ideological tendencies of modern Euro- 395 Pittsburgh and the American Cit^ 3 cr This course deals with the development of law and to Canadian-American relations and content- pean thought and their connection to societv and The rise of Urban America, using Pittsburgh as a legal philosophy and legal institutions from the porary Canada politics and to the major philosophic and scien- case study of citv growth and change industriali- Civil War to the present tific curients of the nineteenth and twentieth zation, immigration, and renewal in the twentieth 3 cir 269 270 China 343 Church Histor^ 1 3 cr LCnturies century A survev of social, economic political and cul- A religious and historical exploration of the -170 Current Histor^ cr 396 tural changes before and after the establishment of growth of Christianity from the first century up to 3 Immigration and Ethnic IdentitV 3 cr What ate the major forces affecting our lives the People's Republic of China the Reformation, discussion of those issues within An examination of the dynamics of immigration todav ^ Where do thev come from" Where will thev the Church and the external forces which brought to the United States with emphasis on the new 271 Japan 3 cr lead to" Resources will be current media such as immigration at the turn of the century about major conflict and development An analvsis of Japan's current cultural and eco- newspapeis, TV etc 1 nomic development in light of its historical past, 344 Church Histor) 11 3 cr 398 Economic History of the the N/Ieiji cia and twentieth century expansion Selected topics in Catholic and Protestant devel- 372 ksian influences on -kmerica 3 cr United States 3 cr opment from 1500 to the present day special Fiom the quest for Asia by Columbus to the eco- Investigates the economic development of the Topical Surveys emphasis on the crises, revolutions, and reforms nomic impact oftwentieth century Japan the Ori- United States emphasizing its impact on social that were central to this development cnt has enccted America its social, cultural, eco- and political issues as background for current eco- 305 History of Medicine 3 cr nomic and technological development nomic problems 345 American Church History 3 cr A SUrvev exploring the development of medicine in the western world in terms of medicine as an art Emphasizes the historical development of major 373, 374 Diplomatic Histor) of the Specialized Areas and Topics and as a science The lattei pait of the course will religious traditions in America, both Catholic and Far East 3 cr each focus on the social and institutional aspects in the Protestant Special attention will be given to "the Westein imperialism in Asia, rise ofAsian nation- 458 Civil War and Reconstruction 3 cr life of the mind" of Christianity in America, th^ development of American medicine alism anaivsis of international problems in cur- An intensive study of the American experience frontier expansion of religion, the ofte n-con t rover- rent tension areas before and after the War for the Union 307, 308 History of Science 3 cr each sial interaction between the Church and American 375 Flistor) of inner Asia A suivev exploring the significance of scientific culture, the place of religion in the creation of the cr 467 Science and Society in the developments within the histoi ical and social con- American character, and the unique separation of The histoiv of Inner Asia from Genghis Khan's T"entieth Centur^ 3 cr N4ongol Empire to Leonid Brezhnev's Soviet text of Western culture church and state The economic, social and cultural consequences of Ernpue the rise of modern science

35 34 381 Visual Productions 479 Re^olution in the Modern World 3 cr 487 The American Frontier 3 cr advei using Siudy of various tvpes of adv ertising 1 3 cr An analvsis of the major political and social revo- An historical view of man's attempts to create new Opel) to non-majois Prerequisites 267 268, or Basic instruction in the planning, script writing and use of photography for audiovisual produc- lutions in Europe since 1789 the nature of the societies, concentrating upon ecological issues ^ppro% a] of Department revolUtionarN phenomenon and the inevitable frontier experiences, and utopian ventures tions primarily slide programs Emphasis on the 3 cr counter-ievolutionary trend 17o rhe Broadcast Program pioduction of title and caption slides text slides 489 The Search for Identirt^— .\ stud\ of the programming strategies in cornmer- and the integration of these elements into slide 3 cr United States since 1945 3 cr 480 European Fascism cial and public broadcasting Factois impacting presentations Open to non-majors Prerequisite An intensive study of the major fascist move- A discussion of selected contemporary issues, for- ploglarriming decisions the organizing and design 378 or approval of Department ments and regimes of the twentieth century in eign and domestic, which illustrate the identity ot progiam services in a variety of work-settings, 391 Research Adiertising & light of the political economic social intellectual crisis in the U S and the importance of scheduling in the opcia- Public Relations 3 cr and psvchological tensions which produced them 3 cr t1orial design Neither artistic nor creative func- 490 Honors Seminar 1 In the world of communications, rescaich has tions are covered but rather pragmatic matters 481 The Modern Historian 3 cr 3 cr become an increasingly important tool More and 491 Honors Seminar 11 -,fleeting programming executives The development of modern historical thinking more communicatons professionals arc using the and scholarship as it is related to the major intel- 499 Directed Reading, Selected results of research in their evervday work The 3 cr NNIass Communications and lectual and social currents of ri-lodern times Historical Topics 371 course content will show the student how research public Opinion 3 cr can be applied to specific problems in Advertising A studv of the nature of public opinion and the DEPARTMENT OF JOURNALISM and Public Relations The student will learn to Illass communications process effects of propa- understand the techniques of research and how to Acting Chait man Paul Krakowski M A and barriers to eflective communication by emphasizing how a ganda use research results (Offered both semesters) The Department of Journalism encourages the liberal education of a student opcn to Juniors Seniors and non-majors professional education for a career in the mass media relies on the liberal arts tradition The journalism 405 Adianced Public Affairs Reporting 3 cr curriculum concentrates upon the development of communicative skills for creative and responsible posi- 372 Communications La" 3 cr A lecture-laboratory course in gathering and intei- tions in such areas of mass communication as advertising, broadcasting, newspapers, public relations, A sludv ot the legal i ights responsibilities and eth- pretive news writing on urban affairs Analysis of transfer student must take at lea5t 12 credits from the department magazines and specialized publications A, ics of the mass media Libel and broadcast regula- major political, economic and social develop- to graduate as a major tions Open to Juniors and Seniors ments that have local news interest and signih- cance Guests and field trips Prerequisites 267 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 175 Editing 3 cr 268 Twenty-seven sernestei hours are required for a major Required courses are 167, 267, 268, 367, 369 372 or A ICCtLllc-laboiatoiv course in editing and present- 409 Advanced Writing for Adiertising 3 cr 376 and 466 or 468 or 470 or 476 ing the wittten word for the mass media Style, A lecture-laboratory course in copywriting and headlines tvpographv covered VDT used Prereq- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR design for advertising Major campaign compiled uisite 267 or appio\al of Depaitment Eighteen semester hours credit are required for a minor Credits must include 167, 267, 268, and nine other Prerequisite 369 journalism credits approved by the head of the Department of Journalism Minors do not qualifv for the 376 Ilistor^ of the Mass Media 3 er 411 Magazine Article Writing 3 cr Department's Professional Internship program Concentrated lecture-discussion course in an his- A lecture-laboratory course in free-lance article 167 Introduction to Mass brochures, slides, feature articles, stringing or torical context of major social influences affecting writing for the general and specialized magazine Communications 3 cr other professional experiences (Offered both American journalism fiom the colonial press Queries research and marketing Open to Juniors, An introduction to the role, principles, and semesters) period to conternporary societv Open to Juniors Seniors and non-majors with Department and 1^eruois approval Prerequisite 267 responsibilities of newspapers broadcasting, 330 Public Relations Principles 3 cr A magazines advertising and public relations Study of the principles, history and practices of 413 Advanced 'Writing for Radio 378 PhotograpliN for Journalism 3 cr series of guest speakeis from these helds is public relations in business, education, govern- and TeleNision 3 cr A Iccture-laboratoiv course in the preparation and included Course open to non-majors (Officre A lecture-laboratory course in writing for radio ment and non-profit institutions Analysis of PR use of photographv for publication Fundamentals both semesters ) and television Scripting special types of programs programs Ethics and responsibilities Open to ot camera work developing printing print evalu- such as documentaries, editorials, panel shows 199 Language for Journalists 3 cr Juniors, Seniors and non-majors ation and editorial uses of photogiaphv empha- PSA's, traffic continuity promotion-publicity Pre- Aimed at impi ox ing and polishing language skills Public Relations Practices 3 cr sl7Ld slUdent must provide an approved carriera 331 requisite 367 of prospective or beginning majors Emphasis on Case studies of public relations programs in indus- Open to non-majors word usage giammar spelling Intioduction to try, education, social welfare and trade associa- 420 International Communications 3 cr stNle and copy sNmbols Open to Freshmen and tions The application of techniques through the 379 Graphic Communications 3 cr A stud^ of world news systems and an analysis of Sophomores design and implementation of programs for cli- A laboratOFv-demonstration course to introduce their roles as instruments of world understanding students to all elements of the graphic design pro- -foreign systems, including 267 Basic Reporting and Writing 1 3 cr ents Open to Junior and Senior majors Pre- Comparison of U S Fundamentals of news ieporting and writing requisites 267, 268 and 330, or approval of cess related to preparing publications for print newspapers, broadcasting, magazines and wire ser- Using a gild translei tvpe and borders, greeking Applied practice in laboiatory sections special Department vices Open to Juniors, Seniors and non-majors papci color overlaNs line and clip art, preparing a events and beats covered outside of class VDT 440 Writing Revie"s/Criticism 3 cr 367 Radio-Television Principles kL\, and photos Open to Juniors and Seniors Pre- used Typing abilm required 3 cr Analysis, discussion and wilting of reviews/criti- and Writing requisites 267 268 375 or approval of Depait- lecture-laboratory course in the study and appli- cism of books, theater, films, television, music and 268 Basic Reporting and Writing 11 3 cr A ment (This course recommended piiot to 380 ) Advanced writing of the more complex types of cation of news writing principles and practices for the visual aits Lab sessions stress the writing of reviews and accompanying interviews, as well as news stoi ies such as business government courts radio and television Laboratory experience in 180 Speciahied Publications 3 cr critiques of published reviews Guest speakers Applied practice in laboratory sections VDT used radio and closed-circuit TV studios Open to non- A sludv of association business industrial profies- include local critics and artists Prerequisites 267, Typing abilitv, required Prerequisite 267 majors Prerequisites 267, 268 or approval of s10nal and non-profit communications Wilting 268 or approval of Department Department designing and editing brochures, newsletters 290 Field StudN in Mass Communications 3 cr annual reports magazines and other internal and 441 Secondar^ School Communications 3 cr A field studv is a practical experience in advertis- 369 Advertising Principles and Writing 3 cr ing broadcasting public relations, print jouinal- A lecture-laboratory course in the study and appli- C\tClndl Publications Prerequisites 167 267 268 Function of publications and broadcasting in the 375 ism or photographv Individual projects may be cation of writing principles and practices for secondary school Role and responsibilities of 37 36 probability and statistics computer and other rele- 306, 307 Linear Algebra 1, 11 3 cr each 367, 369, 375, 372 or 376 405 (Offered both school piess advisoi s Teaching of journalilsm on vant topics Not counted toward a major or A study of linear transformations and matrics, and the high school level Course is chiected at stu- semesters ) ininoi models, 307 is identical to Computer Science 307 dents seeking a Pennsylvania teacher's ceitificate in which knowledge of a computer language 476 Professional Internship 105 College Algebra and TrigonometrN 4 cr in communication with emphasis in high school (BASIC FORTRAN, Pascal) is required 307 may Public Relations 3 cr A modern course in college algebia and anaivtic journalism Open to Juniors and Seniors Prereq- be used to satisfy a mathematics or a Computer A supervised observation-experience program of trigononietry lor those students who do not pos- uisites 167 267 Science requirement but not both Prerequisite study and assignment to a public relations agency, scss the pi erequisties for 115 Not counted toward 116 or consent of the department 466 Professional Internship association, industrial, non-profit or educational a major oi minor Adiertising 3 cr group in the Pittsburgh area Prerequisites 167, 308 Numerical Methods of Introduction to Modern -k supervised observat ion -experience program of 267, 268, 330, 33 1, 367, 369, 375, 372 or 376 380 107, 108 Classical Anal^sis 3 cr Mathematics 1, 11 3 cr each studv and assignment to an assigned adveitising (Offered both semesters ) A computer oriented course in numerical analvsis This course is designed for elementary education agencv or industrial advertising department in introducing elementary techniques for numerical students in the School of Education Not to be conjunction with the Business/Piofessional 485 Industrial Adiertising 3 cr solution of problems A knowledge of Fortran or counted toward a major minor or the mathemat- Advertising Association Pittsburgh Chapter Pre- Deals with the principles and practices of indus- equivalent language is assumed This course is lcs/scicnce area requirement requisites 167, 267, 268 367 369 372 or 376 trial marketing communications Emphasis will be identical to Computer Science 308 It may be used 409 (Offered both semesters placed on trade-paper ads, direct-mail advertising, log College Algebra 3 cr to satisfv a Math requirement or a Computer Sci- descriptive product folders, sales letters and traditional course in college algebra for students ence requirement but not both Prerequisite 215 468 Professional Internship A presentations Examination will be made of who are not prepaicd for I I I Not counted toward Fortran I 11 Broadcasting 3 cr related crafts such as commercial art typography, a nidjor oi minor Credit will not be allowed for A supervised observation-experience progiam of 311 Introduction to Number Theor^ 3 cr printing, plate-making and media selection Pre- both this course and 105 studv and assignment to a commercial/educa- A discussion of divisibility, congruences, quad- requisites 167, 267, 268, 367, 369 tional bioadcasting station in the Pittsburgh area ill Calculus for Non-Science Students 3 cr ratic residues diophantine equations and arith- Prerequisites 167 267 268 367, 369 370 372 or metical functions Prerequisite Proficiency at 105 490 Individual Projects in Mass Differentiation and integiation of algebraic loga- 413 (Offered both semesters 376 Communications 3 cr rithinic and exponential functions maxima and level minima area exponential growth Not counted 470 Professional Internship Individual research projects in the mass media 315 Adianced Differential Equations 3 cr toward a major Credit will not be allowed for Nev%spapers 3 cr Related to a media topic not covered in other Principally theoretical, this course considers the both this course and 115 A supervised observation-experience program of courses Written paper or other appropriate for- methods of solutions as well as existence and studv and assignment to a local newspaper includ- mats Open to Junior and Senior majors only Pre- 115, 116, 215 Calculus, 1, 11, Ill 4 cr each uniqueness of solutions, applications, and partial ing members of the Pennsylvania Newspaper Pub- requisite Permission of instructor and department A unified course in analytic geometry and differential equations Prerequisite 216 lishers -Association Prerequisites 167 267, 268 chanman calculus Considei's theory of limits functions 321 Mathematical Concepts for Ph^sics 3 cr differentiation integration, series geometry of A survey of the mathematical concepts used in space functions of several variables and multiple DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS undergraduate physics, especially quantum 115 Two years of integration Pierequisites for mechanics Topics covered include vector analy- Chaitman Charles A Loch, N4 A algebra one year of plane geometry, and one-half The Department of Mathematics offers a sequence of modern courses which will 1) aid students in develop- sis, matrix theory, complex function theory vear of trigonornetry ing then abilitv to think scientifically and form independent judgments, 2) provide students with a breadth Fourier series and calculus of variations Prerequi- and depth of knowledge concerning not only manipulative skills but also fundamental and essential theory, 216 OrdinarN Differential Equations 3 cr site 216 enable students to use their knowledge in the formulation and solution of problems, and 4) give students The course includes solutions existence of solu- 3) 325 Applications in Statistics 3 cr tions and applications of differential equations the necessary basis of foundation for the pursuit of graduate study or productive effort at the bachelor level This course is intended for students interested in 215 Preiequisite, statistics and who wish to examine methods in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 221 Historv, of Mathematics 3 cr applving statistics Topics include Aspects of lin- semester hours is required These must include 115, 116, 215, Bachelor of Arts Degree A minimum of 32 This is a survev of the historical development of ear modeling in regression analysis experimental 300 Exceptionally able 216 303 415 416 the iernainder must be selected from courses numbered above mathematics Prerequisite One Year of College design and analysis of categorical data Emphasis 500 level mathematics courses listed in the seniors are encouraged to seek departmental approval to include Mathematics preferably including one semester of is placed on applications Prerequisite one semes- 101 Basic or I I I Fortran or 1 12 graduate catalog Extradepart mental Requirements Computer Science calculus Not counted toward a major ter of calculus and one semester of statistics Pascal 225 Fundamentals of Statistics 3 cr 401 Fundamentals of Geometr) 3 cr 115 116, Bachelor of Science Degree A minimum of 32 semester hours is required These must include A basic course in probability theory and descrip- The course considers topics in Euclidean and 215 216, 303 415 416, the remainder must be selected from courses numbered above 300 tive and inferential statistics for non-majors Pre- Non-Euclidean geometry also svnthetic, projec- Extradepartmental Requirements 20 hours in science, 21 1, 212 General Analytical Physics and Computer requisite High school algebra Not counted tive, and affine geometries, and some topology selected from Science 10 1 Basic I I I Fortran or 11 2 Pascal must be taken The remaining courses may be toward a major Prerequisite 215 Not offered in regular sequence, Biology I I I 11 2 and 226 and above Chemistry 121 and above Physics above 212, and additional but available on request 301, 302 Computer Science courses Introduction to Probabilit) and Statistics 1, 11 3 cr each 403 Introduction to Point Set Topolog^ 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR A mathematical treatment of probability theory A survey of elementary topics including topologi- and mathematical statistics including probability cal spaces, compactness, connectedness conver- A minor must include 115 and 14 additional credits selected from courses numbered above 115, 116 must distributions iandom variables and their transfor- gence and separation axioms Prerequisite 215 be included mations expectation point and interval estima- Not offered in regular sequence, but available on For science majors 2 15 2 16 3 15 321 are recommended tion sampling distributions Prerequisite 116 or request For economics and social science major, 308, 225 or 301, 306 are recommended equiNalcnt 405 Introduction to Complex Variables 3 cr 3 cr 103, 104 Finite Mathematics, 1, 11 3 cr each 101 Elementar3 Mathematics 303 Principles of Modern Algebra 3 cr Topics include the plane of complex numbers, A course meeting the needs of non-science stu- A remedial course in the fundamentals of algebra, A studv of basic properties of groups rings, functions of a complex variable and integration in dents in the College for an introduction to matri- including the solution of equations and inequali- boolean algebra and fields Prei equisities 115 the complex plane Prerequisite 216 not offered ties Not to be counted toward a major minor or ces and their applications, linear programming, 116 in regular sequence but available on request the mathematics/science area requirements

18 39

Advanced Courses 415 416 Xclsanc(d Calculus 1, 11 3 cr each research and data analvsis in the life sciences Not photographN A itgoious studv Of tile Calculus and its founda- counted toward a majoi 112 photograph,, I (INTRODUCTION) 3 cr tion Pierequisitc 216 311 Multi Media Production/ 3 cr 1-ccUirc-laboratory course in the use of photogra- Development of a multi media production incor- as a communications medium Fundamentals 431 Introduction to Biostatistics 3 er 491 to 499 Selected Topics ph%, porating the various media print, photography Intended illimarik for Lipper of caincia work film developing piinting light level pharmacv and in NIathematics 1-3 cr each video graphics audio, into a single communica- b101OgV Students lCqLi-,IllltS the student with some This is an honors course Topics selected in con- and tilteis tions devise Prerequisites 1 12 2 1 2 206, 202, of th( common statistical techniques applied to sultation with staff 212 PhotographN 11 (IN] ERNIEDI ATE) 3 cr 103 108 and 215 Intioduction to colol use of light variations and 3 cr MEDIA ARTS colo, slide f6i mat Extensi vC camera work Prereq- 402 Produce r-D irector The role of the director as a catalyst in media It is tile goal of the Media Arts program to develop professional attitudes and competencies in media ulsitc 112 technologics Required studies in the humanities and science combined with major courses provide the production The producer as coordinator Exami- PhotograpliN III (ZONE) 3 cr background necessarx for success in a field which dailv influences the opinions attitudes and decisions that 312 nation of directors and evaluation of their work E\tcllsl\e work in black and white photography affect ever\ aspect of contemporary human expencrice Zone systcin is exploted Prerequisite _212 404 Management of a Media FacilhO 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 401 PhotographN IV (ADVANCED) 3 cr The problems of setting up, designing, and manag- A ing an integrated program Budget organization majoi consists of thim-six credits in Media Arts courses 101 Introduction to Media Arts 103 Video Development of a communications tool using and standardization of services explored PiodUCtion I (Eng ) and 112 Photograpliv I aie ieqUired for all majors Medical Media Majors must take photoglaphN as a medium Emphasis on con- 407 Photogiaph\ -Medical PhotographN 011LIM Of tile \ ISUal image to deliver the message 3 cr Media Aits majois mav concentrate on eithei program development or production In close consultation Picrcquisites 212 206 409 Interactne Video with their academic adNiscls thev mav design progiams which emphasize pholographv videographv Investigation into the applicability of Interactive 407 PhotographN V (1NIEDICAL writing oi a combination of these areas A Video in the industrial and educational environ- subspecialtv in Medical Media Communications is also avail- 3 cr pliolOGRAPHN) ments Methods of meeting needs not possible able (Prospective Medical Media Majors will be interviewed bv tile piogram director before being admitted Clinical appioach to the documentation of to tile major ) with linear media Prerequisites 108 and 215 patients specimens and surgical procedures Two extia-depaitmental courses mav be applied toward the Media Aits Major Fine Arts 220 (History of Emphasis on lighting and positioning of subject PhotogiaphN) and Journalism 381 (Visual Pioduction 1) 412 Current Issues in the Media Arts 3 cr institutional decorum safietv death and dving are Discussion of Professional problems in the field of REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR discusscd Prerequisite 401 Media Arts and Communications This seminar is open to seniors only with permission of the Eighteen credits aie required Foi a minor in Media Arts These must include 101 Introduction to Media Audio Production Aits instructor I (BASIC) 3 cr Nledia Aits Minois maN in consultation with their advisors design general programs to gain broad 202 Audio Production investigation into the tvpes of recoiding equip- Variable credits L\peiience oi concentrate in cithci of the following areas Video Production (103 108, 208 308 403) 405 Directed Readings nient microphones and sound systerns needed f6i Photogiaph\ ( 1 12 212 312 401 and Fine Arts 220) pioduction E\perience in recording mixing 408 Internship Variable credits Basic Courses Video Production Sound and editing intensive application of experiences gained during Audio Production 11 (ADVANCED) 3 cr course work in the field situation Prerequisite 101 Introduction to Media Arts 3 cr 103 Video Production I (ENG) 3 cr 302 E\tcnded cxperience in Audio Production Picreq- Appropriate major course work and approval of SLII^C\ coutse to familiarize students with equip- Introductory course to video production Use of the Program Directors Seniors onlv 111cill Oficlatiolls technologv and theor\ of com- the single camera for Electronic News Gathering uisite 202 1111.1111C,11[1011S as \NCII as the selection use and eval- or information documentation Electronic editing LITERATURES. Liation of media of infoirnation into a coherent message DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND (hau inan Fi ancesca Colecchia, Ph D 108 Video Production 11 106 Creatne Media 3 cr (EFP) 3 cr The Department of Modern Languages offers courses in French' German Italian Russian Spanish and Introduction to Electronic Field Production (Loca- Implications of the theoi ies of visual thinking and Swahili Oil th( elementary and intermediate level in French, German, and Spanish, the student may choose tion shooting) Use of script or story line to pro- ps\cholog\ of media Application of these theories fiorn two tracks ' of language courses both of which satisfv College degree requirements One of these in the development of media resources Motiva- duce a program shot in segments and edited into emphasiies reading and the other reading writing speaking, and aural comprehension In conversation and tion attention olga—ation cucing icinforce- final f6im Extensive out-of-class production time composition courses the student's fluency in the active use of the language is strengthened Subsequent Prerequisite 103 inent and response aie studied Courses stress pi imarily literary studies in which the student is systematicallv introduced to a survey of the 208 Video Production III (STUDIO) 3 litei ature and is given a working acquaintance with the culture of the groups whose language he is studving 206 Graphics for Media Production 3 cr cr Choice of courses dealing with specific woiks authors and auxilhary subjects is also presented Basic e\peilellcc in planning and producing Exploration into the key elements of good studio The Student possessing a knowledge of foreign languages will find career opportunities in a number of giaphic inatet ial for television displav classroom production Emphasis on lighting, program design fields such as education government emplovmcnt foreign service social work industry, and tourism and leCtUreS and development, and set Live and recorded pro- ductions with Supporting audio-visuals Prerequi- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 215 Production Design and Scripting 3 cr site 108 The Depaitment oficis major programs in French German and Spanish In addition it offers minor StUdv of tile instructional design of media 308 Video Production IV (ADVANCED) 3 cr piograms in these languages Italian and Russian as well as non-major courses in Swahili resouiccs The decision making piocess purpose Total video production Combination of single The major program in Model n Languages and Literatures consists of a minimum of 24 semester hours at contcrit method audience medium Reseaich camera and studio work Extensive editing Pre- 1C(h1l1qL1CS scitpi development and storv-board- the 300 level and above Required courses are requisites 208 206 and 215 Ing French 301 302 462 463 Majors will discuss their courses with their advisors 403 Video Production V (PRACTICUM) 3 cr German 301 302 460 46 1 Majors will discuss their courses with their advisors 217 Aesthetics of Media Production 3 cr E-%perience in the field working with approved Investigation into tile aesthetics of aucho-\ isual Spanish 301 302 401 402 453 454 Majors will discuss their courses with their advisors organization producting a program to be used for communication Technologv vs cTeativitv pei- be taken in sequence It is recommended that students not that organization S communciations needs Senior Elementary and intermediate courses must SOna] c\pression vs public need advanced Courses Out of progression Credit toward the major or minor will not be given for 201 202 only Prerequisites 308 202 take

40 41

2 11 212 or 239 240 which are intermediate level courses 302 is the recommended prerequisite to all 327 ] he 1-^N mbolist Moi ement in 46-5 18th Centur^ French Theatre 3 cr courses nurnbeied 312 and above French Poetr% 3 cr ,An overview of the major dramatists of the It is iecommencled that majors in the Department include a course in the art of the country in whose A basic 111110CILICtion to the SNmbolist movement centui y including Marivaux Voltaire and language thev specialize as well as one course of literature in translation in the literature of a country other ,,,if, cniphasis on heirrictic poetr\ of Mallarme Beaumarchais than that of theii major Rimbaud A maximum of 12 transfers credits will be accepted toward the major 466 19th CenturN French Poetr^ 3 cr Junim Yeai Ibioad Majors are strongly encouraged but not obliged to participate in programs approved 12s Frcnch Poctr% Middle Ages to 19th The major poetic movements of the 19th Century in adiance bN the Department Further information may be obtained at the Department office ( enturN 3 cr Romanticism Parnassianism Svmbolism, with a ^111d% of nicchanics of piosodv \aFIOUS genres special emphasis on Baudelaire REQUIREAIENTS FOR THE MINOR pLiiocl^ movements in Fiench poctiv 467 19th Centur) French Noiel 3 cr The minoi progiam consists of a minimum of 12 semester hours at the 300 level and above 17th Centur% I 329 rench Literature 3 cr Selected novels from the 19th Centurv, from Ernpil,isis on 17th CcnturN French prose and Romanticism to Naturalism 490 Independent Field Stud^ 239, 240 Readings in Modern poL t, \ Will also include a plav of Corneille (All Languages) Var cr French Authors 3 cr each 468 19th Centur^ French Theatre R,iclllc and Moliere 3 cr The student will participate, under the supervision Selections from modern works of literature Do Beginning with the influence of the Revolution on and guidance of the instructor in selected tours to not carry credit toward a major or minor Prereq. 130 French Prose of the 19th CenturN 3 cr French literature, through the literary movements various foieign countries to undertake indepen- uisite 202 or equivalent Corlsiciciation offlic Fiench piose oftlic hrst half of the century Emphasizes works written for the of dent StLidv on selected and approved piojects tIlL CCrItLI11 Chatcaubriand Bal7ac Stendlial stage and currents in ciiticism and directing involving the e\ploration and stucIv of history , 301, 302 French Conversation and Composition life woik aitsandculture Preiequisite Priorper- 3 cr each 311 18th CenturN French Literature 3 cr 469 20th Centuo French Poetr^ 3 er 302 or its equivalent is the recommended prereq- mission of the instructor and Department Ali o\ci\icw of the '^iecle dc); lumicies with Ambivalence of modern French poetry after Chan man uisite to all courses above 302 Prerequisite 202 or clylpflasis on the foui majoi phdo^ophcis Montes- Baudelaire Will consider Apollinaire Valer^ equivalent (JUICLI Voltaiie Diderot and Rousseau Breton Aragon Eluard, Cocteau, Supervielle 495 Professional Language Internship 3 er Saint-Jean Perse An unpaid internship consisting of 100-120 hours 320-345 Pro-Seminar in French 312 Noltaire and His Age 3 cr Of Supervised work f6i which the student will Literature and Culture 3 cr each in-clLptli kvoik on Vollane plus one oilierwiitei of 470 20th Centur) French Noiel 3 cr receive three credits See Department for All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- tile pLtiod such as Pie\ost Beaurnaichais From A France to Robbe-Grillet and the ' New particulars seminars in literature and culture The following Beiraldin de Saint-Piciie etc Novel " courses represent current pro-seminar offerings French The^ will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as 30 French for Business 3 cr 471 20th Centur^ French Theatre 3 cr circumstances warrant from semester to semester Spokcn and wiaten language of business French From Jules Remains to lonesco and the Theatre 101, 102 Elementar^ French 3 cr each All pro-seminars earn, three credits a semester ( on\Lmions of letter wiiting impoit expoit and of the Absurd Recommended prerequisite French 302 or its cornincicial transactions Fundamentals of oial and written French Three 472 Sartre and Camus 3 cr equivalent hours lectuie and one houi laboiatory each week 460-475 Seminar in l,rench Contrastive study of Sartre and Camus and their works 111, 112 Elementar% French 320 Stylistics 3 cr I iterature 3 cr each All COUISeS IlUmbLred 460 thiough 475 are scmi- for Reading 3 cr each Comparative study of English/French style in 480 Directed Readings Var cr spoken and written French nai^ it) 111CIatUre designed to oflei the advanced The course will stress basic grammar and structure Readings of literary texts under close facultv undeigradLIdtC Student the opportunitv to studv for reading comprehension supervision for majors only and onIv with per- 321 Phonetics 3 cr \,ijious aspects of liteiatuic in greater depth The mission of the Department Variable credit 115, 116 French for Musicians 3 cr each Mechanics of phonation with comparative following couises represent curient seminar offer- Speciallv designed for majors in music to provide English-French application to phonemic analysis ings thc\ will be offeied on a rotated basis and/or German them with those skills in French to meet their of French dS CHT11111stances wairant fiom semester to semes- professional requisites Registration limited to stu- tci All serninais caiiv three ciedits a semester 101, 102 Elementar^ German 3 cr each 322 Theatre de LAiant-Garde 3 cr dents in the School of Music This course does not I'Mich 462 and 463 are iccommencled prerequi- Fundamentals of oral and written German Three The "avant-garde' theatre since 1950 Ionesco allow for continuation at the 200 level or highei sitLs foi these couises hours lectuie and one hour laboratory each week Beckett, Genet, Schehade, Vian Pinget 120 Intensne French 6 cr 460 HistorN and Culture of France 111, 112 Elementari German for 323 Maupassant 3 cr Fundamentals of oral and written French Utilizes since the Reiolution 3 cr Reading 3 cr each Consideration of one of the most popular writers a different approach allowing the student to com- From the Revolution to todav The course will stress basic grammar and structure in France in the 1880's Selected short stories and plete one ycai's work in one semester Six lecture for reading comprehension hours and one-hOLir laboratory each week novels 462 Chanson cle Roland through 17th C enturN 3 cr 115, 116 German for Musicians 3 cr each 324 Balzac 201, 202 Intermediate French 3 cr each 3 cr Litcrar% SuiveN I Main authors and movements Specially designed for majors in music to provide Study of Honore de Balzac An intensified review and continuation of 101 (1799-1850), author of of the Middlc Ages I 6th and I 7th Centui ies them with those skills in German to meet their 102 Preiequisite 102 or equivalent the vast Comedic hitinaine Selected novels professional requisites Registration limited to stu- 463 18th Centuri to Modern Period 3 cr dents in the School of Music This course does not 211, 212 Intermediate French 325 Realism and Naturalism 3 cr Lvtcrai^ SLI1VCV 11 Main authors and movements allow for continuation at the 200 level or higher for Reading 3 cr each Theories of the two movements in the latter part Of IIIL l8th 19th and 20th Centuries Prerequisite 102 or 112 of the 19th Century Their manifestations in prose 201, 202 Intermediate German 3 cr each works from Balzac to Zola FreriLli 462 and 463 aic iccommended preiequi- An intensified review and continuation of 220 lntensi^e French 6 cr 101, Slks lor these couiscs 102 Pierequisite 102 of equivalent Review and continuation of 120 Utilizes tech- 326 The Literature of the Existentialist niclues allowing the student to complete one-year's Movement 3 cr 464 l7th CenturN French Theatre 3 cr 211, 212 Intermediate German work in one semester Prerequisite 120, 102 or Analysis and discussion of selected works of A An 0vC1\ 'CIA' of the thicatic of h, giand mec1c for Reading 3 cr each equi\alent Camus, J P Sartre, and G Marcel Emphasis oil Corneille Molicie and Racine Prerequisite 102 or 112

42 43

239, 240 Readings in Modern movements since World War 11 Will discuss 115, 116 Italian for Nlusi(ians 3 cr each 301-302 Russian Comersation and German Authors 3 cr each Hauptmann Brecht, Zuckrnaver, Dili i enmatt and SPLCILIIIN' designed for majois in music to provide Composition 3 cr each Selections fioni modi-in woiks of liteiature Do Frisch t Ilem ^vith those skills in Italian to meet their pio- Prerequisite 202 or equivalent not cair\ ciedit to^Nard a major or-mmor Prereq- tessional requisites Registration limited to stu- uisite 202 oi equivalent 460, 475 Seminar in German 314, 315 Indiiidual StuO Var Cr dcrits In the School Of Music This course does not Literature 3 cr each Prerequisite 202 or equivalent 252 Readings in Scientific German 3 cr All Courses numbered 460 through 475 aic semi allo\A to, continuation at the 200 level or higher Prerequisite 102 or equivalent nars in literature designed to offer the advanced ill 202 Intermediate Italian 3 cr each 320-345 Pro-Seminar in Russian undergraduate student the opportunity to study Literature and Culture 3 cr each 301, 102 German Composition and -\If intensihed ievickv and continuation of 101 various aspects of literature in greater depth All courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- Consersation 3 cr each 102 preiecluisite 102 oi equivalent seminars in literature and culture The following 302 or its equivalent is the recommended prereq- The following courses represent current seminar 301, 302 Italian Comersation and courses represent current pro-seminar offerings uisite to all courses above 302 Prerequisite 202 oi offerings thev will be offered on a rotated basis Composition 3 cr each They will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as equivalent and/or as circumstances warrant from semester to J'iercqL11S1tC 202 oi equivalent circumstances warrant from semester to semester semester All seminars carry three credits a semes- 320-345 Pro-Seminar in German All pro-seminars carry three credits a semester ter Recommended prerequisite German 302 114 115 Indiiidual Stud^ Var Cr Literature and Culture 3 er each PrLrLCILI]Sltc 202 oi equivalent 320 A P Chekhov 3 cr All Courses numbered 320 through 345 are pro- 460 German Literature to Lessing 3 cr Chekhov's stories studied against the social politi- seminars in literature and culture The following German literature from the Middle Ages up to and 120-345 Pro-Seminar in Italian cal and philosophic background of his time Courses represent culient pio-seminai offerings including the early 18th Century Literature and Culture 3 cr each Course conducted essentiallv in Russian The\ will be ofleied on a rotated basis and/or as All COL11ses numbered 320 thiough 345 are pro- 461 Lessing His Life and Works 3 cr seminars in literatuie and culture The following Circumstances wariant from semester to semester 321 19th Centur^ Russian Short Stor^ 3 cr Lessing s major literary and critical works consid. courses ieprescrit current pro-sernmar offerings M] pro-sernmais caiiv three credits a semester The development of the short story from Pushkin cred in relation to his life The\ will be oficied on a rotated basis and/or as Recommended Piciequisite German 302 or to Chekhov The aim of this course is to develop (Ircurnstances wairant from semestei to semester equivalent 462 Adsanced German St3listics 3 cr critical analysis of selected works, focusing on All pio-sernmars carry three credits a semester 320 HistorN of German Culture Comparative studv of German/English style in their philosophical content and political environ- ment Course conducted essentially in Russian from the Franks to Hitler 3 cr spoken and written German 321 Modern Italian Noiel (Leli, Bu//ati, Cassola, Mora^ia) 3 cr The artistic socio-histmical and literaiv expres- 464 German Romantic Literature 3 cr 322 Commercial Russian 3 cr -\ stud\ of the works of signthcant rep^escntatives sions of Geiman culture from the earliest periods The German Romantic movement following the Spoken and written language of business Russian of neorealisin anal\zed within the framework of to World War 11 Napoleon era The role of the individual in the conventions of letter writing import, export and the social and political atmosphere of pic- and works of Novalis Tieck, etc commercial transactions 321 Histom of German Culture post-Woild Wai 11 Ital,, lrom Hitler to the Present 3 cr 465 Modern German Narrahie 3 cr 323 Russian Folklore 3 cr 322) Commercial Italian 3 CT The artistic socio-political and fiterary manifesta- The process of alienation in modern German nar- A review of the basic grammatical structures of Russian folklore as oral tradition Particular atten- tions of German Culture from Hitler to the rative Includes novels by H Hesse and T Mann Italian composition and commercial correspon- tion to traditions, festivals rituals, epics, ballads Present and fairy tales Course conducted in Russian 467 Age of Goethe 3 cr dcnce with stiess on the vocabulary and the phra- 324 Popular Tradition scolog\ rcquircd in business letter writing and Study of important works of Goethe and his near 324 Contemporar) Russian Literature 3 cr in German Literature 3 cr contemporaiies Emphasis on Lessing Goethe, othei comineicial transactions Study of short stories of Soviet writers Represent- Emphasis on poetic verse fauv tales folk tales Schiller Also 'Sturm und Drang" authors ing idealogical positions and evolutional trends legends heioic tales jocular tales 323 Pirandello, Sie%o, Pa%ese 3 er from the revolution to Solzenitsyn Course con- 468 Goethe's Faust 3 cr -\nalvsts and stvhstic comparison of these three 325 Popular Tradition Emphasis on the spirit of the 18th Century as per- wiiters iepresentative of the literaiy evolvement ducted essentially in Russian in German Literature 3 cr sonified in Goethe's Fausi after iciimio to the psvchological novel and Stud,, Of Popular literature such as sagas animal drama and to neoiealism Spanish fables chap books as well as selected more corn- 470 Literature of Enlightenment 3 cr 101, 102 Elementary Spanish 3 cr each plex fauv tales and legends Consideration of late "baroque" and early "classi- 324 Introduction to Italian Poetr^ 3 cr cists" including Gellert Gottsched, Hamann -X studv of the woiks of the most important mod- Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish Three 326 Women Figures in German Lichtenberg Klopstock Seume Gunther cin Italian poets from Caiducci to D'Annunzio hours lecture one hour laboratory each week Literature from Goethe to Boll Wieland 3 cr Kev women figures in German Liteiature front 125 Introduction to Italian Poetr^ 111, 112 Elementar^ Spanish for -\ continuation of 324 Study of Contemporary 3 cr each Gretchen in I ausi to strong characters in Boll s 471 Sturm und Drang 3 cr Reading novels and short stories Storm and Stress as Germany's literary revolution poets with special emphasis on the works of two The course will stress basic grarnmer and structure against the despotic tyrants of the 18th Century Nobel latueates Quasimodo and Montale for reading comprehension 329 Introduction to German Poetr) 3 cr Includes Goethe's The Sottoiis of Young P,etthei 326 HistorN of Italian CiNilization 3 cr German verse from carlv modern times to con- 120 IntensiNe Spanish 6 cr and Schiller's The Robbeis The e\olution of Italian Civilization with empha- temporary Narrative dramatic and epic verse Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish sis on Humanism and the Renaissance Emphasis on brief Ivric verse 480 Directed Readings Var cr Utilizes a different approach allowing the student Reading of literary texts under close faculty super- to complete one year's work in one semester Six Russian 330 'Modern German Prose 3 cr vision for majors only and onlv with permission lecture hours and one-hour laboratory each week lnchN idual s search for identity in the prose works of the Department Variable credit !N 101, 102 Elementar^ Russian 3 cr each 131, 132 Elementar) Spanish of Thomas Mann, F Kafka, H Hesse, and H Fundamentals of oral and written Russian Three for Industry 3 cr each Boll Italian hours iWffe one hour laboratory each week Fundamentals of oral and written Spanish, with 331 Modern German Theatre 3 cr 101, 102 Elementar^ Italian 3 cr each 201 202 Intermediate Russian 3 cr each emphasis on basic business vocabulary and forms Fiorn the intioduction of naturalism into German Fundamentals of oral and written Italian Three -%n intensilted review and continuation of 101 - Three hours lecture per week, (Restricted to eve- chania in the late 19th Centuiy to the most recent lecture hours and one hour laboratory each week 102 Pieiequisite 102 or equivalent ning students)

44 45

3 cr each 325 ContemporarN Spanish Noiel 3 cr 201 202 Intermediate Spanish 1 Ile Quixote 3 cr Rivas Espronceda Larra, Becquer Rosalia de An intensified Continuation of 101 and,102 Pre- The Spanish Novel since the Civil War From 40 _^ 11 1 II_dcpth Stud% of Cervantes masterpiece and Castro and Zoiilla Cela to the present requisite 102 or CqLll%,IlCllt of tIlc s\inbolic meaning of the two main Characters 466 The Age of Enlightenment 3 cr 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish Contemporar^ Spanish- 326 From Fei joo to Cadalso to Larra we see how the tor Reading 3 cr each 3 cr American Novel 461 -,pariish I iterature since fundamental principles of the modern world have Prerequisite 1 02 or 11 2 Most recent developments in the novel in histoii- the Cis d NN ar 3 cr their seeds in this century cal perspective From Asturias through Garcia War as mnioied in this literature Its 220 Interisne Spanish 6 cr rih Civil Marquez and Sarduy ouship to conternpoialICOLIS literaF% cxpres 3 cr Rc\ic%%, and Continuation of 120 Utilizes tech- Iclat I 467 Readings in Medieval Literature Slon In other Countries From Hernandez through The development of Spanish literature from its niques allowing the student to complete one-vear's 327 History of Spanish Culture 3 cr (,o\tisolo and Sastic oral tradition as well as the evolution of the Span- %^oik in one semester 11rcrequisitc 120 102 or The liteiaiy historical social political and artistic ish language beginning with the jarchas" through eqL[I\a]Cnt manifestations of Spanish culture front its origins 462 writ-Garde La Celestina to the post-Franco era ,,parush-Arnerican I heatre 3 cr 231, 232 Intermediate Spanish All intiocILIC1101) to the a%ant-gaide theatre in 3 t r each 480 Directed Readings for IndustrN 328 Modern Spanish Theatre 3 cr Spanish America Historical perspective Influence 131 132 Three Readings of literary texts under close faculty An intensihcd continuation of From Buero Vallejo to the present including the of European a\aiit-gaFdc hours lecture Per supervision for majors oniv and only with per- week (Restricted to c\cning stu- 'Underground Theatre" dents) Prerequisite 132 or equi\atent 46-1 Lorca and the Generation of 1927 3 cr mission of the Department Variable credit 329 Revolt and Change Major poets of the Loica-GUIllen generation 239 Readings iv Modern Spanish The Spanish American Novel 3 cr ,,ho brought Spanish poeti% to the new Siglo cle S,Aahili kuthors 3 cr Nature and types of protest expressed in modern 010 Selection from modern x^oiks of literature Does 101, 102 ElementarN SAalinh 3 CT each Spanish-American Literature Major works of 464 The Literature ot the Siglo de Oro 3 cr not caii\ credit toward major or minor Pierequi- Fundamentals of oral and written Swahili Three 'protest Literature" Spain s most glorious era through the poetr\, site 202 or equivalent lecture hours and one hour laboratory each week plosc and drarna of its major authors 330 Theatre of the Golden Age 3 er 240 Readings in Modern Reading and discussion of works of the major dra- 465 Literature of Spanish Romanticism 3 cr 201, 202 Intermediate Siiallith 3 cr each Spanish-American kuthors 3 cr matists of the period selected plays by Lope cle Stud\ of the major poems pla\s and historical An intensified continuation of 101 and 102 Pre- Selection fiom modern works of literature Does Vega Calderon and Tirso cle Molina tile per led Authors include Duque cle requisite 102 or equivalent not carry credit toAaici major or minor Piciequi- 110\ LIS Of site 202 or equivalent 360 Spanish for Business 3 cr DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Spoken and written language of business Spanish 301, 302 Spanish Conversation (halt man Chat Ics D Keyes, Ph D Conventions of letter writing import and com- and Composition 3 cr each The piogiall, ofleied b% the Department of Philosoph\ is designed to be a basic part of the tudent's liberal mcicial transactions 302 or equivalent is the recommended piciequi- LdUcation It is intended to introduce students to pl^ilosophical thinking, past and present, to provide a site to all courses above 302 Prerequisite 202 or discipline for asking the basic questions of life and to help students begin relating their other academic 401 Spanish Literature from the Cid equivalent to one another and to human experience The Department, made up of professors who have through the Siglo de Oro 3 cr SLIbJLCIS diflcrLni philosophical intciests attempts to develop the capacity for independent thinking on all issues 320-345 Pro_Seminar in Spanish Survev of major works from the Medieval Period I 7th Century Literature and Culture 3 cr each through the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR All courses numbcrccI 320 through 345 are pro- 402 Spanish Literature from the The Dcpaitnient requires majors to take nine philosophy coursesabove the 100 level of these nine courses, seminars in literature and culture The following three must 3 cr be sclected from the Historical Sequence and two from the sequence of Advanced Courses Courses represcrit current pro-serninai offierings 18th Centur^ to the Present Survey of works representative of the major The\ will be offered on a rotated basis and/or as RLQUIRENMENTS FOR THE MINOR literar^ movements of the I 8th I 9th, and 20th Circumstances \variant from semester to semes t er courses are required for a minor one from the Introductory Courses (104 to 107), two from the Basic Century FINe All pio-serninars cairy three credits a semester Couises (200 to 217) and two fiorn the Historical Sequence and Advanced Courses (300 and 400 levels) Tire recommended prerequisite Spanish 302 or 453 Trends in Latin American Literature 3 cr lntroductor^ Courses 107 Medical Ethics 3 cr CqLll\aleiit Major movements and representative works fiom Ethical questions that arise in medical care and Pre-Columbian period through Romanticism 3 cr 322 The Nineteenth CenturN Noiel 104 Introdu(tion to PhilosophN research will be examined Topics might include (Nesi Title) 3 cr A hist-hand Stud\ of selected philosophical texts 454 Trends in Latin American Literature 3 cr experimentation on animals and man allocation Examines the realist naturalist and regionalist from both traditional and existential perspectives Major movements and representative works from of scarce medical resources, euthanasia, the privi- novel in the works of Galclos Clarin Pardo with the ann of introducing students to the nature Modernismo to the present legcd relationship of doctor and patient, etc Bazan Peieda and Valera of philosophical thinking and to the Nariely of Philosophical Issues area methods and theories Business Ethics 3 cr 460-475 Seminar in Spanish 108 323 Don Juan as a World Literary Figure 3 cr This course designed primarilv for business Literature 3 cr each 105 Ethics 3cr Principal plays and narrative poems dealing with majors begins with a discussion of some general All courses numbered 460 through 475 are semi- An introduction to ethical theories of past and the theme fioni its origins in Seventeenth Centuiv Issues ethical issues and in particular, the problem of a nars in literature designed to offer the advanced present time Contempoiary moral will be Spain thiough modern times Authors include just distribution of wealth These discussions are under graduate student the opportunity to studv consicIcied in the light ofthese theories Tuso de Molina Molicie Mozart Byron Zorilla applied to concrete current business problems various aspects of literature in greater depth The and G B Shaw (In translation) 106 IntroductorN Logic 3 cr following courses represent current seminar offe^- Allahsis of the requirements for valid reasoning Basic Courses ings they will be offered on a rotated basis and/or 324 1 he Generation of 98 3 cy logical fallacies tvpes of definitions and impor- Major \\,or ks of Spain's tUrn of the century authors as circumstance warrant from semester to semes- t,int informal aspects ofarguments in oidinaiv chs- 200 Introduction to Phenomenolog^ 3 cr in their aesthetic and historical contexts includes ter All seminars carry three credits a semester course will be studied in addition to the formal The basic approach to philosophical issues devel- UnamUno A701in A Machado Pro Baroja J R Recommended prerequisite Spanish 401-402 or 1091c of inferences in^olving simple and com- oped bv Huserl, the founder of Phenomenologv, equivalent firrienez and Vallee Inclan Pound statements will be explored the tvpes of signs, meaning, the

46 47

such as Babylonian Greek and Judeo-Christian posslhilit\ of philosophv as rigoious science, etc 220 Philosoph^ of Death and Lning 3 cr 111L CILICIal thinkers of tile 19th centuiy including ,ne considered The course provides an intioduction to some of Hegel FCLierbach Kierkegaard Marx Mill and It emphasizes such questions as What is the HOW the basic themes and texts both traditional and What is the relation between scientific knowledge PhulosophN of Religion 3 cr N'Ictische 203 contemporary related to the philosophical studv and religious knowledge9 What are the various Introduction to the nature of religious experience ContemporarN PhilosopM 3 cr of death Its main purpose is to ask [low human 305 arguments about the existence of God and the \ stuciv of conternpoiary philosophN, from 1900 to Topics such as religious s\nibolisni belief and beings can be happv in view of death's certainly, immortalm of the soul') Whv, is there human suf- tile plescrit covering the methods and history of unbelief the emstence of evil and free will will be therefore it emphasizes the act of living ficring if God is good and all-powerful9 What do consideicd Assigned readings include both trach- selected 20th century movements the svmbols of the end of the world mean9 Atten- 224 PhilosophN of Sport 3 cr tional and contempoiaiv writers tion is given both to traditional and to contempo- A philosophical examination of the nature of 122 knierican Philosophy 3 cr rary philosophical texts 204 Literature and Philosophi 3 cr sport Particular focus will be upon the ontologi- Puritanism Enlightenment Transcendentalism figures in Explores philosophical themes as thev emerge cal ethical and aesthetic status of the phenome- Pragmatism with emphasis on kev ,.vithin great woiks of literature Works will be non of sport \111clican Philosophv Peirce Dewev James 406 Aesthetics 3 cr sclected fiorn Such authors as Sophocles Dante Ro%cc Samavana Whitehead etc An examination of theories of art which explore 225 Elements of Thormstic Thought 3 cr such questions as the beautiful creativitv imagi- Shakespeare Goethe and Dostovevski Concentrated Philosophical An introduction to the basic concepts and princi- 325 nation and the role of art in life Authors such as 3 cr 205 Existential Phenomenolog) 3 cr pal ideas of Christian philosophy with an empha- Readings Aristotle Lessing, Kant, Hegel Nietzsche Heideg- sis on the thought system of St Thomas Aquinas This Course is an in-depth StLiciv of one or several E\ammation of tile methods and stvle of thought ger and Camus will be read philosophers such as Plato Aristotle Aquinas which characterizes existential phenomenologv The course will cover an introduction to meta- occam Descartes Kant Wittgenstem Strawson, Lectures and discussion on texts bv majoi think- physics metaphysical thinking, definition of etc varving in Subject matter from 415, 416 Ancient Philosopher 3 cr each ers such as Beinl- and lone bv Heiclegger Plie- knowledge analogy of being the principles struc- Heidegge, time A course devoted to detailed study of a single nomenolog ture and causes of being, the concept of the tran- to time .,i of Petception bv Merleau-Pontv and ancient thinker, such as Plato or Aristotle scendent and the problem of evil 13cing coul Aothoafness bv Sartie ,kcilarced Courses 255 PhilosophN of Technologi 3 cr 211 'Marmsm 3 cr PhilosophN of the Human Sciences 3 cr 420, 421 Medieial Philosopher 3 cr each A philosophical examination of how our lives are 313 A The iclations of the human sciences with other A leading Medieval thinker or thinkers, such as studv of the political philosophv of Karl Marx shaped by technology and the relation of technol- sciences \vith philosopliv and with practical life Augustine Avicenna Maimonides Bonaventure as one of the major directions in social thought ogy with science religion ethics and metaphysics Engels Lenin and contemporary Marxism 111C LISC Of the mathematics and interpretation and will be studied 258 Computerized Formal Logic 3 er othei issues will be discussed in relation to past 212 Political Philosoptilt 3 cr An introduction to formal logic with computer and contemporary philosophical and scientific 425, 426 Modern Philosopher 3 cr each Fundamental political questions will be explored assisted tutorials The course will also deal with thought In depth examination of the work of a single or a For example Utopian state freedom justice the translating arguments from ordinary language into cr each group of historically modern authors e g , ration- origins of political society wai and ernpire and formal symbols and will apply these principles to 401, 402 Thomism 3 alism (Descartes Spinoza Leibniz) empiricism revolution niav be considered Possible authors "real world" situations Coutses dealing with the texts of St Thomas Aqui- (Locke Berkeley Hume) Kant Hegel Nietzsche read Plato Aiistotle Aquinas Macchiavelh, nas The hist semestei (401) covers his metaph- 260 Philosoph^ of La" 3 cr Hobbes Locke Rousseau and Hegel \sis and the second sernestei (402) deals with his A study of the major legal traditions The follow- philosophv of man Neo-scholastic interpretations 430, 431 Contemporar^ Philosopher 3 cr each 214 PhilosophN of Sex 3 cr ing topics will be examined legal reasoning jus- of the texts of Aquinas (Marnain Gilson and the Concentration upon a single contemporary philos- tice and law, ethics and law legal relat The couise provides an intioduction to some of ons and school of Maiechal and Rahner) opher e g , Husserl, Heidegger, Sartre, Merleau- the basic themes and texts both traditional and socia institutions, philosophical issues I involved Pontv Whitehead Wittgenstein 403 PhilosophN of God 3 cr contemporary related to the philosophical stud), in evidence and procedure legal and political the- This COLUSe introduces students to selected texts of sex It uses historical anal^ tical and phenome- ories and theories of law and basic themes in tvpes of religious experience 435 Senior Seminar 3 er nological methods and gives attention to the sex- Historical Sequence Lial origin of our consciousness of values 300 Ancient Philosoph) 3 cr DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 21-5 Ps%choanal^sis and Philosophy 3 cr A study of the beginning of Philosophv in Greece, Channian Walter S Skinner M S llsvchoanaMis has had an impact upon and been from the Presocratics to Plotinus with readings The program in the Department of Phvsics is primarilv aimed at providing todav's students with a funda- aflccted bv inocicin philosophy This course will principall^ taken from Plato and Aristotle mental backgtound in tiaditional Phvsics as well as the interrelationships with other sciences and disci- stLicl\ the presuppositions and implications of 301 Medie^al Phflosoph^ 3 cr plincs Tile Department is also aware that in today's changing world, there must be a suitably flexible Fieud s thought and that of some other thinkers A philosophical study of medieval texts in English program which will best fit tile graduate for the challenges faced in the manv professions which are based on Such as Saitre MaiCUse Ricocur translation selected as representatives of the broad the science of Phvsics There is always the hope that the student will continue professional growth in Phvsics but it is also icalized that there ate rnanv expanding paths to professional growth The Department program 216 Communication and Pfulosoph^ 3 cr range of issues, approaches and theories which theiefoie is stiuctured to provide the essential background for success in graduate studies in the manv Speech is man s most important means of com - characterize the major Christian Jewish and current fields which seek PhN sics graduates as well as equipping the student to successfulIv compete for the munication The course will examine the struc- Islamic Philosophical thinking of the period availablc positions in research institutions government agencies or private corporations Department policy ture purpose and function of speech in evervdav 302 Earl^ Modern PhilosophN 3 cr calls f6i individual attention to student needs usage and in tile spheres of politics science and Explores the beginning of modern thinking in the all 16th century and proceeds to the time of the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR French Revolution Course work consists in analy.- 2 217 Elementari S%mbohc Logic 3 cr A minimum of 32 semester hours is required for a major These credits must include 211 2 1 301 329 sis of several important texts chosen from such IntiocILIC11011 to the niethods of svnibolic logic as 330 361 372 402 430 473 474 (483 484 or 485 may be substituted for 474 with departmental approval) philosophers as Montaigne Descartes, Pascal applied to the logic of aigLiments involving com- E\oadepamnentaf Requiiements Chemistry 121 122 or Biology It 1 112 Mathematics 115, 116 215, Hobbes, Spinoza Lcibniz, Locke Hume Kant Pound statements piopositional functions and 216 308 Computer Science I I I and two vears of modern language qUantiheis and iclations 304 Later Modern Philosophl 3 cr I f a student takes 207 208-Phvsics and the Modern World and either 201 202-General Physics or 21 1 This course examines the period of modern phi- 212-Geneial Analvtical Phvsjcs, the credits for the 207 208 will not appIv to the total number required for 218 Special I opics 1 - 3 cr losophv initiated bv Kant It deals primarilv with the clegiee Credit will not be given for both 201 202 and 211 212

48 49

473 Atomic Physics 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PHYSICS MINOR be discussed electrostatics energv relations in clectrostatic fields dielccli ics, currents and then This course provides an introduction to special The nimoi consists of eight hours in the General Analvtical Phvsics (211 212) and 12 credits of upper interaction magnetic properties of matter AC cir- relativity and quantum theory with applications division phvsics on the 300 and above level The department will structure the minor program from the cuits Ma\wcll's equations and electronic radia- drawn mainly from modern theories of the atom couise offerings to fit as nearly as possible the needs and desires of the individual student t1ons Prerequisites 212 Mathematics 215 Topics usually included are quantum theory of heat radiation, the uncertainty principle quantum REQUIREMENTS FOR THE EARTH SCIENCE MINOR 402 Optics 3 cr theory of the hvdrogen atom many-electron The minor consists of a prerequisite sequence of 101 and 102, which must be taken as the first courses, and This course introduces the student to the princi- atorns atomic spectroscopy Prerequisites 212 12 cicchts chosen front 203 204 205 206, 303, 304, 305, as available to the curriculum Not all courses are ples ofI geometrical and phvsical optics Topics and consent of instructor taught each semestci and some aie on alternate years raah 5cience 101 is prerequisite to all courses unless nclude icflection refiaction, cliflraction I ma^ waived bN the instructor polarization matrix techniques in lens system 474 Quantum Mechanics 3 cr dcsgn basic quantum optics and the laser Prereq- A basic introduction to the dynamics of quantum 201, 202 General Physics 4 cr each theory of ideal gas, and the basic concept of statis- uls^jc 212 oi 202 and the consent of the phenomena Some of the topics covered are Designed to give the student a basic knowledge tical mechanics Prerequisites 212, Mathematics Schroedinger Equation oscillators, hydrogen and undeistanding of mechanics properties of 215 instiuctor atom linear operators, Hermitian Matrices matter -heat wave motion sound, magnetism 306 Applied Electronics Laboratory 2-3 cr 405 Acoustics 3 cr observables conservation theorem, spin, angular cicciiicitv light and modcin phvsics through the This course seeks to combine a treatment of the,, _% course which presents the phvsical principles momentum and perturbation theory The course use of modern dav examples and applications At principles of modern electronic instrumentation underlNing the production and propagation of will emphasize application to simple systems Pre- the completion Of this Course the student should with practical laboratory experience Topics which sound Examples and explanations are focused requisites 212, Mathematics 215 ha\ e attained a working knowledge of physics its will be included are passive and active electronic princip,111V on muscial sound No mathematical techniques and reasoning such that the knowledge components, electronic measuring instruments, pieparation bevond high school algebra is 483, 484, 485, 486 Special Topics 1-3 cr each of phvsics gained mav be applied to future work in power supplies, amplification, feedback and con- neccssar% Designed to allow the Physics major flexibilitv in the sciences or othei helds of endeavor Prerequi- trol, linear and digital devices Emphasis will be scheduling this course may include the following site Mathematics 103 104 or the equivalent Stu- 419 Introduction to Micro on understanding instrumentation rather than on dents who have completed Mathematics 116 and and Mini Computers 3 cr 483 Nuclear Physics 3 cr advanced principles of design Prerequisite Per- pre-engineering students should take 211 212 An introduction to the designs of micro and mini Experimental and theoretical aspects of the atomic mission of instructor Leclure foui liouis Laboratory, two hours computers Exploration of assembler and special- nucleus are discussed The topics presented may 329 Advanced Laboratory I I cr ized languages for small computers Prerequisites include two-nuclear systems radioactivity and 207, 208 Phi sics and the This course is designed to acquaint the students )01 Machine Language Programming and 301 modes of decay rachometric dating interaction of Modern World 3 cr each with the basics of modern electronics to the extent (omputei Logic radiation with matter nuclear structures and reac- A course especially for the nonscientist Designed that the student will have a sufficient backgr6und tions, and nuclear hssion Prerequisite 212 or 202 to give the student some basis for uncleistanding to design and use simple electronic circuits in 425 Microcomputer Laborator) 3 cr and consent of the instructor the physics of the twentieth century and the physi- future research A set of experiments is performed A hands-on laboratory course in the use ofsin- cist s approach to the study of nature The phvsics and analyzed by the students Subjects covered gle board microcomputers for interfacing and con- 484 Introductoo Solid State PhNsics 3 cr of eveiNdav life is used as a basis, and classroom are the use of research grade electronic instru- trol This course introduces the student to those Bulk properties of materials are discussed with demonstrations are generously employed to help ments, transducers, diode and transistor circuits, concepts of disciele and digital electronics that both the phenomenological and microscopic the student grasp concepts bv showing concrete transistor design parameters, printed circuit relate to the use of these concepts for interfacing approaches Tvpical topics are the geometric struc- examples No mathematics beyond basic high design, layout and construction Prerequisite 212 the microcomputer with the "real ' analog world ture of solids waves and diffractions thermal school algebra required or 202 and consent of instructor Some of the topics covered are assemblv language properties the free electron model, bank theorv, programming for an 8085 microprocessor use of superconductivity, magnetic properties and mag- 330 Advanced Laboratory 11 1 cr parallel and sci ial 1/0 ports analog to digital and netic resonance Prerequisites 2 1 2 and consent of 211, 212 General Analitical A continuation of Advanced Laboratory I which digital to analog conversion techniques, motor PhNsics 4 cr each instructor includes the following basic and advanced opera- speed control and process control Preicquisites This is an introduction to the fundamental theo- tional amplifier circuitry, digital integrated cir- PhNsics 419 or consent of the instiuctor 485 Relati%istic Mechanics 3 cr iies and applications of physics designed for stu- cuits, Gates Boolean Algebra, I C timer circuitry This course is an introduction to the Special and dents of sciences and engineering Methods of digital flip-flops and counter circuitry, A/D & D/A 426 Problems in Microcomputers 1-4 cr General Theories of Relativity A list of topics using calculus are introduced A good algebra conversion circuitry, digital meter design and con- Special topics and problems in microcomputers, which may be discussed are absolute space, Em- background is necessary The quantitative struction Prerequisite 329 or consent of instruc- microcomputer interfacing circuitry and related steinian Kinematics, Einsteinian Optics, space- approach of the physcists is used in solving tor subjects suitable for independent work Prerequi- time and fourvectors relativistic particle mechan- pioblerns and understanding physical phenomena sites Ph\sics 419 oi consent of the instructor ics Prerequisites 212, Mathematics 2 1 5 Mechanics and electromagnetism are treated in 361 Mechanics 4 er minute details in 21 An intermediate level theoretical classical 1 and 212 respectivelv Appli- 430 Adianced Research 2 cr 486 Shop Techniques I cr mechanics involving concepts and problems that cations in modern physics are emphasized Othei This is a onc icai course in which the student A basic introduction to machine shop practices can not be understood except by using the mathe- topics such as heat optics aie developed brieflv selects a research project develops it and prepares necessary to experimentalists in all fields Some of Co-requisite for 21 matical language of vectors calculus, matrices, etc 1 Mathematics 116 Lecture a rt-port on the results The student is also icquired the areas covered are shop equipment and its use Many of the mathematical tools will be reintro- three houis, Laboratory two hours to present results of his work at a department sem- materials, soldering and welding techniques duced in the course A good calculus background inar or an appropriate scientific meeting if deemed mechanical drawing and schematics, electronics is indispensible The topics normally covered are 301 ThermodNnamics 3 cr a61sable A research topic is selected from those construction techniques and practical application motion of a particle in 3-climensions, non-inertial This is an intermediate level course covering the suggested bv members of the Physics Department systems central force systems, dynamics of many' fundamental principles of thermodynamics, or other science faculty membeis Work is carried 487 Problems in Physics 1-4 cr particles and rigid bodies and Lagrangian mechan- kinetic theoiv and statistical mechanics The fol- Out in close coordination with the selected advi- Special topics and problems in physics and related lo,.ving is a partial list of items generally included ics rerequisites 212, Mathematics 215 sor although all work must be the student's own subjects suitable for independent work tcnipciatUIC theirriodynamic systems, woik, heat, 372 Electromagnetism 4 cr No grade is given at the end of the first semester Advanced Problems in Physics 1-4 cr, the fin st and second laws of thermodxnamics ideal An intermediate course for the science and engi- but a final grade is assigned at the completion of 488 Problems of a more sophisticated nature gases entropliv Maxwell's equation the kinetic neering students The following topics will usually the project in the Spring Semester

51 50

Student tiansferiing to Duquesne fiom another College or Universitv may receive a maximum of 12 489 Problems in Health Phisics 1-4 cr Observation and prediction will be practiced when A

Special topics and pioblems in health plivsics and practical Local and U S Weather Bureau services in,u,,fei credits applied to their major requirement related Subjects Suitable foi independent work will be used and analvzed when possible REQUIREiNIENTS FOR THE MAJOR IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Earth Science TNvc"JV-F0Lu scmestei hours in International Relations are required for a major in International Relations in 3 cr 205 Planetary Geologv 309 312 318 and 320 or 402 The remaining courses mav be addition 10 101 these credits must include 101 PhNsical GeologN 3 cr A systernatic studv of the geologN, of other planets scicctcd from either 320 or 402 (the one not taken for the required core) 208 331 409 41 3 450 406 321 (Pieiequisite to all Earth Science couises ) This and satellites in the solar system Methods of 404 and 412 Majoi s in International Relations are adN ised to take certain courses for their college intioduction to the geological processes and 1 15 study used to obtain infoirriation on these bodies ,eWinciricnts and electives especially in language and history Majors are advised to carefullv plan their niatciials will concentiate on the makeup of our will bL examined along with the latest available "'th their advisors planct and the materials involved Studv will also information from scientific probes COUISCS include plivsical features and the processes of the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR earth as presentl\ understood which have created 206 Geoph^sics 3 cr General Minor This minor is designed to provide the students with a comprehensive view of the entire those features Geological relation to environment An introduction to geoplivsics and its methods discipline and is recommended for those students who may later contemplate graduate studv or think that is also examined and uses Study will include the use of geophvsics the\, ,tight eventualIv like to change from a minor to a major in Political Science It consists of a minimum 208 102 Historical GeologN 3 cr to determine the nature of the eatth's inteiior and ot 12 credits bevond the freshman course 101 the 12 credits encompass the following requiied courses A Stud\ of the earth s histoiv which relates tec- various crustal processes such as structure moun-, 233 109 and 405 or 406 tonic nioNernents of the crust Mountain building tain building and the plate tectonics Prerequisite Concentrated iMmor The following minors concentrated in a particular area are also available Physical Geology ot major in Phvsics 276, 30 1, processes and life history with their interrelations I linet i(an Goi ei ninent 233 and a minimum of nine credits from among 235, 240 241, 242, will lie discussed Evolution of local features will 323 324 407 and 414 be discussed also with the relationship to plate 303 Oceanographv 3 cr ) (()mpaicane Goieinmcnt 208 and a minimum of nine credits from among 315 318, 321 408, 412 tectonics An introduction to the marine environment 413 and 450 103 PhNsical GeologN LaboratorN cr including the gcologv and ecology Attention is 402 404 409 3 Inwinational Rclation^ 309 and a minimum of nine credits from among 312 318 320 An introduction to the identification of rocks and paid to the importance of dangers to the ecosys- and 450 mincials bv composition and appeaiance and the tem Characteristics of oceanic waters and circula- Sele(tne N-linor The Department of Political Science will also devise a minor from its course offerings to inteipietation of topogiaphic maps The use of tion patterns will be discussed fulfill the particular needs and desires of a student in anv major area of concentration Such a minor must be maps to identik the cause of drainage and some sti-L101.11ccl in consultation with an assigned Political Science Department faculty ad\ isor and the Depart- eflects of watez and erosion will be experienced 304 Environmental Earth Science 3 cr nient Chaiinnan Mapping tools will be introduced as will sonic A course based on an examination of sonic of the A maximum of 6 tiansfei credits can be applied to the minor requirement field equipment more common natural hazards in the geologic sense and Land Use Planning Resources and their 241 The American Presidenc^ 3 cr 104 Historical GeologN LaboratorN er 101 Introduction to Political Science is prerequi- recovery use and abuse in past and present and studv of the role of the President at the center of An accompaniment foi ES 102 providing an site to all courses A possible cures will be discussed Local and the decision-making process in the American intiodUCtion to sedimentation and the use of fossil national problems will be examined and evaluated political system identification COILIninai sections -Aerial Geologic 101 Introduction to Political Science 3 cr be from the standpoints of origin and control maps and Aerial Photos will used An investigation of the most fundamental con 242 The American Congress 3 cr ccpts involved in the stud\ of political societv An investigation of the operation of the Congress 203 AstronomN 3 cr 305 PhNsiographN of the United States 3 cr Introduction to the stud\ of astronorriv and the of the United States within the American system Introduces the student to the various topographic basics of obscr\ ation Studv will include telescopic 208 Comparatne Political SNstems 3 cr of goveinment and phvsiographic differences in the contiguous t\pcs and the known Linixeise as identified fiom A sNstcrnatic multifocused analvsis of selected 3 cr states as well as Alaska and Hawaii This course is 243 Politics and SocietN piescrit stud\ Couise will if pasuble include political systems designed to allow the student to become familiar A study of political culture political socialization ariangements with Buhl Planetarium and Alle- with the terrain resources, economics, and indi- political participation political elites and social ghenv Obscivatoiv Stai types and distances will 1-33 American National Government 3 cr vidual problems of the various regions of our structure also be examined The institutional structure and polic\-making country An approach to demonstrate the fact that 3 cr pioccsses of national government are examined as 276 Voting and Election Behavior 204 I\IeteorologN 3 cr no generalization may be made to fit all areas at retIcctions of the assumptions of liberal democracy An examination of the determinants of opinions Elcmentar% StLid^ of nicteorologv and weather sys- once but different problems are associated with and of the American social and economic systems and political beliefs political participation and tenis in the local area as well as the woild patterns each resource and each region In addition to the thiee branches of government voting behavior, the significance for democratic political paities inteicst groups and elections are government of findings in these areas DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE considered 301 State and Local Government 3 cr Chauman William E Markus A study of the position of the state and local gov- Political science studies the political ideas institutions behavior values and goals of human collective life 1-15 1 lie 'i\,Iass 'Media and Politics 3 cr ernments in the Federal Union The depaitnient stresses an understanding of political life as a necessary complement to the study of human A Stud\ of the mass media and its nature role and existence Through an awareness of and appreciation for the similarities and differences among political 309 International Relations 3 cr impact on U S politics The emphasis will be on sti uctures and political tasks political actors systems of law political ideals and thought and the %vays bv A study of the major factors involved in interna- the mass media as instruments of political com- ^0ich political activity relates to the dimensions of life as a whole, the student becomes familiar with the tional relations including such concepts as sover- mUnication and opinion leadership political as an expression of deeper and more fundamental considerations Students in the Department of eignty nationalism balance of power and inter- Political Science are introduced to both the normative and empirical methods of analvzing political life^ national law and organization 3 cr Political science majors are piepared for careers in government and administration, teaching private 240 American Political Parties 312 International Laii and enterprise and for fuither StLidv in giadUate and law school plograms An intensive studv of the roles of interest groups and political parties in the decision-making Organization 3 cr REQUIRENIENTS FOR THE MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE Processes of the American system of government A survey of the historical development and pres- international law in the world Twentv-finui semester 1101_11s are required for a major in political science in addition to 101 these credits With attention devoted to the internal dynamics of ent role played by Must include 208 233 309 and 405 or 406 thcso institutions communitv and the formation and operation of P­

52 53 such organizations as the United Nations and its 402 Sosiet Foreign Poliev 3 cr 4jo NAorkshop-International Studies 3 cr specialized agencies An analytical study of the development of Soviet An intensive one-week iiitcidisciplinaiv surnmer foreign relations with special emphasis on the school couisc This comsc presents politics for- 315 Politi(s of Third World Countries 3 cr Policy post-Stalinist era cign culture ieligion and social problems A topical studN of the politics of the emerging of Third Woild Countiies Several outside speak- nations including nationalism political integra- 404 Simulation in International Politics 3 er Lrs augurnent Duquesne faculty tion political parties and the role of the military Students spend the semester simulating an ' nter- and elite national conflict situation They act as foreign pol- 318 Nationalism 3 cr icy decision-makers, applying the principles, con- DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY -\ slucl^ of the cl^namics of nationalism with cepts, and instruments of international politics (11aninan Rev David L Sniah, C S Sp, Ph D emphasis on the role of nationalism in current Foi majors only The Uncleigiaduate progiam of the Department of Psychology is designed 1) to introduce and familiarize world political problems Includes the develop- 405, 406 Western Political Thought 3 er each students with the fundamental content issues and interests of various areas of psychology and critically ment of nationalism in Europe -N study of political ideas as distinct from and yet evaluate and ieformulate these in the context of psychology as a human science 2) to foster intellectual and 320 United States Foreign Pofic% 3 cr related to political institutions which constitute pelsonal fieedom and critical thinking as essential to the humanizing process, 3) to prepare the profession- A Study of Ameiican foreign policy since the See- our perennial western political heritage 405 con- ally oriented Student f6i advanced study, 4) to provide a foundation for careers involving human services ond World War with emphasis on the central siders theorists from the classical period to the, To these ends the department offeis a wide variety of courses covering psychology conceived as a human present issues and the domestic sources of foreign early 16th Century 406 considers theorists from science a natuial science and within a historical perspective Further study in graduate school prepares policy the later 16th Century to the late 19th Century students foi caicers in mental hospitals, schools, mental health and social welfare agencies business and industry In our rapidly changing society the demand for professionally trained psychologists is increasing 321 Goiernment and Politics of 407 American Political Thought 3 cr While the depailment believes that human scientific psychology is the most viable and encompassing Eastern Europe 3 cr An analysis of the issues which have played a fun- approach to the study of man it also realizes its iesponsibility to expose its students to other psychological An anal\sis of political developments in the com- damental role in American Politics from colonial approaches Hence eveiy major who plans to enter graduate school in psychology is strongly encouraged to munist regimes of Eastern Europe with special church-state problems to modern liberalism and take acl^antage of the offerings in sister univeisities through the procedure of cross-registration emphasis on iclations between the USSR and conservatism Eastern Europe in the post-Stanlimst era REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 408 TheorN of Comparative 323 Constitutional Lavi Federalism 3 er Government 3 cr A detailed examination of Supreme Court cases The major piogram consists of 103-Intioduction to Psychology plus a minimum of 24 semester hours An examination of the basic theories and concepts concerning the nature of American federalism— These cicchts must include 220 and 223 Majors desiring to pursue graduate study in psychology are strongly in contemporary approaches to comparative polit- advised to take six additional credits through cross-registration at other universities (Learning Theory, Congressional and Presidential power commerce ical systems clause state powers judicial review, due process Experimental, Perception Memory etc ), and Statistics (225 Fundamentals of Statistics offered by the clauses and appoitionment Students are intro- Mathematics depaitment may be considered part of the mathematics/science requirement) Finally it is 409 Theory of International Relations 3 cr dUced to court and appeals procedures, the reading recommended that majors enroll in a hospital or community practicurn for credit, and/or do volunteer work A study d various theoretical approaches to an and briefing of couit decisions and the nature of in a ncighboihood clinic Three credits earned in practicurn count toward the 24 required credits, an understanding of international relations including the court rex iew pi ocess additional three credits in practicurn may be earned above and beyond the required minimum of 24 political realism, systems analysis, decision-mak- information about such opportunities can be obtained from the department academic advisor ing, and equilibrium analysis 324 Constitutional LaNi The psvchologv department has set up a dual advisement system departmental academic advisor and the Cnil Liberties 3 cr facult^ academic advisor Prospective majors should consult the departmental academic advisor concerning 412 Government and Politics A detailed analysis of Supreme Court decisions the special procedure followed for the declaration of the major of Germany 3 er bearing upon Bill of Rights guarantees, with spe- A minimum of 15 ciedits in psychology exclusive of practicum must be taken at Duquesne Univesity for A comparative analysis of the contemporary polit- cific reference to the freedoms of speech, press the major ical systems of West and East Germany assembly the dimensions of search and seizure, right of legal counsel equal piotection and due 413 Government and Politics REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR process iights voting rights and the adjudication of the USSR 3 cr of the fourteenth amendment application of rights Requirements f6i a minor arc 103 and 223 and any three of the following 225 or 226, 280, 328, 340, 352, An intensive analysis of the origin and evolution to state action 361 390 400 level courses may be taken fini the minor with permission of the department head A of the Soviet political system minimum of nine credits in psychology must be taken at Duquesne University for the minor 325 Constitutional Lavi 414 Public Policy Criminal Lai% 3 cr 3 cr COUNSELING SERVICES This course will consider appellate cases in crimi- A study of the elements, operations, and investiga- nal rights and major aspects to criminal proce- tion of the way governmental units decide upon Personal counseling services are available to all students at the Center For Training and Research in dure As with the Constitutional Law courses, it is programs and policy objectives Phcnomcnological Psychology located at the Chapel end of Centennial Walk a case approach Students will read court decisions 420 Contemporar^ Political Theor^ 3 cr and will develop familiarity with briefing cases 103 Introduction to PsNchologN 3 cr 223 Introduction to Existential A study of central topics in political thought from (Prerequisite to all courses) Phenomenological Psycholog^ 3 cr 327 Research Methods in Marx to the present time Introduction to fundamental concepts and meth- Introduction to a human-science alternative to Political Science 3 cr ods of psychology examined from both tiaditional psychology as a natural science Prerequisite for A Study of the techniques of scientific inquiry into 430 Internship in Practical Politics 3 cr and phcn^omenological perspectives Prerequisite 356 and 410, required for majors and minors political phenomena including research methods A work and observation experience in government for all other departmental courses data collection analysis and inteipretation 1 and political offices at the city, county, state, an^ national levels in the Pittsburgh area Permission 225 Developmental Psycholog^ I 331 Peace and the Arms Race 3 er 220 SistematIc psjcholog^ 3 cr of department required (Infancv and Childhood) 3 cr An analysis of the grave threat to world peace For majors only Traditional approaches (belia- by Growth and development of the child with posed nuclear weapons and the ai nis race Spe- 436 Honors Colloquium in ^ioristic physiological psychoanalytic) to sensa- emphasis on personality development cial attention will be given to the political, ideolog- Political Science 3 cr tion perception learning and motivation ical and moral dimensions of the arms race A detailed analysis of a selected topic Required for majors

54 55

226 De%clopmental PsNcliologN 11 392 The Indiiidual and His World 3 cr AREAS OF CONCFNTRATION (AdolLs(ence and NlaturitN) 3 cr Examination of individual's relation to society soclologN The orientation of sociolog^ is independent in the sense that it is concerned with what men in De\clopment fiorn adolescence thiough adult from a developmental and cross-cultural perspec- ,roups try to achieve and how successful thev aie Sociologv is oriLmed around the problem of what men in stages to coping with death tive groups aCIL1,111v do how thc^ interact to meet needs where they are 230 PsNcholog% of Commumt^ Rcconlincricled coui ses 101 104 201 202 205 2 14 2 15 304 307, 308 309 313 3 15 323 325 341 492 393 Principles of Ps^choanalvtic Experience 3 cr Thought (rumnal Justice Founded in a broad-based libcial arts curriculum this program is designed to provide the Experience of conimunitv phenomena e g , mch- 3 cr Examination of the times and contributions of student will, the opportunitv to deN eiop his potential as a professional in many aieas of the criminal justice \idUals veisus gioup piiorities intimacv vs pii- including probation parole investigation corrections and research Vac\ Freud and selected other major psvchoanalvtic held theorists Permission of department head for non- Recommended Courses 101 103 245 246 250 264 265 266 290 302 310 313, 335 467 280 HistorN of PsNchologN 1 majors 3 cr GerontOlOgN As the size and charactei istics of the clderl^ segment of the population have changed there Overview Of hgL11cs and issues in the history of has been increased interest in the studv of the aging process its eflects on the individual and society and its ps\cholog\ from precuisois to present 394 Ps^chologi of Language and nicaning foT the futuie The Gerontologv program is designed to develop the knowledge and skills required Expression 3 cr 328 Ps^chologN oll'Personaliq for a studcrit s preparation as a professional in this specialt^ area 3 cr Communication as a live, embodied relation of Recommended couises 101 210 317 324 327 411 Critical c\armnation of majoi theoi ics of person- person to world and others Emphasis is on phe- ahtv nomenological theorists Permission of depart-r, Social Seriices The principle that is the basis for this program is that classroom learning provides the be built Preparation for professional naming 340 Social Ps%chologN 3 cr ment head for non-majors foundation out of which effective social/human services mav Foundations of social piocesses attitudes valucs and skill clLvelopment is the emphasis and roles public opinion propaganda and com- 410 Adianced Existential- RcconinILnded COUISCS 101 103 212 213 314 450 451 inunication peisonal participation in society Phenomenological PsichologN 3 cr Detailed investigation of selected works in existen- REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR 352 Abnormal Psicholog^ 3 cr tial-plienomenological philosophv and psyche]- minimum of 24 semester hours not including 10 1 is required for a major in Sociologv these credits must Examination of theories and data on disoidered A ogv Prerequisite 223 Permission of department include 201 and 304 In consultation with the undergraduate academic advisor the major maN select a human existence head for non-majors toncentration in general Sociologv Criminal Justice Gerontology or Social Services/Human Services The 356 Research PsNcholog% TheorN suggested course numbers for these concentrated areas are listed above with the corresponding titles and 432 Gestalt PsNchologi 3 cr and Practice 3 cr descriptions in the follo)xing section Contributions of Gestalt psychologv (especially Rexic" of theory and piactice of traditional and the works of Kofka, Kohler, and Goldstein) to hUman-scicricc research Includes student projects REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR traditional and human-science psvchologv Per- Pierequisite 220 223 permission of department 101 is required for a minor 450 451 488 and 492 are mission of department head for non-majors _x minimum of 1-7 semester hours not including head foi non-majois reserNed f6i majors onlv Minors mav select a concentration in one of four areas above inconsultation with

361 PsNchologN of Idento 450 Contemporar^ Issues in t he department advisor and Fulfillment 3 cr Clinical Ps,.chologN 3 cr is a prerequisite to all courses 215 Computer Uses in the The ^\ays in which identitv is lived mchviduallv A human-science examination of the approach Sociolog^ 101 Criminal Justice and 103 Social Work Social Sciences 3 cr and collcctivelv Designed to be personalb, rele- methods data and current issues of clinical psy- except 103 and 400 courses are for juniors and seniors An introduction into computer related skills with vdnt to the life of the Student Open to juniors and chologv Permission of department head for non- All 300 a focus on data management use of' canned ' pro- seniors onk majors onh grams and the univac computer systern

370 PsNchologN of Aesthetic Experience 3 cr 457 Independent Studies Sociollog^ 3 cr 3 cr Theoretical and empirical explorations of aesthetic 304 Nlethods in Sociologv A tutorial course for an exceptional student who 3 cr c\pci ience 101 Surie^ of Sociolog,, Discussion and application of techniques and wishes to pursue a particular study with a faculty A broad SLirve\ of the social and cultural aspects of research procedures used in sociological research member For majors onlv usually those intending 390 HistorN of PsNcholog^ 11 3 cr environment Intensi\c stud\, of selected histolical figures in graduate studv advanced coursework completed 307 Leisure and Popular Culture 3 cr dialogue with contempoiaiv themes Reading of Permission of facultv member and department 104 Social AnthropologN 3 cr Studv of relationship between work leisure and pimiaiv sources Prerequisite 280 head required Studv of tile cultural aspects of human existence in popular culture leisure as a social problem will be cailv man and modcin societv considered 391 Applied PsNcholog^ Practicurn 3 cr 490 Special Topic 1-4 cr 201 Sociological Theories 3 cr An applied psvchologv setting piovides opportu- A visiting professor presents his/her specialtv or a 308 Ethnic Groups 3 cr studN of selected European and American thco- nit\ f6i woiking directly with professionals Set- regular facultv member presents highly specialized A Comprehensive survey of roles performed and rists For sociologv majors and minois cmIN lings have included pswiliatric hospitals and com- studies or an experimental course Repeatable problems faced bv ethnic gioups munitv centers Majors on]v peimission of Prerequisites vary with the instructor Permission 202 SociologN of Social Problems 3 cr Department head Repeatable once of department head for non-majors 309 Women in Societi 3 cr Studv of pcison-stiucture-change fiamewoik The iole of women in culture and the studv of applicable to contemporary social issues DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY women S movements f6i liberation 205 Person and SocietN 3 cr Chaitinan Chester A Jurczak Ph D Sociology of Sexual Behaijor 3 cr E\ploiation of socialization the person's interac- 313 UndergiadUate HIS11LIC11011 in sociologv connibutes to the liberal education of students regardless of majors tion with stTucture and CUIWIC small groups and Discussion of sociological studies of sexual behav- and to tile picpiofessional training leading to graduate work in sociologv and social work urban affairs collective bchavior ior urban planning and crimmologv Helping students in practical ways to live effectivelv and to become enecti\e in practical attacks on social problems is another objective of the department 214 Sociolog^ of the Child and 315 Social De^elopment—lnfanc^ 3 cr Sociologv studies all of this f6imaliv in courses designed to give students a sense of direction a selective Adolescent 3 cr to Death taste of materials and methods and motivation so that they can devote some of their energies to ndepen- Discussion of the child and adolescent socializa- Studv of the socializing process from the infant state to the dying state dent obscivation and expetunentation and develop their own concepts about how society functionsI tic" Piocess in Anieiican so(ictv

57 56

323 Medical Sociologv 3 cr 313 Delinquenc^ and Socieq 3 er Studv of the impact Of Values and ielated struc- A study of the phenomenon theories and causa DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE tuies on health maintenance personnel and insti- tion of juvenile delinquency (hao man Eva C Robotti, M A tutions discussion of the social systern of health 335 Crimmolog^ 3 er The program provides training essential to the several areas of speech communication The department oTganizations A study of sociological explanations of criminaht^, offer^ both its majot and interested students from other fields the opportunity to choose courses from a 325 Fairml^ SNstems 3 cr correlates causation and crimogenic conditions particular aica of concentration or the whole range of the discipline Comparative studv of the familv the interaction 467 Correctional CaseAork and of the family with other community institutions AREAS OF CONCENTRATION Counseling 3 cr Social Communication This focuses on the theoiies and techniques of human communication on both the 341 Sociological Measurement Studv of the counseling styles and individualized 3 cr personal and societal levels The student of social communication examines the concepts and procedures models for offender classification, and group and Discussion of techniques and problems in socio- which govein men's interactions as individuals and as parts of the mass He also learns the practical arts of logical nicasuiemcnt process models of counseling critical analvsis and persuasive communication This training is excellent preparation for careers in laA, goiernment, administration, personnel, public 492 Selected Readings 1-3 er Gerontology Fot sociologv majors onlv relations, industrial communications, adsertising, sales, social Aork, and all fields Ahich involve human 210 Sociolog^ of Aging 3 cr s$mbolic interaction Internships are available to students Aho qualify Discussion of medical aspects of aging, diseases of 402 411 412 Criminal Justice Recommended courses 101 102 204 206 208 302 304 306 311 aging and health maintenance Theatre/Media The Theatrc/Media concentration combines Aesthetic Communication skills theatre his- 103 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 cr 317 Aged and Social Seriice 3 cr tor^ and thcatie perfoimancc skills with media theory and skills This concentration prepares the student for An introduction to the criminal justice process Study of problems associated with the elderly and the helds of applied communication theatre radio television and public relations Along with classroom including police couits correctional facilities and the social services developed to assist them theory and practice students will have an opportunity to obtain practical experience onstage and backstage commurim based corrections participating in on -and-off-the-air work at WDUQ (90 5), Duquesne's 324 Social Aspects of Death in Red Masquers pioductions and by 245 1 reatment of Jusenile Offenders 3 cr twentv-five thousand wait National Public Radio affiliate and D^mg 3 cr Studv of the movement of juvenile offendeis Couises in Radio and TV announcing and TV production afford the student the opportunity to work in a A study of American values behavior, custom through the criminal justice system-police pros- fuliv equipped TV studio Internships are available to students who qualify and other institutional practices related to dying eCLItion courts, and corrections 190 204, 251, 280, 290, 351, 352, 370, 400 412, 451, 470, 490 and death with special attention to the older Recommended couises 140 141, Speech PathologN/AudiologN The profession of Speech Pathology/Audiology is concerned with impair- 246 Treatment of Adult Offenders 3 cr Americans ments in the processes of communication-speech language and hearing Upon completion of graduate Studv of the nioN ement of adult offenders through 327 Counseling of the Older Adult 3 er education a speech pathologist or audiologist may provide clinical services or work in basic and applied the ciiminal Justice System A studv of helping techniques in relation to retire research He or she mav be employed in schools, hospitals laboratories, community service centers, or ment problems and physical, social, psychological 250 Iniestigation, I'sidence colleges and universities Speech pathology and audiology is a rapidly growing field and the demand for losses of the elderly and Procedures 3 cr trained personnel far exceeds the supply Studv of case piepatation questioning of wit- 411 Aging and Health 3 cr This area of concentration at Duquesne is a pre-professional program designed to prepare the student for nesscs collection and preservation of evidence Discussion of medical aspects of aging diseases of graduate studv in speech pathology and audiologv The student concentrating in Speech Pathology/Auch- in his/her major completion of all and processing of criminal evidence aging and health maintenance ologv mav, be eligible to register for Speech 322, 422 with a 3 00 QPA required courses and the permission of the department chairman 264 Police Communiti Relations 3 cr Social Services/Human Services Required courses 120 140 204 220 221, 320 420 426 Discussion of the context of police-community Co-requirements Psvchologv 225 352 relations their interaction improvement and 103 Introduction to Social Work 3 cr Advised Mathematics 225 change strategies Survey of the history and areas of social work- casework, group work and community organiza- Prospective Speech Pathology majors should declare the major before they begin their junior year 265 Critical Issues in Lavi tion, public and private programs FOR THE MAJOR Enforcement (Police) 3 cr REQUIREMENTS 212 The Helping Process 3 cr Analvsis of police in a free society ethnic tension -\ minimum of 30 semester hours is required for a major in Speech Communication and Theatre Majors Discussion of the social process of helping others 204 Speech Pathology/ police discietion civil disobedience police con- \Nill be required to enroll in three of the following courses 101, 102 140 141, 190 ranging from the consideration of the professional duct and integrit\ Auchologv concentrates will be required to enroll in Speech 120, 140 204, 220 the population a person serves and the dynamics A maximum of 6 -\ maximum of 1 2 transfer credits in speech can be applied to the major requirements 266 Crime Preiention 3 cr of the interaction The perspective is person- credits mav be taken in Independent Studv and/or Speech/Media Internship Stuclv of contemporary crime prevention pro- social grants involving ci iminal justice agencies citizens REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR 213 Intervention Skills 3 cr and community politics credits six credits in required introductory courses and 12 additional credits Discussion of social work skills practice in field The minor consists of 18 There are four emphases that the student mav follow 290 Crimmahstics 3 cr evaluated 206, 208, 302, 304, 306, Collection of evidence fingerprints microscopic 5ocial (onummication 101, 102, plus 12 credits in any of the following 204, 314 Social Work Methods 3 er I and laboratory study of fiiearms hair fibers Studv of case study study-diagnosis-therapy pro- 311 402 404 411 blood paints poisons and other clues 251, 280, 290, 351 352 370 451, cess interviewing, counseling and program plan- 2 lheatiel,llcdia 140, 190 plus 12 credits in any of the following 141, 302 Eialuatne Research in ning Prerequisite Social Services 103 For sociol- 470 490 320, 426 are required, the Criminal Justice 3 cr ogy majors and minors only 3 Speec h Pathologi / Indiologi, 120, 220 plus 12 additional credits Courses be taken in anv of the following 221 420 425 Studv of techniques for research and evaluation of 450 Field Work 1 3-12 ei, remaining six credits mav criminal justice programs Internship in a social work agency, criminaljustice 4 6cneial Spce(h Communication and Thewie 190 and either 101 or 102, with 12 additional credits 306, 311, or gerontology setting Majors only apportioned in the following manner six credits in any of the following 204, 206, 208, 302 304 310 Juienile La" 3 cr 402 404 plus six credits in any of these 140, 141 251, 280, 290 351 370, 451 490 A survev of those aspects of the legal systern that 451 Field Work 11 3-12 cr relate to the identification, processing and rehabil- Internship in a social work agency, criminaijustice Suggested activities for majors and minors in Speech Communication and Theatre include the Red Radio and Television The Debate Team, the Duke (student itation of the juvenile offender or gerontology setting Majors onlv Masquer Diamatic Organization WDUQ

58 59

nc^Nspapei) and Unitcd Nations Otganization Suggested courses loi fulfilling Communication Atea 204 interpersonal Communication 3 cr 426 Hearing and Audholog) 3 cr 1CqU110ruCntS fOl 11011-SPCCCII 111dj01S 101 102 140 190 Dcsigned to investigate the various aspects of This course will consider the nature of sound, the i, inle'Pclsonal COMMUnication Priniary considera piocess of hearing, and hearing impairment The 400 IndePLuident StudN Ul areas 311 Communication and Societ^ 11 3 cr ,vill be given face-to-face human interactions different tvpes, causes and the measurement of of concentration) 1-3 cr Develops nioie cornpletelv and pholsophicallv the 11, a vn iciN of situations hearing impairment will be discussed Exposure to 11 on The Student will woik on a selected project under ihetorical perspective established in 'Commurn- auchometric testing will also be available Prereq- the SUPCI \ ision and guidance of a tdCl_llt^ nicnibci cation & Society I ' bv appiving that particular 220 introduction to Problems uisite 220, 221 or permission of the instructor PjerCqU1S1tC 11cirnission of the 111SULIctor and peispective to contemporary systems of belief In speech 3 cr Dcpaitrncnt Chanpeison Mav be taken twice Picicquisite 101 or permission of the instructor A sur^ cv of various speech disorders their causes, Theatre/Media recommended 304 recognition and possible therapv 140 Phonetics 3 cr Social Communication 221 AnatomN and PhNsiolog3 3 cr An approach to the English language based upon 402 Argumentation and Debate 3 cr This course will study the basic neurological skel- the fundamentals of vocal and articulatoiy speech 101 Communication and SocietN 1 3 cr A course in appiving the pimciples and methods etal and muscular structures involved in the sounds as systematized bv the International Pho- Examines hovk man a being who must believe ofeiitical deliberation to a sign ican it contem porary he speech arid hearing piocess Prerequisite 220 oi netic Association communicates his beliefs and how Utilizes cei- social issue Emphasis will be on advocating tain kinds of bclicfs which have proven funda- permission of the inStILictor defending, and iefuting a proposition of policv 141 Voice and Diction for the iediaM 3 cr nicnial thiough the ages to assist oi Lxpoht his Preiequisite 102 or permission of the instructoi Designed to meet the needs of those who will be fcllo\k man 320 Clinical Techniques in required to use voice and diction as professional Speech Pathologv 3 cr 404 Intercultural Communication 3 cr tools in the training and pursuit of media careers, 102 Techniques of Oral Communication 3 cr This course will focus upon the clinical manage- An investigation into the similar and differen t per- i e , Radio/Television, Theatre and Medical Dc\Llops those communicative skills riccessaiv to ment of speech and hearing problems Past and ceptions of reality held bv individuals and CLI I tural Media Not limited to Media Majors ciiticall\ anal\7C veibal diSCOLilse and to pcifoirn current therapeutic approaches and techniques g10Ups and how such perceptions affect the com- cflcctt\cl\ in public speaking siutations which ,Aill be piescrited in ielation to disorders of speech 3 cr munications process Prerequisite 101 208 190 Introduction to Theatre Arts confiont the educated peison and hearing Different organizational proceduics A survey of theatre as an art form, involving the and practiccs will also be included Preiequisite selective integiation of a number of skills and dis- 204 Interpersonal (ommunication 411 Communication and Imagination 3 er 3 cr 120 220 oi permission of the instructor ciplines to bring about the aesthetic of the theatri- Examines how the triumph of beliefs dominated Designed to in\estigate the various aspects of cal moment Beginning with lectures on the roles MtCIPCISOnal C0111111LInICatl0r) Prmiar\ consideia- bv imagination over beliefs dominated bv science 322 Speech Patholog^/Audiologv of the director, actor designer and various tion will be gi%cn face-to-facL hurnan intciaction has changed our understanding of com- Fxternship 3 cr craftsmen, the course will work up to a sampling in a \aiict\ of situations munication Pro% ides opportunities for observation of various of the various modes and forms of drama in terms aspects of clinical work Directed readings and of exigencies of production 206 Dis(ussion and Group Process 3 cr 412 Speech/Media Internship 1-3 cr field tiips aic included For Speech Patliologv/ De\elops those communicative skills essential lot An internship in communication industry or Audiologv concentration majors onlv Written 204 Interpersonal Communication 3 er functioning cflecti\clv in the small-gioup S111Ua- appropriate organizational setting Prerequisite permission of department chairman required Designed to investigate the various aspects of tion Pieieciursite 204 Pcimission of department chairman required Open to juniors and/or seniors interpersonal communication Primary considera- May be taken twice tion will be given face-to-face human interaction 208 Nomerbal Communication 3 cr 420 Speech Problems of the in a varietv of situations Non\cibal niessagcs are those messages transmit- Exceptional Child 3 cr Speech Pathology/Audiology ted "ithout the aid oflanguage or in Conjunction This course will investigate the speech and lan- 251 Radio Announcing 1 3 cr with language The\ caii^ much information guagc development speech problems and speech Application of the principles of good speech to the 120 Development of Language 3 cy about the emotional state of the sender Some remediation of the mentally retarded brain announcing of news, sports weather and commer- Focus will be on the acquisition of sound mean- components of nonvcibal communication to be injured aphasic Icaining disabled and cerebral cials, and to the art of interviewing ing and grarrimai systems from infancv through coveicd aic bodv mo\ement pli\sical attributes palsied child The role of other professionals in childhood with emphasis on the comparative anal- Acting cr ph\sical alteiations chess space time touch addition to that of the speech pathologist in speech 280 1 3 ysis of theories of communication devel ent A study of the basic principles, theories and tech- objects the c\es arid the human voice remediation will be explored Picrequisite 120, Phvsical neurological psvchological and social niques of acting, including various problems con- 140 220 221 320 or permission of the instructor bases of language will be discussed Socio-lin u I s- 302 Organizational Communication 3 cr fronted by the actor in the creation and interpreta- tic differences will be discussed with tefcience to Stresses the acquisition and application of skills 422 Speech PathologN/AudiologN tion of a role on television or film Preiequisite Black language and regional variations that will Ning succcss in an oiganizational setting Clinical Practicurn 3 cr 190 or permission of instructor llrcieqLllstte 204 arid 206 Provides an opportunitv for active participation 121 Sign Language 290 History of the Theatre 3 cr with professionals in their work in varied settings The development of theatre as an art form in 304 Persuasion 3 cr (Manual Communication) 2 cr For Speech Pathology/Auchologv concentration Western civilization and in the Orient styles and A StUd\ and application of pi inciples and practices Sign language systems used bv and with the deaf majors onlv Written permission of department methods of production, artistic conventions, that influcricc peoplc s beliefs and actions Prereq- and hearing impaired will be presented in an over- chairman iequired growth of formal theatres, etc as manifestations Ui^ite Eithci 101 oi 102 or permission of the all introductory methods course Participants will of how man has seen his world through the ages HIStILIC101 be able to demonstrate abilitv to fingerspell and 425 Aural Rehabilitation 3 cr use basic signs in simple phiases and sentences The human communication systems are presented 351 Television Announcing 3 er 306 A6an(ed Public Speaking 3 cr Aspects of curient trends in Deaf Awaieness will including acoustic and visual components Com- Continuation of Radio Announcing but with the Students will be diiccted in the design and produc- be included munication problems of the heaiing impaired are added skills necessary to T V Prerequisite 251 tion of the piciblern-sol\ing picsentation on a discussed with regard to amplification residual major world piciblern Presentations will be given 140 Phonetics 3 cr hearing \ isual perception and manual communi- 352 Radio Announcing 11 3 cr bcfoie live audiences fiorn local high schools cii An approach to the English language based upon cation Programs of iehabilitation for individuals Continuation of Radio Announcing I with empha- civic oigaiii7ations If possible presentations will the fundamentals of vocal and articulatory speech ^^Ith mild to picifound hearing impairments are sis on interviewing and location reporting Addi- be ^icicotapcd Piciecluisite 102 arid either 101 or sounds as sNsternatized bv the Inlet national Pho- re\iewcd PiereqUlsite 220, 221 or permission of tional foreign pronunciation exercises Prerequi- 304 netic Association Instructor site 251

60 61

370 Oral Communication of Literature 3 cr 470 Adianced Oral Communication III krchaeolog^ and the Bible 3 cr 243 Religion and Social Issues 3 cr An approach to literature in tei nis ofits oial tradi- of Literature 3 cr An Illumination through archaeology of the histor- A study of the influence of religious convictions in tions with special emphasis on techniques prepai- A continuation of 370 with special emphasis on Ical setting the Cultural background and the confronting major social issues of today's world, atoi\ to the act oforal presentation techniques for the oral presentation of specific lit- ,^cnts described in the Bible a general introduc- e g , population growth, famine, ecology, libera- erary genres Prerequisite 370 non to the techniques of archaeological investiga- tion and revolution, truth as a social issue wealth, 412 Speech/Media Internship 1-3 cr t1on and a StUcIv of the principal archaeological taxation and stewardship An internship in communication industry or 490 American Theatre and Drama 3 cr S1tLS in Palestine appropriate organizational setting Pierequisite Survey of the major American theatrical move- 260 Protestantism 3 cr Permission of department chairman required ments and dramatic literature from the Colonial cr An introduction to the thought of the principal 116 Hie Apostle Paul 3 Ma% be taken twice period to the present with emphasis on the twenti. No e\position of Pauline Literature emphasizing reformers Luther, Calvin, Zwingli, Wesley, a eth century Playwrights, designers, and theatrical the person of Paul and his impact on the early study of speculative and practical forces operative 451 TV Practicurn 3 cr companies are studied as reflections of American Church in the fifteenth-sixteenth centuries which gave rise The essentials of developing dramatic productions culture to the reforming movement, the formulation of f6i tL]cN ision scripted commercials, serious and 321 Jesus in the Gospels 3 cr Protestant Orthodoxy comic performances acted and taped Prerequi- _\ portialt of the pet son of Jesus Christ, based on a site permission of the instructor studv of the 4 gospels with ample usage of recent 271 Eastern Christianity 3 cr scholaiship A study of the main theological developments in DEPARIMENT OF THEOLOGY the Eastern Church from the Patristic age on 413 The Old Testament through the medieval times until the modern days Chaiiinan John F O'Grady, S T D, SSD Understandings of God 3 cr as they shape its distinctive spirit and mentalitv Evamination of the Thcologv of the various books Duquesne s Department ofTheology affirms that the academic study of religious experience is essential to a and as they are interpreted in the Eastern or blocks of wiiting in the Old Testament, an complete education The Department fulfills its iole in theological studies by the pursuit of the following Churches draw together and present the major ainis 1) it emphasizes Catholic Theologv, in dialogue with other Christian traditions non-Christian tradi- alicnipt to Old Testa- 274 Church History 1 3 cr tions and Judaism as the kev element in Duquesne's commitment to Catholic education on the university themes motifs and concepts of the ment a studN of the relationship between the Old A religious and historical exploration of the level 2) it acknowledges the fact of the universal search for religious meaning and experience and seeks not growth of Christianity from the first century up to onl\ to offci the possibilitv ofa studv ofthe varying approaches to religious witnesses in history, but also to Testament and the New Testament Prerequisite 213 the Reformation, discussion of those issues within place Catholic Theology in communion with that quest 3) it aspires to a fruitful encounter with other 114 or the Church and the external forces which brought univcrsitv disciplines since the department is convinced that theology's concerns are related to all vital 414 Jesus Through Man^ ENes 3 cr about major conflict and development human issues The fact of Jesus is everything he stands for And Accoidinglv the Department has organized its courses into three divisions Biblical Studies Christian ever\, book of the New Testament has its intei- 275 Church History 11 3 cr Studies and Selected Religious Studies preter of it A study of different books as well as Selected topics in Catholic and Protestant devel- themes in the New Testament opment from 1500 to the present day, special REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR emphasis on the crises, revolutions and reforms The majoi program consists of a minimum of 27 credits These must include 106, 213 214 220, 250, 498 490 Field Experience in Biblical that were central to this development the remaining credits will be chosen in consultation with the student's advisor Archaeolog% 3 cr Six weeks of supervised participation in an 345 Women and Christianity 3 cr REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR archaeological excavation in the Ancient Near Survey of the Old and New Testament views of women and a history of the status of women in the A minor consists of four courses East experience in stratigraphic digging pottery Roman Catholic and major Protestant traditions The department has also prepared Suggested sequences which may be helpful to a student wishing to identification scicntihc analysis of finds an^ recording methods Offered every two or three with emphasis on the contemporary role and spiri- concentrate in a certain area oftheology e g Biblical Studies, Roman Catholic Theology World Religions, by core staff tuality of women in Christianitv Religion and Culture Christianitv in History etc \cars approval of participants required 351 Sexuality, Sex, and Morality 3 cr COURSE INFORMATION 493 Indiiidual Topics in Biblical Studies 1-3 cr An analysis of the nature of sex and sexuality, The numbeiing of the comse indicates the level of approach The topics will change regularly and will be pub- according to the sources and developments of Christian thought, the integration of these con- 100 These courses are of the basic survev type, wherein emphasis is on breadth rather than on depth, lished within the department cepts into a contemporary moral and ethical and serve as background for other courses Christian Studies In General system 200-300 These courses treat of subject matter in a specific area of theology and in greater depth than in the 100 category 140 Christian Understanding of the 352 Human Life and Morality 3 cr Human Person 3 cr A discussion of the fundamental moral principles 400 Selected topics are dealt with at a more advanced level, independent research is required -kn investigation into the question of "What does involved in making any of the "life decisions," the it mean to be human9" according to Judaeo- problem of the definition of life a survey of the Biblical Studies geography, as well as an intioduction to their liter- Christian teaching a discussion of the relationship varied moral approaches to the issues of war and ary modes, theologies and themes, including prac- 114 Interpreting the Bible 3 cr of the human person to self others the world, and peace, capital punishment, abortion, birth control, tical approaches to interpreting key passages of the An intioduction to the principles involved in the Div me as the basis for humanness a studv of euthanasia, genetic engineering and the new Old Testament interpreting the Bible in relation to its different the issues involved in these four relationships, e g , embryology manneis of expiession a study of kcv sections of freedom grace contemplation 214 Introduction to the Ne" Testament 3 cr 451 War and Peace in Christian the Bible to determine what these materials meant % to those who wrote them and what their relevance A presentation of the books of the New Testa- 1-35 Christian Worship 3 cr Perspective 3 cr is todav ment including their literary makeup, historical The meaning of ritual and worship in Christianity An analysis of Christian teaching of the moral per- origins and testimoriv, and theological content, with special emphasis given to the history of wor- missibility of using violence and participation in 213 Introduction to the Old Testament 3 cr practical approaches in interpreting key passages ship and the developments in both Roman Catho- war from biblical times to the present, including A presentation of the Old testament writings in of the New Testament lic and Protestant worship since the Vatican an evaluation of the varieties of pacifism, of non- their dynamic context of culture politics, and (ouncil violent resistence, and of just war theories 63 62 Holocaust and its effects on world Jewiv The 3 cr the Judaeo-Christian tradition with special focus C\pLIIcncc c g Black CIlUIChCS plea(hing MUSIC 470 Christian NINsticism faith beliefs and piactices of Jewish life todav thL manifold Cluistian experience of on Catholic development Ainciican Wav of LilL A SUICIV Of -uld tll( c\peiiential contact with God as 3 cr 372 Religious Themes in Literature mvsu(IsIll I c 301 Marriage 3 cr 281) N%orld Whigions 3 cr Seen III f-21111OLIS e,,ernplars of nlvstIcaI experience _\ ,III ^ C\ of tfic lusto, N behL Is pi aciices and con- and Film A personal ly-oriented and practical treatment of c g lesus Chiist Paul Ignatius of Antioch, An c\ploiation of ieligious experience and reli- the marital union as seen in its Christian theologi. tCInpC)Ial\ IIlfIULIlC( Of 111C InIjOl IC1191011S Of tile AUgUStine John Ru\sbioeck Catherine of Siena gIOLIS concepts as expressed in significant worlds in cal psvchological, and sexual aspects a discussion ^^011d Hinduism BUddIlISIll Confucianism Tao- John of the Cross Venerable film and literature including themes concerning Theicsa of Avila of Christian marriage as a bond of love as a sacra. Isru %,Iaoisru Shintolsin Ahican tiaditions JUda- uld ISlaill I dISCUSSI011 of a human peison s relationhsip to self others and to Libel man ment and as a way of human fulfillment Isn, Cluistiarim Lincleistanding teligions God 494 Indnidual Topics in basic Illell'O(10109\ to' 331 The Church in the Modern World 3 cr Christian Studies 1-3 cr 3 cr each 496 Individual Topics in An analvsis of the Church's role in human devel- 283 284 Judaism People & Falth I lie topics will change regulai Iv and will be pub- 1cwish lu,;toi\ to discovei Religious Studies 1-3 cr opment todav and in offering solutions to present A SLII\CN Of IllOdCIn lished within the cleparlmcnt tile Jewish people in Arnei- The topics will change regulariv and will be pub- problems of humanity in light of Vatican 11's ioots and tiaditions of ,call Isiael and tile Soviet Union \ iew of tile lished within the department Roman Catholic Theolop ' Pastoral Constitution on the Church in the Mod- ern World" and other related documents 106 Faith and Experience 3 cr An c\ammation of various forms of atheism and 335 Theolog^ of the Sacraments 3 cr an c\ploration of Christian responses to their chal- A practical treatment of the seven sacraments in lcnge a studv of the meaning of faith and revela- relation to their significance for the Christian's tion in its history and contemporary expression daily spiritual growth and fulfillment, considera- an attempt to answer the question of faith s tion of human needs for ritual and svmbol, discus- reasonableness sion of recent revisions and developments in sac- ramental theology 108 Catholicism 3 cr An explanation of the spirit beliefs and practices 475 TheologN and Catechesis 3 cr of Roman Catholicism including its understand- An examination of the principal theological and ing of sacrarneradlitv mediation and communion pedagogical themes of modern religious education a stucIv of the Roman Catholic classics and issues and of the place of catechesis in the mimstry of the confionting Roman Catholicism Church, a presentation of the historical back- giound of the contemporary catechetical renewal 220 1 he NINsterN of Christ 3 cr A Stud\ of the person and meaning of Christ in 491 Experience in the Teaching hisicnical and conternporary perspective, a discus- of Religion 6 cr sion of the new bond between God and humanity One semester of supervised experience in teaching and the new era in the spiritualitN of humanitN religion in a high school environment in conjunc- inaugurated bv the Incarnation and the Passion- tion with a cooperating high school teacher and Death- Resurrection event University Department coordinator This course is open onIv to majors in Theology upon approval 230 Fhe Church 3 cr of the Chairperson of the Department A studv of the Christian community of believers in its oi igins some of its major historical and dog- 495 Individual Topics in matic emphases and its contemporary under- Roman Catholic Studies 1-3 cr standing of itself the Church as a mvstery as Mvs- The topics will change regularlv and will be pub- tical Bodv as People of God as sacrament lished within the department

242 ContemporarN Theological Issues 3 cr 498 Seminar in TheologN 3 cr An examination of theological developments in an A critical analvsis of selected topics in theologv or era of renewal icevaluation, and cooperation, c g , of selected works by outstanding theologians, open bell0fdrid unbelief Chi istian and secular human- onlv to juniors and seniors with a major or minor ism the future %vith reference to hope heaven in theologv hell afterlife and resui rection sin in a secular age SLIfICTing and evil Selected Religious Studies

250 Conscience and Moralitv 3 cr 180 Religious Experience 3 cr A calholic peispective of the basic issues involved An examination of the dimensions of mankind's in the f6imulation of moral values with the devel- religious experience, e g , mvstical, ritual mythi- oping person and of the sources upon which cal ethical and scriptural, an analvsis of the like- moial systems ale based a discussion of the abso- ness and differences of how the Divine is sensed lutc vs the relative traditional moralitv vs ' the and responded to in varied geographical cultural new nicnalitv and application of these pi incipies and chronological contexts to modern pioblems 240 Studies in Black Theolog) 3 c 256 God and His Nleaning 3 cr An examination of the dimensions of the religious A theological understanding of the problem of experience of Black Americans, e g its history, its God a consideration of the iesponses of various relationship to African origins, to slavery, to icligions and philosophies to this problem, the on- racism to Christianitv and to Chiistian denomi- guis and development of the theologv of God in nations, an analysis of special elements in that

65 64

the promotion of the scholarly and professional Bureau of Research School of Business interests of members The Research Bureau carries out an independent The Zeta Chaplet of Beta Gamina Sigina, research program and cooperates with divisions and Administration national honorary fraternity for accredited schools the School in facilitating the research of individ- of of the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of t1al faculty members Business, is established at Duquesne University Through the University Press the Bureau issues Membership in this honorary fraternity is limited HISTORY monographs and other publications From time to to juniors in the highest five per cent of their class The School of Business and Administiation was contract research is undertaken for business, for analvtical reasoning through the vigorous and lime and to seniors in the highest 10 per cent of their established in 1913 as the School of Accounts and communitv and governmental agencies, insofar as orderly application of ethical and technical princi- class Finance The iapid giowth of the School necessi- this may fall within its academic aims of discovery ples to problem solving Fhe Beta Alpha Phi Frateinat; is the honorary tated a constant broadening of the curriculum and dissemination of knowledge scholarship society of the school until it covered all business subjects of fundamen- 3 An understanding of the personal and profes- The Bureau is a member of the Association for Phi Chi Theta is a national professional com- tal importance sional value of effective Communications and a University Business and Economic Research, and merce sorority In 1931 it wasclesignated the School of Business cultivation of their capacities for speaking and maintains an interchange of publications with American Marketing Association, the student Administration and with this change definitely writing deark, and conciselv similar organizations in other universities chapter, affords membership to students whose became a pi ofiessional school of business adminis- throughout the country 4 An awareness of the important role of quanti-, major interests include salesmanship, marketing, tration In tative measurements in todav's business and who advertising, transportation, or foreign trade A 1971 the name was changed to the present Center for Administration of have become skilled in the interpretation of math- selected group of seniors is permitted, under designation to indicate bioader preparation for Legal Systems ematical accounting and statistical data with com- faculty supervision, to participate in the meetings activit\ in organizations of all tvpes puter usage The Center serves as the focal point for research of the Sales Executives Club of Pittsburgh and the activitv in the administration of law It engages in PHILOSOPHY 5 Sufficient knowledge in a professional area so senior chapter of the A M A AND OBJECTIVES cooperative projects with other centers such as that they can assume positions of responsibilitv Delta Signia Pi, a national professional business In accoid with the educational philosopliv and the center for Small Business Administration, with a background of learning-method and learn- fraternity, is represented by Theta Rho chapter objectives of the University the School of Busi- where legal issues arise ncss and Administration aims to assist Students in mg-impulse that will enable them to progress rap- The Association for Personnel Administration is idIv the student group sponsored bv and affiliated with their development of the natural and supernatuial Center for Economic Education the American Society for Personnel Administra- viitues The general aim is to provide through the The Center is charged with the responsibility of DEGREE tion media of inStILICtion and related collegiate activitv initiating and promoting economic education in the facilitation of purposeful character, intellectual The School of Business and Administration grants the societN at large More specifically it develops DIVISIONS AND PROGRAMS accomplishment emotional and social maturitv the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business and coordinates economic education within the and professional efficicncv Administration This degree rnav be awarded Western Pennsvlvania and Tri-State area where The School of Business and Administration is The School of Business and Administration has to those who satisfy the entrance requirements the primary thrust of the Center focuses on comprised of three Divisions Quantitative Sci- the professional rcsponsibilitv of developing in and complete successfuliv the School's degree upgrading economic literacy and teaching compe- ence Behavioral Science, and Economic Science program students such knowledge of business principles, tencv in the school system The Center also con- Students entering the School of Business and piocedUles and problems as will enable them to ducts economic education programs for clergy, Administration are expected to inform their advi- SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE become self-sustaining members of the commu- media professionals, and other opinion leaders sors about their career objectives and their aca- nitv aware of their social and public responsibili- Persons who have received a Bachelor's degree demic areas of concentration, and to consult with ties and dedicated to the enrichment of the from an approved college or university mav be Center for International Management them when choosing junior and senior courses resources for worthv living eligible to enter the program for a second Bache- The objective of the Center is to develop a better indicated in any of the three Divisions Their pro- It seeks to pioduce graduates who, upon enter- lor's degree in Business Administration A second understanding of the American involvement in posed curriculum choices must, of course, include ing ilicii chosen caicers will be effectively pre- degree candidate must meet all requirements of international affairs and business and in manage- the University requirements and Business and pated to discharge their obligations to God their the School's degree program A minimum of 30 ment abroad through teaching and research, it is Administration Core requirements as indicated in the illustrations set forth in this catalog Consis- comniurutv and themselves as intellectual and credits must be completed in residency achieved by an interdisciplinary approach moral beings The areas of current research focus are tent with their stated career objectives and with The School attains this objective bv guiding stu- THREE-YEAR BACHELOR'S/J D the concurrence of their advisors, students, except USA and East- dents thiough a cultuial coic program a business I Trade expansion between the those whose area of concentration is Accounting, A student who has completed 90 credits with a 3 5 core piogram an elective area of advanced busi- ern Europe are free to select any junior and senior courses or better overall average and who has satisfied all ness Subjects chosen on the basis of professional Management in foreign nations from the School of Business and Administration undergraduate curricular requirements may apply inkrcsts CO-CI.Hriculai and e,,tra-cuiiiculai activ- curriculum to complete the required hours for for the Bachelor's degree after successful comple- Problems in international business ites and established personnel services graduation Regulations for certification in tion of the first vear of academic work at As a division of the Universitv the School of 4 International economic development with a Accounting make the program very rigid, this is Duquesne University School of Law Students BLIsincss and Administration is obviously dedi- stress on interaction among developed countries, dealt with in the paragraphs following the Sample interested in this program should consult the and on the relationship of developed and less cated to promoting those Univeisitv airns and Program advisement office in the sophomore year objectives contained in the general statement developed countries Students' concentrations should be based upon The pi oficssional objecti ve of the School of Busi- BUREAU OF RESEARCH AND International political and legal issues career objectives and constitute as broad and flexi- ncss and Administration is to produce giaduates Who COMMUNITY SERVICES The Center has no teaching program of its own, ble an educational process at the undergraduate have dCqL111cd and developed most of its staff are faculty members from various level as is possible Career advice should be sought Activity complementing direct instruction takei^ I An appreciation of the importance of mitia- schools and departments of the University or vis- from many and varied sources in the University, place in four ancillary units grouped under the including faculty and Career Planning & Place- tive and who conseqUentiv are willing to assume iting foreign professors Bureau of Research and Communitv Services iesponsibilit\ work efficientIv and harmoniously All ment staff %\"ill otheis and adjust to changing circumstances function to provide students and faculty with an STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS Students registering for 300-400 level courses opportunitv for professional development as well 2 A ic,,pect fe, logical thinking and who strive These organizations, limited to students in the are presumed to have passed freshman and sopho- as to provide services to the University and the energetical1v thelefoTe to develop the capacities more required courses and have junior standing community at large School of Business and Administration, exist for

66 67

Elective courses are not necessarily offered each 251-Legal Process, as well as at least one of the year following Law 353, 354, 355 It is recommended ^IVISION OF QUANTITATIVE SCIENCE that the student achieve an overall B average in 4CCOUNTING CURRICULUM Accounting 211, 212 before attempting Account. Ing 311 and a minimum grade of C in both 311 CPA, Requirements Students who desire to become certified public accountants in Pennsylvania and who have been graduated and 312 before attempting the remaining 300 and CPA 400 level courses from a four-year program in a college approved bv the State Board of Education may sit for the Three credits in Theologv are required for Cath. examinations The degree program of the University is so approved FOUR YEAR SAINIPLE PROGRAINI examination in other states, among which are New Jersey and New York olic students Others may take theology or mav Graduates may sit for the CPA substitute three credits in the Departments of His- 211, 212 Introductor^ Accounting 3 cr each and lov-product costing are treated in detail Meth- Freshman N ear tory Philosophy Political Science Psychology or An introduction to the language of accounting ods of judging managerial efficiency, inventory hall Seinestei Spring Semester Sociology basic accounting concepts and biief exposure to control and management control systems are also Course^ C redits C ourses Credits recording financial information An extensive stressed Prerequisites 211 212 Offered every 101 English Comp 3 102 English Comp 3 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS studv is made of accounting information for man- semester 109 College Algebra 3 111 Calculus 3 agement decisions Offered every semester 411 Auditing 3 cr 141 Economic Geo 3 142 Economic Devel 3 ACADEMIC LOAD Standards and procedures employed by auditors *Non Business elective 3 181 Intro to Computers 3 311, 312 Intermediate Accounting 3 cr each Non-Business clecti,e in the examination of financial statements for the 3 *Non Business elective 3 Students may normally carry five courses in one This course is primarilv concerned with an inves- purpose or rendering an opinion are studied and semester A schedule of more than five courses Or ligation and analysis of the accounting problems 15 is evaluated Emphasis is placed on theory and phi- 15 credits must be approved by the Dean In the and practices of the corporation, with detailed losophy of auditing, however, case problems are summer sessions, students normally carry one studv of the component elements of the balance used to demonstrate the application of the princi- credit a week, I e , six credits in the six-week ses- sheet and income statement Basic topics are *Course maN be taken in either semester ples studied Prerequisites 312 Offered every sion A 12-credit schedule in a regular semester is accepted and alternative methods in the account- semester considered full-time study Students on academic ing cvcle financial statements their form, content Sophomore N ear probation may not take more than 12 credits and use accounting problems of the corporation 412 Introductory Income I all Seirie3ter Spinq St inesicr 3 cr detailed analvsis of the balance sheet accounts Tax Accounting Courses (redits Coursev Credits EFFECTIVE CATALOG determination of net income, statement of source This course is a study of basic tax and procedure 211 Intro Accounting 1 3 212 Intro Accounting 11 3 and uses of working capital Prerequisites 21 1, affecting primarily individuals and to a lesser 221 Prin of Economics I I 222 Prin of Economics 11 Degree requirements are those stipulated in the 212 Offered every semester extent partnerships and corporations Principal catalog of the year in which a student matriculates topics returns, rates, exemptions, income, deduc- 281 ProbabilnN & Slat 11 282 Probabilm & Stat It The student is responsible for knowing the 313 Minagerial Accounting 3 cr tions sales and exchange of assets, and credits requirements for the degree Requirements may be A studv of the technique involved in the gathering, Emphasis is placed on problems to demonstrate 251 Legal Process 3 Non Business electi%e recording and interpretation of accounting and the application of the principles studied and use is changed without notice or obligation This catalog TheologN or Non Business Non Business elective has been prepared on the best information avail- statistical data used in the solution of internal made of official forms for demonstration purposes elec 3 able as of May 1984 problems of management Some of the topics cov- Prerequisites either 311 or 313 Offered every ered are construction analvsis and interpretation semester 15 15 of reports establishment of production operating Junior N ear CLASS AT FENDANCE 413 Business Information S)stems 3 cr and financial standards measurement of manage- fall sciriestel Sping Seine^fer A course designed to introduce students to man- rial performance use of budgets in managerial Courses Credits Courses Credits Regular class attendance in the School of Business agement information processing systems and the control use of cost data and interpretation of cost 361 Prin of Management 332 Money & Banking 3 and Administration is normally required for maxi- transformation of information systems to meet reports use of quantitative data in the formulation 3 mum educational advantage The responsibility specific tvpes of informational requirements Top- of policies consideration of various aspects of for all course material rests wholly with the stu- 371 Prin of Marketing 3 321 or 322 Ad% Econ 3 ics include data base concepts, file storage consid- dent It is the prerogative of each instructor to Federal State and local ta\es and their effect on 331 Business Finance 3 Business elective 3 erations, development methodology, design, managerial decisions Recommended for non- 322 Inter Accounting or Business electi%e establish specific policies for attendance at tests implementation and management considerations 3 accounting students Prerequisites 21 1 212 313 Managerial Acc t 3 Non-Business elective 3 examinations, class lectures deadlines for reports, of business data systems The course presumes a Offered every semester 381 Decision Making 3 — and other specific school or course requirements familarity with basic computer programming and A student who is unable to attend class because accounting 211, 212 Offered every semester 314 Xdsanced Accounting 3 cr 15 15 of serious illness, hospitalization, a serious acci- This coui se applies fundamental theory to a n um- Senior I ear dent or other extenuating circumstances is respon- 414 Corporate and Partnership ber of important activities in business Activities 3 cr I-all semestel Sping Semester sible for notifying the office of Academic Advise- Taxation studied are partnerships special sales procedures Courses Ciedits C ourses Credits ment The student should supply a written This course will acquaint the student with the consolidations and fiduciaries Prerequisite 311 principles of tax law as they apply to corporations Business elective 3 Business electi%c 3 verification as soon as possible A student who is Offered every semester and their shareholders and to partnerships and Business clecti^c 3 Business elective 3 absent for cause is expected to complete all of the Business electi,e 3 Business clecti,e 3 work in all courses It is the student's responsibil- their partners Rather than emphasizing tax return 315 Cost Accounting 3 cr Non-Business elective 3 Non Business elective 3 ity to make up all assignments in all courses and to preparation, the course's concentration is upon Basic cost accounting procedures are discussed Non Business clectiNe 3 **Capsione course 3 be familiar with any instructions which mav have preparing students to make reasoned and sound from the following view points cost principle, cost judgments regarding the tax consequences of busi- been given during the absence ^11 15 15 determination cost control, cost analysis Topics ness transactions Prerequisite 412 Offered every **Executi,c Action Simulation or Executive Pohcv treated include cost terminology, planning and HANDICAPPED STUDENTS spring control techniques, and development and applica- tion of overhead rates Cost behavior patterns are 419 Seminar in Accounting 3 cr The accounting faculty recommends that stu- Handicapped students requiring special assistance studied in conjunction with development and This course is designed to develop a student's abil- dents concentrating in accounting take Accounting are urged to notify the class instructor or the Aca- application of overhead rates Standard costing, ity in technical expression, deepen his understand- 211, 212, 311, 312, 314, 315, 411 412, 413, and demic Advisement Office before the first class Job order costing process costing, joint products ing of accounting theory, and acquaint him with

68 69

3 cr emphasis upon their functions as instruments of contemporary accounting problems and literature 337 InNestment Analysis Students are made acquainted with the philosophy it Is the aim of this'course to present material that estate creation and administration Uses of insur- and methodology of research and required to pre- ,111 be useful to the student in developing an ance in connection with partners and kev men, pare a research paper Prerequisite 3 14 Offered as understanding of the various types of investments and in connection with bank loans, are explored needed which may be available for a portfolio investment Attention also is given to accident and health cov- [)Iscussion of the various risks that a portfolio erages, group plans, pensions, and regulation of Offered every third ma^ be subject to and further the importance of the industry Prerequisite 331 FINANCE CURRICULUM the various risks to the various types of portfolio semester holders is undertaken The basic elements of port- 435 Property and Liability Insurance 3 cr Students who desire to function in finance, either in the world of private business, government bodies, or in folio theory are presented Various quantitative A study of business and personal applications of the area of securities are encouraged to select from the several groups of courses that place emphasis on and descriptive approaches that are used in portfo- casualty fire, and liability coverages in the form of development are investigated Techniques for specific material leading to that end The professional designation of Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) is lio both insurance and bonding, including the fields of measuring the effectiveness of the portfolio are used by those in the securities industry Suggested courses for students interested in this area are 336, 337 workmen's compensation, landlords' and tenants' 331, 336, or special per- 433 The designation in the life insurance area for professional personnel is (CLU) or Chartered Life illustrated Prerequisites liabilities, burglary, robbery, and theft, automo- Offered Under-writer and CPCU for property and liability insurance For students interested in careers in insurance mission of the instructor without 336 bile, credit and title insurance, fire and related courses 334, 434 and 435 are recommended every veai lines, fidelity and surety bonding, and relevant aspects of inland and ocean marine Prerequisite 331 Business Finance 3 cr 334 Risk Management 3 er 432 Credit Management 3 cr 331 Offered every third semester The aim of this course is to combine the study of A studv of the broad spectrum of risk exposures in This course will be taught in such a manner so as 437 Fundamentals of Real Estate 3 cr internal and external sources of funds with the business enterprise, with special attention to the to give to the student a thorough understanding of A study of the problems involved in financing resi- tools of financial management in order to maxi- need for identifying these in terms of nature and the function of credit management In order that dential, commercial, and industrial real estate mize the wealth of the business entity Primary magnitude Emphasis is on techniques available to the student be afforded a maximum opportunity from the points of view of both owner and lender attention is given to private business entities aid the decision-maker in making decisions under to grasp such information as presented in the liter- Methods of financing covered include use of indi- While manv of the tools and instruments used in constraints of uncertainty Methods of alleviation ature and in the classroom cases, problems, and vidual and business equity, loans secured by mort- the demonstrations are those of large business avoidance, and insurance are studied Attention is field experience may be assigned Through these gages, land contracts, sale-and-lease-back arrange- concerns entities of all sizes are covered Special given not only to the traditional forms of insurable vehicles the student will have the opportunity to ments, and cooperatives, syndicates, and real- attention is given to the decision-making process hazards, but also to implicit risks such as those of, integrate the knowledge gained from text material estate trusts Attention is given to procedures for as applied to the finance function of business See- loss in market value of assets, capital budgetingi and other financial sources with that of other disci- originating, servicing, and foreclosing loans and ondary emphasis is given to the securities markets, decisions, new product financing techniques, ^ plines to arrive at a logical sound credit decision mortgage arrangements by principals, agents, and financial projections, organizational form, mergers mergers, and other areas where risk is present in; Prerequisite 331 Offered every third semester mortgage bankers Case problems either in class or and consolidation and reorganization Prerequi- the decision Prerequisite 331 Offered every third 1 the field type are used to illustrate the techniques sites Accounting 2 11, 212 or the equivalent semester employed in determining the feasibility of a loca- Offered every semester 433 Financial Markets 3 cr tion Special attention is given to an intensive 335 Business Financial Problems 3 cr An extensive and intensive study of the markets in research project in some area of interest to the The aim of this course is to provide a vehicle in which the financing of needs takes place Study is 332 MoneN and Banking 3 cr made of the markets for borrowing and lending of student as related to real estate Attention is also To develop knowledge about the role of financial which the student can take material from previous capital, both short-term and long-term Financial given to the requirements necessary to sit for the institutions in our society as they perform their courses both of a financial nature and that from institutional structures are given emphasis as they Pennsylvania Real Estate Sales License Prerequi- function of either the creation of the medium of other disciplines and through its utilization solve act and interact when serving as sources or site 331 Offered every third semester exchange or of taking existing funds from sources problems primarily of a financial nature It also intermediaries and users of funds Research bv the of excess to sources of supply Further, to develop provides the student with an opportunity to learn 439 Seminar in Finance 3 cr an understnading of the construction of the portfo- to write and deliver professional opinions on how student is required to afford the student the oppor- Concentration upon selected contemporary topics Ilos of the institutions in order to understand why to solve business problems While the course is tumtv to concentrate on an intensive effort upon presented by distinguished visiting professors of 331 Offered each employs their available funds as they do, primarily taught through the case technique, other an individual topic Prerequisite finance or resident faculty Open only to senior knowledge about interest rate movements and methods are also used The student is expected to every third semester students Offered as needed their effects on business and the development of be able to identify problems, reach conclusions, recommend solutions, and identify techniques on financial instruments used within the business 434 Life Insurance 3 cr how they might be implemented Prerequisite societv Through a research paper, the student has A study is made of the risks of death and longevity 331 Offered every third semester the opportunitv to develop a major area in detail as thev occur in personal and business situations Emphasis is primarily on the role money and Analyses are made of various forms of life-insur- 336 Securit) Analysis 3 cr banking take in relationship to business entities ance and annuitv contracts and their uses, with An intensive study of the analytic techniques offered every semester applicable to the selection of the various securities of private as well as public entities Consideration 333 Financial Management 3 cr is given to the markets in which these securities The course is designed to provide a theoretical or QUANTITATIVE METHODS CURRICULUM are traded and the types of information that are conceptual framework that a financial manager useful and necessary to the decision-making pro- can use to reach decisions Material is presented cess of the investor as the attempt is made to mea- Students in the undergraduate School of Business and Administration complete a basic sequence in Quanti- with the purpose of involving the student in the tative Methods This sequence is concerned with the application of mathematics, statistics, and electronic sure the value of a particular security Several^ fundamental decisions and compromises of the data processing to the analysis of business and economic problems The objective of the program is to models are examined in seeking their appropriate- financial manager as he faces choices between risk ness in establishing the relative worth of a secur- increase the student's knowledge and understanding of the uses of mathematics, statistics, and computers as and return Reading material, case material, com- 181, 281, 282, and 381 Prior to ity The merits of both the fundamental and tech- aids in decision-making The basic sequence is comprised of these courses puter analvsis of financial problems and a research in the College or the equivalent are required nical approach to security analysis are considered entry into the sequence, Mathematics 109 and/or I I I project are tools to be used Prerequisite In addition to the basic sequence a number of electives are offered for students wishing to include 331 for their contribution to the analysis of a security Offered evm, year Prerequisite 331 Offered every year quantitative management science techniques in their areas of concentration

70 VA

181 Introduction to Computers 3 cr dispersion, sets and set operations, elementary used in EDP audits The particulars real-time, bureaus will be discussed The system approach to An intioduction to the basic concepts of computer probability theory, probability distributions Sam- time-sharing systems and computer service auditing will be used Offered as needed programming in algebraic and representational pling distributions statistical estimation, testing of languages The course introduces the algorithmic hypotheses, time series analysis, simple linear DIVISION OF BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE appioach to problem-solving and continues regression and correlation Prerequisites IS I and GUIDE through the development of flowcharts and pro- Mathematics I I I Offered every semester PROGRAM grams using BASIC or FORTRAN Brief treat- The piesent combination of required courses and free electives gives the student a solid foundation in 381 Introduction to Decision Sciences 3 cr ment is also given to other business related lan- business and at the same time, allows him to follow his inclination in a special field of endeavor At the The application of the scientific method of prob- gUages Prerequisite Mathematics 109 Offered same time, the greater the freedom of choice, the greater the need for helping the student in selecting courses lem solving to business problems The course every semester in a meaningful wav includes various models and the methods of Students should be aware that they can use this freedom either 281, 282 ProbabilitN and Statistics 3 cr each applying them to business situations The models This sequence includes the basic ideas of descrip- covered include linear programming, simulation I To broaden their cultural background by expanding in many different fields of knowledge, or tive statistics inductive statistics, and probability queuing, and inventory optimization The use of To establish with the help of their advisor, a background of specialized knowledge in the field in which Among the topics covered are firequencv distribu- library computer programs will be emphasized thev have their strongest interest tions measures of central tendencv, measures of Prerequisites 281, 282 Offered every semester Several Study Program s—combin i ng a concentration in Business (24 credits) with a judicious choice of crechts)—are given as illustrations of the flexibility and the depth possible MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS CURRICULUM electives from the College (27 under the present program Presently Studv Programs are offered in The Quantitative Science Division offers an area of concentration in Management Information Systems to Industrial Relations International Business prepaic students for career opportunities in business application programming, systems analvsis and data processing management positions The course work is designed to prepare students in solving complex Law Administration Marketing Management problems within organizations with the assistance of computers and computer programs For the area of Production Public Administration concentration completion of 382, 383 481, 482, and 483 are required In addition, three elective courses Transportation and Traffic Environment and Ecologv must be taken from the following 384, 385 386, 484 and 485 The listing of these Study Programs is only indicative, not inclusive, others may be structured, and the suggested areas can be modified according to the occupational objectives and preferences of the student 382 Data Processing with COBOL 481 S^stems Analysis and Design Ciiiented towards data processing applications An overview of all the phases of life cycle of the INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS trade, financing exports and import shipments through COBOL The scope of the course ranges systems development with the emphasis on strate- CURRICULUM foreign exchange, and carriage of goods by air Pre- from an introduction to data processing, data gies and techniques of structured analysis and requisites 371, 221, 222 Offered every year management debugging and testing the programs design to provide a framework for the managers to 141 Ph^sical and Economic Geograph^ 3 cr to the introduction of file processing and report achieve their goals and objectives Prerequisite This course examines the present and potential 442 International Economics 3 cr generation Offered every year 382 Offered as needed products of the world's major geographic regions This course is an introduction to international The course concerns itself essentially with man's trade theory and the principles of international 383 File Processing 482 Data Base Management Systems utilization of natural resources in earning a living monetary economics as well as foreign trade poli- Deals with file processing in terms of its cost The focus of the course is data base structure, pro- Attention is given to the geographical foundations cies Topics to be discussed include the classical capacitv and responsiveness The topics include cessing and implementation The topics are data and operations of major industries including agri- and neo-classical theory of comparative advan- data structures, file accessing mechanism, sorting base structure, query language, data base integrity culture, manufacturing, extractive activities, and tage, foreign exchange markets and balance of pay- merging report writing and updating and manag- security, privacy and recovery capabilities The transportation Principal domestic and world ments, adjustment mechanisms, analysis of the ing sequential and non-sequential files One of the hierarchical net-work and relational approaches trade movements are analyzed Offered every consequences of trade regulation and international programming languages will be used for file pro- to data base systems with an overview of several semester liquidity problems Prerequisites 221, 222 cessing Offered eNery year commercially available data base management Offered every second year systems will be discussed Prerequisite 481 142 Economic Deielopment of Europe 384 Adianced Programming Offered as needed and American 3 cr Structured programming is introduced Emphasis 454 The Law of International A survey of the evolution of Western economic i, on a sequence of increasingly complex business Commercial Transactions 3 cr 483 Management Information Svstems Project institutions and business practices The origin of applications in one of the computer languages This course provides the student with an overall Advanced coverage of strategies and techniques of capitalism, the Commercial and Industrial Revo- Airays and concepts of files processing is perspective of the basic legal problems involved in a structured systems development project, design- lutions, the rise of the bourgeoisie, and the spread presented Offered as needed doing business with and in other countries Topics ing of data base specifications The project man- of capitalism are examined A study is also made agement methods, project scheduling and control, covered include an introduction to foreign legal 385 Computer SNstem of the institutional development and productive formal presentations and group dynamics in the systems, study of various forms of business organ- Designed to develop an understanding of the hard- growth of the United States economy Emphasis is solution of Information Svstems problems will be ization a business person must consider before ware components of a modern computing system placed on analyzing economic issues, particularly doing business with persons in another country, discussed Students will work as a team to solve the evolution of business institutions, within a his- and the components and functional characteristics study of the basic legal issues surrounding a con- the project Prerequisite 482 Offered as needed torical context Offered every semester of different types of operating systems A basic trol for the sale of goods, legal problems involved understanding and appreciation of the internal 484 Distributed Data Processing 441 International Business 3 cr in letters of credit, insurance, risk of loss, antitrust operation of the computer system through assem- Designed to develop an understanding of the fea- A study of the techniques of international trade aspects of the sale of goods, forms of dispute settle- bler language will be developed Offered as needed tures of centralized, decentralized and distributed Emphasis is given to the contract overseas equip- ment, and the problems of enforcing judgments in system with the emphasis on the impact of distrib- 386 Computer Simulation ment, customs procedure in this country and and against foreign countries Prerequisite 251 uted system on the business enterprise Modes, Oriented to design and implement simulation aborad marine insurance, packing for overseas Offered every second year data transmission and various devices required to model to study the behavior of the system the implement distributed data processing system will validation of such models and their results for the LAW ADMINSTRATION CURRICULUM be discussed Offered as needed purpose of decision making in management situa- This curriculum is designed to prepare professionals to aid in the solutions of one of society's most critical tions General purpose simulation models finan- 485 EDP Audit and Control problems that of the administration of legal systems Future executives in court management, correctional cial s^stem models will be discussed with appro- This course will deal with the fundamentals of institutions, and control systems (law enforcement) receive a broad interdisiplinary educational experience priate computer language Offered as needed EDP audit and control process and the techniques with the basic core coursework in the School of Business and Administration

72 73

Other coursework may be apprprlate to fit a student's career objective Counselors and school officers 365 Industrial Relations 3 cr 466 Wage and Salary Administration 3 cr should be consulted A comse developed to piesent to the student his- An advanced course invo)ving treatment of the torical knowledge of the labor movement current major wage administration problems Coverage PRE-LEGAL CURRICULUM status and importance in industry, and the legal will include such related and diverse facets of The curriculum of the School of Business and Administration meets the requirements for registration for status of labor governing the actions of manage- Compensation as analysis of the contemporary general purposes of the State Board of Law Examiners in Pennsylvania, and of the State Education merit in a myriad of ways Presents the role of concepts of wage and salary administration, such Department of New York labor management and government in collective as cost of living and merit rating, appraisal of vari- Coursework in the various areas of the School of Business and Administration provides good preparation bargaining and current industrial relations policies ous payment approaches, such as incentive pro- for the professional study of law and practices Prerequisites 361 Offered every grams and profit sharing, structuring a wage pro- second vear gram, analysis of the final effects such technically 251 Legal Process transfer of title to goods, warranties, nature and oriented practices have on the functional areas of An intioductory course exploring the nature of kinds of commercial paper, requisites and mean- 461 Human Relations in Admim4ration 3 cr management Prerequisite 361 Offered every law, its sources, its relation to society and govern- ing of negotiability methods of transfer Prerequi- An advanced course treating of the human aspect year ment relation of thejudicial to the executive legis- site 251 Offered every semester as it is encountered in the industrial organization lative functions, law as an instrument of social Involves an analvsis of behavioristic patterns of change and control understanding of the legal 355 LaA of Business Organizations 3 cr individuals and as members of work groups Deals 491 Executive Action Simulation 3 cr Consideration of the nature, creation and dissolu- rights and duties of persons Acquaintance with with motivation goals, needs frustrations, etc as A course incorporating the Games Theory areas of legal concern to the administrator such as tion of the proprietorship, various types of part- thev relate to the industrial situation Prerequi- Approach The teaching techniques of Case labor, enNtronmental controls, products liability, nerships, other unincorporated organizations, and sites Senior standing and 361 Offered every year Method and Role Playing are combined in a simu- anti-trust concerns such as pricing and mergers the corporation Duties, rights, remedies, and lia- lated business environment in which the students 462 Public Administration 3 cr Offered even, semester bilities of owners and managers are studied Pre- make the decisions affecting the conduct of a busi- requisites 251 Offered every semester This course introduces the student to the content ness Participants are divided into teams with key 353 Contracts 3 cr of public management and to the work of the pub- corporate duties being assigned and several teams 453 Administration of Legal Systems 3 cr Studv of the law pertaining to the formation of lic manager at federal, state and local government compete against each other in an attempt to oper- Study of the legal system and the procedures by contracts the legal requisites of an enforceable levels It also compares and contrasts public and ate the "firm" on the optimum profitable basis which legal rights and duties are effectuated and agreement, the transfer of contractual rights and private management and links management the- Prequisites Senior standing and 361 Open only to enforced, current problems and issues related to duties, the discharge of contracts the relationship ory and practice Lecture-discussions and panic students in the School of Business and Adminis- the system in the attainment of its objectives, 36,I- between principal and agent Prerequisite 251 pative methods are employed Prerequisite tration Offered every semester Offered every semester administrative problems in the legal system Pre- Offeied as needed requisite 251 Offered as need 354 Commercial Transactions 3 cr 463 Collectiie Bargaining 3 cr 492 Executive Policy 3 cr StLidv of the provisions of the Uniform Commer- 454 The LaA of International Study of the relation of federal and state legislation Integrates concepts and skills from all functional cial Code with reference to the nature and legality Commercial Transactions 3 cr to collective bargaining analysis of substantive areas of business and administration in decision of sales of goods, the formality of sale contract, See International Business Curriculum issues and administrative aspects of collective making under conditions of uncertainty Makes agieements, specific provisions including adjust- use of case histories and other information to MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM ment of grievances conciliation mediation and allow students analysis and problem solving with In accord with the objectives of the University and of the School, the Management Curriculum aims are arbitration, collective bargaining and public pol- the organization as a whole Prerequisites Senior ic\ Prerequisite 361 Offered every second year I To acquaint students with managerial concepts and practices in both profit and non-profit organiza- standing and 361 Offered every semester tions 464 Administrative Organization 3 cr 2 To offer an opportunity for some degree of specialization to those students who are interested in a study A course presenting organizational concepts as 493 Independent Scholarly Stud^ 3 cr program in management thev relate to the operation of an enterprise Line, Student must initiate an original research project staff and functional relationships are thoroughlv in a field of business of his choice The project is 361 Principles of Management 3 er integrative framework for transfer to any organiza- developed Both formal and informal relation- then scrutinized by a Committee of three Faculty This course represents an initial introduction to tional setting Prerequisite 361 Offered every ships are considered as they are developed and members If the project is approved, the Dean will the essential principles of management centered year exist within a firm Authority, responsibility, dele- choose a faculty member as director of the project around the concept of management being a basic 363 Production Management 3 cr gation centialization and decentralization of con- The project must be completed within an aca- process which is distinct and applicable to all A follow up course to Principles of Management trol and other related organizational problems are demic semester Prequisite Student must qualify enterprises Planning, organizing, actuating, and in which all important phases of management are considered Pierequisite 361 Offered every year as a University Scholar Offered every semester controlling comprise the fundamental functions of developed Topics such as purchasing, inventory management, making up the management process 465 Introduction to Entrepreneurial control motion and time study, plant layout, pric- 3 cr These functions constitute the framework around Small Business Management 3 cr 494 Field Stud^ ing, etc are covered Other related organizational which this course is built Emphasis is given to This course deals with the overall management of Organized group study under specific programs problems are considered An intermediate course planning which is rapidlv growing in managerial the small business enterprise Coverage includes beyond the classroom Participants will be to be used as a basis for further specialized treat- importance Decision making managerial creativ- entering the small business arena organizing and required to utilize analytical and decision making ment of management areas in the advanced ity and the art of management are thoroughly financing a business, operation of the small firm,, abilities in projects in an action setting under courses Prerequisites 361 and 281, 282 Offered developed Offered every semester growth planning and problems associated with faculty supervision Prerequisite Approval of the every second year being small Prerequisite 361 Offered as needed instructor Offered every semester 362 Behasioral Science 3 cr 364 Personnel Management 3 cr This course is an introduction to the scientific A course presenting techniques of manpower man- MARKETING CURRICULUM study of behavior It incorporates concepts from agement Involves study of recruiting and screen- In accord with the objectives of the University and of the School, the Marketing Curriculum aims are the disciplines of anthropology psychology, soci- ing techniques, training programs, merit rating, I To develop an understanding and appreciation of distribution in our economy ology, economics law, and political science, as wage payment plans, safety, disciplinary program- 2 To explore the many basic activities involved in the marketing concept and in matching products to well as from the newer fields of organization the- ming, etc Current practice is presented in the markets ory game theory, and decision theory This inter- form of case material Prerequisite 361 Offered 3 To provide an aica of specialized studv for those students who wish to pursue the marketing phase of disciplinary approach to behavior provides an every semester business

74 75

371 Principles of Marketing 3 cr 473 Traffic Management 3 cr principles of national income theory are devel- 424 Business and Public Policy 3 cr Thc cinphasis thioughout this course is on prob- This course deals with the physical distribution of oped and explained in order to place into focus the A study of the regulatory techniques used by gov- lem solxing and decision-making in marketing goods Topics treated are location analysis, inven- operations of the American economy and the ernment to influence and modify business behav- The basis tor the course is a systernatic analysis of tory control the total distribution cost concept, many problems relating to it Prerequisites 221, ior This course also includes an analysis of mar- custorner behavior and the development of niar- government regulations and current legislation 222 Offered every semester ket structure, conduct and performance keting policies and programs Marketing strategy related to physical distribution There is also cov- considerations pertaining to the firm and the 322 Price and Production Economics 3 cr and designing a marketing mix are stessed to give erage of the organization and functioning of traffic industry Emphasis is given the anti-trust laws and An intensive study of the theory of demand, pro- the student an insight into these areas and the departments, shippers' relations with carriers, and special regulatory problems Prerequisites 221, duction and distribution In addition, recent reduction of risks is emphasized through the use of related issues Prerequisites 371, 221 222 Offered 222 Offered every year developments in the theory of imperfect competi- quantitative and qualitative market research tech- every year tion and oligopoly are carefully examined Prereq- 425 Current Economic Issues 3 cr niques Offered eveiy sernester 474 Purchasing Management 3 cr uisites 221, 222 Offered every semester A seminar-like discussion of the state of the nation's economy and its current problems on the 3 er Introduction to purchasing and materials manage- 323 Public Finance 3 cr 372 Marketing Problems basis of critical examination of professional jour- ment Topics covered include purchasing effi- A study of the organization and management of This course employs the case method illustrative nal articles and economic reports by official and ciency, inventory problems pricing and time government revenues and expenditures with of typical marketing problems such as merchan- private sources (such as the President's Council of issues, quality, and value analysis Students will emphasis on American practices and policies at dising advertising selection of channels of distri- Economic Advisers) The purpose of the course is prepare written case analyses as well as a term the various levels of government Benefit-cost and bution, and development of new products These to begin developing in the graduating senior the project involving value analysis Prerequisites 361 cost-effectiveness analysis with their implications problems are analyzed as they affect different mid- ability to coordinate and apply the analytical and 371 Offered every year for program and capital budgeting receive heavy dlemen in the marketing structure including man- knowledge he has acquired during his undergradu- consideration The economic consequences of ufacturers wholesalers jobbers brokers agents ate study of economics and related fields of social DIVISION OF ECONOMIC various tax structures and alternative social choice and similar functionaries Theories of marketing science and business administration Prerequi- mechanisims are studied Prerequisite 321 or 3222 are subjected to the test of practical examples so SCIENCE sites 221, 222 Offered every year that the student may develop a more realistic ECONOMIC SCIENCE CURRICULUM Offered every year 426 Monetary Theory and Policy 3 cr grasp of the principles involved and the value of 324 Comparatne Economic Systems 3 cr This course presents the chief theoretical contribu- the practitioner's judgments Current marketing 121 Elements of Economics 3 cr A comparative study of capitalism socialism tions on money The policy implications of these developments are studied Prerequisite 371 Economics 121 is an introductory course in eco- communism and other economic systems wjt^ theories, past and present, will be emphasized Oflered eveiy semester nomics intended to afford an understanding of emphasis on analysis rather than mere description Concentration will center upon policy proposals how our economic system works of the forces of the economics of various countries Prerequi- and controversy in the monetary held since Word 373 Sales Administration 3 cr which affect the level, composition, and distribu- sites 221, 222 Offered every year War 11 The theories and contributions of Hicks, An intioduction to the fundamentals of salesman- tion of the output of the economy, and of the 420 Labor Economics 3 cr Keynes Friedman and Tobin, among others, are ship and the problems confronted by the sales issues behind current economic problems The Analysis of the principles for wage and employ- reviewed The role of interest rate is reviewed manager Topics include such areas as production course content will define concepts, provide back- ment determination in contemporary American along with wage-price controversies international planning, pricing packaging qualitative and ground materials and develop economic ideas economy under non-union conditions as well as gold flows and the relationships between fiscal quantitative market analysis, and specific sales necessary to an understanding of the policy issues under collective bargaining The institutional and monetary policies Prerequisites 221, 222 management functions of selection, training, constantly before a complex dynamic economy development underlying labor supply and demand Offered every year equipping compensating supeivising and con- Not counted toward a degree in the School of Bus- is studied with chre^t emphasis on its impact on trolling salesmen Prerequisite 371 Offered every iness and Administration Offered every year 427 Theory of Economic Development 3 cr employment and production, on the general wage- spring The course is designed to acquaint students with level and on wage differentials, on the distribution 221 Principles of Economics 1 3 cr the area of economic development The subject of national income and on general social welfare The first course in economics for the student who matter of this course conveniently divides itself 441 International Business 3 cr The course also includes a comparative study of See International Business Curriculum plans to major or minor in economics The course into five major categories the nature of develop- problems in labor economics in American and seeks to acquaint the student with concepts and ment and problems of measurement theories of the logical basis to economic reasoning Emphasis other democratic countries Prerequisites 221, 471 Marketing Research 3 cr development, factors and forces affecting eco- is placed on understanding the behavior of house- 222 Offered as needed This course examines the means and methods bus- nomic growth, different approaches to a higher holds and firms under competitive and imper- iness management uses to get the necessary infor- 421 Histon of Economic Thought 3 cr standard of living, and problems of domestic and fectly competitive market conditions Offered mation tor decision making involving what to pro- Shows the development of economic thought from international stability Approach to this course every semester duce how much to produce, and how to distribute the Age of Mercantilism to 1890 Major emphasis encompasses detailed study as well as a strong is placed upon the writings of Mun, Petty, Ques- emphasis on theoretical and critical analysis Pre- goods that are produced The various types of 222 Principles of Economics 11 3 cr marketing research—consumer research motiva- nav, Smith Ricardo Malthus, Marx, Jevons, and requisites 221, 222 Offered as needed This course is primarily concerned with aggrega- the Austrian School It offers a study of the funda- tional research market analysis, sales analysis and 429 Seminar in Economics 3 cr tive economic relationships The theory of the mental concepts of the writers and the influence of sales forecasting, product research and advertising The purpose of the seminar is to provide a vehicle determination of national income is developed instutional conditions upon their philosophy research—are studied in some detail Prerequisite for the advanced student to investigate separate and attention is given to the construction of Major emphasis is placed upon value and distribu- 371 Offered every year subject areas in the field of Economic Theory The national income accounts Attention is given to tion theory as it de,,eloped Prerequisites 22?1, mention is to provide a sound basis for further monetary and fiscal policy and their implications 222 Offered every year 472 Transportation 3 cr Prerequisite 221 Offered every semester study at the graduate level Seminar procedure will A comprehensive analysis of the historical evolu- 423 Business Cycles and Forecasting 3 cr stress written and oral reports Prerequisites 321, tion operation and economic development of the 321 National Income Analysis 3 er This course is designed to study the process of 322 and permission of the instructor Offered as railroads motor carriers, water carriers and air A conceptual analysis of national income theory, economic change Analyses of Seasonal Cyclical needed Carriers of the United States The Interstate Com- its tools, its basic principles and its social and eco- and Secular movements will be undertaken Theo- 442 International Economics 3 cr mcice Act with its amendments and the public nomic signficance The course treats the retical and empirical aspects will be covered Fore- See International Business Curriculum regulation state and federal, of the various carriers macroeconomic method of economic analysis It casting techniques will also be studied Prerequi- will be emphasized Prerequisites 371, 221, 222 is concerned with explaining the development and sites 221, 222 Offered every year Offered every year nature of national income aggregates The basic

76 77 COURSE REQUIREMENTS Credits School of Education Required courses—CarloA College 32 GENERAL EDUCATION *201 Orientation to Early Childhood The following courses in the arts and sciences are Education 3 HISTORY an integral part of each program *203 Child Development 3 Prior to 1929 teacher preparation courses were The programs, in accord with the philosophy Credi is 307 Curriculum & Methods for Early Child- offered through a department of the College of and objectives of the School of Education, offer Required Courses 42 hood Education with Practicurn 4 Liberal Arts and Sciences, in that year the newly- students opportunity to qualify for English Area 12 308 Curriculum & Methods for Day English Composition 6 Care with Practicurn 3 organized School of Education granted its first I The Instructional I (Provisional) Certificate degrees in programs of secondary education The English Elective 3 310 Specialized Programming For following programs have since been approved for to teach classes in the schools of Pennsylvania for Communication Area (Speech, Young Children 3 a period of six years certification by the Department of Education of Journalism English) 3 **320 ED Reading & Language Arts 3 the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, music edu- 2 Admission to graduate programs in educa- Anv Combination of Mathematics/ 321 ED Reading & Language Arts cation in 1930, graduate education, 1936 elemen- tion Science/Foreign Language 12 Practicum 1 tary education, 1937, guidance 1952, school The last 30 credits for the degree must be earned Social Science 12 404 EC Nursery School Student administration 1952, special education, 1964, at Duquesne University The minimum number (Anthropology, Economics, Geography, Teaching & Seminar 6 reading specialist and reading supervisor, 1969 of credits for graduation is 120 History, Political Science, Sociology, and 406 EC Primary Student Teaching & school psychology 1969, early childhood educa- Psychology) Seminar 6 tion 1975, school supervision 1976 DEGREE Philosophy/Theology 6 *Prerequisites for 307, 308 and 310 Catholics-minimum of 3 Theology credits "Prerequisite for 321 SELECTION AND ADMISSION The School of Education offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education degree All COMPETENCY CORE CURRICULUM Required courses—Duquesne Urniersity 15 Candidates who express a desire to become teach- programs are approved by the Pennsylvania The Competencv Core Curriculum consists of 27 ers are admitted to the School of Education Department of Education for the Instructional I 273 Art, Music, and Physical Education credits beginning with Introduction to Education for Classroom Teachers 3 through the University Office of Admissions (Provisional) Certificate in the freshman year, Developmental Foundations (apply to Director of Admissions Duquesne Uni- 274 Art, Music, and Physical Education 1 11 in the sophomore year and concluding with for Classroom Teachers 3 versity Pittsburgh Pa 15282) The curriculum for CURRICULUM Curriculum and Instruction 1, 11 in the junior year the first two y cars is devoted to the broad learnings The Competency Core Curriculum focuses on the 331 Teaching Elementary Social Studies 3 in general and basic professional education and General Education The School of Education philosophical psychological and pedagogical foun- 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 beginning course woik in a major discipline or requires completion of the established general edu- dations needed by entry-level teachers, extensive 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 area of concentration cation which includes courses in the humanities, involvement in field experiences beginning with ELEMENTARY EDUCATION The School of Education includes and main- social sciences, natural and behavioral sciences, the freshman year, and an on-going process of tains in its enrollment only those students who and, for Catholic students, theology The following 39 credits (semester hours) in Pro- individual advisement and counseling regarding fessional Preparation and 12 in electives com- give definite indications of teacher potential Stu- teaching and career decisions dents are therefore expected to demonstrate Professional Education The basic professional bined with the 42 credits specified in General Edu- education program introduces the student to the The Competencv Core Curriculum is predicated cation and 27 in the Competency Core developing personal and professional characteris- on four domains 1) Becoming a person, 2) tics attitudes, and competencies which will rec- teaching profession through thorough study of the Curriculum comprise this curriculum principles and practices of education and the Becoming a student of education, 3) Becoming an Credits ommend them as worthy candidates for the teach- educational theorist and 4) Becoming a practi- learning process Specialized courses provide prep- Professional Preparation ing profession Evaluation and approval by the tioner The Competency Core Curriculum as the facultN is based on the student's development of aration in teaching techniques and methods (All Courses Required) 39 required for specific fields of concentration—ele- title implies, is a competency based program that is developmentally designed to prepare education 273, 274 Art, Music, and Physical I A well-balanced personality as evidenced mentary, secondary, special (mentally and/or Education for the Classroom Teacher 6 through personal appearance, health and vitality, physically handicapped), or early childhood students to be entry-level teachers in elementary secondary and special education 325 Teaching Reading in the emotional maturitv, verbal fluency, self-confi- education 3 Courses (Required in all programs)* 27 Primary School dence, cooperation, judgement and tact, adaptabil- 326 Teaching Reading in Intermediate and The School 101 Introduction to Education 3 ity and resourcefulness cultural appreciation, and Professional Laboratory Experiences Middle Schools 3 social relationships has developed broad and diversified professional 215 216 Developmental Foundations of laboratory experiences designed to provide oppor- Education 1 4 330 Teaching Elementary Language 2 Professional attitudes and competencies as tunities for observing and working with children 217 218 Developmental Foundations of Arts and Reading 3 evidenced through interest in teaching, prepara- and youth, these include Education 11 4 331 Teaching Elementary Social tion in subject matter and in teaching methods *315, 316 Curriculum and Instruction 1 8 Studies 3 and techniques participation in laboratory experi- I Programs in neighborhood and community 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 centers, hospitals, recreational and youth organi- *317 318 Curriculum and Instruction Il 8 ences, including observation and student teaching, 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 zations, and summer camps and the demonstration of necessary abilities and *In Early Childhood Education 315, 316 and 484 Children's Literature 3 skills 2 Planned observations in public and private 317, 318 are not required *491 Student Teaching 12 schools, agencies, institutions and educational PROGRAMS settings EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION *No student may register for additional course This is a cooperative program, approved by the 3 Teacher aide and tutorial experiences work during the student teaching semester without The School of Education has program approval Pennsylvania Department of Education, with Car- permission from the Pennsylvania Department of Education 4 Student teaching in an approved setting for an low College Some of the professional courses are Electives 12 for the preparation of Elernentarv, Secondary and entire semester offered only on the Carlow campus Special (teaching the mentallv and/or physically All of these experiences are completed under These 47 credits (semester hours) in addition to MUSIC EDUCATION handicapped) Education teachers Also in consor- professional supervision from the University and 42 specified under Gerneral Education, I I credits General and professional course work and profes- tium with Carlow College students can become from the public or private school or off-campus in the Competency Core Curriculum, and 20 cred- sional education courses required for this program certified in Early Childhood Education agency its in electives, are required for the degree are outlined in the School of Music section

78 79

SECONDARY EDUCATION SPECIAL EDUCATION (MENTALLY AND/ the 120 semester hours for a degree After com- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS In addition to the 42 credits (semester hours) in OR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED) pleting all other requirements, students may regis- EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS AND General Education and 27 in the Competency This program is designed to prepare students for ter, with appropriate advisement, for a nine- and a PSYCHOLOGY Core Curriculum a student must complete the fol- teaching mentally and/or physically handicapped six-credit student-teaching course Student teach- lowing 51 credits 18 in Professional Preparation, pupils, including brain injured, emotionally and ing in both areas is offered during the student's 101 Introduction to Education 3 cr three in Electives and a minimum of 30 in an arts socially disturbed, learning disabled hnal semestei An overview of professional education programs or sciences Area to satisfy requirements for the These 48 credits (semester hours) in Profes- CLASS ATTENDANCE and careers, introduces students to the compe- degree and certification sional Preparation and three in Electives in addi- tency based format of indergraduate currif ulums Ciedits tion to the 42 credits in General Education and the The School of Education faculty has determined and gives them opportunities to meet faculty and Professional Preparation 27 in the Competency Core Curriculum are that the following policy will be in effect for the staff in informal information-giving and counsel- (All Courses Required) 18 required for the degree School of Education and will be adhered to bv all ing relationships 497 Reading in the Secondary School 3 professors who teach undergraduate courses It is Ci edits 201 Child Development 3 cr Specific Methods Course presumed that each student in a professional 3 Professional Preparation Behavior and personality characteristics of chil- course will normally attend every session The 215 Teaching Grammar and (All Courses Required) 48 dren from birth to adolescence as they relate to maximum number of cuts permitted is equated in Composition OR 209 Foundations of Special Education 3 school and home situations 316 Teaching Secondary Mathematics credit hours, not in periods the class meets, in 273, 274 Art, Music, and Physical and Science OR other words a student may miss three hours of 202 Educational Ps^chology 3 cr Education for the Classroom Teacher 6 318 Teaching Secondary Foreign class time in a ihree-credit course Examines affective and cognitive development, 276 Methods in Special Education 1 3 Languages OR planning and teaching techniques, measurement 325 Teaching Reading in the 319 Teaching Secondary Social Studies STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS and evaluation, and related theories in an experi- Primary School 3 *491 Student Teaching 12 The School of Education includes in its program ential learning environment 330 Teaching Elementary Language opportunities for participation in student organi- *No student may register for additional course 203, 204, 205, 206, 207 Arts and Reading 3 zations related to professional education prepara- work during the student teaching semester without Field Experience I cr each 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 tion Students are encouraged to take an active permission Classroom and other school experience as an aide 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 part in these professional organizations, for such or observer Enrollment with consent of the Direc- Electives 3 386 Teaching the Mildlv Handicapped 3 interest is interpreted as reflecting social and edu- Arts or Sciences Area (Minimum for tor of Student Teaching or a School of Education 387 Teaching the Severely cational development The organizations are faculty advisor, one credit each semester for a certification) 30 Handicapped 3 Duquesne University Chapter of the Council foi maximum of five semesters (t)tiluanon lieu (outse Suppo'ling Course^ 388 Vocational Education for the E\ceptional Childien, state and national student Comelittation 215, 216 Developmental Foundations Handicapped 3 organizations in Special Education Btolog^ Biolog, Mathematics of Education 1 4 cr 477 Methods in Special Education chcmist^ and 11 3 Kappa Delta Epsilon national education sorority See description for 217, 218 ph^sics *491 Student Teach i ng-Special Kappa Phi Kappa national education fraternity Education 12 217, 218 Developmental Foundations ClicinistrN C hernistr^ MathLroatICS and of Education 11 4 cr ph^sics Electives 3 HONOR AWARDS Developmental Foundations I and 11 examine and Communication *No student may register for additional course These awards, presented at the annual Honors provide for demonstration of various generic com- English Emphasis English Journalism Speech work during the student teaching semester without Days Convocation are open to undergraduates in petencies in the areas of physical, cognitive, affec- Journalism permission the School of Education tive and social development of the individual Eniphasi, Journalism Speech English Faculti livaid foi Genetal Ek(ellence in Early from birth until late adolescence The components SpeLch Emphasis Speech English journalism TEACHER CERTIFICATION Childhood Education examine the effects that values, classroom interac- General Scienci. Minimum of eight Through completion of degree and certification tions, approaches to various teaching and learning bacultv An,cod foi Geneial Evcellen(e in Elenien- credits in biolog, program requirements, a student will be eligible styles, recognition of individual differences, and tail. Education chernism and for the appropriate Pennsylvania Instructional I various curriculum designs including I E P's and ph^sics and adch (Provisional) Certificate This certificate is valid faculti, hicud lot Genetal E.)Lccllence in Secon- multi-cultural approaches, have on the physical, tionil cours(s to for six years of teaching During that time, to con- dai i Education cognitive, affective and social development of all total a minimum of vert the certificate to the Instructional 11 (Perma- Fcuulli livaid foi Gcneial Excellence in Special students and the teacher These components pro- 18 semester hours nent) form, the holder must complete 24 semester Fducation vide for the demonstration of competencv in the in one held of hours of post baccalaureate study and three years Kappa Delta Epsilon National Pi ofessional Educa- understanding, the analysis and the managing of science of successful teaching in public or private schools tion Soiotity 4waid for outstanding member of these effects Concurrent with these components is I atni Latin Greek histor^ in Pennsylvania All programs are approved by the Alpha Kappa Chapter a field placement that requires case studies, directed observations, data collection and teacher MathematiLs Mathematics ComputLr SCILnce Pennsylvania Department of Education Certifica- Kappa Delta Epsilon National Ptofessional Educa- aide experience general anal^tical tion in Pennsylvania enables a student to meet tion Smoiav Pie^ident's 4iicad phNsics certification requirements in various other states Kappa Phi Kappa National Ptofessional Education 301 Foundations of Education 3 cr M1odLrn I anguages FrLnch Germin Philosoph) Application for the certificate must be made dur- 1-tateiniti, uaid for outstanding member of Beta Introduction to the study of the philosophical, or Spanish linguistics ing the semester in which the student expe Phi Chapter social, and historical foundations of education and PhNsits graduated Ph^sjcs Chemrstr^ math the relationships between the school and other Laitience A Roche Aleinoiial Awaid to a junior ematics computer institutions of society student for general excellence in the School of science tnolog^ DUAL CERTIFICATION Education 315, 316 Curriculum and Instruction 1 8 cr 1,oc,al Studies Economics geog Philosophv Through advisement, a student may complete See description for 317, 318 raphN histoi, pol requirements in two certification areas, such as Philip C Aliehaus Memotial Awaid for outstand- Iticit science ps, elementary/early childhood, elementary/secon- ing achievement in the School of Education 317, 318 Curriculum and Instruction 11 8 cr cholog^ sociolog^ clary, elementary/special education Such pro- Councilfot Exceptional Childien 4wa)d for out- Curriculum and Instruction I and 11 focus on the anthropologN grams require some additional coursework beyond standing work in the organization presentation, analysis and demonstration of those

80 81 generic competencies that chrectiv apply to tile 499 School La" and the Pupil 2 cr selling Prerequisitie EC 201 and 203 (Fall semes- 326 Teaching Reading in Intermediate design and implementation of effective teaching- School law as it affects the child—census admis- ter oniv) and Middle Schools 3 cr learning practices in the classroom The compo- sion practices vaccination, compulsory attend- ance the neglected, dependent and delinquent Focuses on the transitional period in a develop- nents specifical1v address such topics and tech- 320 Reading and Language Arts 3 cr child, work periods graduation requirements spe- mental reading program in which reading becomes niques as educational taxonomies, instiuctional The nature of reading, the pertinent research in cial school services and other regulations pertain- a tool to be used in each content area In addition objectives planning the lesson classroom man- the field the selection of materials, methodologies ing to the health and welfare of the child to continuing reading skills in the developmental agement leatning centeis materials utilization, and teaching strategies are emphasized (Fall reading program, specialized reading and study evaluation ot learning and grading These compo- semester only) skills, necessary for students to function in social nents also include a concurrent field placement Early Childhood Education studies, science, language arts, mathematics, and that continues the directed observations and data 201 Orientation to Earl^ Childhood 321 Reading and Language other content areas, will be presented Techniques collection initiated in tile Developmental Founda- Education 3 cr Arts Practicum I cr of determining readability of materials, individu- tions components and introduces the student to Examination of the history of child development Diagnosis of needs, planning and teaching of age alizing instruction, evaluating and reporting pupil tile evaluation of the teaching-learning situations and practices of earlv education, culminating in an and need appropriate lessons to small groups of progress are also studied obscrvcd and to the self-evaluation process of his/ overview of theoretical issues influencing practice children in a supervised situation Prerequisite ED her own development in the four domains of the in the field today Development of the student's 320 (Spring semester only) 330 Teaching Elementar^ Language observational skills, completion of on-site obser- Competency Core Cuiiiculum The field place- Arts and Reading 3 cr ment for these final components includes teaching vations in early educational settings, defining the 404 Nurser) School Student Presents psychological principles and historical e\periencc in an actual classroom role of the Eariy Childhood Educator, and devel- Teaching and Seminar 6 cr perspective in the language arts, the foundation on oping a personal philosophy (Fall semester onlv) which a good language arts, program should be 340 Self-De^elopment for the 406 Primar) Student Teaching built Four skills—listening, speaking, reading, 203 Child Development 3 cr 3 cr and Seminar writing—as acquired by the child, combined with Classroom In-depth examination of the development of the 6 cr Focuses on a philosophical-psvehological knowledge of the evaluative process, teaching child from birth-eight years in physical, intellec- The student teaching experience involves the pro- methods, and materials, provide a realistic appioach to self-clevelopment using classroom tual social and emotional areas of growth Meth- spective teacher in a Nursery School setting and in approach to teaching language arts and reading activities to promote personal awareness in the ods of recording and assessing growth of young a primary classroom for eight weeks each, she experience teacher and student children will be examined and utilized and a term assumes teaching responsibilities, applies theory/ project based on readings and observations will be practice and develops her own teaching style 331 Teaching Elementary Social cr 351 Adolescent Deielopment 3 under the direct supervision of the cooperating required (Spring semester only) Studies 3 cr E\arnmes the developmental proccsses psycho- teacher and college supervisor Verification of stu- Provides a combination of theoretical and practi- Curriculum and Methods for Early logical phvsical and social which affect student 307 dent competency will be determined jointly by cal models which furnish multi-level approaches Childhood Education v%ith Practicurn 4 cr and student-leacher behavior and relationships in both the cooperating teacher and the college super' to problem-solving, materials, activities, and Study of curriculum methodology and implemen- the classroom visor Student teachers return to campus one after- resources inherent in a good social studies tation in nursery, kindergarten and primary set- noon a week for seminar with the college instruc- program 410 Interpersonal Management Techniques tings Students will design environments and enact tor This seminar provides classroom discussion for Educational and Organizational activities for language development and reading, of various student teaching experiences as well as 332 Teaching Elementary Mathematics 3 cr Leaders 3 cr art music, plav, social studies, science and math analvsis of the goals, program designs and curric- Theories, techniques, practices, and content per- years A weekly practicum in an taining to mathematics are Presented Emphasis is Focuses on four major concerns for maximizing for children 3-8 ula of the various early childhood programs in earlv education classroom is an integral part of on exploratory and systematic instructional styles, learning and minimizing conflict they are the which students teaching is completed Pertinent EC 201 and 203 (Fall games as an instructional strategy teachei's personal awareness of feelings and erno- this course Prerequisite topics related to ongoing professional develop- semester only) ment will be included No other credits may be tions interpersonal societal and educational val- 333 Teaching Elementary Science 3 cr taken while the student is involved in 404 and 406 LICS uncleistanding of group clvnamics and knowl- 308 Curriculum and Methods for Study of theories, techniques, practices, and con- without special permission of the Director of Early edge of managing classroom situations Dav Care With Practicurn 3 cr tent of the science area Accent is on discovery and Childhood Education Examination of social needs, program designs and inquiry instructional styles, organizing for 480 Independent StudN 1-2 cr learning curriculum implementation of day care services ELEMENTARY EDUCATION With permission of an instructor and approval of for children birth-8 years Topics covered include 273, 484 Children's Literature 3 cr the Dean seniors may pursue in-depth studv of a research on working families, program design, 274 Art, Music, and Physical Education A general survey of books and other printed Subject area or engage in individual projects environmental design and assessment, compre- for the Classroom Teacher 3 cr each materials for children, criteria for the evaluation related to their professional goals hensive curriculum planning, staffing strategies, An introduction to the basic principles and con- and analysis of children's books, types of books parent communication, and research on impact of cepts of teaching visual arts, physical education, available, considered in terms of interest, needs, 481 Learning Resources 3 cr day care on young children and their families health, and music to children of elementary school and abilities of children Identification location utilization, and creation of Weekly practicurn required in a child care class- age, including exceptional children Icaining mateiials adaptation of print and non- room Prerequisite EC 201 and 203 (Spring 490, 491 Student Teaching- Elementar) print materials to meet curricular needs develop- semester onlv) 325 Teaching Reading in the 9-12 cr ing materials for individualized classroom instruc- Primary School 3 cr Student teaching in an approved elementary Specialized Programming for tion 310 Major emphasis is on the pre-school, readiness, school under the direct supervision of a cooperat- Young Children 3 er and primary grades Content deals with language, ing teacher Prerequisites Senior status, good aca- 3 cr Examination of history and current status of pro- 485 Problems in Teaching Reading experiential, cognitive and perceptual develop- demic standing, completion of required profes- grams which provide compensatory, remedial, Reading difficulties in elementary and secondary ment in young children and their relationship to sional courses, and recommendation of faculty therapeutic or early interventive experience to school levels discussion of classroom and clinical the beginning reading program In addition, con- young children Curriculum design and implemen- 493 Student Teach ing—Ellementar^ 6 cr procedures in solving reading problems, diagnos- sideration will be given to the basic reading skills tation will be examined along with specific respon- Student teaching in elementary education for stu- tic and corrective techniques and materials for the which comprise the first three years of a develop- sibilities of the early educator for mainstrearning dents in the secondary or special education pro- classioom teacher reading impiovement pro- mental reading program, techniques of individual- teaming and working in liaison with other profes- grams who wish to complete requirements in two giams special una on reading pioblems of the izing instruction, evaluating and reporting pupil certification areas Registration is concurrent with mentalk, ictarded sionals Weekly practicurn required in specialized progress Ed 490-Secondary or Ed 490-Special Education

82 83

SECONDARY EDUCATION 209 Foundations of Special 477 Methods in Special 493 Student Teaching Education 3 cr Education 11 3 215 Teaching Grammar and cr Special Education 6 cr A survev of the educational, physical, psvehologi- Composition 3 cr Development and implementation of an individu- Student teaching in special education for students cal and social characteristics of exceptional per- Examines vaiious ways to teach grammar, lan- alized student teaching readiness plan that empha- in the elementary or secondary education program sons, an overview of special education methods guage and composition provides opportunity f6i sizes the management of problem behaviors and who wish to complete requirements in two certifi- and programs, introduction of judicial and legal students to ieview the basics of grammai and development of instructional environments, cation areas Registration is concurrent with Ed aspects includes supervised composition and to develop lessons for teaching field experience independent 490-Elementary or Ed 490-Secondary Education those giammar areas at the elementary, secondary 211, 212, 213, 214 Field studv and individual learning conferences Pre- requisites levels and in special education Experience 2 cr each 209 276 386 Classroom and other experiences in educational, 216 Teaching Literature 490, 491 Student reaching— social welfare and vocational settings as an Special Education Prose, Poetry, and Drama I cr 9-12 cr observer and participant Enrollment with consent Focuses on planning and teaching techniques to A full semester Of Supervised classroom experience of Director of Students Teaching and School of prepare and present literature utilizing a genre ' a in a caiefuliv selected school for mentally and/or Education facultv advisor Students may choose chronological or thematic approach, the four ses- physicallv handicapped pupils Prerequisites 211 (Elementary) or 212 (Secondary) which sions involve an approach to literature experience, scruot status, good academic standing completion involve the mildly handicapped, 213 which is with teaching prose teaching poetry and teaching of required piofessional courses and recommen- the severely handicapped, or 214 which is with dation of facultv drama pre-vocational/vocational pupils 316 Teaching Secondary Mathematics 272, 273 Art, Music, and Physical Education and Science 3 cr for the Classroom Teacher 3 cr each Designed to acquaint the student with methods An introduction to the basic principles and con- and materials for teaching specific models cepts of teaching visual arts physical education, research and field-based activities are expected health, and music to children of elementary school 318 Teaching Secondary Foreign age, including exceptional children Languages 3 cr 276 Methods of Special Explores a varietv of approaches for teaching for- Education 3 cr eign languages grammar, structure verbal exer- An introduction to management techniques uti- cises and literature germane to the specific lan- lized in programs for exceptional persons infor- guage to be taught will be discussed mation covering educational assessment proce- 319 Teaching Secondar^ Social dures, design and implementation of individual Studies 3 cr educational programs and methods for individual- This is a competencv-based experience for social izing instruction, examination of judicial and legal studies/history majors that develops evaluation aspects Prerequisite 209 or equivalent skills, knowledge of curriculums media and tech- 386 Teaching the Mildl^ nological experiences and methods expands plan- Handicapped 3 cr ning and questioning skills Evaluation, integration, and implementation of 490, 491 Students Teaching— theoretically based methodologies, curricula, Secondary 9-12 cr instructional techniques, and evaluation proce- Student teaching in an approved public secondary dures for students who have been labeled brain school under the direct supervision of a cooperat- injured, learning disabled, mentally retarded, ing teacher Prerequisites Senior status, good aca- physically handicapped, socially and emotionally dernic standing completion of required profes- disturbed Prerequisites 209, 276 sional courses and recommendation of faculty 387 Teaching the Se-verely 493 Student Teaching Handicapped 3 cr Secondar) 6 cr Evaluation and integration of the various theories Student teaching in secondary education for stu- methodologies, curricula, instructional techniques, dents in the elemtntary or special education pro- and evaluation procedures for severely handi- gram who wish to complete requirements in two capped persons labeled brain injured, learning dis- certification areas Registration is concurrent with abled, mentally retarded, physically handicapped, Ed 490-Elementary or Ed 490-Special Education socially and emotionally disturbed Prerequisites 209, 276, or permission of instructor 497 Reading in Secondar^ Schools 3 cr A survev course in the teaching of reading, appro- 388 Vocational Education for the priate for secondary education majors Major Handicapped 3 cr emphasis is on methods of teaching reading, the Overview of pre-vocational, career, and occupa- materials for evaluating pupil growth in reading tional education programs to be used for excep- and reading in the content subjects tional persons Students will be given information SPECIAL EDUCA ]FION and experiences enabling them to design and These courses are designed to prepare students for implement instructional programs appropriate to teaching mentally and/or physically handicapped the vocational needs of mentally and physically pupils including brain injured, emotionally and handicapped pupils Prerequisites 209, 276, or sociallv disturbed learning disabled permission of instructor 85 84 Music degree may be earned with a major in memory of George Barrere, founder of the first piano, organ, voice, orchestral instruments, jazz flute club in the United States This $300 scholar- School of Music and in sacred music with a major in organ or ship is awarded to a freshman or sophomore flute voice The programs are intended for students major interested primarily in performance careers in Polish Arts League Scholarship is made annually HISTORY concert, television, radio, symphony orchestra, by the Polish Arts League of Pittsburgh to an out- Duquesne University recognizing that it was most The objectives of the School of Music are to opera or teaching in colleges and private studios, standing performer in the School of Music Prefer- and for those interested in pursuing careers as fortunately situated to offer outstanding opportu- educate teachers and performers of music who ence will be given to a student of Polish ancestry nities for professional preparation in music, in should possess a sensitive and intelligent musi- church musicians Other students will not be excluded from consider- Two other degrees are offered one in music edu- 1926 established a School of Music with a four- cianship, and who will be equipped, by reason of ation their general and professional education, to accept cation and the other in music therapy, the former vear course of stud^ leading to the Bachelor of Louis Rocereto Memorial Scholarship is given to is designed to meet certification requirements for Music degree positions in fields of performance, education, ther- an outstanding junior studying a woodwind teaching in elementary and secondary schools The music education program was approved by apy and church music instrument while the latter leads to certification as a registered the Pennsvlvania Department of Education in ADMISSION music therapist In order to receive the Music James Hunter Memorial Scholarship is given to a 1930 In 1959 the School became an associate senior with the highest academic and performance member of the National Association of Schools of Students who are interested in applying for admis- Therapy Degree or its equivalency for certification sion to the School of Music should request an (by NAMT), all Music Therapy students are record Music and in 1966 was elected to full membership application from the Office of Admissions required to take a prescribed number and Andre Marchal Award is presented to the organ On April 29, 1967 a new air-conditioned music Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania sequence of courses in Music Therapy, and give student with the highest standing in performance building was dedicated Van Cliburn was awarded 15282 After applications have been processed, evidence of competency in the field, as determined an honorary Doctor of Music degree on this occa- Jean Langlais Award is presented to the organ candidates will receive a notice requesting that by the Music Therapy Department This includes sion student with the highest standing in Sacred Music they contact the Office of the School of Music to a six month internship Numerous talent scholarship awards of varying arrange an appointment for an audition and a the- PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES amounts are available for instrumental and vocal ory entrance examination Specific instructions EQUIPMENT study to students who qualify musically and aca- The administration and faculty of the School of concerning the audition will then be mailed to the The School of Music has pianos including demically All students are considered for such Music believe that the development of the artistic applicant A tape recording will be accepted for 73 56 Steinways All practice rooms have Steinway awards at the time of their audition, and recipients personality is entirely compatible with the objec- those living more than 150 miles from the Univer- uprights There are two Moeller and one Fischer will receive renewals based on semester evalua- tives of scholars in all fields It is felt that the best sity However, in the event the recording is not practice organs, an electronic organ, a three man- tions These awardees are expected to maintain place to educate music students to take their place satisfactory, a personal audition may be required ual Moeller organ and one Furher tracker pipe high academic standing, exceptional musical per- in societv is in a situation where thev have an All applicants will be notified of the status of their organ In addition there are two pipe organs formance and leadership qualities in addition to opportunity to share their academic courses in candidacy as soon as possible by Music School service classes with students from other schools of the Students planning to major in Music are urged Kilgen and Tellers and one Rodgers electronic the- University to begin study of piano and theory prior to atre organ on campus for recitals and practice Women's Advisoi ' v Baoard Scholarships Competi- More than 300 orchestral and band instruments tive scholarships provided to winners of an annual The great advantage of a solid musical prepara- entrance competition tion and the opportunity to participate in nation- Students planning to major in Sacred Music or are available for instrument classes Listening and ally recognized organizations and in performances organ will receive a Sacred Music Handbook recording equipment are of professional quality Robert F Minardi Memorial Scholarship of professional caliber are available to all students which outlines specific admission and graduation Awarded to a deserving student who demonstrates The faculty of musical scholars and artists with requirements for the Sacred Music Degree Pro- STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS financial need in addition to superior musical abil- ity whom Duquesne students work believes that fine grams and Organ Study Chapters of the national music organizations Phi talents are best encouraged and developed in an Tucci Award Competitive award provided annu- ADVISEMENT Mu Alpha Sinfonia and Mu Phi Epsilon contribute atmosphere that is friendly while at the same time substantially to the students' professional and ally to outstanding piano or violin student At initial enrollment, every student is assigned a committed to the development of excellence social development The Music Educators faculty advisor who provides assistance with aca- The faculty, selected with care, includes the National Conference has an active student chapter demic matters, especially during pre-registration TEACHER CERTIFICATION names of concert and opera soloists, members of which sponsors professional programs and attends periods Guidance in professional objectives will the Casals Festival Orchestra, the Pittsburgh Sym- and participates in the state, regional, and national 'The undergraduate music education program has also be provided by faculty committees estab- phony, nationally known composers, authors, activities of the association There are active stu- been approved by the Pennsylvania Department lished for that purpose arrangers, conductors, clinicians, and music edu- dent chapters of the American Guild of Organists of Education for the issuance of the Instructional I cators The Pittsburgh Symphony, Pittsburgh SPECIAL FEES and the National Association for Music Therapy (Provisional) Certificate Application for the certif- Opera, chamber music and concert series, WDUQ Student Council is the organization which is icate must be made in the semester in which the Student Teaching $ 25 (the Duquesne University radio station) and the designed to represent the total student body of the student plans to graduate Instruction in voice or instrument as high level of interest on the part of other radio and School of Music In addition, it provides an excel- a minor, each semester 100 television stations in the arts serve as unusual lent vehicle of communication among students, Instruction in voice or instrument as RECITAL ATTENDANCE stimuli to the eager music student faculty, and administration a major, each semester 200 The Symphony Band, in its many performances Piano Class Fee, each semester 35 All students are encouraged to attend a minimum on and off campus, presents a wide variety of stan- Instrumental rental each semester Variable HONOR AWARDS of 30 recitals and concerts sponsored by the dard and contemporary repertoire 35 School of Music per year Instrument for class use The Dean's Award is presented to a senior music The Symphony Orchestra offers fine opportuni- Organ practice (major or minor) student for general excellence ties for students interested in orchestral literature each semester 30 OTHER ATTENDANCE The Seibert Medal is presented to a senior for Association with teachers who are members of the Music School fee 25 REQUIREMENTS Pittsburgh Symphony is an exceptional advantage excellence in violin or piano upon recommenda- tion of departmental committee The school also maintains various vocal and DEGREES All students are required in addition to attend pro- instrumental ensembles that are receiving national The School offers programs leading to two under- George Barreie Memorial Scholarship The Pitts- fessional events other than concerts pertinent to recognition for the excellence of their perform- graduate degrees Bachelor of Music and Bachelor burgh Flute Club offers a scholarship in flute in their specific areas of study ances of Science in Music Education The Bachelor of 86 87

THEOLOGY REQUIREMENT PROGRAMS Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Eng 101,102 English Composition 3 3 One threc-ciecht couise in theologv is required of Students' interests are served and their abilities Lvcr\ Ronian Catholic student furthered through their selection from among nine Sophomore Year different programs, four in applied music one in Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 music education, one in music therapy, two in Mus 203,124 Applied Music Major 3 3 sacred music and one in jazz Mus 211,212 Applied Music Minor I I CONSERVATORY Mus 231,232 Theory 2 2 MAJOR IN PIANO Mus 233,234 Musicianship 2 2 I I Freshman Year Ciedils Mus 143,143 Ensemble 3 3 coluses Fall Spiing Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 105 105 Scminai 0 0 Elective Academic Elective Music 2 2 Mus 103,104 Applied Major 3 3 Mus 251,252 History and Liteiature of Music MUS 111 112 Applied Music Minor I I Junior Year MUS 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 133 134 Musicianship 1 11 2 2 Mus 303,304 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 351,352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 335,336 Counterpoint/Analysis 2 2 Sophomore Year Mus 340 Orchestration 2 2 2 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 379,380 Conducting 2 Mus 202 204 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 478 Choral Methods 3 Mus 211,212 Applied Music Minor I I Elective Academic Elective (3) Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 Physics Acoustics 2 2 Mus 233 234 Musicianship III IV 2 2 Mus 185,186 Voice Class (Minor) Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Senior Year Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music o) 2 2 Mus 403,404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 243 244 Piano Accompariving (2) (2) Elective Academic or Theology Elective 3 Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Elective Academic Elective 3 Junior Year Mus 431 432 Improvisation 2 2 2 2 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 451,452 Organ Literature 1 2 Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus Music Elective 2 Mus 351 352 History and Liteiature of Music 2 2 Mus 476 Organ Maintenance and Design I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 143,143 Ensemble 2 Mus 335,336 Counterpoint/Analysis 2 2 Mus 400 Recital Mus 141,141 Chamber Music oi 2 2 MAJOR IN VOICE MUS 343 344 Piano Accompanying (2) (2) Freshman Year Ci edits Electixc Academic Elective 3 (3) Cour^es Fall Spiing Phvsics Acoustics 3 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Elcctive Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 103,104 Applied Music Voice 1, 11 3 3 Senior Year Mus 115,116 Conservatory Piano Class I I Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 131,132 Theory 1, 11 2 2 MUS 403404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 133,134 Musicianship 1, 11 2 2 Elective I I Academic or Theology Elective 3 (3) Mus 143,144 Ensemble ElectiNe Academic Elective (3) 3 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 1, 11 2 2 Mus 313 314 Piano Pedagogy 2 2 Mus 101,102 English Composition 1, 11 3 3 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Mus 193,194 Italian for Musicians 1, 11 3 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Sophomore Year Mus 340 Orchestration (2) 2 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 379 380 Conducting 2 2 Mus 203,204 Applied Music Voice 111, IV 3 3 Mus Music Elective 2 2 Mus 215,216 Conservatory Piano Class I I Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 Mus 231,232 Theory 111, IV 2 2 MAJOR IN ORGAN Mus 233,234 Musicianship 111, IV 2 2 3 3 Freshman Year Ciedits Elective Academic Elective Coiuse^s French for Musicians 1, 11 3 2 Fa 11 Spiing Mus 101,102 Mus I I 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 143,143 Ensemble Mus I I 103 104 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 251,252 History and Literature of Music MUS 111 112 Applied Music Minor Junior Year MUS 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 MUS 133 134 Musicianship 2 Mus 303 304 Applied Music Voice V, VI 3 3 Mus 143 143 Ensemble Mus 311,312 Applied Music Piano V, VI I I 88 89

Mus 351,352 History and Literature of Music 3 3 MAJOR IN JAZZ PERFORMANCE Mus 101 102 German for Musicians 1, 11 3 2 Freshman Year Credits 1 Mus 335 336 Counterpoint/Analysis 2 L Coiww^ Fall Spning Mus 349 349 Vocal Repertoire I I Mus 103 104 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 133 134 Musicianship 2 2 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Senior Year Mus 118,119 Applied Music Minor (Piano Class) I I Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Eng 101 102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 403404 Applied Music Voice VII Vill 3 3 Mus 151,152 Evolution of Jazz Styles 2 2 Communi- Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I cations 280380 Acting 1 11 (Academic Elective) 3 3 Mus 147,148 Jazz Chamber Music 2 2 Phvsics Acoustics 3 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus Music Elective 2 Elective Academic Elective or Theology 3 Sophomore Year Mus 349,349 Vocal Repertoire I I Mus 203,204 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 379 380 Conducting 1, 11 2 2 Mus 231,232 Theory 2 2 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 233,234 Musicianship 2 2 Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 Mus 218,219 Applied Music Minor (Jazz Class) I I Mus 226 227 Jazz Improvisation 2 2 MA,JOR IN ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENT/CLASSICAL GUITAR Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Freshman Year Ciedits Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music I and 11 2 2 Coinses Fall Spring Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 105,105 Seminar ^ 0 0 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 103,104 Applied Music 3 3 Mus 115,116 Piano Class I I Junior Year Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Mus 303 304 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 133 134 Musicianship 1, 11 2 2 Mus 333 Ear Training for Jazz Musicians 2 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 336 18th C Counterpoint 2 2 2 Mus 121 122 Eurhvthmics Mus 430,440 Jazz Arranging I and 11 2 2 3 3 Eng 101 102 English Composition Mus 426,427 Jazz Improvisation 2 2 2 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music III and IV 2 2 Sophomore Year Elective Academic Elective 3 Elective Academic Elective 3 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 203204 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 379 380 Conducting 2 2 Mus 215 216 Piano Class I I Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 2 2 Mus 233,234 Musicianship III, IV Senior Year I I Mus 143,143 Ensemble Mus 403,404 Applied Music Major 3 3 3 3 Elective Academic Elective Mus 453453 Jazz Composition 2 2 2 2 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music Mus 327 Jazz Pedagogy 2 2 2 Mus 251,252 History and Literature of Music Mus 400 Recital 2 Junior Year Mus 141 Jazz Chamber Music 2 2 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus Elective Academic Elective 3 Mus 303,304 Applied Music Major 3 3 Physics Acoustics 3 Mus 335,336 Counterpoint/Analysis 2 2 Academic Elective 3 Mus 351 352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Elective Academic Elective 3 Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Elective Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Elective Academic Elective 3 SACRED MUSIC-MAJOR IN ORGAN Phvsics Acoustics 3 Freshman Year Credits Elective Academic Elective 3 3 (0111sc) Fall Spring Senior Year Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 103,104 Applied Music Major (organ) 3 3 Mus 403,404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 111,112 Applied Music Minor (piano) I I Mus 438,439 Composition 2 2 Mus 407,407 Service Playing 1, 11 1 1 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 408,408 Church Music Practicum I I Art 101 Academic Elective (3) 3 Mus 131,132 Theory 1, 11 2 2 Elective Academic or Theology Elective 3 (3) Mus 133,134 Musicianship 1, 11 2 2 Mus 379,380 Conducting 2 2 Mus 121 122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus 340 Orchestration 2 (2) Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 141 141 Chamber Music 2 2 Eng 101,102 English Composition 1, 11 3 3 Mus 400 Recital (2) 2 Mus Chapel Choir 0 0 90 91

Sophomore Year Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Lang 193,194 Italian for Singers 3 2 Mus 203,204 Applied Music Major (organ) 3 3 Mus 251,252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Mus 211,212 Applied Music Minor (piano) I I Junior Year Mus 407407 Service Playing 111, IV I I Mus 105,105 Seminar I 0 0 Mus 408,408 Church Music Practicurn I Mus 303,304 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 231 Theory 111 2 Mus 311,312 Applied Music Minor (Organ) I I Mus 233 234 Musicianship 111, IV 2 2 Mus 209 Children's Choirs Voice Class 2 I Mus 185,186 2 Mus 351,352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Ensemble I I Mus 143 143 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I 251,252 History and Literature of Music 2 1 Mus Mus 335,336 Counterpoint/Analysis 2 2 Theology 213,214 Old and New Testaments 3 3 Mus 340 Orchestration Conducting 11 2 2 Mus 380 Mus 322 Sacred Choral and Solo Literature 2 Chapel Choir 0 0 Mus Elective Academic Elective 3 Junior Year Physics Acoustics 3 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 303,304 Applied Music Major (organ) 3 3 Senior Year Mus Mus 105,105 Seminar Mus 407407 Service Playing V, VI I I 0 0 Mus 403,404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 408408 Church Music Practicum I I Mus 411,412 209 Children's Choirs Applied Music Minor (Organ) I I Mus I Mus 407,408 Service Playing Mus 351,352 History and Lit of Music 2 2 I I Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 335,336 Counterpoint 2 2 Mus 421 Mus 340 Orchestration Gregorian Chant 2 2 Mus 420 Hymnody Mus 322 Sacred Choral and Solo Literature 2 2 Elective Academic Elective 3 Theology Liturgics 3 Mus 479 Elective Academic Elective 3 Choral Methods 2 Mus 451,452 Organ Literature 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Elective Elective Academic Elective 3 Academic Elective 3 Mus 400 Recital Mus Chapel Choir 0 0 2 Senior Year MUSIC EDUCATION Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Freshman Year Ct edi is Mus 403,404 Applied Music Major 3 3 Coutses Fall Spring Mus 431,432 Organ Improvisation 2 2 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 451,452 Organ Literature 2 2 English 101,102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 408,408 Church Music Practicum I I Mus 131,132 Theory 2 2 Mus 420 Hymnodv 2 Mus 133,134 Musicianship 2 2 Mus 421 Gregorian Chant 2 Mus 181 Woodwind Class 2 (2) Mus 476 Organ Maintenance and Design 2 Mus 381 String Class (2) 2 Mus 400 Recital 2 (2) Mus 101,102 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 113 114 Piano Class 2 2 Physics Acoustics 3 Mus 121,122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus Chapel Choir 0 0 Mus 189,190 Field Observation 0 0 Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 2 SACRED MUSIC-MAJOR IN VOICE Sophomore Year Freshman Year Credits Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Couises Fall Spring Mus 231 232 Theory 2 2 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 233 234 Musicianship 2 2 Mus 103,104 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 185,186 Voice Class Methods 2 2 Mus 113,114 Piano Class I I Mus 213,214 Piano Class 2 2 Mus 131,132 Theory 2 2 Elective Academic Elective 3 3 Mus 133 134 Musicianship 2 2 Mus 201,202 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 121,122 Eurhythmics 2 2 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 143,143 'Ensemble I I Mus 289,290 Field Obseivation 0 0 Eng 101,102 English Composition 3 3 Mus 351,352 History and Literature of Music 2 2 Theology 213,214 Old and New Testament 3 3 Mus 281 Brass Class 2 Sophomore Year Mus 481 Percussion Class 2 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Junior Year Mus 203,204 Applied Music Major 3 3 Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 213,214 Piano Class I I Mus 389 390 Field Observation 0 0 Mus 231,232 Theory 2 2 Mus 143 143 Ensemble I I Mus 233,234 Musicianship 2 2 Mus 301,302 Applied Music Major 2 2 Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 387 Marching Band Techniques or 92 93

Mus 385 Choral Techniques ot Senior Year Mus 327 Jazz Pedagogy & Directing Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Mus 379 380 Conducting Mus *401,402 Applied Music 2 2 Mus 340 Orchestration ot Mus 143,143 Ensemble I I Mus 440 Jazz Arranging Mus 600 Psychological Foundations of Musical Behavior 3 Mus 383 Elementary Methods Mus 379 Conducting 2 Mus 384 Secondary Methods Mus 340 Orchestration 2 Elective Academic Electives Psych 352 Abnormal Psychology 3 (History Sociology Economics, Communications, Psychology, Acou,,tics, etc Bio 207 Anatomy and Physiology 3 Senior Year Ciedits Mus 309 Directed Study—Music Therapy 2 Professional Residence* Mus 310 Recreational Instruments I Cotoses Setnestet Seineslet Elective Academic Elective 3 Mus 105,105 Seminar 0 0 Elective Academic (Theology) Elective 3 Mus 401 Applied Music Major 2 Psychology Psychology Elective 3 Mus 143 Ensemble 1 Mus 124,124 Music Therapy Practicurn I I Education Education Elective 4 *In accordance with the recommendations made by the School's faculty, the National Association for Music Education Education Elective 3 Therapy, and taking into consideration performance needs of music therapists, the applied music require- (Developmental Foundations of Ed OrientaVon to Early Childhood Ed Foundations of Ed , etc ments for therapy majors are altered in this manner Upon satisfactory completion of the first two years as Elective Academic Elective 2 an applied major on the instrument of the individual's choice, determined by audition and juries with the Mus 490 Student Teaching 12 appropriate faculty, the student may study one or several instruments for the remaining two years This will enable the student to develop a degree of versatility which can be of considerable use in the practice of MUSIC EDUCATION—MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY music therapy Freshman Year Credits Coloses Fall Spring COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Mus 105 105 Seminar 0 0 APPLIED MUSIC Mus 101 102 Applied Music Major 2 2 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 401, 402 118, 119, 218, 219 Applied Music Mus 113,114 Piano Class 2 2 Applied Music Major for the Bachelor of Minor—Jazz Class 1 cr each Mus 131 132 Theory 2 2 Science in Music Education 2 er each For non-piano majors Jazz piano techniques Mus 133,134 Musicianship 2 2 The study of voice, piano, organ, string, wind, or including comping, harmonic continuity through Mus 121 122 Eurh,,thmics 2 2 percussion instruments throughout all semesters common chord progressions, using triads and 7th Mus 143,143 Ensemble chords 219 many include more advanced comp- Mus 107 Music Therapy Orientation 3 1 103, 104, 203, 204, 303, 304, 403, 404 ing, harmonic continuity through standard and Mus 124 Music Theiapy Practicurn Applied Music Major for jazz songs and harmonic extensions of 9ths, I I ths, Soc 101 Survey of Sociology the Bachelor of Music 2 or 3 cr and 13ths English 101,102 English Composition Private study of voice, piano, organ, string, wind, Sophomore Year or percussion instruments throughout all semes- 400 Recital 2 er Seminar 0 ters Credits are distributed according to depart- Transfer of Credit Transfer credit in the under- Mus 105,105 graduate program can be evaluated by a faculty 201,202 Applied Music Major 2 I mental curricula Mus panel Mus 213214 Piano Class 2 The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree Mus 231,232 Theory 2 must give a recital during the senior year The Changing Assigned Applied Music Teacher Mus 233,234 Musicianship 2 recital will be presented to a faculty committee for Changes in assigned teachers can become effective approval at least one month prior to the date o Mus 251 252 History and Literature of Music 2 only at the beginning of a new semester and can- Mus 143,143 Ensemble the performance not be accomplished while a semester is in pro- Psvch 103 Introduction to Psychology 3 111, 112, 211, 212, 218, 219, 311, 312, gress The student must discuss the feasibility of a Mus 108 Music in Therapy 411, 412 Applied Music Minor for all proposed change with the appropirtate chairman Mus 124,124 Music Therapy Practicum Bachelor Degrees 1 cr each Eicctike Academic Elective All students must choose an applied music minor BACHELOR OF MUSIC Junior Year upon entrance Those students who do not elect Bassoon Mus 105 105 Seminar piano as a major must study it as a secondary Mus *301,302 Applied Music instrument 103, 104 3 er each Mus 315 Piano Improvisation oi Students not majoring in piano must satisfy the Scales and arpeggios in all keys, Kovar scales, five Mus Methods Class of your choice following piano requirements before graduation note studies and interval studies, selected studies Mus 185,186 Voice Class Methods (a) construct and play with facility major and and Weissenborn and Milde, solos by Weis- Mus 351,352 History and Literature of Music minor scales and cadences in all keys (b) read senborn, Foret and Mouquet Mus 143 143 Ensemble simple four-part music (c) play a simple Clementi 203, 204 3 cr each Psych 202 Educational Psychology Sonatina and excerpts from Schumann's "Album Continue scales and arpeggios, Kovar technical Education 309 Foundations in Special Education for the Young", or their equivalent A student studies, Oubradous Scales and Daily Drills, Mus 374 Music and Movement for the Exceptional Child majoring in piano or organ will select an applied Milde Concert Studies, Handel, Sonata in C Phvsics Acoustics music minor with the guidance of his advisor Stu- Minor, solos by Bozza and Vidal Mus 308 Influence of Music on Behavior dents who fail to meet the minimum requirements in the time allotted for their particular degree must 303, 304 3 cr each Ed 002 Drug Abuse Oubradous, Scales and Daily Drills, Milde, Con- Mus 124,124 Music Therapy Practicurn continue study until the requirements have been fulfilled cert Studies, Orefici, Bravura Studies, selected

94 95

passages from the Bach Canatas, Mozart Concerto Op 37, Kuhlau Ducts, Sonatas of the Baroque Guitar-Jazz 303,304 3 cr each in B flat, Beethoven Quintet representative con- Period Solos by Doppler, Chaminade, Mozart, Technical studies Orchestra parts Bochsa Eludes, temporary solos, orchestra studies Mo^se, Kuhlau 103, 104 3 cr each opus 34 Pieces grade of difficulty of Hindemith, Evaluation of student's abilities, basic technique Sonata, Handel, Concerto in Bb major, Ravel, 403,404 3 cr each 203, 204 3 cr each and reading abilities including reading knowledge Introduction and Allegro Gambaro, Eludes for Bassoon, Bozza, Fifteen Taffanel-Gaubert Scales, scales in thirds and through VII positions' all major scales in all posi- Daily Studies, Sonatas by Hindemith and Saint- 403,404 3 cr each sixths, chromatic scales, arpeggios and trills tions Berklee Method Book I and Melodic Saens, orchestral and chamber music studies, Technical studies Pieces grade of difficulty of Anderson Eludes Op 21, Boehm Caprices Op Rhythm Studies Book by William G Leavitt, Bozza, Concerimo the contra bassoon Faure Impromptu, C P E Bach, Sonata, Salzedo, 26, Moyse De la Sonorite Selected duets basic chord theory, basic position folk chords and by Scintillation, Debussy, Danses Sacre et Profane alterations, all barre chords, and working knowl- Clarinet Kuhlau, Koechhn, etc concertos by Haydn and Mozart, sonatas , by LeClair, J S Bach and edge of basic jazz chord forms, beginning study of Horn 1()3,104 3 cr each Vivaldi, L Moyse,, French Music for Flute chord-melody solo playing and single-note tech- 104 Scales and arpeggios in various articulations , niques, standard guitar solos 103, 3 cr each Scales and arpeggios in all keys, review of funda- Langenus Scale Studies, Rose, Forty Studies, 303,304 3 cr each mentals eludes from Kopprasch, Pottag, and Cavallim Thirty Caprices, Weber, Fantasy, Le Continue scale study, Taffanel-Gaubert, Progres- 203, 204 3 cr each Mueller, selected etudes from Mozart and Strauss Fevre, Fantasie Caprice J B Albert 24 Varied sive Studies, Barrere, The Flutists Formulae, Continue single-note technique, chord studies, all Eludes, H Klose, Part 11 Anderson, Eludes Op 30, Altes-Barrere, 26 major and minor scales, continue chord-melody 203,204 3 cr each Selected Studies, Moyse, Eludes et Exercises Tech- playitig, Joe Pass Guitar Style, Improvised Chord Continuing of fundamentals, etudes from Kling 2o3, 204 3 cr each niques, Torchio-Wummer, Orchestral Studies, Solos and Single Note Improvised Solos Books, Belloli, Alphonse, selected solos from Mozart, Scales and arpeggios continued, Rose, Twenty Bach, sonatas and arias from the religious works intensive rhythm jazz chord studies (may use Haydn, R Strauss, orchestral studies Studies after Rode, Jeanjean, Twenty-five Eludes, Arrieu, Sonatine, Telemann, Suite in a minor, M Buckv Pizzarelli's A Touch of Glass or Ronny Weber Concertos, Mozart, Quintet for Clarinet 303-304 3 cr each Moyse, Golden Age, Solos by Hue, Enesco, Grif- Lee's Jazz Guitar Method Bk 11), intensive chord- Eludes from Alphonse, Gallay, Pottag, selected and Strings, Weber First Concerto, representative fies, Gaubert, and Varese melody playing, including arrangements done by contemporary solos, orchestral studies the student, beginning single-note improvisation solos from Beethoven, Dukas, and Saint-Saens, 403, 404 standard guitar repertoire, Berklee Method Book I orchestral studies 303, 304 3 cr each 3 cr each Oubradous, Scales and Daily Drills, Milde, Con- Taffanel-Gaubert Scales, the half note equals MM 403-404 3 cr each 303, 304 3 cr each cert Studies, selected passages from the Bach Can- 120, scales in thirds, sixths, octaves and tenths, Eludes from Alphone, Schuller, and Gallay, solos Continue rhythm playing studies, chord-melody tatas, Mozart Concerto, Beethoven Quintet, Moyse, De la Sonorite, Mechanism and Chromat- from Schumann, Dukas, and Saint-Saens, orches- playing, and single-note improvisation studies, Weber, 2nd Concerto, Brahms Sonatas, French ics, Anderson, Etudes Artistiques Op 15, includ- tral studies Berklee Method Book 111, chord-soloing and Contemporary solos, representative contemporary ing the memorization of certain selected studies, development of repertoire, including solos by Oboe solos, orchestral studies Anderson Op 63 Jeanjean, Eludes Modernes, George M Smith, Eddie Lang, Dick McDonough, Orchestral Studies, Bach, Sonata in A minor for 103, 104 3 er each Carl Kress, John Smith, Tony Mottola, George 403, 404 3 cr each unaccompanied flute sonatas by Hindemith, Rei- Review of basic technique, Barret Studies, Van Eps,, Single-string studies, Bach inventions, Jeanjean, Sixteen Modern Studies, Perrier necke, Concerto by lbert, works by representative Andraud, Vade Mecum, scales and arpeggios in all Kreutzer violing studies, Paganim violin studies Vingtdeux Eludes Modernes Spohr, Concertos, contemporary composers keys, Telemann, Sonata in A minor, solos by Debussy, Premier Rhapsodic, Weber, Grand Duo Schumann, Handel and Bach Concertante, representative contemporary solos Guitar-Classical 403,404 3 cr each and sonatas Intensive single-note improvisation and improvi- 203, 204 3 cr each 103, 104 3 cr each sational lines, REH Publications for single-note Continue scales and arpeggios including scales in Double Bass Evaluation of student's abilities and basic correc- study (Diorio, Carlson, Mock, Kato, Hutchinson, thirds and measured trills, Barret, Grand Eludes tions if necessary Scales, major and minor up to Joe Pass' Jazz Solos and Jazz Classics), Charlie and Duets, Andraud, Vade Mecum Bleuzet, 103,104 3 cr each four sharps and flats, Carcassi Method, selected Christian Studies, Howard Roberts' Method and selected studies from Technique of the Oboe, Han- Scales and intervals in all keys, Simandl, Thirty studies from Carcassi Twenty-Five Eludes Op 60, Materials, Wes Montgomery's Octave-Style Play- del sonatas, Marcello Concerto Eludes Selected pieces Orchestral studies ing, understanding "fusion" music, chord-melody Renaissance dances, works by Carulli, Aguado, 303,304 3 cr each arranging from traditional and contemporary liter- 203, 204 3 cr each Sor Continue scales and arpeggios, Bleuzet, selected Hrabe, Eight-six Eludes, Short pieces by Kous- ature, record transcription both already existing studies for range and endurance, orchestral stud- and ones done by sevitsky and Bottesim Orchestral studies 203, 204 3 cr each the student (Coryell, Pass ies, Cimaros, Concerto, parts Conservatory solos, Baines, Burrell, Roberts, DeMaeola, Benson and All Scales major and minor, two and three representative contemporary compositions 303, 304 3 cr each octaves, Henze Method, Sor Concert Eludes, one others ) Nanny, Eludes de Kreutzer et de Fiorillo, con- suite and selected pieces from the Renaissance and 403, 404 3 er each certos by Koussevitsky, Dittersdory and Bottesmi, Baroque, works by Luis Milan, Tarrega, Ponce, Harp Blauzet, Technique of the Oboe, scales in all artic- Orchestral studies and Villa-Lobos ulations, scales in groups of fiVe and seven, scales 103, 104 3 cr each by interval, arpeggios and broken arpeggios, 403,404 3 cr each 303, 304 Lariviere Exercises and technical studies Standard orchestral studies including the works of J S Nanny, Dix Eludes Caprices, Storch, Twenty Con- 3 cr each Continuation of technical studies of the first two orchestra parts Bochsa Eludes opus 318, Book 11 Bach, sonatas by Telemann and Hindemith, solos cert Eludes, concertos by Koussevitsky and Pieces grade of difficulty of Grandjany Aria in by Busser, Jolivet, Rivier, Mozart Concerto, Dragonetti, Orchestral studies years, lute music transcribed for guitar, Dowland, Bach, Sor Concert Eludes and Sonatas, chamber Classic Style, Tourmer, Images (Suite 1), Saint- Symphonic Concertante and Quartet, Concerto by Goosens, contemporary solos Flute ensemble works by Boccherini, Schubert, Saens, Fantasie Scheidler, lbert, Paganini Organ 103, 104 3 cr each 203, 204 3 cr each Analysis of student's playing and basic corrections 403,404 3 cr each Technical studies Bochsa Eludes, opus 62 Stan- 103, 104 2-3 cr each if necessary, Taffanel -Gaubert, scales, scales in Bach suite, a sonata or suite by a 20th-century dard orchestra cadenzas Pieces of grade difficulty Review of basic organ technique Selected works thirds, trills Selected studies by M Moyse and composer, concerto by Vivaldi, Giuliani, Caruli, of Tournier, Feerie, Rousseau, Variations Pasto- from the early English, Italian, German and I Andersen, Eludes Op 33 and 37, Boehm Eludes, or by a 20th-century composer rales, Grandjany, Fantasie on a Theme of Haydn French schools Bach, Orgelbuchlien, selected

97 96

and Alto Clefs P Masson, Method-Thirty Cap- preludes and fugues Vierne 24 Pieces, Langlais, phrasing, control Elements of tympani technique, 1 403, 404 3 cr each pricio Studies, Bozza Twelve Fantasies, Dupre, Franck Organ Class I Pedal Scales in all their application to classical literature, tuning Bach English Suites Partitas Toccalas Well- Telemann, Ballade Gronclahl, Concerto, Band major keys pedals alone, Hymn playing, transposi- Rudimentary xylophone technique, scales, arpeg- Tenipcied Claviei Beethoven sonatas fiorn inid- and Orchestral studies Also studv of Bass Trom- tion, modulations to closely related keys Intro- gios, forms c1le and late penods rnoie e\tensi^c compositions duction to figured bass and harmonization of sim- from the Romantic Period Ravel Jeu d'eau bone 203, 204 3 er each ple melodies DebussN Estampes at least on work selected from Trombone and Euphonium Advanced snare drum studies repertoire Three the standard conceito literature conternpoiaiy 203, 204 2-3 cr each and four tympani exercises, orchestral literature liteiature Continue scales and arpeggios 103, 104 3 cr each Selected works by Brahms, Mendelssohn, Schu- Intermediate xylophone studies, transcriptions for All major and minor scales and straight arpeggios mann, Hindemith Joseph Willcox Jenkins, Six in solo Saxophone m quarter note 72 Remington warmups, Pieces, Dupre Antiphons, Messiaen, Le Banquet 303,304 3 cr each 103,104 3 cr each Stacey, Lip studies, Arban, Complete Methods for Celeste or Ascension Suite, mvts I or 4, Langlais, Rochut, Melo- Tympani study through romantic and contempo- Mule Scales and Arpeggios Small 27 Melodious Trombone Blume, Studies Vol I Franck, Schroeder or Pepping, Vierne, Pieces de rary literature Advanced xylophone exercises, and Rhvthmic Exercises Labanchi-lasilli, 33 Con dious Studies Vol 1, La Fosse, Sight Reading stud- Fantaisle, Bach, Orgelbuchlem, Schubler Chorales, transciptions Latin American instrumental tech- I Concertmo bv MulihaUd ies Voxman, selected studies Concerti Preludes and Fugues, Trio Sonatas cert Eludes Vol niques, use of special accessories in late 19th and 3 er each 3 cr each 203, 204 Organ Class 11, Continuation of pedal scales, 203,204 20th century literature Repertoire in all instru- major and minor scales and straight arpeggios MUIC Scales and Aipeggios Vol 11 Lamotte 18 All hands and feet Hvmn playing Modulation, trans- ments Studies tor Saxophone Salviani-lasilli Exercises one or two octaves, in simple and compound position, counterpoint and figured bass Contin- rhythmic patterns, MM quarter note = 72 Stacey ued harmonization of melodies Score and clef 403,404 3 er each in All the Practical Kevs, Guillon Sontaine Lip Flexibility, Arban, Complete Method for Examination of representative solo material for all GIaLOU110V concerto reading Trombone, Intensive study of tonguing (single, percussion instruments, preparation of solo for 303,304 3 cr each double and tilple), La Fosse, Sight Reading Stud- 303, 304 2-3 cr each recital 'rl Mule Scales and Arpeggios Vol III Left, 24 ies Rochut, Melodious Studies Vol 11 Blume, Selected works by D'Aquin, deGrigny, Handel, Eludes Capella 20 Grand Eludes Bozza, 12 11, Kopprasch, Studies Vol 1, study of Mozart, Sweelinck, Franck, Langlais, Messiaen, Piano Studies Vol Etudes Bozza Concertino lbert Concertino tenor clef, Guilmant, Morceau Svmphonique, Bach, Preludes and Fugues, Trio Sonatas, 103, 104 3 cr each Ropartz, Andante and Allegro, orchestral and 3 cr each Orgelbuchlien, Great 18 chorales Works by con- Bach, Three-Part Inventions, Haydn and Mozart, 403,404 temporary American composers band studies selected sonatas Beethoven, Op 10 and Op 14, 4 Rascher Top Tones and Four Octave Studies Organ Class 111, Continuation of pedal scales, Chopin waltzes, mazurkas, nocturnes, selections Mule 53 Studies Lvon Thit-tv-two Studies, 303, 304 3 cr each hymn playing, accompaniments, transposition, fig- from modern repertoire Major and minor scales -6 Moritz Concerto Conternporary solos, oichestra Gaetke, Daily Lip and Tongue Exercises Gactke, ured bass, clef reading in open score, conducting in different rhvthms and tempi, and cleminished j'; studies Scales and Arpeggios, Rochut, Melodious Studies from the console arpeggios Vol 111, Blume, Studies Vol III, Kopprasch, Stud- Trombone Blazhevich, Clef Studies, Bach Cello 403, 404 2-3 cr each ies Vol 11, 203, 204 3 cr each Franck, Chorales, Messiaen, Nativite, Ljzst, 103,104 3 cr each Suites transcribed for Trombone Blazhevich Scarlatti, selected sonatas, Bach, Well-Tempered Concert Duets, Sanders Sonata, Galliard, Six Dupre, Durufle, Langlais, Vierne and Wiclor, Sym- Tone production and diaphragmatic breathing, Clavier, Beethoven, Op 22, Op 31, Chopin, Sonatas Vivaldi, Cello Sonatas, Hindemith, phonies, Alain, Tournemire and selected works by eiribouchuic development Lip studies, Remen- preludes, impromptus, and nocturnes Brahms, f contemporary composers, Bach Passacaglia and ington or Stacev and Gaetke Daily Lip and Sonata, Orchestral Studies Intermezzi, Rhapsodies, selections fro^ Impres- Fugue, extended Preludes and Fugues, Tongue exercises All major and minor scales and 3 er each sionistic and Contemporary repertoire All major 403, 404 Clavierubang Part III selections Recital arpeggios Methods Voxman Rouchut Melochus and minor scales, dominant and diminished sev- Gaetke, Lip Flexibilitv, La Fosse Complete Eludes I R Fink Clef Studies Arban Complete 26 Sequences 407, 408 Service Playing enth arpeggios Method for Trombone, Blazhevich, 1 cr each Method La Fosse School of Sight Reading Stud- The objective of this course is to develop the ser- in Bass, Tenor and Alto Clefs, P Creston, Fantasy 303, 304 3 er each les D Milhand, Concerto vice playing skills necessary to play for church J Casterede, Fantasic Bach, French Suites, Partitas, Well-Tempered Cla- services of all denominations through a study of 203,204 3 er each d'Hiver, orchestral studies vier, Beethoven, sonatas of the difficulty of Op 10 applied harmony, counterpoint, hymnody, Tone production embouchure development, lip No 3, Chopin, Scherzi, Ballades, and Eludes, Trumpet anthem accompaniments and conducting from the flexibilitv clef studies Major and minor scales in Schumann, Fantasiestucke Papillons, Debussy, console all keNs and arpeggios Rochut Melodious Eludes 103, 104 3 cr each Preludes, selected Contemporary repertoire Con- 11 Blue Studies Complete, Kopprasch Tonguing Major and Minor scales and arpeggios, Schloss- 431, 432 Organ Improvisation 2 cr each tinue scales and dominant and diminished sev- studies Single Double and Tiiple, Arban Com- berg, Daily Drills Clark, Technical Studies, A practical application of the basic tools of enth arpeggios, plus major and minor arpeggios plete Method Solos, Golliard Sonata, Marceau, Arban, Complete Method, Hering, The Orchestra improvisation including harmonization of melo- 313 Piano Pedagogy 1 2 cr each S)mphonique Ropartz andante and allegro Trumpeter, Corelli/Fitzgerald, Sonata VIII, dies at the organ and the use of two and three Students will become acquainted with the tech- orchestial studies K Brown andBandstudies Latham, Suite voice counterpoint in varying styles, short ABA niques and materials for teaching piano at the ele- cr each forms and chorale preludes with emphasis on their 303, 304 3 cr each 203, 204 3 mentary level For piano majors, junior standing liturgical application Stacv lip studies or Gaetke Dailv lip and tongue Scales in rhythmic and articulation patterns, Con- is required i exercises Rouchut Melodious Eludes 111, Werner, tinued Schlossberg and Clark, Sachse 100 Eludes, 413 Organ Pedagogy 2 cr each 314 Piano Pedagogy 11 2 cr each Thim-eight Studies Blazhevich Clef studies Goldman, Practical Studies, Glantz, The Com- Students learn through clemonstation the philoso- A continuation of 313 concentrating on the tech- Bach Cello suites transcribed for trombone, La plete Harry Glantz, P M Dubois, 12 Eludes phies, methods, and materials of teaching both niques and materials for teaching piano at the Fosse Hindemith Sonata Vivaldi cc)lo sonatas, varices, J 1^aydn, Concerto, E Bozza, Caprice, H beginning and advanced students Junior standing intermediate and advanced levels V'^, Handel Sonata #3 in F Major Orchestial and Purcell, Sonata is required Band exerpts (K Brown) 3 cr each 243, 244, 343, 344 Piano 303, 304 Percussion Major and minor diatonic scales Continued Accompanying 2 cr each V, 403,404 2 cr each 103, 104 3 cr each This course is designed for the undergraduate with Gaetke Lip Flexibility La Fosse, complete Schlossberg and Sachse, Nagel Speed Studies, 36 Eludes, Bartold, Fundamental snare drum technique and its appli- the purpose of affording the student instruction in method School of Sight reading D, E F, Brandt 34 Studies, Charlier, cation to musical notation, exercises in rhythm the art of piano accompanying Blazhevich Twentv-six Sequences in Bass Tenor, Orchestral Excerpts, M Gisonch, Bach for the

98 99 Trumpet, J N Hummel, Concerto, P Hindemith, Violin 403,404 2-3 cr each 201, 202 2 cr each Sonata, G F Handel, Suite in D Major 103, 104 3 cr each Continuation of technical exercises All students Scales continued including thumb positions, Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, scales in should have at least one complete oratorio and Simandl Method continued, selected pieces 403,404 3 cr each one complete opera role ready for performance thirds, sixths, octaves, tenths, harmonics, Fiorillo 301, 302 2 cr each M Broiles, Studies and Ducts, Vol 1, R Sabarich, or Kreutzer, concertos by Bach, Mozart before graduation The student's repertoire should 10 Eludes, Continued Bartold, Orchestral Vieuxtemps, Wieniawski, Bruch, Lalo, shori contain representative songs in Italian, French, Scales and intervals continued, Simandl Method Excerpts, Kerman, Sonata, J M Molter,Concerto pieces from the romantic period German, and English, including significant exam- completed, Simandl, Thirty Eludes, selected No 1,G Enesco,Legend ples of contemporary vocal literature The stu- pieces, violoncello sonatas by Marcello and othei s, 203, 204 3 cr each dent's senior recital should include examples from orchestral studies Continued study of repertoire listed above, Kreut- Tuba all of these zer or Rode 401, 402 2 cr each 349,350,449,450 Simand], Thirty Eludes, selected studies from 103, 104 3 cr each 303, 304 3 cr each Hrable, Eighty-six Eludes, pieces by Koussevitsky Vocal Repertoire 2 cr each Scales and arpeggios in all keys, review of tone Scales and arpeggios continued, Rode or Gavinies, and others, orchestral studies production, Rochut, Melodious Studies Vol 1, Bach Solo Sonatas and Partitias, anv of the major Study and performance of vocal solo and ensem- Blume Studies Vol 1, selected solos sonatas and concertos (Beethoven, Brahms, Men- ble literature Four semesters encompass Italian, Flute delssohn, Bartok, Siberlius, Tschaikovsky) German, French, and English music, with concen- tration oil one category each semester 101, 102 2 cr each 203, 204 3 cr each cr each 403, 404 3 Kohler, Eludes Book 1, Terschak Studies, Drouct, Scales and arpeggios in all keys with various artic- Scales and arpeggios continued, Dont Op 35 or MUSIC EDUCATION ulations, Rochul, Melodious Studies Vol 11, 25 Celebrated Eludes, M Moyse, selected etudes, Paganini Caprices, continue solo Bach and study scales and arpeggios in all keys, selected solos, Blume Studies Vol 11, selected solos, orchestral of major concertos and sonatas Bassoon and band studies Sonatas by Marcello, Handel, Blavet and Violoncello 101, 102 2 cr each Telemann 303, 304 3 cr each All scales and arpeggios, Weisenborn Op 8 Vol 1, 103, 104 3 cr each Milde Studies GFIliard, 6 Sonatas for Bassoon 201, 202 2 cr each Rochut, Melodious Studies Vol 111, Blume Stud- Scales and arpeggios in three octaves with varied Continue scales and arpeggios, Drouet, 25 Cele- ies, Vol 111, Blazhevich, Seventy Eludes, Eby, bowings Duport Studies, Franchomme, Twelve 201, 202 2 cr each brated Eludes, Anderson, Eludes Op 37 selected Bass Studies, selected solos, orchestral studies Caprices Sonatas of Veracim, Locatelli, and Boc- Continue scales and arpeggios with various articu- solos from 19th century composers, Sonatas of chermi lations, Weissenborn Op 8 Vol 11, continue Milde Baroque composers 403,404 3 cr each Studies, Kovar Studies, Weinberger, Sonatine 203,204 3 cr each 301, 302 2 cr each Grigoriev, Tuba Studies, Bernard, Eludes and 301, 302 2 cr each Exercises for Tuba, transcriptions of horn and Scales and arpeggios in four octaves with varied Anderson Eludes, Op 33 and Op 21, Berbiquier, bowings, scales in thirds, sixths and octaves, chro- Milde, Studies in all Keys, Jancourt, Grand violoncello literature, solos by Cimera Barat, Studies ' Taffanel-Gaubert, Daily Studies, all scales matic scales, and seventh chords Franchomme, Method Book 11, Kavor Studies, solos by Marcello Schroen, orchestral literature and Cools, orchestral studies and arpeggios in various ariculations, pieces by Twelve Caprices, Dupont, Eludes Concertos by Anderson, Widor, Quantz, Handel sonatas Romberg, Popper and Saint-Saens, sonatas by Viola 401,402 2 cr each Bocchermi and Haydn Orchestral studies Con- Selected studies from Milde, Concert Studies Vol 401,402 2 er each temporary works 103, 104 3 cr each 1, Telemann, Sonata, orchestral studies Anderson, Etudes Op 30, Taffanel-Gaubert Scales, 303,304 3 cr each scales in thirds and in sixths, chromatic scales, Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, selected Clarinet arpeggios and trills, sonatas by Handel, Telemann scales in thirds, sixths and octaves, Flesch, Scale Continue scales etudes by Servais and Piatti, Con- certos by Davidoff, Dohnanyi, Lalo, Boellmann, 101, 102 2 cr each and Blavet, representative contemporary pieces, Studies, Sevcjk, Studies (Lifschey), Campagnoll, and Paris conservatory solos Forty-one Caprices, Fuchs, Twelve Caprices, Symphonic Variations, six solo sonatas of Bach Scales and arpeggios Klose, Celebrated Method Enesco, Concert Piece Orchestral Studies Contemporary works for Clarinet, Part 11, Baerman, Method Book 11, Guitar-Classical selected solos 403, 404 3 cr each 203, 204 3 er each Eludes by Servals, Piatti and Popper Concertos by 201, 202 2 cr each 101, 102 2 cr each All major and minor scales and arpeggios, scales in Haydn Boccherini Elgar, Barber, Schubert, Continue scales and arpeggios in various articula- Evaluation of student's abilities and basic correc- octaves, thirds, sixths and tenths Selected studies Arpeggione Sonata Contemporary solos and sona- tions continue Klose Method, Rose, 32 Studies tions if necessary Scales, major and minor up to from Rode, Caprices, Hermann, Sox Concert tas Orchestral studies and chamber music litera- for Clarinet, Voxman, Duets, selected solos four sharps and flats, Carcassi Method, selected Studies Op 18 Concertos by C P E Bach, and ture , studies from Carcassi Twenty-Five Eludes Op 60, Hoffmeister, Vaughan-Williams, Suite, Sonata by 301,302 2 cr each Renaissance dances, works by Carulli, Aguado, Milhaud, parts from orchestral and chamber Voice Langenus, Scale Studies, continue Rose, 32 stud- Sor music literature ies Klose, 20 Characteristic Studies, Weber, Fan- 103, 104 2-3 cr each tasy and Rondo, orchestral and band studies 201, 202 2 cr each Technical exercises to fit the needs of the student All scales major and minor, two and three octaves, 303, 304 3 cr each Literature from all periods to fit the needs of the 401, 402 2 cr each Continue Langenus, Scale Studies, Rose, 42 Stud- Henze Method, Sor Concert Eludes, One suite and Continue scales and arpeggios Selections from student selected pieces from the Renaissance and Baroque, Rode, Caprices and Gavinies, Twenty-four Mati- ies, Polatchak, 12 Eludes for Clarinet, Mozart 203, 204 2-3 cr each Concerto in A, solos by Jeanjean, contemporary works by Luis Milan Tarrega, Ponce, and Villa- nees Sonatas by Brahms and Creston Viola parts Lobos from orchestral and chamber music literature Continuation of technical exercises More chal- solos, orchestral studies lenging repertoire from all periods Itb Double Bass 301, 302 2 cr each 403,404 3 cr each 303, 304 2-3 cr each Continuation of technical studies of the first two Selected Studies from Paganim, Caprices, Reger, Continuation of technical exercises opera and 101, 102 2 cr each years, lute music transcribed for guitar, Dowland, Three Suites, Bach, unaccompanied violin or vio- oratorio repertoire emphasized in addition to All positions up to thumb position, scales and Bach, Sor Concert Eludes and Sonatas, chamber loncello works transcribed for viola, Bloch, Suite more advanced concert repertoire and including intervals in all keys, Simandl, New Method for the ensembel works by Boccherini, Schubert, for Viola, concertos by Bartok, Walton, Porter contemporary theater repertorie Double Bass Scheidler, lbert, Paganini

100 tol carIv Italian, German, and French schools Bach, available materials and sources for solo perform- 401, 402 2 cr each of Tourniei, Feerie Rousseau Variations Pasto- Bach Suite a sonata or suite by a 20th-century Orgelbuchlein selections, 8 short Preludes and ances rales, Giandjany Fantasic on a Theme of Haydn Fugues and selected preludes and fugues Organ composei conceito bv Vivaldi 6iuliani Caiulh Piano oi b\ a 20th-century composer 301, 302 2 cr each Class I pedal scales in all major keys, pedals Technical studies Orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes, alone, hymn playing, introduction to figured bass 101, 102 2 cr each Guitar-JaZL Opus 34, Pieces giade of difficulty of Hindemith, and harmonization of simple melodies Bach, two part inventions, short preludes and Sonata Handel Concerto in Bb major Ravel, fugues, easier sonatas of Haydn and Mozart, Bee- 101, 102 2 cr eaLh Intioduction and Allegro 201, 202 2 cr each thoven, Rondo in C, easier nocturnes and mazur- Evaluation Of Student's abilities basic technique Selected works by Brahms, Mendelssohn, Joseph kas of Chopin Major scales M M quarter note and teaching abilities including reading knowledge 401, 402 2 cr each Wilcox Jenkins Six Pieces, Dupre, Antiphons, equals 96, diminished seventh arpeggios M M through VII positions all major scales in all posi- Technical studies Pieces grade of d ffi Messiaen, Le Banquet Celeste of Ascension Suite ' quarter note equals 88 All scales and arpeggios in tions Berklee Method Book I and Melodic Faure, Impromptu, C P E Bach, SonataI cu Saledo, It" of rnvts I or 4 Langlais Franch, selected works by triplet and quadruplet rhythms Rlivthm Studies Book by William G Leavitt Scintillation Debussv, Danses Sacre et Profane contemporary composers, Bach, Orgelbuchlem, basic chord theoiv basic position folk chords and 201, 202 2 cr each Horn Schubler Chorales, selected preludes and figures alterations all barie chords and a working knowl- Organ Class 11 pedal scales hands and feet in all Bach, two and three part inventions, sonatas of edge of basic jazz choid f6ims beginning studv of 101, 102 2 cr each major and minor keys, hymn playing, modula- Haydn and Mozart, easier sonatas of Beethoven, chorcl-melodv solo plaving and single-note tech- Fundamentals of tone production major scales tions, transposition, score reading, continued bar- nocturnes and waltzes of Chopm, Schumann Op niqucs standard guitar solos and arpeggios chromatic scales, ability to read in monizations of melodies 15, Scales Major and Minor M M quarter note equals 104 Dominant and diminished seventh 201, 202 2 cr each at least two clefis, selected etudes from Schantl, Kopprasch, selected solos 301, 302 2 cr each arpeggios M M quarter note equals 96 Continue single-note technique choid studies, all Selected works by D'Aquin, Clerambault, Swee- majoi and minor scales continue chord-naelodv 201, 202 2 cr each linck Franck, Langlais, Messiaen, Bach, preludes 301, 302 2 cr each plaving Joe Pass Guitar Stvle Improvised Chord Extension of range in all keys and articulations, and fugues, trio sonatas, Orgelbuchlem, Great 18 Bach, selected preludes and fugues from Well- Solos and Single Note Improvised Solos Books prepatory trill and multiple tonguing studies Kop- Chorales, works by contemporary composers Tempered Clavier, Beethoven, Op 10 and Op 14 intensi\e rhvthm jazz chord studies (mav use prasch, Mueller and Alphonse etudes, selected Organ Class III Continuation of pedal scales sonatas, Chopin, Preludes and Nocturnes, selec- Buckv Pi7zaiellis A Touch of Glass or Ronnv solos from F Strauss, Haydn, and Mozart hymn playing score reading, transpositions, fig- tions from Impressionistic and Contemporary rep- Lee's Jazz Guitar Method Bk 11) intensivechord- ured bass, counterpoint accompaniments of ertoirc Continuation of major and minor scales, 301, 302 2 cr each dominant and diminished seventh, and major melodv plaving including aiiangements done by anthems and canticles the student beginning single-note improvisation Continuing work on fundamentals abilitv to play arpeggios standard guitai iepertoire Berklee Method Book 1 in all clefs Mueller, Kling, and Alphonse, etudes 401,402 2 cr each selected solos from Mozart, R Strauss, and Bach 401, 402 2 cr each Selected works by Franck, Langlais, Tournemire, Bach, French Suites, selected preludes and fugues, 301, 302 2 cr each orchestral studies Vierne, Alain, and other contemporary compos- Continue ih\thm plaving studies chord-melodN, Beethoven, Op 2 No 2 and 3, Op 28, Op 3 1, 401,402 2 cr each ers Bach, preludes and fugues, partitas, Preludes and Impromptus of Chopin, Brahms, plaving and single-note improvisation studies, Clavierubung Part III selections Organ Class IV Berklee Method Book III Chord-soloing and Continuing work in fundamentals selected etudes Intermezzi, selections from Contemporary reper- and solos including contemporary works, major pedal scales, free hymn accompaniments, anthem toire Continue scales, dominant and diminished development of repertoire including solos by accompaniments and conducting from the con- George M Smith Eddie Lang, Dick McDonough, chamber music works orchestral studies seventh, and major and minor arpeggios Carl Kiess Johnnv Smith Tony Mottola George sole Oboe Saxophone Van Eps Single-string studies Bach inventions Percussion Kreutzer violin studies Paganim violin studies 101, 102 2 cr each 101, 102 2 cir each Review of previous work by student and correc- 101, 102 2 cr each All major and minor scales and arpeggios, Univer- 401,402 2 cr each tive exercises as necessary scales and arpeggios, Rudimentary snare drum technique, analysis of sal Method for Saxophone or equivalent material, Intensive single-note improvisation and improvi- Barret, Exercises in Articulation and Progressive existing methods Elementary tympani technique, sational lines REH Publications for single-note Bassi-lasilh Concert Etudes, selected solos Melodies, selected solos, reed making uses of tympani in classical literature, tuning studv (Dioiio Carlson Mock, Kato Hutchinson 201, 202 2 cr each Joe Pass' Jazz Solos and Jazz Classics), Charlie 201, 202 2 cr each 201, 202 2 cr each Continue scales and arpeggios with various articu- Christian Studies Howard Roberts' Method and Scales and arpeggios in all keys, continue Barret, Intermediate snare drum studies, elementary xylo- lations, Bassi-lasilh, Concert Etudes, selected Materials Wes Montgomery's Octave-Style Plav- selected studies from Bleuzet Technique of the phone technique Intermediate tympani studies, solos ing understanding fusion" music, chord-melocIv Oboe Vol 1, solos by Handel and Schumann, reed orchestral literature Beethoven to Wagner Per- arranging from traditional and contempoiaiv liter- ma ing formance techniques of most commonly used 301, 302 2 er each ature iecord transcription both already existing Mule, Scales and Arpeggios, Gatti-lasilli, 35 Melo- 301, 302 2 cr each equipment dious Technical Exercises, pieces by Faure and and ones done bv the student (Corvell, Pass Barret, progressive Exercises, Bleuzet, technique Baines Burrell Roberts, DeMeola Benson and 301, 302 2 cr each Jeanjean of the Oboe Vol II, continue scales and arpeggios Use of tympani and percussion in late 19th and others) in various articulations, Handel sonatas, orches- 401, 402 2 cr each tral studies, contemporary solos, reed making 20th century literature Orchestral studies in all Mule, Scales and Arpeggios, Gatti-lasilh, 35 Melo- Harp instruments Examination of percussion ensemble dious Technical Exercises, Labanchi-lasilli, 33 101, 102 2 cr each 401, 402 2 cr each materials, group instruction methods Selection Concert Etudes, Premier Solo de concours by Lariviere E\cicises and technical studies Standard Barret, Etudes, selected etudes by Ferling, con- and care of instruments for professional and Pares, Mortiz, Sonata for Saxophone, representa- orchestra parts Bochsa Etudes opus 318 Book 11 tinue scales and arpeggios, solos by Bach and Han- school use Extension of mallet study tive contemporary solos Pieces giade of difficultv of Grandjanv Aria in del, contemporary solos 401,402 2 cr each Trombone and Euphonium Classic stvle Tournier Images (Suite 1) Saint- Organ Deployment of instruments in band and orchestra Saens Fantasie settings, conducting the percussion ensemble 101, 102 2 cr each 101, 201 2 cr each Review of teaching methods in basic techniques, Fundamentals of tone production, embouchure 201, 202 2 cr each Gleason, Method of Organ Playing, Stanley, development, breath support and attack, work in Technical studies, Bochsa Etudes opus 62 Stan- the role of the percussion clinician Problems in Voluntaries, Franck, I'Organist, Vierne, 24 Pieces, writing and scoring for percussion, discussion of elementary Legato style Arban, Method for dard orchestia cadenzas Pieces grade of difficulty Dupre Chorale Preludes, Selected works from the

102 103

Trombone, major and minor scales through two cr each Instrumentalists are encouraged to take advan- 301,302 2 cr each 201, 202 2 tage of opportunities to participate in choir, key- octaves, selected solos Continue scales and arpeggios chromatic scales ' i Scales and arpeggios continued, Duport Etudes, Galeotti, Sonata No 2, Marais Suite, Romberg board or voice majors are likewise encouraged to Bell, Foundations of Tuba and Sousaphone Play- gain experience in one of the instrumental ensem- 201, 202 2 cr each ing, Vandercook Etudes, Rochut, Melodious Concerto in D minor All scales and arpeggios, continue drills and Etudes Book 1, Blume Studies Book 1, Tyrrell, bles Arban Method for Trombone, selected studies 301,302 2 cr each Advanced Studies for the BB flat Tuba, selected Small Ensembles 0-1 cr each from Cimera, 170 Etudes, Study of single, double solos, band and orchestra studies Scales and arpeggios continued, Duport Etudes, and triple tonguing Pryor solos and other selected Grutzmacher Etudes sonatas by Grazioll, Sam- The Small or Minor Ensembles include Brass Ensemble Guitar Ensemble, Jazz Ensemble, Per- materials, band and orchestral studies 401, 402 2 cr each martini Goltermann Concerto No 1 cussion Ensemble String Orchestra, Tamburitza Rochut, Melodious Etudes Book 11, Blume Studies 401,402 2 cr each 301, 302 2 cr each Book 11, Bla7hevich, Etudes for The BB flat Bass, Ensemble, and Woodwind Ensemble See cata- Continue technical exercises, Stacev, Lip Flexibil- band and orchestra studies Scales and arpeggios as before but including thirds, logues ity, Rochut, Melodious Etudes Book 1-11, Blume, sixths and octaves Duport Studies, selected stud- Studies Book 1, La Fosse, Sight Reading Studies Violin ies from Franchomme 12 Caprices, Concerto No 115 Opera Coaching 1 cr each 2 Romberg, Sonatas by Nardini and Sammartim, Individual work with pianist as a supplement to studv of tenor clef, Croce-Spinelli, Solo de Con- 101, 102 2 cr cours, Alary, Contest Pieces, Morel, Piece in F each orchestral studies opera workship minor Scales and arpeggios in three octaves scales in thirds, sixths, octaves (Flesch), Dont Schradieck, 116 Opera Workshop 0-1 cr each ! , Voice A performing class in which students learn stan- 401,402 2 cr each Mazas, or Kreutzer, Baroque period concertos and each dard and other opera repertoiy in English and the Continue technical exercises, Stacey, Lip Flexibil- sonatas concertos Bach and Mozart 101, 102 2 cr Technical exercises to fit the needs of the student original languages ity, Kopprasch, Book 1-11, Rochut Melodious 201, 202 2 cr each Etudes Book 111, Blazhevich, Clef Studies study of Literature from all periods to fit the vocal needs of 141 Chamber Music 2 cr each Scales and arpeggios continued Fiorillo or Kreut- the student bass trombone, Guilmant, Morceau Sympho- zer concertos of Bach, DeBeriot Mozart, Rode Study and performance of all types of chamber nique, Cimera, Valse Petite Ropartz, Andante and Viotti 201, 202 2 cr each music for the various instrumental combinations and Allegro Continuation of technical exercises More chal- 248-249 Percussion Ensemble 0-1 er each 301, 302 2 cr each lenging repertoire from all periods Trumpet Scales and arpeggios continued Kreutzer or Rode, Meets on Fridays, 1 15-3 05 pm Required of all short pieces of the Romantic period standard con- 301,302 2 cr each Percussion Majors The objective is to perform 101, 102 2 cr each certos and sonatas Continuation of technical exercises Opera and works of varying styles and levels of difficulty in a Major and minor scales and arpeggios, Schloss- oratorio repertoire included when vocally suitable very professional manner Members will have an 401, 402 2 cr each berg, Daily Drills, Clark, Technical Studies, in addition to concert repertoire opportunity to perform in the various percussion Arban, Complete Method, Voxman, Selected Scales and arpeggios continued, Rode or Gavinies, groups The ensemble performs at least one recital Studies, Balay, Petite Piece Concertante, Fitzger- short pieces of the Romantic period, standard con- 401,402 2 cr each each semester ald, English Suite certos and sonatas Continuation of technical exercises More Viola advanced opera, oratorio, and concert repertoire MUSIC EDUCATION 201, 202 2 cr each and contemporary theater literature Continued study of major and minor scales and 101, 102 2 cr each 189, 190, 289, 290, 389, 390 Music arpeggios Continued Schlossberg and Clark, Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, Sevcik Stud- CONDUCTING Field Observation 0 cr Bousquet 36 Celebrated Studies, E Gates, Odd ies (Lifschey), Hermann, Technical Studies, Meter Etudes Concone, Lyrical Studies Fiocco/ Music education majors are required to complete Telemann, Concerto in G, Klengel, Album of six field observations per year The observations Owen, Arioso, Ropartz, Andante and Allegro Classical Pieces 379, 380 Conducting 1, 11 2 cr each are not credit bearing, but are preparation for stu- 301, 302 2 cr each 201, 202 2 cr each This course provides a study of the fundamentals dent teaching Each student must register for field Continued scales in rhythmic and articulation pat- Continue scales and Sevcik Studies, selected stud- of conducting as a performing skill, teaching tech- observation every semester (except senior year) in t-rns Continued Schlossberg, and Clark, ies from Kreutzer, 42 Etudes, Stamitz, Concerto in nique, and as an interpretive art I Use of the baton, order to fulfill the pre-requisite for student teach- Goldman Practical Studies, Clark, Characteristic D, Bruch, Romance choral and instrumental rehearsal techniques, and ing Studies, Goedicke, Concert Etude, Gibbons/Cruft, score reading Two hours a week Suite 301,302 2 cr each 181 Wood"ind Class 2 cr Continue scales and arpeggios, scales in thirds, 327 Jazz Pedagogy & Directing 2 cr each Performance technique on clarinet Teaching tech- 401,402 2 cr each sixths and octaves, Palachko, 20 Etudes, Fiorillo, Methods and materials pertinent to rehearsing and nique of oboe bassoon and saxophone covered Major and minor scales in diatonic patterns, Con- selected studies from 36 Etudes, Bach, Three viola conducting jazz ensembles, studio orchestras and Two hours a week tinued Schlossberg and Clark, P M Dubois, 12 de gamba sonatas adapted for viola theater orchestras with an emphasis on conducting 2 cr as a performing skill as well as an interpretive art 185 Vocal Methods 1 Etudes variees, Glantz, The Complete Harry 401, 402 2 cr each Fundamentals of vocal production including pos- Glantz, W Hartley, Sonatina, E Bozza, Badinage, Scales and arpeggios continued selected studies ture, breath control, placement, diction interpreta- Webber, Suite in F Major from Campagnoli, 41 Caprices, Concerto in B ENSEMBLE tion Voice classifications, ranges and a sampling Tuba minor by Handel-Casadesus, Hindemith, Music of Required for all students as laboratory work dur- of art songs and operatic repertoire will be cov- Mourning selected contemporary solos, viola ered For potential teachers and music therapists parts from orchestral and chamber music litera- ing each semester of full-time enrollment Non- 101, 102 2 cr each music ma jors are invited to register for ensemble Two hours per week All scales and arpeggios, Arban, Method for Trom- ture with permission of instructor 186 Vocal Methods 11 2 cr bone and Baritone, selected solo material Violoncello Major Ensembles 0-1 cr each Instructional methods for the elementary class- 201, 202 2 room K-6, including development of the child cr each 101, 102 2 cr each Voice, Piano, and Organ Majors will participate in All scales and arpeggios with various articulations, Scales and arpeggios in three octaves, a choral ensemble for each semester of enrollment voice, song materials, pedagogy, lesson planning and curriculum sequencing Two hours per week continue Arban, Bell Foundations of Tuba and Franchomme, 12 Studies, sonatas by Handel, Instrumental Majors will participate in Band or Sousaphone Playing selected solos Corelli, Concertos by Goltermann and Romberg Orchestra for each semester of enrollment Prerequisite Vocal Methods 1 185

104 105

220, 221 Voice Class I cr each curriculum trends as applied to the total music 152 Evolution of Jazz Styles It 2 cr 340 Orchestration 2 cr Fundamentals of voice production including program of the secondary school Offered Spring A study and analysis of recorded improvised solos A study of the basic problerns of scoring for indi- placement, breathing, breath control, study of Semester only by major jazz artists from 1940 to the present vidual instruments, particularly orchestral choirs, vowels and consonants, posture, elementary song the entire orchestra, and unique instrumental materials interval and scale drill, sight singing 387 Marching Band Methods 2 cr I MUSIC THEORY, MUSICIANSHIP, COM- combinations Analysis of the techniques of Proper stage presence for recitals and concerts and Principles, practices, and materials for the march- POSITION, EURHYTHMICS orchestration of selected composers of the 18th, comportment in the classroom will be empha- ing band, including its role in the total music pro- 19th, and 20th centuries The Theory Department recognizes the individual sized gram, organization and maintenance, planning differences of students and provides an opportu- and executing of the field show, basic maneuvers JAZZ STUDIES 113, 114, 213, 214 Piano Class 2 cr each and rehearsal procedures nity for them to advance according to their abili- The development of functional keyboard skills in ties sight reading, transposition, harmonization of 481 Percussion Class Methods 2 cr 121, 122 Dalcroze Eurhythmics 2 cr each melodies, and improvisation of accompaniments Fundamental principles and techniques of playing 118, 119, 218, 219 Jazz Piano Class 2 cr Experiencing, analyzing and creatively manipulat- Required of all Music Education students and teaching the percussion instruments of the This course is designed to give the college student ing the materials of music through rhythmic band and orchestra with special emphasis on the a thorough understanding of Jazz Chords and Har- Conservatory movement Two hours per week 115, 116, 215, 216 snare drum Two hours a week mony The student \Aill study a wide range of Jazz Piano Class I cr each 010 Fundamentals of Musicianship 1 cr Chords, Jazz Chord Progressions, and learn to The development of functional keyboard skills in 490 Student Teaching 12 cr The purpose of this course is to introduce students incorporate them into tunes Major and Minor sight reading, transposition, harmonization of Practice teaching in approved elementary and sec- to sightsinging and musical dictation using the Scales will be studied in these sessions as well as melodies and improvisation of accompaniments ondary schools under the guidance of a critic Moveable system of solfeggio The course is famous Jazz Piano Arrangements teacher and the college supervisor Note Before a designed for prospective music majors and non- 117 Piano Class for Organists; I cr 430 Jazz Arranging 2 cr student will be permitted to begin Student Teach- majors and is a preparatory course for Musician Organ majors study the development of functional A study of the basic techniques of scoring for indi- ing, all field observations and methods classes ship I kevboard skills in sight reading, transposition, vidual instruments and jazz ensembles of various including instrumental classes, piano, woodwinds, Students enrolled in Fundamentals of Musician- accompaniments and techniques I hr per week sizes, from small groups to studio orchestras brass, strings and voice must be satisfactorily ship and/or Fundamentals of Theory must suc- Analysis of scores by contemporary big band completed Percussion, elementary and secondary cessfully complete these courses before enrolling 281 Brass Class 2 cr arrangers in Euihythmics, Theory 1, or Musicianship I Performance technique on trumpet Teaching methods must be taken in the same semester as student teaching Students will receive complete technique of French horn, trombone, baritone, 011 Fundamentals of Music Theor^ I cr each 440 Advanced Jazi Arranging 2 er instructions, together with lists of materials, when and tuba Two hours a week Students will learn to read clefs, name intervals, Advanced arranging techniques for the jazz and they enroll in the Music Education program Prac- spell scales in major and minor keys, key signa- studio ensembles tical techniques to aid students in fulfilling the 381 String Class 2 er tures, identify triads, and begin four-part writing requirements will be explored in various methods 138, 139 Composition 2 er each Fundamental principles and techniques of playing This is a prepatory course for theory 131 One classes The study of writing of musical composition in the and teaching the violin, viola, cello, and bass hour per week smaller forms Bowing, positions, vibrato, and an examination of 131, 132 Theor^ 2 cr each class methods and materials are presented Two MUSIC HISTORY, LITERATURE AND ART 238, 239 Composition 2 cr each hours a week This course is designed to acquaint the student These courses are offered in order to provide gifted with the materials of musical composition using young composers an opportunity to receive gui- 383 Elementary Methods 2 cr diatonic harmony Opportunities for the student dance in the development of advanced composi- Philosophy and pedagogy of music in the context to do creative work are provided Two hours a 251, 252, 351, 352 History and tional techniques Permission of the chairman of of the elementary general music class The princi- week Literature of Music 2 cr each the Theory Department is required ples of Kodaly, Dalcroze and Orff are incorporated An historical survey of the ideas and cultural 133, 134 Musicianship 2 cr each with field observations, in-class demonstrations, 226 Jazz Improiisation 1 2 er achievements of Western man in the context of The goals of the course are to develop good into- research assignments and active student participa- Beginning study and practice of melodic improvi- the political and sociological developments to nation and the ability to sight sing, the ability to tion to develop required competencies for teaching sation, conventional forms and chord progres- which the art of music is bound The survey identify and notate melodies, rhythms, chords, on the elementary level Two hours per week Pre- sions, employing idiomatic jazz and articulations, embraces four semesters which are arranged and complete compositions, and to develop inner requisite Vocal Methods 185 and 186 major-minor and modal scales chronologically These courses seek to provide a hearing and memory The course uses the movea- 384 Secondary Methods 2 cr broad historical frame of reference within which ble Do system, based on the Kodaly method Two 227 Jazz Improvisation 11 2 cr hours a week Principles, practices, and materials for the general the relationship of music to the development of A continuation of 226 with an introduction to man's thought can be clearly seen, along with a music program in the secondary schools including 231, 232 Theor^ 2 cr each altered scales and chords survey and analysis of representative literature voice classification the organization of ensemble A continuation of 132 introducing chromatic har- 426 Jazz Improvisation 111 2 cr activites, concerts, assembly programs, and the mony and the basic principles of contrapuntal 451, 452 Organ Literature 2 cr each A continuation of 227 with an emphasis on chro- relationship of the school to the community Two writing Creative opportunities continued Three A survey of organ literature and organ building as matically altered scales, chords, and extended hours a week hours a week it relates to organ registration The first semster forms 385 Choral Methods 2 cr treats organ music from the Renaissance through 233, 234 Musicianship 2 cr each 427 Jazz Improvisation IV 2 er This course deals with all aspects of choral singing J S Bach The second semester deals with the A continuation of 134 Two hours a week ' Extension and continuation of 426 with an and their application to school music programs literature from 1750 to the present Outside listen-^, 335 Counterpoint 1 2 cr emphasis on the practical application of advanced Emphasis is placed on the development of per- ing and readings will be required The course is devoted to a study of the polyphonic techniques to standard and jazz literature formance ensembles, rehearsal techniques, special technique of the sixteenth century E^olution of Jazz Styles 2 cr choral problems, planning musical productions 151 1 453 Jazz Composition 1 2 cr and practical work in choral conducting and A study of the origin, development and styles o 336 Counterpoint 11 2 cr A study of advanced compositional techniques as arranging Includes principles, practices, materials, jazz music and its ramifications with an emphasis A course study concerned with the hat monic con- applied to contemporary jazz styles Analysis of and an overview of current teaching strategies and on recorded music as well as scores trapuntal technique of the period of J S Bach jazz compositions from 1940 to the present

106 107

454 JaIL Composition 11 2 cr 315 Piano Imprmisation for 322 Sacred Choral and Solo Literature 2 cr arranged for both small and large Tamburitza Music Therap^ 2 cr A survey of choral and vocal literature for the A continuation of 453 with emphasis on inchvid- string ensembles It encompasses the fundamental Development of functional keyboard skills in church with emphasis on practical materials for ual stvle development principles and techniques for both playing and improvisation on rhvthm and dissonant chords as church choirs soloists and congregations teaching the Tamburitza and includes appropriate 313 Ear I raining for Jail Musicians cr an aid in non-veibal communication with the literature The COL11se is designed to tiam the student to rec- handicapped client NON-MUSIC MAJORS ognize aurally the melodic, rhythmic and har- 149 Ballet 2 cr 124 Music Therap^ Practicurn monic elements of con tern porary jazz The devices Fundamentals of ballet technique and practice, and Internship I cr each used are sight-singing keyboard work and exten- 161, 162 Introduction to including barre and center floor work Each practicurn is a field placement in a clinical si\e dictation Emphasis is placed on four five Folk Dance 2 cr each setting for a minimum of one hour per week for 151 Jazz Dance I cr and si\-note choids chromaticaliv altered chords 12-15 weeks per semester Students are placed The course introduces folk dance as a genre of Fundamentals of jazz dance styles and technique and polvchords with music therapists who practice in a variety of movement, examining the types and styles of folk and practice clinical settings, or with staff who can provide a dance found among different nations and cultures 141 Chamber Music Jail 321 Music for the Classroom Teacher 2 cr structured therapeutic program Attendance at of the world In addition it will familianze the The puiposc of this course is to develop the skills student with the varying types The aim of this course is to assist the student in four monthly seminars per semester is required A of music and and techniques necessary for small jazz ensemble gaining an appreciation of the importance of six month internship is the culminating experience rhythms used as dance accompaniment in differ- pei f6i mance Emphasis is on rhythm section tech- ent nations and cultures, and it will touch upon music in the lives of children, a knowledge of fun- of this 7 credit unit m(ILICS interaction among the members of the the related areas of folk instruments, folk singing damental principles of instruction in music, and a familiarity with the variety gioup and development of repertoire styles, language, customs and folk costuming of musically enriching SACRED MUSIC experience 255 Introduction to Balkan Music 2 cr MUSIC THERAPY An analytical study of the primitive and tradi- 492 Development of the Creative Personalit) 209 Children's Choirs I cr tional folk music of the Balkans, its musical styles, 3 cr This course encourages creative growth through Materials and techniques used in dealing with forms and characteristics in terms of its geographi- the development and execution of individual and 107 Music 'I herap^ Orientation 3 cr children's choirs cal setting and historical background, and its gen- group projects in music, music education and An introduction to Music Therapy as practiced in eral structure and aesthetics 431, 432 Impro%isation 2 cr each music therapy Limited enrollment with the con- a variet\ of rehabilitation settings Observations 256 Introduction to Balkan Dance 2 cr A practical application of the basic tools of sent of the instructor Prerequisites Introduction followed bv infoi mal group discussions Basic the- A improvisation including harmonization of melo- survey of folk dances of the Balkan highlighting to Psychology and Educational Psychology mv about the validitv of music as therapy the dies at the organ, two and three part counterpoint, their development form, indigenous characteris- relationship of theory to practice Intensive class Descriptions of courses in English, modern lan- short ABA forms and chorale preludes with tics, differences and similarities from one ethno- required to prove qualifica- paiticipation will be emphasis on their liturgical application graphic region to another guages, psychology, sociology, and education, tion for further in-depth study of the profession required in seieral curricula iiill be found in the 147 Tamburitza Ensemble 478, 479 Choral Conducting I cr College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and School of 108 Music in Therap^ 3 cr and Methods I cr each The Tamburitza Ensemble involves the study and Education sections of this Catalog An eXPOSLire to music therapy techniques used in Development of conducting technique The study, performance of music specifically composed and working with handicapped children and adults rehearsal and class performance of choral works in Applications to current Practicurn work will be various styles emphasized Pierequisite Music TherapvOrienta- 407, 408 Church Music Practicum 2 cr tion 107 Seminar in practical aspects of church music, 307 PsNchoilog^ of Music 3 cr establishing the music program in a church, An exploration of musical behaviors, and to a graded choir systems, children's choirs instru- lesser degree all other art behaviors of a varietv of ments in workshop contracts, cantor systems, CUItL11(s and sub-cultures beginning with the stu- worship commissions, etc dent s personal experience Extensive class partici- 421 Gregorian Chant 2 cr pation will be expected Prerequisite Introduction The history, notation and modal system of Grego- to Psvchologv rian chant Class participation in the singing of chant Chant as prayer and current liturgical appli- 308 Influence of Nlusic on Behaimr 2 cr cation Reviews different treatment theories and their relationship to music therapv Emphasizes the 420 HvmnodN 2 cr efFects of music on behavior and total health A study of ^he church's heritage of song, the Develops a philosopliv of music therapy with a psalms, the great hymns of the Medieval Church, background in holistic health the heritage of Luther, Calvin and their followers, English hvmnody, American contributions, twen- 109 Dire(ted StudN in Music Therap^ 2 cr tieth-century humnodv with special emphasis on Studv topics from areas of music therapv, psvchol- the theological framework for each major develop- ogv of music brain iescarch and other expressive ment in the history of hymns therapies are reviewed and discussed 476 Organ Design and Maintenance 2 cr 310 Recreational Instruments I cr A study of the basic concepts of organ construc- Stresses a tvpical and functional uses of guitar and tion with emphasis on the historical development coveTs other musical instiuments and devices for of the organ and the mechanical operation of the tect-cational puiposes No Specific text used Each pipes and console Tuning, voicing and esthetics student required to havc a guitar and harmonica of organ design will be discussed

108 [DI'M

human science and provides a foundation for graduate to progress to positions of increasing School of Nursing graduate study responsibility and to undertake graduate study The curriculum design has three components PROGRAM PURPOSES, GOAL AND complementary courses, supplementary courses, HISTORY INDICATORS and core nursing courses The course offeiings in \ Since it is the policy of the University to establish This enhances the nurse's preparation for future The purposes of the program are the natural, biological and human sciences support and evolving responsibilities within professional its schools under control of an already established I To prepare the graduate tor beginning levels the philosophy that provides the basis for the con- nursing based on changes and characteristics of school the School of Nursing was originally organ- of professional nursing in a variety of settings ceptual framework of the professional nursing pro- as a unit in the College of Liberal Arts the population for whom health care will be gram Professional nursing courses, which consti- 17ed in 1935 2 To provide the foundation for graduate edu- 15, 1937, the Department delivered tute the nursing major, include theory and practice and Sciences On March cation in nursing of Nursing Education was given the status of a In making explicit the philosophy that under- in the nursing care of individuals and families The program goal is to practice nursing as a separate school with a Dean in charge pins the theoretical framework of nursing, the con- Learning opportunities are provided in hospitals, human science in a variety of settings On December 3 1937, the State Board of Educa- cepts of man and health are studied in relation to in homes, and in the community Within the philosophy and purposes of the tion of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania nursing as a human science Man is a sentient The facultv of the School of Nursing conducts School of Nursing, the faculty has formulated a approved the school and authorized Duquesne living unity, a creative act of God Man and envi- all professional nursing courses and also guides curriculum that provides learning experiences to University to confer the degree of Bachelor of Sci- ronment in their openness evolve unidirectionally and directs the practicurn learning experiences A assist students to acquire specific knowledge and ence in Nursing and the degree of Bachelor of Existence with others in the world, co-existence, variety of hospitals and agencies cooperate with skills The indicators of this program state that Science in Nursing Education upon graduates is recognized through patterns of expression This the School of Nursing to provide a wide selection upon completion of the program, the graduate according to the appropriate curriculum Previ- existence is co-constituted, that is, man's relation- of excellent practice settings I Promotes the rights and dignity of man in ouslv the School of Nursing offered two programs ship with the environment is participative Within Upon the successful completion of this pro- health care both leading to the degree of bachelor of Science of limitations of situation, man has the freedom to gram, graduates will be eligible to write the exami- Nursing, however since 1964, both generic nursing choose a way of being with the world and in that 2 Initiates health care from the perspective of nation for licensure in the state in which they wish students and registered nurse students enroll in the choosing, gives meaning to a situation client's and family's belief about health to practice same program Health is a process of being and becoming which 3 Engages client and family in a health care The faculty reserves the right to make changes is experienced by man It is a personal process that decision-making process relative to the man— SCHOOL OF NURSING PHILOSOPHY in the curriculum and program requirements affords each individual the potential for produc- environment inter-relationship which are believed to be in keeping with the AND DEFINITION OF NURSING tive and meaningful life that is congruent with 4 Evaluates nursing as a human science in pro- changing health needs of society and/or the best The philosophy of the School of Nursing evolves individual belief systems and values which arise viding health care to clients and families and interest of the students and the School to maintain from that of Duquesne Universitv As such it from a multicultural society Every person has the groups quality professional nursing education guides the development of a personal philosophy freedom to choose changing dimensions of health 5 Promotes professional standards of responsi- of life based on a Judeo-Christian frame of refer- and health values which emerge from ethnic and bilitv and accountability in nursing practice ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ence and supports a commitment to the values cultural customs and characteristics Health is 6 Uses current research findings in providing a ADMISSION OF HIGH SCHOOL which give meaning to life assessed by citizens and promoters of health care basis for change in nursing practice The faculty believes that the academic discipline through a participative process which involves GRADUATES of nursing is a human science profession primarily joint planning and decision-making 7 Participates in stud le s/proj ects which Students who are interested in applying for admis- concerned with the health care of man with fam The faculty of the School of Nursing has defined enhance nursing practice sion to the School of Nursing should request an ily, evolving from conception through death nursing as an academic discipline that seeks to 8 Enhances own effectiveness in nursing based application from the Office of Admissions, Nursing focuses on helping individuals and fami- understand man as living health through the on continuous self-cvaluation Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Pa 15282 The lies to enhance the quality of living through the processes of life caring, change, inquiry, and valu- 9 Synthesizes knowledge from related sciences specific entrance requirements for admission are promotion of nealth ing The practice of nursing applies knowledge and and the humanities in the utilization of the nurs- I The applicant's high school curriculum must The nurse initiates interrelationships with fami- theories from this discipline and from the humani- ing piocess include a minimum of 16 units distributed as lies to help them describe their health, evaluate ties and natural sciences in the promotion of follows alternatives and mobilize their resources for plan- 10 Evaluates the values and goals of the nursing health Health promotion occurs through the utili- profession in light of the continued development English 4 units required ning change Central to nursing practice is the zation of the Nurse/Client/Family process as the of nursing Social Studies 3-4 units recommended Nurse/Client/Family process which is deliberate, nurse participates in care giving, health education systematic, and individually designed This is a 2 units recommended and leadership Language shared process where decision-making is focused DEGREE The uniqueness of the Duquesne University Math & Science 6 units recommended on ficedom to choose within the limitations of graduate is based on an appreciation and under- The School of Nursing undergraduate program (I unit Chemistry and situation while considering the safety of all standing of the philosophy and the beliefs about leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in I unit Algebra concei tied man and health These beliefs are reflected in nurs- Nursing required) The nuise uses theories concepts and research ing practice through an approach that embraces findings to substantiate nursing practice The pro- 2 A candidate must have been graduated from man in his wholeness as one who continually PROGRAM OF STUDY fessional muse is a creative innovator who finds an approved secondary school in the upper two- moves forward, increasing in complexity through satisfaction in giving service to others, regularly The School of Nursing offers a program with a fifths of the class, and must have demonstrated individual patterns of expression The nursing evaluates self and plans for continuing self-growth major in nursing leading to a bachelor's degree to exemplary personal conduct in the institution practice of this graduate is also based on the recog- Through systematic inquiry, the professional qualified high school graduates, registered nurses, 3 The primary consideration for admission is nition that the responsibility for the health situa- nurse promotes the discipline of nursing and pro- non-nursing baccalaureate graduates, and qualified the secondary school academic record This is con- tion is a shared process in which the nurse, client,^' VIdes direction for the future of nursing transfer students The program includes four years sidered to be the most important criterion of suc- and family participate The educational process is a co-constituted one of study, and is designed to provide the student cess at Duquesne University It is the desire of the The Duquesne University School of Nursing in which teacher and learner plan experiences and with the knowledge and the skills needed to prac- Admissions Committee to admit those candidates baccalaureate program graduates a generalist who share knowledge The emergence of new knowl- tice as a professional nurse generalist upon gradua- who possess qualities of character and intellect has the flexibility to practice in a variety of set- edge is encouraged through the ongoing interroga- tion The general and professional education and who show promise of development into useful tings The program emphasizes nursing as a tion of present knowledge and new experience acquired in this program provides a basis for the and contributing citizens 110

4 A candidate must present satisfactory scores 3 Personal interview with the Academic Advi- ADDITIONAL EXPENSES AND Nursing Each class elects its own officers and con- of the required College Entrance Examination sor in the School of Nursing REQUIREMENTS ducts such programs and affairs as its members Board Scholastic Aptitude Test in accordance with deem desirable toward achieving its goals Student Liability Insurance (Professional) the standaids to which the University adheres Provisions affecting placement foi three years $4500 In specific instances and at the discretion of the HONOR AWARDS be Uniforms, nurse's cap, duty shoes, Committee on Admissions, the equivalent of these I No transfer student can accepted into nurs- In addition to graduation honors, these awards are identification pin (approx ) requirements mav be accepted in lieu of the fore- ing practicurn courses during the first semester of 10700 presented at Honors Day going precise requirements See the section on attendance at Duquesne University Transportation to and from clinical The Mary W Tobin Gold Metal and The Dean Admissions for other University requirements agencies (weekly) 10 00 (approx 2 Only courses taken within the past ten years Johnson Memorial Medal are awarded annually to School of Nursing pin, if desired will be evaluated for transfer credit For courses in cost varies two outstanding seniors chosen by the faculty The REGISTERED NURSE STUDENTS the natural sciences, the limit is five years This Physical examinations, diagnostic procedures, Mary W Tobin Gold Medal is awarded by the time limit may be evaluated in specific instances and immunizations (cost varies) Theta Chapter of Alpha Tau Delta National Pro- Duquesne University School of Nursing currently fessional Fraternity for persons in nursing It was offers an evening program for registered nurses Physical Assessment Kit 4000 established in 1945 to honor Mary Tobin on the This program is designed to meet the needs of the SECOND DEGREE PROGRAM Mosby Assess Test 20 00 (approx ) occasion of her retirement from the University registered nurse student who is a graduate of a The Dean Johnson Memorial Medal commemo- hospital diploma program or an associate degree Applicants holding a baccalaureate with a major All students entering Nursing III are expected to other than nursing must follow transfer student rates Dean Johnson's contributions to the growth nursing program The nursing major portion of produce evidence of completion of first aid certifi- in of the School of Nursing the program is being scheduled during the evening admission procedures They should also arrange cation and CPR certification Students will not be hours for the convenience of the working nurse for a personal interview with the Academic Advi- permitted to enter clinical without evidence of Four new awards were presented for the first sor in the School of Nursing these competencies Students are expected to time in 1983 The first award on behalf of Miles All students in the B S N Evening Program maintain currency in these competencies as they Laboratories, Inc , is awarded annually to the out- must complete the University's liberal arts TEMPORARY TRANSFER progress through the program standing graduating senior in the area of acute care requirement prior to progressing to the nursing nursing The award is called the Miles Laborato- major Any previously earned college credits will An annual physical examination and certain With the approval of the Academic Advisor, a ries Award for Excellence in Nursing Practice in be evaluated for application toward the degree immunizations and health tests are required for all nursing student may take courses during the sum- the Acute Care Setting The second award is called requirements Please contact the School of Nurs- students in the School ofNursing Pre-clinical stu- mer at an accredited college or university other the Lanza Award for Excellence in Home Health ing for a brochure describing this program dents must complete specific health requirements than Duquesne University A student wishing to bv August I before proceeding to the Junior and Nursing, and is sponsored by Lanza, Hospital do this will become a temporary transfer student, Senior clinical practicum The School of Nursing Equipment for the Home This award is presented Admission Requirements— providing he or she receives the necessary clear- provides information on required school uniforms annually to the student demonstrating outstanding R N /B S N Program ance from both institutions to students prior to entrance into the clinical area ability in the area of community health The third award is sponsored by the United States Air Force Each student is responsible for transportation to Students who are interested in applying for admis- I A student must bring to the Academic Advi- This award, the Air Force Leadership in Nursing and from hospital and other clinical resources sion to the R N —B S N program should request sor both the catalog desenption of courses he or Award, is presented to the graduate best demon- Each student will be expected to have access to an an application from the Office of Admissions, she wishes to take and the schedule for the sum- strating outstanding leadership qualities (in gen- automobile to permit experience with home care Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Pa 15282 mer session in which they are given The Aca- eral), contributions to the nursing program and/or ofclients and their families in Nursing VI High school diploma or equivalent demic Advisor will evaluate the proposed courses class, and evidence of community service and and confirm the other institution's accreditation commitment to the profession The last new Graduation from an accredited associate status STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS award is for general excellence in the area of nurs- degree (2 5 Q P A minimum) or diploma nursing ing research and is awarded to a graduating senior program 2 Ordinarily, a student who has acquired 60 or Each nursing student is a member of the general student body and may select and participate in This award is sponsored by Sigma Theta Tau— - Verification of current licensure as a registered more credits may not receive advanced standing any of the campus organizations There are Epsilon Phi Chapter nurse in Pennsylvania for courses taken at accredited community or two- numerous social sororities and organizations as year colleges Language courses at the elementary MOSBY ASSESS TEST - Present or past experience in nursing or intermediate level are exceptions and may be well as professional organizations These organiza- Verification of active malpractice insurance taken even though the student has already earned tions exist for the promotion of the scholarly and The Mosby Assess Test Battery is required of all professional interests of members second semester seniors The purpose of this bat- Fulfillment of prescribed science and math 60 or more credits Other courses require special tery of tests is to provide a mechanism for feed- requirements of the School of Nursing permission Alpha Tait Delta (meaning "through force of char- back to students to help in identifying strengths acter") is a national professional fraternity for per- - Personal interview 3 A candidate for the Bachelor's degree must and weaknesses in preparation for the licensing Further information can be obtained from the complete the last 30 credits (exclusive of challenge sons in nursing Theta Chapter was chartered on examination Director of the R N /B S N Program in the School credits) toward the degree at Duquesne the Duquesne University campus on April 21, of Nursing University 1938 Only full-time students who have completed GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS a minimum of one semester in the School of Nurs- 4 A student is responsible for earning a C grade, General University requirements for graduation TRANSFER STUDENT ADMISSION ing with a cumulative quality point average of 2 5 or its equivalent, or better if he or she expects to are eligible are in the Academic Policies section of this cata- See Admissions Section for further receive advanced standing The student must log In addition, specific School of Nursing Sigina requirements arrange to have an official copy of the transcript of Theta Tait is the national nursing honorary requirements are grades earned at the institution in which he or she Society The Duquesne University Nursing Honor Admission criteria for transfer students Completion of 120 credits is a temporary transfer sent to the Academic Advi- Society was granted a chapter of Sigma Theta Tau, I A cumulative QPA of 2 5 from the transfer- sor in the School of Nursing in order to receive Epsilon Phi, in November of 1981 Membership is 2 A minimum cumulative over-all qualit^ point ring student's institution advanced standing This transcript must be sent open to students, faculty, and alumni who meet average of 2 0 the criteria for election 2 1 unit of chemistry and I unit of algebra, immediately upon completion of the course to be 3 Successful completion of all clinical which can be from either a secondary school or transferred Class 0)ganizaijons Each of the four classes is an practicums postsecondary institution officially recognized organization in the School of 4 Completion of the required curriculum plan

112 113

5 A candidate for the Bachelor's clegiee must Handbook can be acquired in the student govern- C\cused absence will be at the instructors discre- earned and the calculated averages The School complete the last 30 credits toward the degree at ment office located in the student union tion assumes no responsibility for such errors appear- ing in student records which may prevent the stu- Duquesne University Challenge credits are not School of Nursing Student Handbook—A copy A Student Who is'unable to attend class because included in this 30 credit requirement of the School of Nursing Student Handbook is of SeII0LIS illness hospitalization a serious acci- dent from being graduated 6 Submission of an application for the degree available to all nursing students in the School of dcnt or othci extenuating circumstance is respon- The faculty of the School of Nursing reserves No student is considered a degree candidate until Nursing Office This handbook contains informa- siblc tor notifying the office of the Dean of the the right to make any changes in the curriculum he/she files an application for the degree on a form tion important to the students within the School of S,hool of Nursing A student who is absent for that seem necessary or desirable provided by the Registrar Nursing L,qusc is expected to complete all of the work in all Degree requirements must be completed within courses It is the student's iesponsibilitv to make COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 10 years after initial enrollment At the end of the School of Nursing Grievance Procedure Lip all assignments in all courses and to be familiar Descriptions of courses in liberal arts and sciences I 0-yeai period, the student's record is re-evaluated with anv instructions which mav have been given Grievance procedures must be initiated within 30 may be found in the College of Liberal Arts and in terms of the curriculum in effect at that time, during the absence Attendance is mandatory for days of the occurrence which gave rise to the griev- Sciences section pages 14 to 63 and the student is advised of any additional ance With the knowledge of the involved parties, all scheduled hours in the clinical area This includes communitv clinical hours as well as those requirements for graduation The responsibility either party may request that another person be 199 Nursing 1 3 cr for fulfilling degree requirements rests with the st,heduled in the acute care area Acceptable rea- present during the discussions This course introduces the students to the disci- student sons for absence will be in accordance with the If difficulty arises between student and faculty, current Undcigiaduate Catalog statement of scho- pline of nursing as a human science The students RECOMMENDED COURSE the student should first discuss the difficulty with lastic policies The student is expected to notify in the course explore nursing as a human science the person directly involved in light of the major concepts of man and health SEQUENCE the clinical instructor of the absence prior to the If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved, the Students are introduced to key themes of the con- First N ear scheduled clinical time The specific procedure for appropriate course coordinator should be con- ceptual framework which have been identified as ( ('11i S, S ( itdn5 ( ou,ses C i edits this notification will be at the discretion of the Natural ScienLC** 4 Natural Science" 3 sulted If the problem persists, the Associate Dean clinical instiuctor Consideration of any other the processes of life, change, valuing inquiry car- Eng 101 — Eng 102 — should then be contacted request foi an excused absence will be at the ing, and family/nurse/client Students explore the English Cornp 3 Eng Comp If 3 In the event that a satisfactory agreement still instructor's discretion Tardiness or unexcused valuing process and look at self esteem as a means PsNch 103— See 101 — has not been reached, the student should present abscncc(s) aic serious offenses of professional of valuing self Students explore the process of 3 SurveN of Sue 3 Intro to Ps,ch his/her case before the Student Standing Commit- responsibility and accountabilitv that may result man coming to know and investigate the historical SPIL,h 3 N 199—Nursing 1** 3 in failure to meet couise goals and indicators emergence of nursing as a profession and a Phil 104 — tee of the School of Nursing discipline Intro to Phil 3 If the problem is not satisfactorily resolved, a Handicapped students requiring special assis- consultation with the Dean of the School of Nurs- tance are urged to notifv the class instructor before 13 15 200 Nursing 11 3 cr ing should be arranged or at the first class Second NLar This course builds on Nursing I The students Should the problem still remain unresolved, a School of Nursing Bio 207 and 208 —AnatomN 7 lleall1i Rcijuncinents All examine nursing as a human science in light of PhsstologN** 4 N 212 —Patholog^** "Request of Hearing" form should be filed with students entering studies are required to conform & interrelating health and man-m-his-family Stu- Ps,ch 22^ —De'Llopmental Ps^ch 266—De^elopmental the Vice President for Academic Affairs within 20 to the health requiiements of the School of dents will examine man as he lives in his health Ps\chologN 1" 3 Ps^chologN** days of the Dean's decision Nursing situation and as he participates in the health care N 25^—Nutrition** 3 Math 225 —Fund If the Academic Vice President's findings deter- Philosoph\ of Stars system Students will explore the process of valu- mine that a legitimate grievance exists he will con- Curriculum Standards or TheologN I Pharm 3— ing nursing research through systematic inquiry vene the academic due process committee In all N 200 —Nursing" 3 Basic Pharm 3 To progress to the nursing practice courses a min- toward development of nursing theory Students Nursing Electj,e 3 cases, the decision of the academic due process imum cumulative QPA of 2 0 is required with a are encouraged to identify the meaning of respon- committee is final If the Academic Vice President 16 16 minimum of a C grade in the natural sciences sibility for self as learner moving toward becoming finds that a legitimate grievance does not exist, a professional nurse Students will begin to explore -1 hird N Lar (Biologv and Chemistry), Anatomv and Physiol- he/she will inform the student within (30) days of the nursing process and the components of a basic N 340 —Nursing 111* 9 N 341 —Nursing IV* 9 ogv (including laboratory) Nutrition, Pathology, his/her determination Soc 32) — Philosoph^ Nuising I and 11 Basic Pharmacology and Devel- nursing assessment Prerequisite Nursing I Famil, S\stems 3 or TheologN 3 opmental Psvchologv I and 11 Gcneral Electr^c 3 Nursing Elccti^e 3 REGULATIONS 212 Patholog) 4 cr The School of Nuising faculty reserves the right 15 15 The students in this course examine the major Students in the School of Nursing are preparing to withdraw any student from the nursing major themselves for entry into a respected health pro- processes associated with disease, such as infec- Fourth N ear who in its opinion has not progressed satisfacto- fession where the highest degree of character and tion, inflammation and the immune response The N 460—Nursing V* 9 N 461 —Nursing VP` 9 rilv in nuising practice even though the quality major diseases affecting man and health in today's Nursing Electi^L I General ElLctiNe 3 sense of responsibility are basic requirements As point average meets recluned standards N 470— General Electi%e 3 such, they are expected to conduct themselves, at society are explored Lecture, four hours Prerequi- Students must maintain a minimum of a C Research PFOLess 3 all times, in a manner befitting this position and sites Anatomy and Physiology Lecture and Labo- grade in each clinical practice An F in either the- 15 15 according honor to it For these reasons, the ratory Offered during Spring Semester only School of Nursing insists on strict adherence to the ory or clinical practice will result in an F grade for *These courses must be taken during thL semesters indicated following regulations the course 255 Nutrition 3 er III **Pre requisite to Nursing I Class Attendance Attendance is mandatory Students may repeat non-nLirsing courses one This course studies nutrition principles and their Natural Sciences Students are directLd to enroll in Principles of for every class session of each course within the time on1v This includes support courses offered in importance to all ages Topics covered include during the Fall scmester and General Biolog^ 11 Chermsm I School of Nursing Students are required to attend,^ and out of the School of Nursing that is Anatomy factors influencing food habits, exploration of during the Spring semester the entue class session Specific class attendance and Phvsiology and Lab Pathology Basic Phar- ways in which nurses may help families and indi- requirements (in relation to grading) will be stated macology and Nutrition Students may repeat only viduals apply nutrition facts for promotion of Student Rights in each course syllabus Acceptable reasons for onc course at the 300 level and one at the 400 level health and well-being, and recent research in rela- in the nursing major Bill of Rights—A statement of the student Bill of absence will be in accordance with the current tion to such national problems as heart disease, Rights is available to all students in the Duquesne Undergraduate Catalog statement of scholastic The Student is cautioned to seek regulai advice obesity, and increased life span Lecture, three University Student Handbook The Student policies Consideration of any other request for an from the facultv and to keep. a record of credits hours Sophomore year

114 115

340 Nursing 111 9 cr change piocesses to assist the familv in the mobili a simple program Learners will explore the vari- approaches to health care ethics Students are introduced to a model which offers direction for Fhis is the fin st clinical nursing Course, building on zation of resources for health care ous applications of information processing as they relate to health care including applications in edu- ethical decision-making in the health care context NUISIng 11 in which the student begins to examine The course is presented in two units Unit I The role of the nurse in ethical decision-making is the processes of lite valuing change inquiry car- utilizes the nurse/client/family process with evolv cation practice administration, and research discussed and some case studies involving dilem- ing and the nUrse/client/familv piocess In Nurs- ing families as thev experience life processes The Trends and issues related to the various applica- mas that are faced by nurses are used to demon- ing III these piocesses will be further explored in concept, separateness/togetherness, is utilized to tions will be introduced and discussed This strate the use of this model However the model is iclation to mail s unichiectional movement as explore the needs of the individual within the fam course will assist the student in following the broad enough to be used in all areas of health care lived thiough health pattLrns ily the interrelatedness of familv members, and inquiry theme throughout the curriculum family dynamics as the familv progresses towards ethics and the student composition in the individ- Tile nL1FSC/Chent/fdmilv process is practiced as 260 WaNs of Healing 3 cr unity The major focus in Unit 11 is the concept of ual class will give direction for the case studies the method used bN the discipline to promote familv vulnerability The concept, separateness/ This course will explore many of the ways in used in this course This course is offered jointly health Use of theory as a basis for practice is togetherness continues to be used to explore man which clients and their families are involved in the by the School of Nursing and the Theology emphasized The student will utilize knowledge and his family's experience of health This course process of healing which are not thought to be Department fiom the sciences and humanities as he/she prac- is offered during the Fall semester Prerequisites rnedicaliv traditional This course will begin by tices the Nurse/Client/Farnilv process in a clinical 397 Health Care of Women 3 cr Nursing IV, Faniilv Systems looking at man's belief systems and how they setting with clients experiencing changing pat- affect his life and specifically the healing process Health Care of Women is a nursing elective that tcins of health The course is offered during the The student will explore the mystery around will provide students with an opportunity to 461 Nursing VI 9 cr Fall sernestcr Pierequisites Natural Sciences unconventional or unexpected healing and look at explore many of the prevalent health experiences Nursing VI is the final clinical nursing course and Anatoniv and Phvsiology lecture and lab Pathol- this in relationship to man's belief systems, which of women in contemporary society This course ogv Nutrition Pharmacologv Nursing I and 11 builds on prior learnings The focus of the course are a reflection of how man participates in his own investigates aspects of women's health that De%clopmental Ps^chologv I and 11 Please con- is on the promotion of health with groups in both health The student will then look at in depth two involve choices relative to the quality of their tact the School of Nursing for information regard- community and acute care settings The nurse/ wa,^s of healing One way is bjofeedback The lives It will provide students with an opportunity ing health requirements uniforms CPR and First client/familv process is the vehicle through which other is visual imagery with relaxation techniques to analyze health promotion for women from a the student participates in health promotion Aid ceitihcation etc as researched by Dr Carl 0 Simonton The nursing perspective It will provide them with the Emphasis throughout this course is on the collabo- underIving theory will be explored case histories knowledge of health resources available to meet rative function of the nurse leader The collabora- 341 Nursing IN 9 cr will be discussed, and the student will get an the specific needs of women tive process with multi-disciplinary health team Nursing IV is the second clinical nursing course opportunity to practice these techniques on him/ members provides the opportunity for the genera- 398 Communicating Aith Children and builds on the learnings of Nursing III The herself In addition the application of these tech- tion of nursing research possibilities Through Play 3 cr couisc focuses on decision-making as a participa- niques to the nurse/client/family process will be Communicating with Children through Play is a tive endeavor within the nurse/client/family The course is presented in two units The first explored There will also be student group process unit deals with the nature of groups, groups of presentations around seven other ways healing can non-clinical elective for any student who is inter- clients the familv as a group and the community occur These are psychic surgery, hypnosis, spiri- ested in pre-school-aged, school-aged and adoles- Not sing IV also provides the student the oppor- as a group The second unit deals with the nurse as tual healing, acupuncture, acupressure, laying on cent children The focus of the course is on play as tunitv to explore adult man as he expeiiences a member and a leader of the nursing team and as ofhands and hex/voodoo Prerequisite Nursing 1 an evolutionary life experience Emphasis is changing patteins of energv in select nurse/client a member of the multi-disciplinary health care placed on play as a means of understanding chil- situations team The course is offered during the Spring 299 Nursing and Spirituality 3 cr dren's behavior, as a valuable resource for antici- The course is divided into three units emphasiz- semester Prerequisite Nursing V This course will mitialIv identifv the universal and patory guidance with children, and as a means for ing nurse/clicnt decision-making These decisions timeless truth of the spiritual dimension of man's the child to work through some of his/her immedi- are made in the following health care situations 470 The Research Process 3 Cr nature It will then investigate case histories in ate life stresses The participants will expand their perspectives of children's play as a form of com- high risk crisis short-term and long-term The This introductory course offers students an oppor- nursing which focus on spiritual needs encoun- observation and evaluation of chil- tarmh and conimunitv aie discussed as client sup- tunit^ to examine the historical perspectives of tered in the nurse-client relationship The student munication by utilizing selected techniques The port systerris nursing research as well as trends and issues which will be encouraged to develop an awareness of his/ dren's play by selected play techniques that will be presented are Nursing IV oflers a clinical component in which have emerged These are discussed and critically her own spiritual growth through nursing experi- Drawings (draw-a-man, draw-a-family, draw-a- the student cares f6i select clients in the acute analyzed Ethical implications of nursing research ences In addition the Student will discover the house-tree-person), Pigem's Question, Three medical-suigical and psychiatric settings Tile are considered integratively The students are gift he/she brings to the nursing situation when Wishes, Story Completion, Make-up a Story, Pup- course is offered during the Spring semester Pre- encouraged to examine the research process from spiritual needs are recognized and shared (entered pet Play, and Therapeutic Play Interviews Prereq- icquisite Nursing III a natural scientific viewpoint as well as from a into) with the client Developmental Psychology I and human science approach Further application of uisite Psych 225 300 Ways of Relating 3 cr Psych 206 Developmental Psychology 11 or cur- 460 Nursing V 9cr the research process to nursing studies is explored rent enrollment in Developmental Psychology 11 through critical evaluation of current research This course builds on basic communication theory Nursing V the third clinical nursing course, builds Prerequisite Fundamentals of Statistics and Nurs- and skills It offers the student the opportunity to Open to any University student upon the learning in Nursing IV The student enhance relationships through increasing self- ing IV 3 cr examines nursing as a participant with evolving awareness and critical analysis of one's own pat- 399 Health Education families For the purpose of this course, the term terns This knowledge promotes the motivation This course focuses upon the nurse's role as health evolving farnilv will be viewed as a family pri- NURSING ELECTIVES toward changing the individual's style of relating educator and allows the student to explore the rnarfl^ concerned with childbearing and childrear- the student learns to applv the skills of critical dynamic world of health education in today's soci- ing The student will focus on the interrelatedness 215 Computer Applications in Health Care 3 cr analvsis evaluation, and change to simulated ety The major issues confronting the nurse as a and vulnerabiltiv of the familv membeis as thev This is an introductory computer course Com- nurse/client/family situations teacher are emphasized together with the processes strive toward family unity The student will initi- puter Applications in Health Care is an elective of valuing and change in health education The ate interielationships with evolving families as course designed to introduce the student to the 353 Health Care Ethics 3 cr learning needs of the client-family are carefully the\, experience separate ness/togetherncss to basic fundamentals of data processing with a focus This course studies the practical and theoretical scrutinized The student has the opportunity to cics^iibc their health, evaluate alternatives and on applications in the health care field Students issues in the ethics of health care Students will write and implement a teaching plan, design an mobilize resources in planning change Nursing will become familar with the basics of computer explore a number of ethical theories and will evaluation tool and create teaching aids Prerequi- practice will be based upon caring valuing and terminology and technology and be able to utilize become aware of th6ological bases of and site Nursing III

116 117

400 Practical Approaches to Implementing older adult Emphasis is placed on the meaning of the Nursing Process 3 cr increasing complexity in the life process Learners School of Pharmacy This course is a clinical nursing elective designed will examine changing belief systems as they relate to provide students with the opportunity to utilize to health services for the older adult Learners are the process of inquiry specifically through a prob- expected to critically investigate the Nurse/Client/ HISTORY Family process through selected situations lem solving methodology Students will re- Plans for establishing a School of Pharmacy were to become agents for the enforcement of narcotic examine the elements of the Nursc/Client/Family 466 Choosing the Liiing in D^ing 3 cr instituted in 1911 when the charter of the Univer- and pure food and drug laws In recent years, phar- process drawing upon past learning utilizing data Choosing the Living in Dying is a three-credit, sitv was amended and authority obtained to grant macists have entered the fields of nuclear and information derived from the current practice non-clinical elective for nursing majors The focus degrees in Pharmacy On April 20, 1925, the final pharmacy and drug information-poison control setting Students will then synthesize these ele- work of organizing the School of Pharmacy was Many pharmacists find employment as chemists ments and formulate relevant nursing care plans of the course is on dying as an evolutionary life experience Emphasis is placed on the quality of completed The first class was received September or biologists in industrial and research organiza- which reflect a refinement of problem solving 21 19-75 tions in allied fields, others enter the profession of skills Outcomes realized through the utilization of living throughout the dying process The learners will develop their prespectives of the dying process Duquesne Univeisity School of Pharmacy is teaching Additional study is required for some of the nurse/client process will then be analyzed and housed in Richard King Mellon Hall of Science, these positions A few pharmacists continue their evaluated Through the selected learning experi- and current issues in America related to that pro- cess Meaning will be enhanced through the shar- whose design bv master architect Mies van der study in other health professions leading to a sec- ences occurring within the actual practice setting, ond professional degree or an advanced degree in ing of thoughts, feelings and perceptions within Rohe won the Laboratory of the Year" award for students will also have the opportunity to examine the basic pharmaceutical and medical sciences the group process 1969 in the annual Industrial Research, Inc sur- the values that exist in the practice setting itself vev of new science buildings across the country The School of Pharmacy directs the professional and the impact that they have on the Nurse/Cli- 480 Senior Nursing Seminar 3 cr The School's specialized facilities include the program leading to the Doctor of Pharmacy ent/Family process Prerequisite Nursing IV This senior nursing seminar focuses upon clients' Hugh C Muldoon Model Pharmacy, animal oper- degree Those graduates are qualified for place- 458 Farml) Nursing in the experiencing a wide range of health related ating room bionucleonics laboratory, eight addi- ment in clinical pharmacy positions in hospitals Appalachian Communit^ 3 er problems throughout the life continuum The syn- tional teaching laboratories, and a manufacturing across the nation pharmacv laboratory containing basic pharmaceu- Medical technologists work under the direction This course offers the student an opportunitv to thesis of nursing theory and related science bases tical manufacturing equipment and separate of a pathologist or clinical scientist In the field of implement the Nurse/Chent/Family process wit is accomplished through utilization of case studies tableting and aerosol technology areas Medical Technology, positions are available in families in a rural community whose cultural re - and faculty/student discussions Inquiry and deci- hospital and industrial laboratories preparing tis- erence is different from that usually encountered sion making are emphasized within the framework PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES sue samples and slides for microscopic study, tak- Students examine history and cultural patterns of of Nurse/Client/Family process This course is The School of Pharmacy, as an integral part of the ing blood samples, storing plasma, and keeping the geographical area for their influence on health offered only in the spring Prerequisite Nursing V University, embodies as its own the mission and records of tests and health care delivery systems Group process is 499 Directed Stud^ 3 cr goals set forth bv the Universitv In the field of Radiological Health, positions as explored as it relates to communal living and This course in Directed Studies provides students The School of Pharmacy has many important health physicist are available in hospitals and any intense working relationships with a temporary with the opportunity to pursue an area of individ- missions but the primary mission of the School is laboratories and industrial facilities which use multidisciplinary team of volunteer health provid- ual interest in nursing which is consistent with the to prepare practitioners for life-long careers in radioisotopes ers This course is offered during the summer and curriculum Students will have the opportunity to pharmacy and allied health sciences Academic The Graduate School of Liberal Arts and Sci- is by special permission only Prerequisite Nurs- generate goals related to the area of interest they training must build sufficient knowledge and skill ences of Duquesne University offers programs ing IV Familv Systems wish to pursue and to formulate and implement a to allow graduates to practice in the present envi- through the Department of Pharmaceutical Sci- 463 Patterns of Aging 3 cr plan for achieving these goals By special permis- ronment and to giow and adapt as the practice ences, leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree environment changes in pharmaceutical chemistry and medicinal chem- This course is an elective course designed to sion only The curriculum in pharmacv represents a com- istry, and the Master of Science degree in the fields examine the aging process with a focus on the posite of educational expeiiences that results in a of phaimaceutics, pharmaceutical chemistry well-educated and well-trained professional and pharmacology-toxicology and medicinal offers the undergraduate student a well-rounded chemistry and broad education which will inspire a perma- nent interest in learning DEGREES In order to be a competent pharmacist, the stu- The School of Pharmacy offers programs leading dent must become a therapeutic specialist who has to three undergraduate degrees Bachelor of Sci- knowledge of drugs and their actions Secondly ence in Pharmacy, Bachelor of Science in Medical the pharmacist must possess skills and knowledge Technology, and Bachelor of Science in Radiologi- to manage a professional practice The compre- cal Health these are described on the following hensive and specialized nature of the curriculum pages offeis the Pharmacy graduate a choice of occupa- Descriptions of advanced degrees offered by the tions within the profession and its closely allied faculty of the School of Pharmacy are found in fields as well as an adequate foundation for the other catalogs available from the School of continuation of studies on a graduate level in Pharmacy office manv areas PROGRAMS Within the profession of Pharmacy, a graduate may become a community pharmacist, hospital PHARMACY pharmacist or a pharmacist in government sei- The School of Pharmacy offers a Bachelor of Sci- vice Many pharmacists find employment as medi- ence degree in Pharmacy upon completion of the cal service representatives for drug manufacturers undergraduate professional program The first two Sonic enter the wholesale drug business and the years encompass manv courses offered by the Col- pharmaceutical manufacturing industry Gradu- iege of Liberal Arts and Sciences in addition to ates in pharmacv are exceptionally well-qualified several professional courses The IaLter three years

118 119

of studv are taught mainly by the pharmacy Curriculum Fourth Year facultv with electives being available from both A minimum of 30 credits in the combined general pall Seniestei D* L* C* Spring Semeste^ D* L* C* that faculty and all other schools of the University education areas of humanities and social sciences 321 Pharmacologv-Drug 322 Pharmaco logy- Drug Students are enrolled in the School of Pharmacy is required for graduation from the School of Mechanisms 1 4 — 4 Mechanisms 11 4 — 4 for all years Transfer students are enrolled accord- Pharmacy (fifteen in the Humanities including 305 Pharmaceutics- 306 Pharmaceutics- ing to qualifications in the first, second or third English Composition and Theology and six in the Biopharmaceutics 111 3 — 3 Pharmacokinetics IV 3 4 4 vear of the five-year sequence Legal requirements Social Sciences and nine credits chosen from 313 Medicinal Chemistry- 314 Medicinal Chemistry- of all states are met with regard to graduation from either area in consultation with the advisor) Natural Products 1 4 — 4 Natural Products 11 4 — 4 an accredited college of pharmacy Licensure in Courses fulfilling the Theology requirement are 324 Public Health-Emergency 431 Behavioral Aspects of Illness 2 — 2 the several states may be acquired by meeting spe- listed under the Department of Theologv in the Treatment 3 — 3 General or Professional cific additional requirements of each particular College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this General or Professional Elective 3 — 3 state catalog Elective 3 — 3 16 4 17 Residency Requirements 17 — 17 The pharmacy curriculum has been designed to The faculty recommends and reserves the right Fifth Year provide a sequence of courses leading to profes- to require completion of course clusters in the Fall SeMestct D* L* C* Spring Semestet D* L* C* sional competence The minimum time period in humanities and social sciences as a means to pro- 440 Therapeutics 6 — 6 441 Practical Pharmacy I- which this may be accomplished has been deter- vide a strong general education for all health pro- 323 OTC Drugs 2 — 2 Clinical Clerkship 3 mined by the facultv to be three years of full-time fessionals A list of suggested course clusters 430 Patient Counseling & 432 Practical Pharmacy 11- residencv This residency requirement for the final appears at the end of this section Education 2 2 3 Community 3 years of the professional curriculum is in accor- Professional and/or 433 Practical Pharmacy III- dance with a policy statement ratified by the General Electives 6 — 6 Hospital 3 American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy The student is cautioned to seek regular advice 434 Practical Pharmacy IV- and followed by all colleges of pharmacy in estab- from the faculty and to keep a record of credits Optional 3 lishing minimum residency requirements, as well earned and the calculated averages The School 16 2 17 12 as guidelines for professional education The resi- assumes no responsibility for such errors appear- D*—Didactic hours L*—Laboratory hours, C*—Credit hours dency requirement is applicable to all students ing in student records which may prevent the stu- regardless of advanced standing status dent from being graduated Courses are to be completed in the designated sequence Minimum credits for B S in Pharmacy Degree-163, sufficient elective courses must be taken to satisfy the PHARMACY CURRICULUM minimum credit requirements For classes entering in Fall, 1982 and thereafter. Portions of the new curriculum are being phased in for students in the Classes of 1985 and 1986 made in some parts of the curriculum indicated for the Class of 1987 and succeeding classes First Year Changes may be as a result of faculty evaluation of the new Pharmacy curriculum Fall Seinestei D* L* C* Spring Semester D* L* C* III General Biology 1 3 4 4 112 General Biology 11 3 4 4 AREAS OF CONCENTRATION 121 General Chemistry 1 3 4 4 122 General Chemistry 11 3 8 5 During the fourth vear (earlier if possible) each The course clusters represent depth in a profes- 101 English Composition 1 3 — 3 102 English Composition 11 3 — 3 pharmacy student is urged to select an area of sional area of choice Students may make their 115 Calculus 1 4 — 4 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 101 Pharmacv Orientation I — 1 concentration from one of the following areas own selection of courses in consultation with their advisors 14 8 16 12 12 15 Community Practice Institutional Practice, Industrial Pharmacv, Nuclear Pharmacy, or Pre- The following courses are approved for the Second Year Graduate Study Six credits in Professional respective areas of concentration Fall Semestet D* L* C* Spring Sernestei D* L* C* Pharmacv Electives is the minimum requirement 205 Organic Chemistry 1 1 4 4 206 Organic Chemistry 11 3 4 4 for graduation 201 General Phvsics 1 4 2 4 Social Science Elective 3 — 3 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 Social Science Elective 3 — 3 220 Human Anatomy I Communiti, Ptactice 504—Industrial Pharmacy and & Physiology 1 4 — 4 481—Pharmacv Sales and Marketing Governmental Affairs I General Elective 3 — 3 230 Pharmacy Law 3 — 3 482—Commumtv Pharmacv Practice 510—Advanced Pharmacokinetics 16 6 17 16 4 17 561 —General Toxicolog^ 522—Spectral Methods 566—Clinical Toxicology 539—Bionucleonics Third Year Pharmacy students who select the Industrial [-all Seniesici D* L* C* Spring Semester D* L* C* 2 Institutional Piactice Pharmacy area of concentration, may spend part 317 Human Anatomy & 318 Pathophysiology 3 — 3 491—Hospital Pharmacy Management of the required B S in Pharmacy practicum in an Phvsiologv 11 3 3 4 814—Parenteral Therapy industrial setting 301 Basic Pharmaceutics- 302 Basic Pharmaceutics 11 3 4 4 50 1 —Manufacturing Pharmacy Pharmacv Math 1 3 319 Medical Microbiology- 4 4 539 _'Bionucleonics 4 Nucleat Phaimacv 309 Biochemistry-Nutrition 4 2 4 Immunology 539—Bionucleonics 3 3 4 540—Advanced Bionucleonics and 333 Drug Literature Resources I 1 1 310 Analysis of Drug Substances 540—Advanced Bionucleonics and 4 — 4 Radiopharmaccuticals 325 Pharmacy Management 4 — 4 326 Pharmacy Administration Rachopharmaceuticals 3 — 3 561 —General Toxicology 15 10 17 489—Problems in Health Physics 16 7 18 566—Chnical Toxicology (offered by Physics Department) 3 Industiial Phainiaci Students who satisfactorily complete the nine- 50 1 —Manufacturing Pharmacy credit requirement of the Nuclear Pharmacv area 502—Pharmaceutical Formulation of concentration, are awarded a certificate Also, and Dcvelopme^t Pharmacy students who select the Nuclear

120 121

Pharmacy area of concentration may spend part of interest in order to select courses most adapta- Third Year they A com- of the icquired B S in Pharmacy practicum in a ble to the program desire to pursue I all Seinestei D* L* C* Sin Ing Setnesiel D* L* C* nuclear pharmacv and/or nuclear medicine set- bined B S in Pharmacy/M S program is available 317 Human Anatomy & 318 Pathophysiology 3 — 3 ting to qualified students Physiology 11 3 3 4 361 Principles of Management 3 — 3 5 Ili e-Gi aduate Studi 309 Biochernistry-Nuirition 4 2 4 421 Analytical Chemistry 3 8 4 Students who elect this option must consult Humanities Elective 3 — 3 202 General Physics 11 4 2 4 with the chairman of the department of their area Electives 6 — 6 16 5 17 13 10 14

Applications for entrance to the fourth year are to D*—Didactic hours L*—Laboiatory hours, C*—Credit hours MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY be made before October 15 of the third vear I nfor- Courses may be offered in semesters other than those indicated as the Pharmacy curriculum is revised The piogram leading to the degree B S in Medical mation and applications are available from the Fourth Year Technology is a joint effort between Duquesne Office of the Dean of the School of Pharmacy Universitv and Mercy Hospital, Pittsburgh Pa The fourth year of the program will begin in July and continue for twelve consecutive months Courses and Tile program involves completion of 124 credits, During the fourth year of the program, students laboratory assignments will be held at Merev Hospital The following syllabus will be covered with 30 crLa its awarded for completion of the courses with 30 of the credits being taken in the Mercy will register and pay tuition to Duquesne Univer- sitv Thev will be permitted to reside in the Uni- Hospital School of Medical Technology in th^ coulses Ctedits colases Ctedits versity dormoritories and enjoy all of the privi- fourth vear of the program Graduates of the pro- 61 Clinical Chemistry 7 66 Parasitology 2 leges of Duquesne University students giam are eligible for national certifying examina- 62 Urmalvsis 2 67 Immunology 2 tions Failure in anv of the major courses included in 63 Hematology 5 69 Mycology 1 The School of Medical Technology at Mercy the fourth year will lead to immediate dismissal 64 Blood Banking 3 70 Virology 1 Hospital is approved by the National Accrediting from the Mercy Hospital School of Medical Tech- 65 Bacteriology 5 71 Nuclear Pathology 2 Agencv for Clinical Laboratory Sciences which nology Total acts as ^clviser to the Council on Medical Educa- 30 All of the required course work, laboratories, sup- tion of the American Medical Association It is School of Medical Technology The faculty of the Curriculum plies facilities and faculty for the fourth year of responsible for establishing and maintaining high School of Medical Technology is recognized as A minimum of 15 credits in the combined areas of the progiam will be provided by Mercv Hospital standards of education in A M A -approved faculty at Duquesne University humanities and social sciences is required for schools of medical technologv graduation (nine in the Humanities, including Students in the program enroll in the School of Theologv, and six in the Social Sciences including Pharniacv as medical technology majors These Theology, and six in the Social Sciences) Courses Principles of Management) Courses for fulfilling RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH students are advised through the Office of the for fulfilling the Theology requirement are listed the Theology requirement are listed under the Since 1972 the School of Pharmacy has offered a Dean of the School of Pharmacy under the Department of Theology in the College Department of Theology in the College of Liberal four-vear 123-credit program leading to a Bachelor Admission to the fourth year of the program will of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this catalog Arts and Sciences section of this catalog of Science degree in Radiological Health Gradu- be on a competitive basis with these as the deter- ates from the program qualify for positions of The faculty recommends and reserves the right mining factors The faculty recommends and reserves the right to require completion of course clusters in human- health plivsicist in any facilities using radioactive to require completion of course clusters in the I A minimum cumulative quality point average humanities and social sciences ities and social sciences A list of the suggested isotopes A list of the sug- of 3 00 in the sciences is recommended course clusters appears at the end of this section Students in the radiological health program gested course clusters appears at the end of this section 2 No student with a grade lower than C in any enroll in the School of Pharmacv as radiological The student is cautioned to seek regular advice health majors These students are advised through chermstry course will be considered for admission The student is cautioned to seek regular advice from the faculty and to keep a record of credits the Office of the Dean of the School of Pharmacy 3 Written recommendations earned and the calculated averages The School of from the faculty and to keep a record of credits Curriculum earned and the calculated averages The School of 4 Personal interview with the Student Selection Pharmacy assumes no responsibility for such A minimum of 15 credits in the combined areas of Pharmacy assumes no responsibilitv for such Committee of the Mercy Hospital School of Medi- errors appearing in student records which may humanities and social sciences is required for errors appearing in student records which may cal Technology prevent the student from being graduated graduation (nine in the Humanities, including prevent the student from being graduated First Year First Year I-all Scinc^let D* L* C* Spiing Seine5ter D* L* C* fall ^eniesici D* L* C* Spi i ng Semester D* L* C* 101 English Composition 1 3 — 3 102 English Composition 11 3 — 3 101 English Composition 1 3 — 3 102 English Composition 11 3 — 3 105 College Algebra and 115 Calculus 1 4 — 4 105 College Algebra and 115 Calculus 1 4 — 4 Ti igonometry 4 — 4 Trigonomeiry 4 — 4 112 General Biology 11 3 4 4 III General Biology 1 3 4 4 112 General Biology 11 3 4 4 Ill General Biologv 1 3 4 4 122 General Chemistry 11 3 8 5 121 General Chemistry 1 3 4 4 122 General Chemistry 11 3 8 5 121 General Chernistry 1 3 4 4 13 8 15 13 12 16 13 8 15 13 12 16 Second Year Second Year I-all Senieslei D* L* C* Spring Semester D* L* C* fall Semeyiet D* L* C* Sipting Seinestet D* L* C* 201 General Phvsics 1 4 2 4 306 Applied Electronics 3 2 3 211 General Analytical 212 General Analytical 205 Organic Chemistry 1 3 4 4 206 Organic Chemistry 11 3 4 4 Physics 1 3 3 4 Physics 11 3 3 4 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 319 Medical Microbiologv- 205 Organic Chermstiy 1 3 4 4 206 Organic Chemistry 11 3 4 4 Social Science Elective 3 — 3 Immunology 3 3 4 116 Calculus 11 4 — 4 215 Calculus 111 4 — 4 Theologv or Elective 3 — 3 220 Human Anatomy Theology or Elective 3 — 3 220 Human Anatomy and & Physiology 1 4 — 4 Physiology 1 4 — 4 16 6 17 13 9 15 13 1 15 14 7 16 122 123

recognized annuallv at the fall social gathering and rhird Year A student who is unable to attend class because Spting Seinevei D* L* C* encouraged to investigate Advanced Placement I all Semestei D* L* C* of serious illness, hospitalrzation, a serious acci- 1 2 2 CLEP and Challenge Examination opportunities 317 Human Anatornv and 306 Applied Electronics dent or other extenuating circumstances is respon- Physical Geology 3 — 3 filcultv research projects in which they may par- PhvsiologN 11 3 3 4 101 sible for notifying the office of the Dean of the licipate, and independent study courses 309 Bioclici-nistry-Nutrition 4 2 4 216 Ordinary Differential School of Pharmacy The student should supply a — 3 Equations 3 — 3 written verification as soon as possible 225 Fundamentals of Statistics 3 SPECIAL FEES A student Advanced Bionucleonics 3 3 3 539 Bionucleonics 3 3 3 540 who is absent for cause is expected to complete all 3 — 3 Humanities Elective 3 — 3 Social Science Elective Laboratory of the work in all courses It is the student's 8 17 13 5 14 responsibility to make up all assignments in all 16 Required laboratory courses scheduled by all courses and to be familiar with any instructions Fourth Year schools of the University are subject to fees as which may have been given during the absence Sin ing senlesici D* L* C* published Pharmacv laboratories require a fee of I all senicsici D* L* C* 483 Nuclear Physics 3 — 3 $40 each a semester This is a prorated charge Handicapped students requiring special assis- 473 Atomic Phvsjcs 3 — 3 — 4 542 Radiological Health If 3 4 4 den N ed from the total costs of all laboratory oper- tance are urged to notify the class instructor before 541 Radiological Health 1 4 204 Meterology 3 — 3 ations throughout the professional years Other or at the first class 325 Applications in 451 Practice in Radiological courses offered in the program of medical technol- Statistics 3 — 3 — 16 4 ogy and radiological health are subject to special ^ Academic Standards All students who are Social Sciencc Elective 3 — 3 Health admitted to the School of Pharmacy must main- Humanities ElectiNe 3 — 3 fees No laboratory fees are assessed for courses tain a 2 0 QPA 16 — 16 9 20 14 scheduled in the fourth year of the medical tech- (quality point average) in the nologv program required courses in the professional pharmacy cur- *D—Didactic hours L*—Laboratory C*—Crecht hours riculum, throughout the program Students who as the Pharmacy curriculum is revised Achifties do not achieve a 2 Courses niav be oflered in semesters other than those indicated 0 QPA by the end of the first Instituted bv student request this fee of $30 a professional vear may be admitted to the second semester for a minimum of six semesters covers year on a probationary basis No student will be In extenuating circumstances and with the per- ADMISSION such miscellaneous items as local and national admitted to the third, fourth, or fifth years of the mission of the School of Pharmacy Student Stand- Students who plan to enter anN of the programs Student American Pharmaceutical Association program with less than a 2 0 QPA in all courses ing Committee, a waiver of the three years of resi- the School of Pharmacy are encouraged dues and journal subscription laboratory jacket, and in professional courses A minimum cumula- ofleied b\ the American Association of dence required by tive 2 to meet with the Dean Assistant Dean or the towels and name pin fees class dues and support 00 QPA in the pre-pharmacy science and Colleges of Pharmacy will be sought by the faculty Dean's designate for a personal interview Of the pharmacy student newsletter, Photion, and math courses is required for entrance into the on behalf of the student Failure to request and Entrance requirements are listed under Admission partial travel expenses for one required field trip to third year of the pharmacy program A student obtain such a waiver requires the pharmacv stu- Policies in the General Information section of this a pharmaceutical manufacturing firm Payment is will not be admitted to the fifth vear of the dents to complete a minimum of six semesters in catalog Applications should be submitted as early made at registration each semester This prorated Pharmacy program without successfuf completion residence as full-time students fee is assessed only to those students in the last of all required courses in Pharmacy 1, 11, 111, IV in the vcar of matiiculation as possible Advanced credit for courses completed at other three vears of the pharmacv program The national Pharmacy College Admissions institutions may be allowed for those courses 3 RequitedPiogiains Pharmacy students in the mav be taken bv applicants Results Test (PCAT) which appear in the Duquesne curricula No credit School of Pharmacy Fee fourth year of the curriculum are required to par- should be reported to the Admissions Office and to is allowed in any subject in which a grade lower ticipate in one industrial visit arranged by the All students enrolled in any program of the School the School of Pharmac^ The test is not required was earned or for a course not equivalent School than C of Pharmacv are required to pav a fee designated for admission to the School but the results are to one among the Universitv curricula Once bv the Universitv This fee which is assessed for The faculty of the School of Pharmacy may used bN advisement personnel to assess the level enrolled at Duquesne, students may not pursue each semester that a student is enrolled in the require Pharmacy student attendance at other of knowledge in pertinent areas related to the pro- courses at other institutions for transfer credit seminars and special programs grant Superior performance in certain topics wi School of Pharmacy, assists with the special oper- without specific permission from the Office of the ating expenses of the School of Pharmacy alert the student to enroll for advanced placement Dean 4 Health Requirements Any School of e\aminations Advanced standing is conditional until the stu- REGULATIONS Pharmacy student entering studies in a hospital or The School of Pharmacv admits students into dent completes a minimum of one semester's Students in the School of Pharmacy are preparing other institutional setting may be required to con- each of the first thice vears of the medical technol- his work proves work (16 semester hours) If themselves for entry into a respected health pro- form to the health requirements of that institution og\ and radiological health programs and into the unsatisfactorv, the student will be requested to fession where the highest degree of character and first second or third vear of the pharmacy pro- STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS withdraw sense of jesponsibility are basic requirements As gram Procedures for entrance are outlined under Applicants who have completed advanced such they are expected to conduct themselves at The Sludent American Pharmaceutical Association Application Procedures in the General Informa- courses in high school are encouraged to take all times in a manner befitting this position and whose membership includes all pharmacy stu- tion section of this catalog advanced placement tests (see Admission section according honor to it For these reasons the dents registered in the last three years of the the All transfer students must be interviewed by of this catalog) Partial advanced placement credit School of Pharmacv insists on strict adherence to School of Pharmacy aims to promote their inter- Dean Assistant Dean or Dean s designate in the for some courses mav be awarded for these exami- the following regulations ests, academic, social and professional Under its School of Pharmacv Students intending to trans- nations Students are advised to investigate care- auspices many worthwhile events are arranged I Class -Ittendance Regular class attendance in fer into the pharrnacv progiam must have success- ftill^ the credit equivalency during the school year The executive committee MIN, completed the appropiiate math science and the School of Pharmacv is normallv required for meets regularly with the Dean and the faculty liberal aits prerequisities for entrance into the sec- SCHOLARS PROGRAM maximum educational advantage The responsi- moderator to act as liaison between students and ond or third year of the curriculum Advisors at Anv student designated as an Admissions Scholar bilitv for all course material rests wholly with the facultv The annual membership fee includes one the School of Phai inacv are available to meet with upon entrance to the Universitv and to the School student Under no circumstances will class attend- year's student membership in the American Phar- ance be used as the sole basis for altering a grade students to dISCLISS the reclunements necessary for of Pharmacy or who has obtained a cumulative maceutical Association and a year's subscription Possible future placement in the School of average of 3 50 is named to the School of in a course This principle shall not modifv the to its Journal Interested pharmacy students prerogative of each instructor to establish specific Pharmacv Pharmacv Scholars Program Students enrolled in enrolled in their first and second years at the Uni- Policies for attendance at tests examinations, class Transfer pharmacv students must completc a any major offered by the School are eligible Selec- versity are also eligible for membership and are lectures deadlines for reports, and other specific Minimum of three acadcmi( vears of iesidence in tion is made annuallv on the basis of academic encouraged to become activelv involved in school or course requirements the School of Pharmacv standing No application is required Scholars are SAPhA

124 125

The 11pha Beta Chaptet ol Rho Chi, national American Pharmaceutical Association at the graduating class who attains the highest aver- presented annually to the graduating Medical pharmacv honor society at Duquesne Univeisity Duquesne University age in medicinal chemistry Technology student who achieved the highest was organized to promote the advancement of the Bernaid and Blanche Schillei Aivaid in the Rho Chi Naid Alpha Chapter of Rho Chi standing during the four-year program of study pharmaceutical sciences Pharmacy students who Hionanities and Social Sciences Annually an awards annuallv a suitably inscribed key to the GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS have completed three and one-half years of work award of $50 provided by The Drug House, Inc, student who earns the highest general average in at the University level and have achieved a B Allegheny Division, is presented to the graduate all subjects during the first two years of the A committee of the faculty will review the average are eligible for membership A maximum who has demonstrated an understanding of the pharmacv program It is presented at a meeting of record of each candidate for graduation to ascer- of 20 percent of the class enrollment may be value of the humanities and social sciences in his the Student Chapter of the American Pharmaceu- tain full compliance with specific School of admitted to membership Faculty, graduate stu- development as a professional person This award tical Association Pharmacy curricula requirements and the general dents in the pharmaceutical sciences, and Doctor is to be used for the purchase of books on any University Graduation Requirements, as stated in Roche Phatinaci, Communications Awaid A of Pharniac^ students may also be invited to join aspect of the humanities in which the student is Academic Policies section of this catalog This personalized plaque is awarded annually to the committee will then recommend candidates for Eta Chaptei of Phi Lambda Sigina, a national interested graduating student who has shown exceptional faculty certificanon for graduation or for remedial professional pharmaceutical societv, was chartered Maty McPattland Beck 4waid An award of $25 ability in patient communication through course- work to be fulfilled during the last semester of at Duquesne University in 1980 The society rec- is presented annually to the graduate who has work and application residence Communications pertaining to this cer- ognizes and encourages leadership in the profes- shown outstanding ability and interest in the ^intth Kline & Fiench Laboiatoizes Awaid A tification may be entered in the Office of the Dean sion of pharmacy The society selects members clinical practice of pharmacy personalized plaque is presented annually by the who have completed at least two and one half Btistol Award An award is presented annually Smith Kline & French Laboratories Philadelphia, STATE LICENSING years in the pharmacy program and have demon- by the Bristol Laboratories, Inc , Syracuse, NY, to Pennsylvania for superior achievement in PENNSYLVANIA strated exemplary leadership qualities a Doctor of Pharmacy candidate for excellence in Clinical Pharmacy A candidate for licensure as a Registered Phar- Tait Chaplet of Lambda Kappa Sigina an inter- scholastic achievement Student 41netican Phaimaceutical Association macist in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania national pharmaceutical fraternity for women, was copy of a standard reference Biisiol Aivaid A 41^cod Annually a certificate of recognition is must meet the following requirements before he established at Duquesne University in 1932 The the Bristol Laborato- book is awarded annually by presented to the graduating student who has may be admitted to the licensing examinations organization numbers among its members some of ries, Inc , Syracuse, NY, to the graduate who has demonstrated through service, reporting and which are conducted by the Pennsylvania State the most outstanding women in pharmacy Its in the opinion of the faculty attained unusual dis- activitv, an avid interest in organization work Board of Pharmacy purposes are to promote the profession of tinction in the work of pharmaceutical Si nte x A e(eptot of the Yeal 4 pharmacy and to create a center of culture and administration ward An appro- I Character—be of good moral character enjovnient for its members priatelv designed plaque is awarded annually by The Dtug House, Inc, Allegheny Division the Syntex Laboratories, Inc , of Palo Alto, Cali- 2 Professional Training—have a degree in I he Beta Gainina Chaptei of Phi Delta Chi, an Annually an award of $50 is presented to Pharmacy granted Aivaid fornia to the preceptor who, in the opinion of the by a School or College of international pharmaceutical fraternity, was the graduate who has shown outstanding ability Pharmacy, which is accredited Pharmacv Interns, best exemplifies professional- by the American chartered at Duquesne University in 1960 The and interest in the fields of medical microbiology ism ethics and clinical practice Council on Pharmaceutical Education fraternity endeavors to integrate academic, spiri- and pharmacognosy 3 Practical Experience and Internship—any tual and social activities and thereby foster the Upjohn 4ivard A suitably inscribed plaque Faculty Awaid The faculty of the School of person enrolled as a student of pharmacy in an highest professional and personal ideals among its awarded annually by the Upjohn Company, Pharmacy may present an appropriate award to an accredited college may at the end of the second members Membership is open to students in Kalamazoo, Michigan, for outstanding public outstanding member of the graduating class who year of college file with the Pennsylvania State pharmacv service has displayed exceptional qualities of academic Board of Pharmacy an application for registration The Delta Epsilon Chaptet of Kappa Psi Phai- excellence and a QPA of over 3 75 fl,estein Pennsiliania Societv ofHospital Phar- as a pharmacy intern This macists Aiiaid Annually an award of nia(cutical I-tateinitv was chartered in 1967 An award of $50 $50 is Maurice H FinkelpearlAivaid To insure proficiency in the practical aspects of international fraternity strives to develop inclus- presented to the graduating senior who demon- is presented annually to a student who intends to pharmacy, the State Board shall try sobriety and fellowship and to foster high ide- strates outstanding ability and interest in the area by regulation pre- practice Community Pharmacy scribe internship requirements which must be sat- als, scholarship, and pharmaceutical research of Hospital Pharmacy Galen Society Aivaid The Galen Society of isfactorily completed prior to issuance of a Phar- while supporting all projects advancing the profes- Lcrinnon Conipanv Aivatai A Pittsburgh annually offers two $25 awards to the certificate and macist's License sion of pharmacy Membership is open to students award of $150 to the graduating senior who has two members of the graduating class who have Specific information concerning practical expe- in pharmacy completed the degree program through unusual achieved the highest standing in the departments rience requirements as well as all other require- ClasA Otgani:ations Each of the five classes is and extraordinary perserverance and determina- of pharmacology and pharmaceutical chemistry ments concerning licensure may be obtained from an officiallv recognized organization in the School tion in the opinion of the graduating class Sainuel W Cut Its A R,ard Annually an award of the State Board of Pharmacy, Department of of Pharmacy Each class elects its own officers and $25 is presented to the graduate who has shown PennsvIiania Phaiinaceutical Association State, Box 2649, Transportation and Safety Bldg, conducts such programs and affairs as its members outstanding ability and interests in the field of 4iiaid A certificate of recognition and one-year 6th Floor, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17120 deem desirable toward achieving its goals All stu- pharmaceutics membership in the PPA awarded annually to the dents are included in these organizations regard- graduate who has been most actively involved in STATES OTHER THAN PENNSYLVANIA Award A replica of an Early less of degree curriculum McNeil Dean's pharmacy organizations American Mortar and Pestle is awarded annually According to law, the licensing of an applicant HONOR AWARDS to an outstanding student of Pharmacy / Cot nem Tuc (i Memorial A wai d An award of seeking to become registered as a pharmacist is ,bneti(an Institute of the Histoiv of Phativacy Administration $100 is presented to the graduating student who under the sole jurisdiction of the state in which he had demonstrated excellence in pharmaceutics seeks to practice Although the requirements for Aiiaid A recognition certificate and gift publica- Lilly Achievement Aivaid A gold medal is licensure in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania tions are awarded annually by the American Insti- presented annually to a member of the graduating ^;andoz Doctot of Pharinacv Award A com- are similar to those of other states, differences may tute of History of Pharmacy for superior achieve- class who has demonstrated superior scholastic' memorative plaque and $100 which is provided exist Space limitations preclude a complete listing ment in pharmacohistorical study or activity and professional achievement as well as qualities bv Sandoz, Inc, East Hanover, NJ, is awarded of the requirements of other states and the District of leadership annually to an outstanding Doctor of Pharmacy 4oieti(an PliaiiiiaceiiticulAssociatiotiA^vaid A of Columbia The candidate for licensure in graduate plaque provided by the McKesson Company is Merck Sharp and Dohme Aivaid Each year another state is advised to consult the Board of piesented annuallv to the graduate who has made Merck and Company, Rahway, New Jersey, offers Fishet ScientificAivard/ot Outstanding Medical Pharmacy in that particular state for complete and the most significant contribution to the Student a set of valuable reference books to a member of 1'echnologr Student A personalized plaque is current information

126 127

101 Pharmac^ Orientation I cr 310 Anal^sis of Drug Substances 4 cr with direct reference to toxic and adNerse effects CAREER GUIDANCE CENTER Introduction to the profession of pharmacy Dis- A survey course coveiing the basic principles of The myths and misconceptions commonIv attrib- A Guidance Center has been established within cussion of various aspects of pharmacv education analvtical cherrusiry statistics as applied to mea- uted to some substances of abuse are clarified The the School of Pharmacv to keep students informed and professional practice Pharmaceutical organi- suienient the analvtical process problem solving philosophy of the course is to present an objective about the latest career opportunities available to zations are discussed and evaluated The pharina- and data inteipretation Examples used come front picture of the "drug abuse era" in this country those possessing a pharmacy education and to ceutical literature is reviewed and a brief history of phaimaccutical manufacturing clinical and bio- The course is intended for all students beginning attract high school and college students to the pharmacy is presented Lecture one hour chemical analvsis pharmacokinetics pharmacol- their collegiate studies Admission to this course profession ogv and drug therapeutics Prerequisites General 301 Basic Pharmaceutics— for students who have completed Pharmacologv- The Center consists of faculty members School Chemistry Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry Pharmao Math 1 4 er Drug Mechanisms I or its equivalent is by of Pharmacv alumni and phaimacv practitioners LeCtUie ^Oui hours A study of the basic phvsiochemical principles approval of the instructor Lecture one hour It provides upon request speakers for career dav applicable to an understanding of drugs and the piograms and information to high school counsel- 313 Medicinal Chermstr^— pharmaceutical systems in which thev are con- 3 Basic Pharmacology 3 cr ors on all matters relating to a pharmacv educa- ,Natural Products 1 tained Subject areas include solubility and solu- 4 cr A course dealing with the major classes of thera- tion and career Relationship between chemical structure and the tions, pH, diffusion osmocity, drug stability pack- peutic agents designed for students with a limited biological action of natural and synthetic drug Pamphlets containing career information on aging, storage and administration, physio- background in biological sciences Drugs are con- molecules Emphasis is on underIving principles as pharmacv are also available through the Guidance cochernical evaluation of pharmaceutical prod- sidered from a "disease state" point of view and well as on specific therapeutic agents Organiza- Center Inquiries should be directed to the ucts' the clinical applications of pharmaceutics include basic mechanisms of action Important tion is bv pharmacological classification with Pharmacv Career Guidance Center, School of Mathematical methodologies (algebraic and drug interactions as thev relate to patient care are chemical properties relating to mechanism of Pharmacv Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, graphical) relevant to modern pharmaceutical included Not open to Pharmacy Students Prereq- action drug disposition (absoiption distribution, Pennsylvania 15282 practice are integrated into both the didactic and uisites Six credits of biological science, including metabolism and excretion) and chemical incom- laboratory portions of the course Laboratory physiology Lecture, three hours patibilities considered for each class Prerequisites RESEARCH FOUNDATION emphasis is on practical and clinical application Organic Chemistry 1, 11 and Biochemistry Lec- 4 Social Diseases The Hugh C Muldoon and Pharmacy Alumni Prerequisites Calculus 115 General Phvsics (one I cr ture four hours Foundation of Duquesne Universitv established semester), Organic Chemistry 1, 11 Lecture three Causes, course of diseases, prevention, treatment in 1950 to celebrate the twentv-fifth anniversary of hours, Recitation, conference and laboratory, four and social effects of venereal diseases Awareness 314 Medicinal Chemistri— the founding of the School of Pharmacy, is an hours and common sense should be awakened in stu- Natural Products 11 mcreasingIv valuable aid in helping to achieve the 4 cr dents by the course Open to students who have Basic Pharmaceutics 11 4 cr A continuation of Medicinal Chemistry aims of the Universitv and of the School of 302 I Lecture completed Pharmacology-Drug Mechanisms I four hours Pharmacv The foundation provides funds for A continuation of Pharmaceutics I Prerequisite onIv with the permission of the instructor Lec- improving the instructional and research facilities Pharmaceutics I Lecture, three hours, Recitation, ture, one hour 365 Anal)tical Chemistr^ 4 cr of the School it assists in the advancement of conference and laboratory, four hours Rigorous training in stoichiometric relationships 130 History of Pharmacy 2 cr pharmacv bv supporting the training of undergrad- 305 Pharmaceutics-Biopharmaceutics 111 3 cr and in the application of equilibrium principles, A survey of the origins of science, medicine, and uate and graduate students in industrial and A study of the physio-chemical, biological, and with laboratory experience in the principal meth- research procedures, it helps to extend the knowl- pharmaceutical factors which affect absorption, pharmacy from the earliest recorded events to the ods of gravinictric volumetric and instrumental present with emphasis on nineteenth and twenti- edge from research being conducted under the aus- distribution, metabolism, and excretion of drugs analvsis Prerequisites General Chemisirv, pices of the School Contributions are solicited in man Emphasis is placed on the utilization of eth century pharmacy in the United States Lec- Organic Chemistry Lecture three hours, Labora- ture, two hours from graduates and others interested in the wor biopharmaceutical and pharmacokinetic knowl- tory seven hours of the Foundation Thev may be addressed in care edge in problems of bioavailability and bioe- of the School of Pharmacy 220 Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 4 cr quivalence of drug products and in the determina- 499 Independent Stu6 A lecture course dealing with the structure and tion of appropriate drug dosage regimens and Research 1-2 cr /sem function of the various cells, tissues and organ COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Prerequisite Basic Pharmaceutics 1, If Lecture, To stimulate interest in furthering a student's edu- systems of the body Emphasis is on the complexi- The courses of instruction are numbered in accor- three hours dance with a plan uniform throughout the cation the School of Pharmacy uses this course as ties of regulation and integration of function of University 306 Pharmaceutics-Pharmacokmetics IV 4 cr a vehicle to provide the means wherebv those who these organ systems Prerequisites General Biol- A continuation of Pharmaceutics III with empha- wish to be involved in a programmed self-study ogy 1, 11 University courses numbered 100 are Freshman Lecture, four hours sis on pharmacokinetics and on drug delivery sys- educational experience may do so To accomplish courses 200 Sophomore 300 Junior 400 Senior tems Prerequisite Pharmaceutics III Lecture, this aim the student in cooperation with a specific 317 Human Anatom^ and Physiology Courses described in this section are required 11 4 cr three hours, Laboratory, four hours instructor chosen bv the student will develop a A courses in the professional curriculum and those continuation of the Human Anatomy and Phys- course of study that will realistically be able to fill iology I lecture series, with laboratory The labora- courses offered bv the School of Pharmacy faculty 309 Biochemistry —Nutrition 4 cr the Icarning objectives stated by the student The as a Universitv service Courses numbered 500 are tory portion of the course deals with gross anat- A course designed to integrate basic biochemistry student and instructor will meet at stipulated regu- graduate level courses in which qualified under- omy, a histological studv of tissues and the with the application to selected clinical cases lar time intervals for guidance and evaluation of graduate students may be enrolled with the per- clinical appraisal of physiological functions Lec- Emphasis is placed on metabolism of carbohy- progress being made bv the student Contact mission of the instructor of the course Credit for ture three hours, Laboratory, three hours drates, lipids and proteins as the source of energv School of Pharmacv office for restrictions on total these Courses cannot be used to satisfv require- derived from foods, certain aspects of nutrition credits allowed and on eligibilitv for registration 318 Pathoph)siolog) 3 cr merits for a second degree Most courses in the 800 are discussed The function of enzvmes, vitamins A lecture presentation of the cellular, organ and series aic generalIv restricted to Doctor of and hormones is presented in relation to their role DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY- systemic changes associated with the human dis- Pharrnacv candidates in metabolism Clinical applications including TOXICOLOGY ease process Also discussed are the physiological laboratory tests encountered on patients' charts^ responses of the body's organ systems to the dis- parenteral nutrition, and pertinent clinical cases Chaninan Gene A Riley, Ph D DEPARTMENT OF ease process and the contribution these responses which illustrate the interrelationship of biochemis- 2 Drug Abuse PHARNIACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY I cr make to the production of signs and symptoms try with physiologv, are discussed Prerequisite -X course designed to present the pharmacological AND PHARMACEUTICS that are normally associated with each disease Organic Chemistry 1, 11 Lecture, four hours, Lab- and toxicological properties of substances of state Prerequisites Human Anatomy and Physi- Chai^inan Mitchell L Borke Ph D oratory, two hours abuse The major classes of drugs are described ologv 1 11 Lecture, three hours

129 128

phainiacy with a phaimacist-preceptor Off-cam- 491 Hospital Pharmacy Management 3 cr 319 Medical Mjcrobiolog^— pharmacist is included Elements of business law pus placement is necessary Note Calendar change A course designed to introduce the student to hos- ImmunologN 4 cr and civil responsibilities of the pharmacist are also for hfth-vear Pharmacy students may be required pital pharmacy resource management and to ser- Covers the geneial characteristics and morphology covered Lecture, three hours vices frequently associated with hospital of bacteiia the important staining techniques, 434 Practical Pharmac) IV—Optional 3 cr pharmacy Lecture, three hours methods of growing bacteria on artificial media, 262 International Health Issues 3 cr testing the effects of chemotherapeutic agents on The course will explore factors that influence Required of all final-year Pharmacy students and 814 Parenteral Therapy 3 cr pathogenic bacteiia and immunology It includes health care in diverse countries Topics covered involving placement in an opeiating pharmacy or A lecture/laboratory course designed to present include a comparison of health services, the use of related practice setting with a p harm ac i st-precep- discussions of the important bacteria] rickettsial, the principles of sterilization, aseptic processing regional planning by tor Off-campus placement is necessary Note Cal- bcdsonial viral and protozoal diseases along with groups of small countries, and membrane filtration in the preparation of par- prevention and control of specific diseases with endar change for fifth-year Pharmacy students worm infestations, their causes, symptoms and enteral products and intravenous admixtures in special emphasis on communicable diseases, pri- may be iequired treatment Lecture three hours, La^oratory, three pharmacy practice Emphasis on the principles of hours mary health care, the role of international agencies fluid and electrolyte therapy, acid-base balance from the perspective of developed and developing 481 PharmacN Sales and Marketing 2 cr and total parenteral nutrition is included in lec- 321 Pharmacolog^ -Drug Mechanisms 1 4 cr countries, the constitutional administrative and -\n introduction to the phairnaceutical manufac- A course in the mechanisms and pharmacody- ture Lecture, three hours, Pre-laboratory and lab- financial influences on health care, health priori- turer s iole in marketing drug products The con- namic actions of drugs Side effects, toxicity, drug oratory/demonstration ties in the context of general needs Lecture, three cepts elements, and functions involved in the dis- inteiactions and the rational for therapeutic use in hours tributive chain between the manufacturer of the DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL relation to drug mechanism and actions are drug and the ultimate user are considered Lec- stressed Prerequisites Human Anatomy and 325 Pharmacy Management 4 cr TECHNOLOGY ture two hours, Practicurn one hour D Education Phvsiologv 1, 11 and Pathophsiology Lcctur^ four A course designed to familiarize students with the Director Jeanne A Cooper, M hours M Elaine Linkhauer, M T fundamentals of personnel, inventory, and finan- 482 CommumO PharmacN Practice 3 cr Coordinatoi cial management decisions with the overall objec- (ASCP) 322 Pharmacolog) -Drug Mechanisms 11 4 cr The course considers the operational aspects of a tive of improving pharmacy practice efficiency A continuation of Pharmacology-Drug Mccha- community pharmacy with emphasis on the busi- 61 Clinical Chemistry 7 cr Lecture, four hours nisms I Lectuie, four hours ness or commercial matters pertinent to a success- A comprehensive study of the chemistry and 326 Pharmac^ Administration 3 cr ful operation Lecture three hours metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and 323 OTC Drugs 2 cr electrolyte, enzyme, and hormone systems as A A course designed to familiarize the stucient with course designed to familiarize students with the revealed by the various examinations performed the diverse social, political, economic, and legal DEPARTMENT OF CLINICAL pharmacological and toxicological properties of on blood and other body fluids over-the-counter drugs The course will prepare forces affecting the practice of pharmacy The PHARMACY the student to counsel the public on the appropri- course considers the persons, places, and activities 62 Urinalysis 2 cr Chaoinan Thomas J Mattei, Pharm D ate use of OTC drugs, to select the proper non- involved in providing health care services with The study of renal function and its abnormalities I cr prescription drug for a particular disease state, and special emphasis on the role of the community 333 Drug Literature Resources as portrayed by alterations in the composition of to determine if treatment with a non-prescription pharmacist Lecture, three hours This course is intended to acquaint the student the urine drug is appropiiate Prerequisites Pharmacology- with various drug information resources and how 430 Patient Counseling and Education 3 er 63 Hematology 5 cr Drug Mechanisms 1 11 Lecture, two hours to appropriately utilize these ieferences in A course designed to examine current counseling Detailed study of the anatomy and physiology of responding to information requests The course 324 Public Health-Emergenc^ Treatment 3 and communication techniques in terms of how the blood and various laboratory methods used in cr will review the primary and secondary literature, A discussion of public health measures such as they relate to patient education regarding personal establishing inherited or acquired abnormalities of indexing and abstracting systems, the systematic immunization watei purification, sewage dispo- health problems and compliance with medication blood and blood forming organs search process, principles of literature evaluation, sal, disinfection of individuals and objects, control regimens The course will examine in detail basic and the approach for answering common drug 64 Blood Banking 3 cr of rodents and insects and the relationship of interviewing techniques Lecture, two hours, Lab- information questions Lecture, one hour, Labora- Essentials and importance of proper selection of these to the spread of disease Health statistics, oratory, two hours tory one hour blood for transfusion, pretesting methods, records, disaster preparedness and the health effects of 431 Behaiioral Aspects of Illness 2 cr and administration of blood Also included are environmental pollutants are also discussed In 440 Therapeutics 6 cr studies of tests pertaining to isosensitization the fiist aid portion the course teaches how to A course designed to examine the current theory course designed to provide the student with the render first aid in cases of emergency, while await- and research in the psycho-social correlates and A 65 Bacteriology 5 cr information necessary to demonstrate competency ing the arrival of a phvsician Special emphasis is consequences of illness and health Topics will The study of clinical bacteriology, including cul- related to the therapeutic principles of selected dis- placed on emergencies which the pharmacist is include the general areas of social stress research, ture methods, biochemical and immunological ease states Prerequisites Ph armacol ogy- Drug most likely to experience epileptic seizures, heart theories of psycho-somatic medicine, the impact aspects of identification, and the application of and Medicinal Chemistry- attacks 6ming, diabetic coma, and others Lec- of social environment upon health, and the impact Mechanisms 1, 11 these to the disease state Lecture, six hours I ^^ . ture, three hours of illness upon the emotional and social function- Naturals Products 1 11 i ing of the person Prerequisite Introductory 66 Parasitology 2 cr DEPARTMENT OF course in sociology and/or psychology is highly 441 Practical Pharmac^ I— Methods of identification of the various parasites 3 cr infesting man, with detailed study of their mor- PHARMACEUTICAL recommended Lecture, two hours Clinical Clerkship An educational process designed to provide the phology and habit ADMINISTRATION 432 Practical Pharmacy 11—Community 3 cr student with clinical experiences necessary to 67 Immunology 2 cr Chaii inan Anthony J Arnadio, M B A Required of all final-year Pharmacy students and demonstrate competency in the areas of providing Study of the procedures used in analysis of 230 Pharmac^ La" 3 cr involving placement in an operating community A patient education, ascertaining drug histories, par- immune mechanisms of the body, and their appli- course designed to acquaint the student with the pharmacy with a pharmacist-preceptor Off-cam- ticipating in the selection and monitoring of thera- cation in disease processes philosophy of law and its relationship to pus placement is necessary Note Calendar change pharmacy Federal, state, and local laws and regu- peutic modalities, and other pharmacist-related for fifth-year Pharmacy students may be required 69 My cology I cr lations pertinent to the handling and sale of drugs, functions The fifth-year Pharmacy student will be assigned to a member of the clinical faculty and a The study of the pathogenic fungi, the diseases cosmetics, narcotics, poisons, and alcohol are dis- 433 Practical Pharmacy 111—Hospital 3 cr given practice site Note Calendar change for fifth- they cause, and the technical methods of identifi- cussed A review of antitrust laws, trade regula- Required of all final-year Pharmacy students and year Pharmacy students may be required cation tions, and court, decisions of importance to the involving placement' in an operating hospital 11101 130

Depaitment of Histot.i- 70 Vurolog^ I cr 541, 542 Radiological Health I and 11 4 er each History of Medicine 307 308 History A course designed to review the fundamental gECOMMENDED ELECTIVES FOR 1) 305 The study of the viiuses causing disease and the physical and biological principles of radiation pro- OGICAL HEALI H of Science technical methods of identification jtA,DIOI tection and the application of these principles to Logic 2) 103, 104 Development of the U S 309 106 the measurement techniques radiation hazard American Science and Technology evaluation, radiation protection surveillance and 104 Introduction to Philosoph^ 71 Nu(Icar Patholog^ 2 cr 3) Woild History, Western Civilization administration Scientific principles most applica- 105 Ethics The studv of the use of radioisotopes in the diag- ble to solving the problems of protecting humans 4) Non-American History Sequence Medical Ethics nosis and treatment of disease from unacceptable levels of radiation exposure 107 both in occupational and public environment are 101 Introduction to Political Science Department of Classics- emphasized Lecture three hours, Laboratory, International Lav% and Organi/ation 1) 121 or 122, 123 245, 246 240 Greek four hours 312 DEPARTMENT OF RADIOLOGICAL Civilization 103 Introduction to Ps)cliolog^ HEALTH 246, 247, 248 241 Roman RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL 2) 121 or 122, 123, 101 SurseN of SociologN Chaiii7iaii Mitchel L Borke, Ph D ELECTIVES Civilization Medical SociologN The following courses offered by the Graduate 323 3) 245 246, 247 248 Ancient History Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences are avail- 201, 2()2 English Literature Survey 4) 103, 104, 203 204, 301, 302, 303 Greek 451 Practice in Radiological Health 4 cr able to qualified upperclassmen in the School of 104 De%elopment of the United States Language and Literature Pharmacy 103, Designed to provide the student with practical HistorN of Nledicine 5) 101 102, 201, 202, 305, 306 Latin Lan- 501 Manufacturing Pharmac^ 305 experience in at least four broad aicas of radiologi- guage and Literature cal health industrial hospital reactor and unver- 307. 308 HistorN of Science 502 Pharmaceutical Formulation and sitv This experience will be acquired through De%elopment 204 Interpersonal Communications Depai tillent of Sociologi — observation and participation in dailv practical 1) 101, anv one of areas of concentration sug- problems of radiation protection within local orga- 504 Industrial Pharmacy and 121 Elements of Economics Governmental Affairs gested under minor nizations representative of the four broad areas of 203 Genetics radiological health Emphasis will be placed on 510 Advanced Pharmacokmetics 1 Emironmental Biolog) Depai onent of Psychologi- personnel monitoring and closimetry, rachochemi- 206 cal assaying of biological and environmental 522 Spectral Methods 1) 103, courses suggested under minor materials field surveving of plant operations ELECTIVES—COURSE CLUSTERS 523, 524 AdNanced Medicinal involving large quantities of fission products and Depiatillent of Speech Communication- Chemistry I and 11 The following courses in liberal arts and sciences other radioactive materials, environmental moni- 1) Courses suggested under minor were especially selected by the several depart- toring practices clecontam i nation procedures, and 539 Bionucleonics ments to support and complement pharmacv pro- radiation protection record keeping Prerequisites Depaitment of Philosophv- 540 Ad%anced Bionucleonics and Bionucleonics 539 Radiological Health 541 Co- grants Students are encouraged to view these elec- Radiopharmaceuticals 1) 104, 105 or 107, 106 iequisite Radiological Health 542 Laboratory 16 ti^es with the aim of providing an appropriate hours 541, 542 Radiological Health I and 11 depth of knowledge in the areas Each cluster is 2) Courses suggested under minor intended to offer an interesting sequence of elec- 560 Bios^nthesis of Natural Products Department` of Political Science- tives that will count toward minimum elective 561 General Toxicolog^ 539 Bionucleomcs 3 cr requirements of all programs in the School 1) 101, courses suggested under minor

A stuclv of the fundamental techniques of manipu- 563 Patholog^ Depaimiclit of Lnglish- Depaitinent of Theologv- lation and measurement of radioisotopes Expert- 566 Clinical Toxicology merits poiformed individually by each student 1) 201 202 English Literature Survey 1) Courses suggested under minor 569 Toxins include measurement of rachoactivitv with G-M 2) 205 206 American Literature Survey Fine 41ts- counters flow counters, ionization chambers, pro- Descriptions of these courses may be found in the 3) 210 211 Woild Literature Survev portional counters crvstal and liquid scintillators, Graduate School of Liberal Arts and Sciences Cat- 1) Courses suggested under minor study of the characteristics of radiation, gamma alog 4) Special Studies in English oi World Anv course taught in the University may be cho- spectromem, some applications of radioisotopes Literature in pharrnacv chemistrv, biology, etc Prerequi- sen as an elective course by students who have 5) 207 208 209 Studv of Literary Form sites General Chemistry, General Physics Lec- RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES FOR met the prerequisites Descriptions for courses ture three hours Laboratory three hours MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 6) English Honors Program 12 credits outside the School of Pharmacv may be found in the appropriate section of the University catalog 107 Medical Ethics 7) Ml 12 credits minors listed bv the Depart- 101 Survey of Sociolog^ ment in the Current catalog 540 Advanced Bnmucleomcs and Radiopharmaceuticals 3 cr 323 Medical Sociologv

A course devoted to the practical applications of 103 Introduction to Psychology radioactive isotopes in chemistry biology 305 Hjstor^ of Medicine pharmacv and medicine The scope of the course includes neutron activation analvsis, gamma spec- 307, 308 Histor^ of Science trometry tracer methods and rachopharmaccuti- I 204 Interpersonal Communications cals P.erequisite Bionucleonics 539 Lecture, three hours Laboratory three hours 121 Elements of Economics

131 130

Department of Histot v- 70 Virolog) I cr 541, 542 Radiological Health I and 11 4 cr each A course designed to review the fundamental RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES FOR 1) 305 History of Medicine 307, 308 History The study of the viruses causing disease and the physical and biological principles of radiation pro- R,kDIOI OGICAL HEAL I H of Science technical methods of identification tection, and the application of these principles to 106 Logic 2) 103, 104 Development of the U S , 309 the measurement techniques, radiation hazard American Science and Technology evaluation, radiation protection surveillance and 104 Introduction to Philosoph^ 71 Nuclear Patholog) 2 cr 3) World History, Western Civilization administration Scientific principles most applica- 105 Ethics The study of the use of radioisotopes in the diag- ble to solving the problems of protecting humans 4) Non-American History Sequence 107 Medical Ethics nosis and treatment of disease from unacceptable levels of radiation exposure both in occupational and public environment are 101 Introduction to Political Science Depai tinent of Classics- emphasized Lecture, three hours, Laboratory, 312 International La" and Organization 1) 121 or 122, 123, 245, 246, 240 Greek four hours DEPARTMENT OF RADIOLOGICAL Civilization HEALTH 103 Introduction to Ps^chology RECOMMENDED PROFESSIONAL 2) 121 or 122, 123, 246, 247, 248, 241 Roman 101 Sursel of Sociology Chaninan Mitchel L Borke, Ph D ELECTIVES Civilization 323 Medical Sociolog^ The following courses offered by the Graduate 3) 245, 246, 247, 248 Ancient History Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences are avail- 201, 202 English Literature Survey 4) 103, 104, 203, 204, 301, 302, 303 Greek 451 Practice in Radiological Health 4 cr able to qualified upperclassmen in the School of 103, 104 Development of the United States Language and Literature Pharmacy Designed to provide the student with practical 305 Histor) of Medicine 5) 101, 102, 201, 202, 305, 306 Latin Lan- 501 Manufacturing Pharmacy experience in at least four broad areas of radiologi- guage and Literature cal health, industrial, hospital, reactor, and unver- 307, 308 HistorN of Science 502 Pharmaceutical Formulation and sity This experience will be acquired through Development 204 Interpersonal Communications Depai tinent of Sociologv- observation and participation in daily practical 121 Elements of Economics 1) 101, any one of areas of concentration sug- problems of radiation protection within local orga- 504 Industrial Pharmacy and gested under minor nizations representative of the four broad areas of Governmental Affairs 203 Genetics radiological health Emphasis will be placed on 510 Advanced Pharmaco kinetics 1 206 Environmental Biolog) Depai tinent of Psychologi- personnel monitoring and dosimetry, rachochemi- cal assaving of biological and environmental 522 Spectral Methods 1) 103, courses suggested under minor materials, field surveving of plant operations FLECTIVES-COURSE CLUSTERS 523, 524 Advanced Medicinal involving large quantities of fission products and Depai tinent of Speech Communication- Chermstr^ I and 11 The following courses in liberal arts and sciences other radioactive materials, environmental mom- were especially selected bv the several depart- 1) Courses suggested under minor toring practices, decontamination procedures, and 539 Bionucleonics ments to support and complement pharmacy pro- radiation protection record keeping Piciequisites 540 Advanced Bionucleonics and Depat tinent of Phi losophy- Bionucleonics 539 Radiological Health 541 Co- grams Students are encouraged to view these elec- Radiopharmaceuticals 1) 104, 105 or 107 106 requisite Radiological Health 542 Laboratorv, 16 tives with the aim of providing an appropriate hours 541, 542 Radiological Health I and 11 depth of knowledge in the areas Each cluster is 2) Courses suggested under minor intended to offer an interesting sequence of elec- 560 Bios^nthesis of Natural Products tives that will count toward minimum elective Department of Political Science- 561 General Toxicology 539 Bionucleonics 3 cr requirements of all prograrns in the School 1) 101, courses suggested under minor 563 Pathology A study of the fundamental techniques of manipu- Depatioient of English- Depaitment of Theologv- lation and measurement of radioisotopes Experi- 566 Clinical Toxicology ments performed individually bv each student I ) 201, 202 English Literature Survey 1) Courses suggested under minor 569 Toxins include measurement of radioactivity with G-M 2) 205, 206 American Literature Survey Fine Atts- counteis flow counters ionization chambers, pro- Descriptions of these courses may be found in the 3) 210 211 World Literature Survey portional counters, crystal and liquid scintillators, Graduate School of Liberal Arts and Sciences Cat- 1) Courses suggested under minor study of the characteristics of radiation, gamma alog 4) Special Studies in English or World spectrometi-v, some applications of radioisotopes Literature Any course taught in the University may be cho- in pharmacy chemistrv, biology etc Prerequi- sen as an elective course by students who have RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES FOR 5) 207, 208, 209 Studv of Literary Form sites General Chemistry, General Physics Lee- met the prerequisites Descriptions for courses tuie three hours, Laboratorv, three hours MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 6) English Honors Program 12 credits outside the School of Pharmacy may be found in the appropriate section of the University catalog 107 Medical Ethics 7) All 12 credits minors listed bv the Depart- 101 Surve^ of Sociolog^ ment in the current catalog 540 Advanced Bjonucleomcs and Radiopharmaceuticals 3 cr 323 Medical Sociology

A C0111se devoted to the practical applications of 103 Introduction to Psychology radioactive isotopes in chemistry, biology, 305 History of Medicine pharmacy, and medicine The scope of the course includes neu'tron activation analysis, gamma spec- 307, 308 History of Science trometi-v tracer methods, and ra6iopharmaceuti- 204 Interpersonal Communications cals Preiequisite Bionucleonics 539 Lecture, three hours Laborator,^, three hours 121 Elements of Economics

132 133

Reserve Officers' ') Attendance at a service academy for one or Mihtar^ Science (MS) 102 Individual Skills more years The course will provide an introduction to the Training Corps 3 Completion of equivalent level training in sport of orienteering, which is a combination of Navy or Air Force ROTC cross-country running and land navigation with the aid of a topographical map and a compass 4 Completion of three or more years training in Instruction is presented on map reading, the use of DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE junior ROTC (any service) or NDCC the compass, and how to move quickly and safely (ARMY OFFICERS' COMMISSION ING PROGRAM) EARLY COMMISSIONING through all kinds of terrain Sophomotes (MS II) PROGRAMS Manv students are able to complete the require- Military Science (MS) 201 Leadership and Fall Scinestet ments for commissioning prior to graduation Management Techniques The Army Rescive Officers' Training Corps NIS 201 Leadeiship NIS 202 Introduction through the direct entry concept These students This is an introductory course into basic manage- (ROTC) Program has been a member of the and to may be commissioned upon completion of the ment and leadership techniques and includes Duquesne Family since 1936 It is a completelv Management Military Advanced Course permitting them to serve in sal- effective communications techniques, small group voluntary program which is open to all male and Skills aried positions with the National Guard or processes, leadership traits and styles, decision- feniale students at Duquesne It provides students 0-1 cr 0-1 cr Reserves while completing their degree work making and problem-solving techniques The with the opportunity to earn a commission as an After completing the Basic Course, students who course is also designed to provide the student with officei in the US Army US Army Reserves or have demonstrated officer potential and meet SIMULTANEOUS MEMBERSHIP the tools for a self-analysis of his/her management -Xim\ National Guard After commissioning stu- Armv physical standards are eligible to enroll in PROGRAM (SMP) capability and the methods for improvement dents serve as an officer in the Reserves or the Advanced Course The Advanced Course is This program permits students to participate in National Guard while pursuing their chosen civil- normally taken in the final two years of college Military Science (MS) 202 Introduction to the Army ROTC Advanced Course and serve in a ian carecis oi compete for active duty The pio- Therefore at the beginning of the junior year, the Military Skills Reserve or National Guard unit as an officer grain is structuied to give the student a variety of student must decide whether he/she wishes to trainee at the same time The advantage to SNIP is This course introduces the student to the United piactical experiences in leading and managing become an officer and enter the advanced phase of that the student will receive regular drill pay from States Army and provides an inside view of people and icsouices while learning about the mil- the program Students who enter the Advanced the Reserve or National Guard as well as the $ 100 ROTC and the Army, to include its organization, itary profession and the role it plays in our system Course receive a tax-free living allowance of $100 per month living allowance for participating in the missions, and functions The course will discuss of government Four-year and two-year programs per month during the school year The junior year Armv ROTC officer career fields duties and responsibilities of arc offered both of which are taken in conjunction is training-oriented and prepares students for six junior leaders, additional education programs, with a student's icquired or normal course of weeks of rigorous field and leadership training that TWO-YEAR PROGRAM pay, promotion, assignments, customs and irach- stud\ leading to a degree they receive at Fort Bragg, NC at the end of the tions of the Army, and the significance of military academic year The senior vear further prepares This two-vear program is designed primarily for courtesy and discipline The student will also be the student to perform the duties of an officer It transfer students and students who did not partici- introduced to the operation of the basic military FOURIEAR covers such subjects as military law, administra- pate in ROTC as freshmen or sophomores Any team—the squad tion, logistics, staff functions, professionalism, eth- student with at least two academic years remain- ics, and military training Leadership development ing (undergraduate and/or graduate) is eligible The four-vear program is divided into two parts THE ADVANCED COURSE is continuously emphasized Students mav qualifv for this program and enroll- the Basic Course and the Advanced Course The (Military Science Levels III and IV) nient in the Advanced Course by successfully Basic Course is usually taken in the fieshman and Advanced Course Curriculum completing a paid summer camp at Fort Knox, sophomore \cars during which time the student Juniols (AIS III) Military Science (MS) 301 and 302 KY would take kOTC courses as they would any other Military Skills Development Fall Seniestei Spiing Seincstet college courses There is no military service obliga- This course requires a full school year to complete ARMY ROTC SCHOLARSHIPS tion or special requirements of any kind The MS 301 Military NIS 302 Military In addition to the two hours per week of instruc- fieshincri drid sophomore couises follow an Skills Skills Armv ROTC offers four, three, and two-year tion and practical application exercises on cam- adventuic skill learning and leadeiship track Development Development scholarships which are awarded on a competitive pus, the student periodically attends training exer- which is designed to enhance self-confidence, pro- 0-2 cr 0-2 cr basis ROTC students as well as those students not cises on weekends throughout the school year The vide new experiences and place students in realis- Summet Between Juniot and Senior Year currently participating in ROTC are eligible to course provides the student with instruction and tic leadetship situations Freshmen learn survival applv Each scholarship pays for tuition, text- practical experience in tactical and technical mili- Attend a six-week ROTC Advanced Camp techniques how to handle and fire a rifle and how books laboratory fees and other purely academic tary subjects with particular emphasis on leader- to navigate cross-countiv using a map and a com- ^en i oi s (MS I V) expenses Scholarship students also receive a tax- ship development The central theme and primary pass Sophornoics learn about leadership, manage- Fall Seinestei Spting Semester free living allowance of $100 each month during purpose of the course is to prepare the student for ment and the role of the militarN in the United the school vear while on scholarship status For attendance at the six-week ROTC Advanced MS 401 Professional MS 401 Professional States The Basic Course rnav be compressed into details see the ROTC Scholarship listing in the Camp at Fort Bragg, NC which is normally Seminar Seminar less than a two-vcai period if the student meets Financial Aid Section of this catalog on page 222 attended during the summer following the comple- 0-2 cr 0-2 cr certain pierequisite conditions tion of this course DIRECT ENTRY INTO THE MILITARY SCIENCE CURRICULUM THE BASIC COURSE Military Science (MS) 401 and 402 Basic Course Cuniculuni ADVANCED COURSE Students may receive placement credit for MS I (Military Science Levels I and 11) Professional Seminar and 11 and be granted direct entry into the To take this course, the student must have satis- hieshincii (jllS I) Advanced Course This placement credit may be Military Science (MS) 101 Survival Techniques factorily completed NIS 301 and 302 as well as ROTC Advanced Camp The course meets two 1-all Semewei Spi ing Selnestei granted for This is an introductory course designed to prepare students to recognize survival situations, deter- hours per week and is a systematic and compre- SUIVIVal NIS 101 NIS 102 Individual I Completion of Army Basic Training or its mine directions navigate at night, rappel, find and hensive studv of professional subject matters Techniques Skills equivalent in the Navv Air Force, Coast Guard or prepare food find water, apply first aid, cross designed to facilitate the transition from student/ 0-1 cr 0-1 cr Marine Coips obstacles and construct shelters cadet to officer it is comprised of two modules

134 135

Module I (NIS 401), Administrative/Staff Opera- suitable for the conduct of such activities as rap- tions and Procedures is taught in the fall semester pelling and small unit tactics Therefore off-cirn- Part III: 11 (MS Module 402) Milttary Law and Justice, is pus sites on weekends are utilized in order to effec- taught in the spring semester tively apply techniques taught in the classroom 0 Weekend activities are student run and instructor ams, THE COMMON HOUR Student Ufe.o rr"ofgr.I supervised For this reason these activities are Military Science (MS) 100 Cadet Corps Labora- ideally suited for cadets to practice leadership and tor^, The Common Hour and Cadet Corps Labo- organizational and military technical skills ratory are svnonymous This class is scheduled Services and Or"ganizatiom Some weekday or weekend evenings are set aside both semesters meeting once a week for one hour for social activities which incorporate exposure to The Cadet Commandei uses the lab to disserni- military customs and traditions These events nate information and to organize the activities of DIVISION OF STUDENT LIFE include a Dining-in, the Military Ball, an Awards X the Corps of Cadets All students are required to Ceremony and the Annual ROTC Commission- MISSION CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT attend unless a conflict exists between this class ing Program The mission of the Division of Student Life is to and then academic course work establish and maintain a total living, learning and Students and graduates of Duquesne University developmental environment that will enhance stu- have available to them the full services and pro- VOLUNTARY ADVENTURE AND dents growth for individual self-actualization and grams of Career Planning and Placement Persons SOCIAL ACTIVITIES positive involvement in the world community with uncertain or changing vocational goals may In an Urban environment it is not possible to seek career planning through personal contact with PHILOSOPHY provide students with the kind of surroundings the professional staff and use of the career Consistent with the educational philosophy of the resources Early use of this service is encouraged Universitv and the above stated mission the Stu- The individual with well-defined career goals dent Life Division provides the student with may seek employment advice including resume opportunities to participate in a variety of experi- preparation, job application and interview tech- ences with fellow students, faculty members and niques, job referrals and credentials The graduat- administrators The Student Life Staff encourages ing student may also be interested in campus students to initiate new programs, implement interviews with visiting imployers change and participate in the essential processes o Undergraduate students may earn academic Umversit^ governance on many levels credit for approved preprofessional work under ORGANIZATION the University's Cooperative Education Program The Vice Piesident for Student Life and his Assis- which is administered by the Career Planning and tant coordinate the Departments of Athletics, Placement Office Careei Planning and Placement, Dean of Students The part-time and summer employment pro- Office, Duquesne Union, Health Services, Resi- gram is important to students in financing their dence Life, Retention and Testing These Depart- education and to those seeking practical experi- ments are brieflv described below Additional ence to augment college training Placement in information mav be obtained directly from each campus jobs is largely, though not totally, depen- Department and through the Student Handbook dent upon financial need Part-time and summer and Code of Student Rights, Responsibilities and jobs in the communitv are also available Conduc t DEAN OF STUDENTS OFFICE ATHLETICS Duquesne University is a member of the National This office is directly responsible for implementing Collegiate Athletic Association (Division 1) and several programs and services which provide indi- the Atlantic 10 Conference All rules of these two vidual students and groups with opportunities for organizations including those pertaining to a stu- personal, intellectual and social growth Chief dent's eligibility for a varsity team, are followed among these programs and services are the Uni- Duquesne University believes in and promotes versity Judicial System, Orientation, Freshman/ Transfer Assistance Program, College Skills, Spe- the concept of the student athlete, manifested in cial Scholarships and Awards, Disabled Student part by the appointment of the Academic Supervi- sor for Intercollegiate Athletics Athletic grants-in- Services, Life Planning Seminars, Positive Profile aid are available for most varsity sports Records, Commuter Concerns, National Honor The Athletic Department fields men s varsity Societies and Counseling Services teams in baseball basketball cross-country, foot- The University Judicial Board plays an impor- ball (Division 111), swimming, tennis and volley- tani role in developing responsible student con- ball women's varsity teams in basketball, softball, duct, serving to protect the rights and freedoms of swimming, tennis and volleyball, coed varsity all students while insuring that these rights and teams in golf and rifle and club teams in bowling freedoms are not misused within the context of and hockev students' responsibilities to the University The Duquesne sponsors a very active intramural Board, comprised of administrators, facultv, stu- program in such fields as tennis, touch football, dents and a student chairperson, minimizes legal volleyball chess, street hockey basketball, soft- technicalities and instead focuses on the develop- ball ultimate frisbee and marathons mental process

136 137

resident assistant staff will provide the means to Office of Residence Life in developing and imple- DUQUESNE UNION LEARNING SKILLS PROGRAM menting Living Learning Center policies and pro- The Duquesne Union is more than a unique build- foster such development All freshmen students, except those residing Flic Learning Skills Program is an ancillary aca- cedures All resident students are automaticaliv ing It is a unique partnership of professional staff, demic sci x ice whose primary charge is the intellec- members of Residence Council and are facultv and students working together to provide with their parents or relatives, are required to live in one of Duquesne's Living Learning Centers All tual development of students Services are pro- encouraged to attend meetings, functions, etc the experience necessary to develop mature, effec- vided in coordination with academic offices of the sponsored by the group tive members of society The Union staff provides students living on campus are further required to take their meals at the Residence Cafeteria Hous- Univei sitv It is the aim of the Residence Council to serve advice and assistance for all phases of campus pro- As part of its academic assistance efforts, the as a link between the resident students and the gramming and establishes goals for as well as pro- ing Agreement terms are effective for the entire academic year, with Room and Board rates being Learning Skills Program delivers diagnostic and administration Aside from the council activities, ducing and presenting a balanced series of cul- presciiptive ser\ ices Individualized dcvclopmen- representatives of the Residence Council serve on tural educational recreational and social determined on an annual basis Additional infor- mation regarding programs policies and regula- tal programs in reading wtiting mathematics and the Student Life Advisory Committee and the piograms With the goal of community, all aspects science are offered to students who seek to upgrade Food Service Committee to provide student input of the Union are open to the entire campus It is tions for the Living Learning Centers is included in the Residence Life Handbook their academic skills and advance their intellectual for the formulation and review of Universitv poli- not the "Student" Union, but the Duquesne growth cies affecting residence living Union RETENTION OFFICE A free tutorial service piovides students with INTER-FRATERNITY COUNCIL The Union staff works most closelv with the The Retention Office, under the direction of the competent tutors in numerous subject areas In Union Program Board, which is the student organ- Vice President for Student Life/Retention, coordi- addition a comprehensive studv skills program is The Inter-Fraternity Council serves as a clearing ization exercising primary coordination and nates the efforts of the entire University commu- available to help students prepare Study skills as house for general fraternity social information and implementation of University-wide programming nity to ensure that the personal and educational well as to assist students experiencing academic as a forum for airing constructive proposals for the through a series of special committees The UPB experience for all students is the best possible Pol- difficulties improvement of the fraternity system Member- offers its members the opportunity to develop icies, programs, services and opportunities are ship in the Council is composed of three elected or effective skills in leadership, communication, constantly reviewed, refined and improved in an PSYCHOLOGICAL CENTER FOR TRAIN- appointed representatives from each of the eight organization and group process effort to meet the legitimate needs of students con- ING AND RESEARCH member fraternities The IFC establishes all rules Facilities within the Union include administra- sistent with the mission and goals of the Univer- governing inter-fraternity sports and regulates tive and student organization offices, meeting The Psvchological Center for Training and pledging sity Research is staffed by the Psvchology Department rooms information center, recreation center, PANHELLENIC COUNCIL bookstore cafeteria, video arcade, ballroom, Rath- TESTING BUREAU and is available to students for personal counsel- ing Counseling interviews provide the student skellar Restaurant and student lounge The primary role of the staff of the Testing The Panhellenic Council was established for the with an opportunitv f6i personal growth through purpose of strengthening women's fraternities as HEALTH SERVICE Bureau is to provide the student with the opportu- the deNelopment of the individual's ability to find nity to explore interests and abilities as they per- organizations and for promoting cooperation The University Health Service provides primary one s own solutions for difficulties of a personal among the groups through scholastic, athletic and health care to all resident students and to commut- tain to choosing a degree major or minor and plan- nature Single conferences or a series of interviews ning a career Trained counselors focus upon test social activities Membership in the Panhellenic ers enrolled in the University Commuter Health in individual or group counseling can be arranged Council is composed of the presidents and elected I results and the student's personal style when con- Plan Scivices include evaluation, treatment of ill- at the Center s Office sidering the student's questions or concerns representatives of each of the six women's social ness and injurv, starter doses of medication, fraternities Panhellenic Council establishes all allergy injections diagnostic tests, routine screen- Counseling is also available to students whose C STUDENT GOVERNANCE concerns are of a more personal nature such as rules concerning the rushing and pledging of new ing physicals, health counseling referrals and STUDENT GON ERNMENT ASSOCIATION fraternity members health education materials and programming adjusting to college life, anxietv etc Professional AdditionalIv emergencv care is given to faculty, assistance with study skills, test anxiety and per- The Student Government Association is a stu- D STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS sonal concerns is available in both individual and clent-created structure designed to provide a forum staff and visitors In addition to Registered Nurses GENERAL and a Nurse Practitioner, the staff includes a group counseling formats Information about the for the expression of student views and interests Board Certified Phvsician and Consulting Psychia- applications for national qualification examina- to maintain academic freedom and responsibility There are more than 80 active student organiza- trist tions (CLEP, GRE, LSAT, MAT, SAT, etc) are and to foster intelligent interest and participation tions at Duquesne Some serve the needs of spe- Although in-paticrit facilities and services are available at the Testing Bureau in all phases of univcisitv life Two major func- cific interest groups as well as those of residents provided bv complete medical centers adjacent to tions of the S G A aie to serve as student repre- and commuters Others relate directly to major and close by Duquesne's Campus, a completely B OTHER DEVELOPMENTAL sentatives on irnpoitant University committees areas of study Some honor academic achieve- equipped ambulance is maintained by the Univer- SERVICES and to serve as the sole body that recognizes and ment Many are formed to meet religious, service sity funds student organizations or social needs and interests Whatever their pur- INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION pose, these organizations and their activities com- It is strongly recommended that each student COMMUTER COUNCIL carrx some form of health insurance The Univer- One of the five (5) primary tenets of Duquesne prise a major part of campus life University centers on International Education sity provides a Student Health Care Plan designed The Commuter Council is an officially recognized HONOR SOCIETIES Consistent with this focus, an increasing number funded student governmental organization open to meet the needs of students and which is priced These societies have as their primary purpose rec- lower than individual health insurance policies of International Students from an increasing vari- to all Students at the University The purpose of ety of countries are pursuing undergraduate and the Council is to identiN commuter concerns and ognition of academic excellence and leadership RESIDENCE LIFE graduate degrees at the University to provide educational social and service-ori- achievement and are members of the Association The Office of Residence Life is committed to cre- The responsibility of the International Student cnted programs for the Uni\ersity's large com- of College Honor Societies ating an environment in each of the four (4) Liv- Advisor is to be of service to all International Stu- muter population To involve the entire commu- PROFESSIONAL AND DEPARTMENTAL ing Learning Centers in which the student may dents in the areas of adjustment, personal counsel- mtv in its piogram the Council works closely with grow and develop as a total person Its philosophy ing, preparation of forms and facilitating the inte- the Student Government Association, Residence ORGANIZATIONS and programs are based on the belief that the Liv- gration, understanding and communication Council Union Program Board and the adminis- These professional organizations exist to provide ing Learning Center experience is an important among International Students and American stu- tration the fertile ground for the growth of informal part of the total University education Therefore it dents Additionally, the International Student exchange of ideas pertinent to the students aca- is the purpose of the Office of Residence Life to Advisor coordinates opportunities for Duquesne RESIDENCE COUNCIL demic pursuits With this purpose in mind, these facilitate the personal and academic growth of the students interested in studying abroad as part of The Residence Council coordinates Living Learn- organizations sponsor numerous programs includ- resident student To this end the professional and their education ing Center acti\ities and is involved with the ing debates, symposiums, and lectures

138 139

groups Most positions on the staff are filled by SERN ICE ORGANIZATIONS Purpose students The University radio station operates on The of these nationallv-affiliated organi- Part IV: a 25,000 Watt frequency over a radius of seventy zations is to pro^ ide a high standard of service to miles the campus and local communities while at the same time developing the leadership qualities of NNIDRC Campulls Ministry and cooperation among each member of the This radio station, purchased by Residence Coun- organization With this purpose in mind service cil and operated bv students, provides music and oiganizations sponsor a wide varietv of profes- announcements in the Duquesne Tower's Cafete- The Campus Mmistry is deeplv concerned with or rabbis in the area The University Chapel is sional service charitable and social programs ria during the lunch and dinner hours Students the religious life and growth of Duquesne students open each day for private prayer and quiet medita- interested in being disc jockeys and/or announcers SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS and all campus residents Its policies and pro- tion It is available too, to groups for specific ser- on WDRC should contact Residence Council Social organizations are composed of college men grams are oriented to furthering that growth at the vices of a religious nature and women who have joined together to enhance PUBLICATIONS personal as well as the community level For Cath- The Campus Ministry sees itself at the service of by theii identities sponsoring and promoting The Duquesne UniNersity Code of Student olic students Eucharistic liturgies are celebrated all in an open, unstructured, nonthreatening rela- social athletic cultural and academic events Rights, Responsibilities and Conduct dajlv and the Sacrament of Reconciliation is tionship and invites the entire Duquesne Commu- Manv of these organizations belong to Inter-Fia- available bv appointment For all students, nity to make use of its services The Student Code is the definitive statement of ternitv Council or Panhellenic Council whatever their faith the chaplains are available to The Ministry's activities are announced by pos- standards policies and procedures regarding stu- help with spiritual direction counseling advice, or ters in residence halls, and almost all other cam- PERFORMANCE GROUPS dent rights and responsibilities campus organiza- sympathetic listening The Campus Ministry pro- pus buildings Its main office is Room 102 on the tions student governance student records stu- vides a listing of Sunday services in nearby first floor of the Administration Building, with I AJIVIBURITZANS dent conduct and the Universitv Judicial System churches or svnagogues and referrals can be made additional offices in Duquesne Towers, Assump- The Duquesne Universitv TambUritzans were Copies are available at the Duquesne Union Infor- to introduce the student to the various ministers tion Hall and St Martin's dormitories founded in 1937 at the Universitv and were the mational Center first university-based performing folk ensemble in the United States The group takes it name from The Duquesne Duke the University campuus the TambLiritza familv of stringed instruments newspaper is written and edited bv the students indigenous to the folk cultures of Southeastern for the students It appears every Thursday during Europe The group exists for the clual purpose of the academic vear except during examination peri- preserving and perpetuating the Eastern European ods and holidays and provides an array of campus Cultural heritage in the United States and offering news, student opinions, editorials and advertise- scholarship opportunities to deserving students merits The paper is geared to all members of the University administrators, faculty members, THEA-1 RE employees, and most of all students Membership The Red Masquers ser\es to provide an extracur- in the Duquesne Duke is open to all students i iculai outlet for students who wish to participate The Duquesne Magazine is a literary publication, in tire theatre Its arm is to provide the Universitv published each semester which affords students and its students with educational and cultuial ben- the opportunity to submit writing, artwork and ehts that accrue fioni a dramatic program In line photographs with these objectives the Masquer's program offers a \ ariety of stage entertainnient—one-act L'Espirit Du Due the yearbook, highlights the plays m usicals comedies tragedies Anv events of the previous year to remind all graduates Duquesne student is eligible for membership of their alma mater It is mailed to all seniors after their graduation MEDIA ORGANIZATIONS The Student Handbook contains information NN DUQ RADIO AND TFLEV ISION about the University which concerns the students The Umversitv's radio station (WDUQ-90 5 Copies are available at the Duquesne Union Infor- F M ) and television (closed circuit) provide aca- mation Center dernic support to the individual schools and departments through seminars workshops labo- iatory experience and extracurricular opportuni- __7 ties in communication skills for individuals and

77 141

iefunclable tuition deposit of $100 within two English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)* is wteks Resident students afe asked to submit a requited unless the applicant has finished one year $250 non-refundablc deposit of college in the United States and has successfullv 8 Notification of decisions for regular admis- completed at least 16 semester credit hours and sion begin once Eailv Decision applicants have demonstrated proficiency in English All TOEFL been notihed If accepted students are asked to accepted international students must take English submit non-refundable tuition deposit of $100 for diagnostic tests upon arrival at the University, for COMITILIters oi $250 for resident students by May I appropriate placement regardless of the academic of then senior vear International students must level of acceptance If the results of the diagnostic submit a non-refundable tuition and room and examinations indicate the need for remedial work board deposit of $650 in English to assure satisfactory progress in the It is the icsponsibiliti oftlic applicant to aitange projected plan of study, the student must enroll in Admission to haic all suppoiting cledentials oil file uith the a course in developmental English during his/her OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS Olh(eol idint3sions and 1-mancial Aid Office pi lot first semester at the University to the deadline dates A letter of reference from at least one school Admissions is located on the first The Office of EARLY DECISION official which contains information on the appli- floor of the Administration Building EARLY ADMISSION Students who desire Duquesne University as their cant's academic, personal and social strengths and Telephone (412) 434-6220, 434-6221, 434-62222 Athough the Universitv believes that most stu- first choice for college should consider the Early weaknesses, and, also the length of time the writer Office holtis Mondav through Friday from dents profit from four vears in the secondary Decision plan This plan requires that the student has known the student is required 830AM to430PM school the Eariv Admission Plan is open to out- Admissions decisions will not be made until all apply by November 15 of his/her senior year The standing students This is a plan whereby unusu- information has been received completed and cer- student is notified of the decision bv December 15, POLICY ally able and matuic candidates who have com- tified and is required to send his/her non-refundable It is the policv of Duquesne University to admit pleted less than four years of a secondary school deposit within two weeks This offers the candi- Upon acceptance, the International Students applicants who are best qualified to profit from piogram may applv for consideration to begin col- date the advantage of knowing of the admissions Advisor will issue the necessary documents for opportunities which the University offers for intel- lege after tiieir j'unior vear The high school decision early in his/her senior year obtaining a student visa to the United States To lectual spiritual and social growth In general diploma is awarded following successful comple- complete on-campus registration, international admission is based upon past academic perform- APPLICATION—NEW FIRST-YEAR tion of their fieshman year in college Two sepa- students who are admitted should plan to arrive STUDENTS rate interviews aic iequired Further details may ance, scholastic abilitv and personal characteris- by one week before the term begins tics Information about religious preference, sex be obtained telephoning or writing to the Application should be addressed to the Director of POST-GRADUATES racial characteristics, and ethnic origin is not Admissions, Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Admissions Office taken into consideration bv the Committee on Pennsylvania 15282 It may be submitted at any Post-graduates are students who already have a APPLICATION—OTHER CATEGORIES Admissions time during the candidates' senior vear up to Bachelor's degree but desire to take undergradu- It is thc)csPO1lylhlllli Of PeM017S 010 appli, lot ate courses at Duquesne July I elciling stitch 01 as intemalional students post- ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The application procedure is as follows A Post-graduate student must submit a Post- giaduatc ieadi)m^sioll students, tiunsfei.s tempo- graduate application to the Division of Continuing I A candidate should have been graduated from I Obtain complete, and file the Application for iaii liansfeis and ietetans, oi lot the Suminei, an approved secondary school in the upper three- Education if the Bachelor's degree was received Admission with the Office of Admissions Session to coiange to haie all sl(ppoiling cteden- fifths of the class, and demonstrated exemplary from an institution other than Duquesne If the tials oil file iiith the Office ofAdmissions and the bachelor's degree was received from Duquesne an personal conduct in that institution Applicants 2 Include the $20 non-refundable application Finawial lid Office befoie deadline dates who have not completed four years of high school fee with the application form International Stu- application for readmission must be submitted In both instances, proof of degree is required either must submit a High School Equivalent Diploma dents must pay a $30 non-refitinclable application ADMISSION OF UNDERGRADUATE by an official transcript or a certificate of issued bv their state department of education fee No application will be processed for consider- INTFRNATIONAL STUDENTS ation by the Committee on Admissions unless graduation All international applicants must meet the admis- 2 High School curriculum must include 16 accompanied by the required fee sions requirements for freshmen and/or tranfer READMISSION units distributed as follows four units in English, Request the secondary school principal or 3 candidates as determined bv the academic unit in Any student who withdraws from the University eight units in any combination from the area of guidance counselor to submit a transcript of the which thev propose to st4v In addition, official social studies, language, mathematics, and science, must apply for readmission through the Office of candidate's academic record A recommendation tianscripts of all degrees diplomas, maik sheets, and four elective units for which the secondary Admissions regardless of the time interval is requested and examination records in original or photostatic involved since withdrawal school offers credit toward graduation In specific A student who is dis- 4 Complete the required SAT or ACT examina- copies must be sent with certified translations, instances, and at the discretion of the Committee missed for academic reasons must appeal to the tion during the spring of junior year and/or fall of where applicable, from all schools, colleges and on Admissions, the genuine equivalent of these Committee on Student Standing of the school to senior year It is the personal responsibility of each universities attended to the -\dmissions Office requirements may be accepted in lieu of the pre- which application of admission or readmission is candidate to have test scores forwarded to the A declaration of finances must be submitted cise requirements specified (Note Candidates being made, once the application has been submit- University which has been completed and certified by the planning to enroll in Pharmacy or Pre-Health pro- ted to the Admissions Office appropriate persons Acceptance letters will not be grams Medical Technology, Radiological Health, 5 An interview is highly recommended for pro- issued until the Admissions Office is in receipt of TRANSFERS or as science or mathematics majors should have spective students Auditions are required for this form and approval has been granted A completed a minimum of seven units in mathe- School of Music applicants student who wishes to transfer from another If English is the applicant's principal language of college or university must have the complete tran- matics and sciences ) 6 Students interested in being considered for instruction, SAT iesults must be submitted If scripts of high school and college records for- Uniiersit^ Scholarships should submit their appli- 3 Scores in accordance with the standards English is not the applicant's native language oi warded to the Office of Admissions and must sub- the University must be presented cation by Februar) I of their senior year adhered to by principal language of instruction, the Test of mit an application for admission When accepted, for the required College Entrance Examination 7 Early Decision Deadline (for students who Broad Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or the have Duquesne as their first College choice) is *For intoimation about tcsting in any country the Educa- American College Testing Program (ACT) (Note November 15 Notification will be by December tional Testing Scr%,ice Princeton New Jersey 08540 for admission to the School of Music, an audition 15 If accepted under the Early Decision Plan, should be contacted is required ) commuting students are asked to submit a non- 142 143 the student Must SLIPPI% to the dean of his school a intends thereafter to return to the original institu- A student who has accumulated 30 or more locate the most advantageous forms of assistance dcsciiption of the COLITSCS which appear on the tion and is eligible to continue there mav be credits is not eligible to take the General Examma- available to the individual student transcript The student should contact the Advise- admitted to the Summer Session A tear-out tion for credits When a Student has acquired 60 ment Office of his school for placement and cuiric- admissions application and registiation form for credits he will not be given credits on the basis of PRINCIPLES OF AID ulum planning following a ieasonable period for the summer study is provided in the announce- CLEP exams This total of 60 includes the CLEP FINANCIAL NEED evaluation of transcript ment of summer offerings, which may be obtained credit i e if a student has completed 57 credits, The College of Libeial Aits and Sciences and from the Office of Admissions at mid-March he could not receive more than 3 credits on CLEP The major criterion of most aid programs is the Schools of Education and Phaimacv award 60 These students are considered to be Temporary student's need for funds In general, parents and hours exams The University is contunuing to evaluate semester of credit to accepted transfer appli- Transfer Students CLEP subject scores and performance at the student are expected to pay the expenses of cants who have an Associate Degree in Arts from a Duquesne Credit will be given on a minimum education However, to the extent they cannot rea- ADVANCED PLACEMENT regionally acciedited two-year institution score determined yearly by the College of Liberal sonably be expected to meet this expense, there is Students transfetring from a regionallv accred- Students who have followed the College Entiance Arts and Science a derrionstratedfinancial need or eligibility for aid Examination Board college level program in sec- ited institution must present academic records Exams must be taken according to the usual Methods of determining need may vary slightly ondary schools and have performed satisfactorily which show an ovciall average of C (2 0 on a 4 0 progression of courses The exam in College Alge- among aid sources, but all have the common in the advanced placement examinations are cligi- qualitv point systern) bra or College Algebra/Trig must be taken before a objective of identifying the difference between Persons seeking admission to the University as ble for advanced placement Duquesne University student registers for Calculus I educational costs and the individual family's abil- transfei Students ficim a state approved college grants credit, as well as placement, for achieve- Information about the time and place that ity to contribute to these costs The costs consid- which does not have regional accreditation must ment that merits such consideration Subjects examinations are given may be obtained from the ered include tuition, fees, room and board or an ha^c attained a cumulative aveiage of 3 0 based included in the program are English composition, University Testing Bureau, or the College Level allowance for maintenance at home, travel or on a 4 0 qualitv point system In addition such history, history of art modern foreign languages commuting expenses, books, and necessary per- Examination Program, Box 977 Princeton, New prospective students must take the College (French, German, Spanish) Latin, mathematics lersev 08540 Information about equivalent Uni- sonal expenditures Need analysis presumes the Entiance Examination Boaid tests and attain the AB, mathematics BC, physics B and C chemistry versity courses for which qualifying students may family's ability to contribute to these costs will appropriate scores biology receive credit mav be obtained from the Univer- approximate that of families of similar size and An inteiiieii is highli iecommended lot all Credit will be given on a minimum advanced sity's Director of Testing Bureau or the Assi stant financial strength, with consideration given for oanstc) studctits and itill be )cquoed of those stu- placement score determined yearly by the College Dean for Administration College of Liberal Arts individual circumstances It is extremely impor- dents ithich the Adnzis^ions Office notthc) of Liberal Arts and Sciences For current informa- and Sciences tant that all financial information reported by the pcisonalli tion about the minimal score acceptable for each family be complete, accurate and updated for any subject and the credits granted, consult with the CREDIT HOUR BANK TEMPORARY fRANSFERS major changes Such information is considered Universitv's Director of Testing Bureau or the and treated confidentially by aid administrators Temporar,, Transfers are students who are Office of Academic Advisement, College of Liberal The Credit Hour Bank is designed for high school enrolled in another college or university but who Arts and Sciences students and adults who would like to sample col- AWARD CONDITIONS desire to take a course or couises at Duquesne for lege courses prior to official enrollment The maxi- Applicants who hope to receive advanced place- All financial aid awards are subject to terms and one semester mum number of credits that may be taken is 15 ment credits must request that scores be sent to conditions set forth in applications and award No Tempoiaiv Transfer Student will be granted Credits completed in the Credit Hour Bank are the Umversitv Information about equivalent Uni- notifications It is important that the student care- admission without formal application and an offi- held in escrow until the applicant applies and ful- versity courses for which qualifving students mav fully read all information provided by aid sources cial transcript or permission front an official at the fills all regular admission requirements Upon reg- receive credit may be obtained from the Univer- and promptly notify them of changes pertinent to University at which the student is enrolled A ular admittance all credits are then evaluated sitv's Director of Testing Bureau or the Assistant their applications or awards Temporary Transfer Student must reappiv if he/ Dean for Administration College of Liberal Arts toward a degree program she should desire to take a course or courses at and Sciences To apply to the Credit Hour Bank Program, STUDENT SELF-HELP Duquesne Universitv beyond one semester submit the $20 non-refundable application fee, As the primary beneficiary of higher education, the No Temporary Transfei shall be permitted to COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION and attach a letter indicating full comprehension student is expected to accept at least partial finan- registei for more than two semesters without mak- PROGRAM and acceptance of the conditions of the Credit cial responsibility for the cost This principle is ing arrangements to become a permanent transfer Hour Bank Program A The special examinations for which the College of form is available for this reflected in both the determination of need and purpose and can be obtained Liberal Arts and Sciences will award credits, with by contacting the the types of aid available In determining need, SUMMER SESSION I office of Admissions acceptable scores, are consideration is given for at least a minimum con- DUQUESNE STUDENIS Generally, all first year courses in the College of tribution to cost from the student's summer earn- I Gewal Ekarnmations Humanities, social Anv Duquesne Umversitv undergiaduate student Liberal Arts and Sciences are open to Credit Hour sciences ings, savings, and resources Two types of self-help who was granted continuance at the close of the Bank students The school of music also partici- programs of aid are available loans and work 2 Subject Exarninations American goverment preceding Spring Semester is authorized to register pates in the Credit Hour Bank program providing Student loans provide rates, terms, and conditions American historv, analysis and interpretation of in the Summei Session Students who were dis- the applicant passes a music audition superior to those offered by commercial lenders, literature, biology college algebra, college algebra- missed bv their school at the close of the preceding and offer the student the opportunity to help him- trigonometry, college composition computers and Spring Semester for academic reasons mav register self/herself by accepting future repayment respon- data processing elementary computer program- for Summer classes by permission of the Commit- Financial Aid sibility Student employment programs provide ming, FORTRAN IV, general chemistry, general tee on Student Standing of theii school All stu- the opportunity to help earn a portion of the edu- psychology, introductory calculus introductory dents must have their course selections approved Duquesne Universitv subscribes to the philosophy cational costs bv their academic advisor business management, introductory marketing, that "no student should be denied the education of GIFT ASSISTANCE Graduates and other f6imer students, including introductory money and banking (only validation his/her choice for lack of sufficient financial of comparable course(s) taken at regionally accred- anv who withdrew from the University, must resources " The Office of Student Financial Aid Non-repayable scholarships or grants are available ited schools where courses were offered at the 200 obtain ieadmittance before thev may register f6i has been established to help students locate the in accordance with one or a combination of the level or above Students must have completed the surnmei classes financial support they require Students and par- following criteria 1) Financial Aleed, 2) Superior course(s) with a "c" or better to be eligible ), intro- ents should not be overwhelmed by the variety Academic Potential or Achievement, and 3) Spe- S'I UDENTS FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS ductory sociology, microbiology, macro-econom- and apparent complexities of modern student cialAbility, which reflects proficiency in a special- A student of another college or universitv who ics, micro-economics statistics, western financial aid Rather, a patient thorough examina- ized field or activity, such as music, debate, athlet- wishes to emoll f6i the summer session, and who Civilization tion of aid opportunities should be undertaken to ics, etc It should be noted that many sources of 144 145 gift aid expect the student to accept some form of 3 Obtain from the high school guidance office Loan repayment does not begin until six months Non-Pennsylvania tesidents should contact their self- help assistance or the Financial Aid Office a Financial Need Doc- after the borrower terminates at least half-time ument Complete and submit it according to high school guidance counselor or state Depart- MEETING STUDENT NEED stud^, and is scheduled over a instructions Statements take four to eight weeks I 0-year period at an ment of Education to determine if grants are avail- interest rate of five percent a year The Financial Aid Office attcniptA to provide aid to process and therefore should be submitted as able, and to determine application procedures equal to need for all student applicants Normallv earlv as possible hedeial Ninsing Loans These loans are available Pennsylvania residents should obtain the State this requires an aid package' consisting of funds 4 A reply to this application, if filed by deadline to full-time undergraduate nursing students who Grant Application from high school guidance from multiple aid sources and piograms Those dates, should be anticipated as follows Freshmen demonstrate financial need and are making accept- offices, the University Financial Aid Office, or the programs which are under the direct control of the and new transfers between mid-Pebruary and late able progress toward a degree Recipients are Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Aid Office are not usuallv sufficient to meet full March (providing student has been accepted for selected in accordance with guidelines published Agency (PHEAA) At current levels, grants ranging need or provide an aid package of the most benefi- admission) Upperclassmen Replies should be by the Federal government Loan repayment does from $100 to $1500 a year are available to full- cial composition It is expected that students who anticipated in June or July not begin until nine months after the borrower time undergraduate students, based on considera- apph^ for assistance to the University will also terminates at least half-time study in nursing, and tions of financial need Filing deadline is normally apply to federal state and other available sources 5 Applications must be filed annuall) is scheduled over a 10-vear period at an interest May I PROGRAM FUNDING PROGRAMS rate of six percent a vear GUARANTEED STUDENT LOANS All programs of financial aid are subject to limita- The following programs for which the foregoing Plealih Ptofessions Loans Health Profession Stu- This program provides long-term low interest stu- tions of available funds Therefore in addition to application procedures apply, are administered dent Loans are available to full-time undergradu- dent loans available through the cooperative the eligibilitv requirements of a particular pio- directly by the Financial Aid Office ate students in the Bachelor of Science in efforts of federal and state governments and par- gram assistance depends upon the level of funding Unneisiti, Scholats Awaids The University Pharmacy program who demonstrate financial ticipating private lending institutions These loans in the program First consideration always goes to awards scholarships annually to exceptional high need and are making acceptable progress toward a are available to students enrolled in an institution applicants who applv within deadline dates and school scholars These awards are not based on a degree Recipients are selected in accordance with of higher learning on at least a half-time basis who provide complete and accinate information demonstrated need and may be renewed each year guidelines published by the Federal government They are provided by commercial lending institu- All programs are subject to change elimination, or provided the student maintains a high level of aca- Loan repayment does not begin until one year tions in every state To apply, the student should replacement Changes in government programs demic achievement The minimum academic after the student ceases to pursue a full-time inquire at a local lending institution where the are routine since these require periodic legislative requirement is a cumulative Quality Point Aver- course of study in pharmacv, and is scheduled student or parents have an account The maxi- review age of 3 0 over a 10-vear period at an interest rate of nine mum that an undergraduate student may borrow CURRENT INFORMATION Compaitire Scholaiships These awards are given percent a vear for any academic level is $2,500 A four to six week processing period should be anticipated Because programs of aid and conditions of eligibil- to students of outstanding ability and achievement Student Emploi ment Two programs of employ- it^ do change from time to time, the student who also demonstrate financial need They are ment are available to financial aid applicants who Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students/Auxil- should attempt to keep abreast of new develop- renewable yearly based on continued academic demonstrate need The first is the College Work- iar^ Loans to Assist Students Loans are available merits The high school guidance office, the Uni- achievement and continued demonstrated need Study Program which is financed principally by to parents of DEPENDENT undergraduate stu- versitv Financial Aid Office, and the office of edu- Continued academic achievement is normally Federal appropriations and awarded as aid in dents, INDEPENDENT undergraduates and grad- cation in the student's home state are excellent reflected by a cumulative Quality Point Average of accordance with guidelines published by the Fed- uates may apply themselves The maximum sources of information Students should avoid the 3 0 or above Renewal amounts may vary relative eral government The second program is referred amount that can be borrowed for any academic eiior of disqualil'ving themselves for specific forms to the level of need to as the General Program which is funded by the level is $3000 Repayment begins 60 days after of aid because of hearsay or dated infoirnation A Pa) ish Gi ant-In-A id Pt ograin Available to incom- University In addition to considerations of finan- disbursement of funds Applications and informa- decision not to applv to particular aid source ing freshmen from the parishes in the Diocese of cial need, placement in a part-time position tion are available through banks and other lending should be made only upon the advice of an aid Pittsburgh Students are recommended by their depends upon the student's qualifications for per- institutions officer pastor to the University's Admissions Office forming successfully in the job Student employ- OTHER POSSIBILITIES UNIVERSITY AID Awards are based on academic achievement and ment is limited to maximum of fifteen working demonstrated need They are renewable yearly hours a week when classes are in session Students In addition to mass programs of aid previously described, financial assistance may be obtained APPLICATION PROCEDURE based on continued academic achievement and working under either program may not retain I Applicants must be currently enrolled in the continued need Continued academic achievement outside jobs during academic periods from a wide variety of sources Since application procedures and requirements differ greatly, it is University or be in the process of applying for is normally reflected by a cumulative Quality not possible to provide specific information In admission Incoming students should not wait for Point Average of 2 75 and above Renewal OTHER SOURCES OF AID official acceptance to the Universitv before apply- amounts may vary relative to the level of need general the student seeking potential sources of aid may inquire of 1) high school guidance counsel- ing for financial assistance Supplemental Educational Oppoitunity Giants PELL GRANT PROGRAM ors, 2) parents' employers or labor unions, 3) fra- Federal grant assistance is available to full or half- 2 Obtain the formal application for financial Direct grant assistance through the Federal gov- ternal, social, religious or professional organiza- time undergraduate students with financial need assistance (Freshmen and transfer students mav ernment is available to undergraduates based on tions, 4) major organizations utilizing the skills of It should be noted that due to limited funding, obtain the form thiough Admissions Office publi- an eligibility determination reviewed and adjusted the field for which the student is preparing, and these grants are normally awarded only to full- cations or thiough the Financial Aid Office Cur- each year by Congress All undergraduates are 5) specific departments within the University time students Recipients are selected in accor- rently enrolled students may obtain the form only advised to apply for this form of aid Students dance with guidelines published by the Federal AID FROM DEPARTMENTS through the Financial Aid Office ) Complete this receiving aid through the University are required Government application and submit it to the Financial Aid to apply for a Pell Grant Necessary forms may be AND SCHOOLS National Diiect Student Loans National Direct Office Duquesne Univeisity Pittsburgh, Pennsyl- obtained through the Financial Aid Office or the COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS vania 15282 PRIOR to these deadline dates For Loans are available to both full-time and half-time High School Guidance Office AND SCIENCES the Fall Semester or the academic year, no later students who demonstrate financial need and are Pittsburgh Communications Foundation Loans than Ma^ I for the Spring Semester, no later than making acceptable progress toward a degree It STATE GRANT ASSISTANCE December I Late applicants will be considered on should be noted that due to limited funding, these The Foundation has established a loan fund for 6eneial Depending upon the student's legal state the basis of available funds Students interested in loans are normally awarded only to full-time stu- deserving junior and senior full-time students in of residence, direct grant assistance from the being considered for scholarships should submit dents Recipients are selected in accordance with the Department of Journalism Students will be state may be available for study at Duquesne required to repay the loan within two years after their financial aid application by February I guidelines published by the Federal Government University graduation at three percent a year Such loans will

146 147 be gianted on the recommendation of the Chair- flute club in the United States This $300 scholar- SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND recipients must have demonstrated academic man of the Journalism Department assisted bv the ship is awarded to a fieshman or a sophomore ADMINISTRATION achievement and active participation in the func- Journalism faculty Loan inquires and applica- flute major tion of the Fraternity Alcoa Scholatships Two awards are made annu- tions should bc made to the Chairman of the Polish his League S(holaiship This award is ally one in transportation and one in accounting, Petet and Dototh ' v Man:ione Aleinotial Fund A Depaitment of Journalism made annually bv the Polish Arts League of Pitts- to undergraduate students in the School of Busi- revolving fund donated by Rosetta and Geraldine burgh to an outstanding performer in the School ness and Administration Recipients are selected Of Music Manzione and friends of the familv is available to The I leanoi Polis Caponc Weniotial Awaid The Pret"cience will be given to a student of bv the School on the basis of academic achieve- all students in the School of Pharmacy awaid honors in perpetultv the memory of Elea- Polish ancestry Other students will not be ment nor P Capone The scholarship consists of the excluded from consideration Clinton Eddi, Goodwin Aleinotial Scholaiship This scholarship was established to honor the total annual income from a restricted growth Ri an Homes Scholaiship This award is made to 1111sic School 5(holai5hips These awards are memory of Clinton endowment fund and is awarded to an undergrad- an undergraduate senior student in production made possible bv donations from individuals and Eddy Goodwin by making annual awards to deserving Pharmacy students uate student enrolled at the Umversitv, who will Recipient is selected by the School based upon organizations in appreciation of performances by be selected on the basis of merit in the field of academiL achievement School of Music students Candidates must be a declared Pharmacy major, creative writing with need a seconclary considera- attained a minimum quality point average and Unneisin Solo lVind Scholal 5hips These scholar- tion Interested students should contact the Chair- I taffic Club of Pittsbingh Scholaiship This award have an interest in and demonstrated support of ships in vaiving amounts aie awarded only to man Honors and Awards Committee, English is made to an undergraduate student in transporta- the University's Athletic Program Apply through potential ' First Chair" performers Depaitment prior to January 15 tion Recipient is selected by the School based the Dean of Students Office upon academic achievement Unitetsiti SoingSchoicuships These scholarships 41ai v McPai dand Beck Scholaiship A ward Schol- Ancheii ko--oia Venioi tal S(holat ship This award for tuition and applied music fees have been estab- SCHOOL OF EDUCATION arship funds are available from earnings on a fund was established to honor in perpetuitv, the mem- lished by the University to promote the study of started by a bequest to the School of Pharmacv in ory of Andrew Kozora Full-time third or fourth School of Education Competiaw Scholaiships are string instruments 1970 available to freshmen and transfer students who %ear students enrolled at Duquesne Universitv Pitishingh Flute Club Naid This award is given and having declared a major held of studv to be were among the top fifth of their high school class to an outstanding woodwind student NARD Foundation Established by the National either Phvsics or Mathematics are eligible for or who maintained a 3 0 high school average Association of Retail Druggists in honor of its Uniieisiti Piano Scholaiships These scholarships such scholarship The primary considerations will Transfer students applying for these scholarships executive secretary John W Dargavel, this foun- are awarded to students showing outstanding tal- be financial need with academic achievement see- must have a "B" average from the school they last ent in piano dation provides a $200 scholarship to a qualified onclaiv Recipients aie selected by the Universitv's attended Applicants are required to submit three student in the School of Pharmacy as well as loans Diiecior of Financial Aid upon nomination by the recommendations representing the areas of aca- SCHOOL OF NURSING to students of pharmacy in their last five semesters Chairman of the Physics or Mathematics Depart- demic performance and personal achievement An Behan Scholatship The R J Behan Annual'Nurs- for payment of tuition, fees, and books interview is also required to discuss individual ments after thcv have previously consulted with ing Scholarship is a $500 scholarship awarded perceptions and ideals as well as a statement of Galen Pharmaceutical Societv Loan Fund This the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences annualiv to a nursing student who is in good aca- career goals Freshmen applicants must have an revolving fund was established in 1963 for the pur- demic standing The award is based on need pro- 7he Rei Joseph I Lainitis CSSp, Jouinalism SAT score of at least 900, with a minimum of 400 pose of providing financial assistance to worthy fessional involvement and future aspirations Stu- 5cholaiship This is an annual scholarship in trib- on any one test Transfer applicants must be new students of pharmacy during times of urgent finan- dents mav appiv in the School of Nuring in early ute to the Rev Joseph A Lauritis C S Sp , students to Duquesne To apply, contact the cial distress fall founder of the Depai tnient of Journalism and the School of Education For renewal requirements Fied Schiller Loan Fund This loan fund was Univeisitv s radio station WDUQ-FM It is avail- and procedures contact the Office of Financial SCHOOL OF PHARMACY founded by Mr Fred Schiller Pittsburgh pharma- able to a ^reshman entering Duquesne University Aid fl,onien of Galen The Women's Auxihary of the cist in memory of the late Emanuel Spector for who is planning to major in journalism The Laivience Roche Meinolial Scholarship The Galen Pharmaceutical Society of Pittsburgh annu- worthy and qualified students in the School of award is administered by the Lauritis Scholarship award will be made to a student who, as a junior ally provides scholarship funds to be awarded to Pharmacv This revolving fund makes available Committee of Jouinalism faculty and friends in the School of Education, has in the judgment of deserving pharmacy students in their last years of tuition loans of varying amounts depending on the Deadline for application is April I the Awards Committee, demonstrated those quali- attendance in the School of Pharmacy ' applicant's need and general ability ties of scholarship, character, and professionalism Ediiato' I Lecch Scholaiship This annual schol- Beaiei, Counii, Phainia(cittical Association Giant John Clothiet Sims Metnoiial Fund This revolv- which merit special recognition The awardee arship was established in 1971 by the Scripps- and lid rund This revolving loan fund provides ing fund, established in 1954, was made possible Howard Foundation for journalism junior/senior must have a minimum Quality Point Average of financial assistance to students in the School of through the generosity of the friends of the late Students who demonstrate outstanding academic 3 0 at the time of application The student must be Pharmacv who are residents of Beaver County, Mr Sims, executive of Sun Drug (now Eckerd) promise concurrent financial need, and are pre- officially registered as a senior in the School of PennsvIvania Applications are to be made to the Company, Pittsburgh Partial tuition loans are paring for a journalism career in the newspaper or Education of the Universitv at the time of receiv- Dean of the School of Pharmacy made available to students under the conditions broadcasting fields It is administered ng the award Applications must be submitted to that apply to the Fred Schiller Loan Fund by the Sainuel H' Cuttis Loan Fund This fund is facultv of the Department of Journalism theI Dean's office no later than March I intended to provide financial assistance for stu- Piltshurgh Giaduate Chaptei of Kappa Psi Phat- SCHOOL OF MUSIC dents in the School of Pharmacv Colecchia ^cholaiship Aiicud The award honors inaceutical Frateiniti, Maintains a revolving loan in perpetuity the memory of Albert and Women s Adi,isoi v Boai d Scholarships This fund Chilson Loan Fund A revolving loan fund estab- fund for members of the undergraduate chapters Ambrosma Colecchia The Scholarship award is provides scholarships in varying amounts each lished in 1 946 through the generosity of Francis P Details are available from the School of available to juniors and seniors in the undergradu- vear to vocal performers These scholarships are Chilson and expanded by the connibutions of Pharmacy available to entering freshmen and upperclassmen Pharmacy alumni provides financial assistance to ate College of Arts and Sciences majoring in any of Rite-Aid Scholarship A $1,000 scholarship from the following disciplines Modern Language Liter- worthy students in the School of Pharmacy Ja---- Scholaiship Available to all full-time under- the Rite-Aid Corporation is available to students ature the Classics Philosophv English Math graduate music students involved in the jazz pro- Joel P Laughlin Scholaiship In honor of Joel P entering the final vear of the pharmacv program Chemistry Computer Sciences Physics or Biol- gram Applications available in the Dean's Office Laughlin, a fraternity brother whose life was ter- Letters of application should be addressed to the ogy All recipients must be full-time students of minated early in his professional program The Dean, School of Pharmacy by May I Selection is proven scholastic achievement be of good moral Geotge Batteie Memorial Scholaiship The Pitts- Graduate Chapter of Phi Delta Chi annually based on financial need, demonstration of normal character and demonstrate a potential for leader- burgh Flute Club offers a scholarship in flute in awards three $200 scholarships to one fraternity progress and good standing in the pharmacy ship The scholarship is awaided annually memory of George Barrere, founder of the first brother in each of the three professional years The program

148 149

[-an Ilionni Chaplet ol Loinhda Kappa Signia based on both academic achievement and finan- Restrictions discount of one-half tuition for undergraduate or This picifiessional Pharinacv fiaternitv for women cial need I University fees, laboratory costs, room and graduate studies The same restrictions indicated has established financial awards for members in Minnie Hvinan Scholaiship A gift from the board, and other non-tuition related expenses will under the section on clergy/religious discounts their last three vears of the pharmacv program Hyman Family Foundation Awards are based on be charged at full rate Discount is one-half tuition apply Awards are based on financial need and participa- academic criteria and need The amount of the only RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING CORPS tion in the organization 2 Only one Duquesne degree may be obtained awards varies Recipients are selected by the (ROTC) SCHOLARSHIPS utilizing the discount and no other form of dis- Di B Ohic Cole 6iaduatc Educational Giant A Financial Aid Office and the Hyman Familv Foun- count or remission mav be ieceived simultane- $300 grant is offeied bv Lambda Kappa Sigma to dation Interested students should apply through Army ROTC offers a number of four-year scholar- ously hnancialIv assist an alumnae member who is the Financial Aid Office ships for qualified students on a very competitive 3 Discount is not extended for studies in the enrolled in a program of graduate study and James H and Margatet Lavelle Feriv, Memoiial basis These scholarships pay for tuition, fees, Institute of Formative Spirituality, Law School, required textbooks, and other purely academic research in the pharmaceutical sciences Applica- Scholarship This award was established to honor, by Master of Liberal Studies, doctoral degree pro- expenses as well as providing a $100 per month tions must bv received the chairman of the in perpetuity, the memory of James H and Mar- grams or any designated special programs with subsistence allowance Interested high school stu- grant committee bv November 15 Applications garet Lav,-Ile Ferry bv awarding annually a prize to differential rates dents may apply by writing Army ROTC, are available in the School of Pharmacy Office a deserving student in their name Recipients are Catholic School Lay Teacher Discount Full-time Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, selected by the University, with the primary con- GENERAL teachers in catholic schools, who have completed a 15282 The application period begins in April of sideration being financial need and academic minimum of two years teaching at an approved the student's j unior year and ends in December of The Piltshioghl(entennial ^;cholaiship was cre- achievement as a secondary consideration Recipi- diocesan school, may be eligible to receive a dis- their senior year ated at the close of Duquesne University's Centen- ents must be enrolled as undergraduate students count of one-half tuition for undergraduate or For students already enrolled at Duquesne Uni- nial year (1978) in the spirit of the University's Interested students should apply through the graduate studies The same resti-ictions indicated versity, three-year and two-year scholarships are founding mission to provide ready access to higher Financial Aid Office under the section on clergy/religious discounts available Individuals need not be participating in education for all The scholarship will be provided 41elville 41exandet Ebeihaidt Memoiial Fund apply the ROTC program to apply For additional infor- to deserving students who have demonstrated high This fund was established to provide scholarships Senioi Citizen Discount Men and women who are mation, contact the Military Science Department academic peiformance and need Emphasis will be for the benefit of students residing in the United 60 years of age or older may be eligible to receive a at 434-6664 on performance in selection of recipient Inquiries States Worthy students are recommended by the should be directed to the Office of Financial Aid University to the Trustees of the fund, with both DL,SSO 5(holaiship hand Annually the academic and financial considerations being used Duquesne University Student Scholarship Organi- Interested students should apply through the Tuition and Fees zation sponsors scholarships to help make it possi- Financial Aid Office The University reserves the right to change tuition and fee charges if exigencies require such action The ble for deserving students to attend Duquesne Lotus and Ida Anidurskv and Benjamin Amduiski, figures shown apply to the 1985-86 term only, unless otherwise indicated Applicants must be enrolled on a full-time basis, Weinoiial Fund This fund was established to show proven academic ability, be of good moral assist Jewish students who are residents of Alle- TUITION character and demonstrate financial need Apph- gheny County Recommendations are made by the Undergraduate Tuition for each semester hour credit cation materials mav be obtained through the University to the Trustees of the fund, and are on $184 Graduate Tuition for each semester hour credit SGA office and must be filed by April I the basis of merit and need Interested students $194 Auditors pay the same as students taking courses for credits should apply through the Financial Aid Office 11cClosAei Alenioiial Pund is awarded to Stu- dents who have demonstrated scholastic ability, J JV Rande Memorial Scholarship Fund A FEES good character and volunteer service to the com- newly-establ i shed fund in honor of J W and Ruth Application (non-refundable) $ 20 munity Applications are to be made directly to Lewis Rande in recognition of their long-time Matriculation Deposit (non-refundable) too the Office of the Dean Of Students affection for the City of Pittsburgh Factors to be Residence Hall Pre-Payment (non-refundable) 150 considered for selection include leadership quali- T'ita I Hein: Daiel hiaid This fund was estab- Change of Schedule for processing each form 5 ties, good character, strong potential for civic con- lished to provide an educational and cultural Credit by Examination for each semester hour for recognition of proficiency iributions (especially to the City of Pittsburgh) and opportunity for piomising young women students of course credit (See policy in Section VI, page 144) 20 the ability to relate well with others Interested Recipients are selected on the basis of academic Orientation (New Students) 25 students should reply through the Financial Aid achievement and evidence of interest in intercul- Late Registration Office 25 tural or international relations Inquiries should Removal of I Grade 5 Stella and Chailes Guttinan Scholaiship Founda- be directed to the Office of the Dean of Students Registration Correction Fee 15 iton Awards are based on need with academic Continuing Registration Fee Nathan and Haiti Dolt Scholaiship This is an 50 considerations secondary Interested students *Undergracluate Business and Administration Student annual award that is to be made to "such deserv- should apply through the Financial Aid Office when carrying 12 or more credits ing person or persons from Butler County, Penn- John Joseph Mongillo Memorial Scholarship Less than 12 credits sNIvama attending Duquesne University" Selec- Fund Awards are based on financial need The *Undergraduate Music Student when carrying tion is made bv a committee upon the fund was established through a gift to the Univer- 12 or more credits recommendation of the University's Financial Aid 50 sity from Marie Locher in memory of her brother, *School of Pharmacy Undergraduate Fee Office Candidates are considered for academic 150 John Mongillo Interested students should apply *Undergraduate Pharmacy Student Activities (for Third, achievement and financial need Interested stu- through the Financial Aid Office Fourth, and Fifth Year Students) dents should apply through the Financial Aid 25 *University Fee Office UNIVERSITY DISCOUNT $11 per credit *Charged on each semester registration Llizahelh Elsie 11(Donough Scholaiship This CleigvlReligious Discount Members of Univer- award was established to assist needy students sity-recognized Christian and Jewish Religions, LABORATORY FEES from Allegheny County to continue their educa- who have been ordained or professed, may be eli- All amounts are for one semester, where applicable, the vearly charge is double In addition to the laboratory tional endeavors at Duquesne University Recipi- gible to receive a discount of one-half tuition for fee, some programs also require a breakage charge of $15 00 a semester, this is proportionately refundable, ents aic selected by the University and awards are undergraduate or graduate studies depending upon the losses incurred 150 151

Laboratory fees apply to the 1985-1986 academic year The Effective Date of Withdrawal for determin- students have been temporarily assigned three Lo a ing the percent of remission is that on which the Biology (each laboratory) $ 35 room or in lounges Therefore, students returning appropriate Academic Dean was notified by letter their application after all rooms have been Business 491 (Simulation) 5 of the student's decision to terminate attendance assigned will be housed in temporary housing, be Chemistry (each laboratory) 40 and requested official withdrawal It is also the placed on a waiting list, or not be assigned a space Computer Science 10 recorded date of the student's separation from the in the residence area Education 490, 491 (Student Teaching) 25 University and regarded as the last day of attend- English 203, 380 381, 382, 383, 384, 385 5 All students occupying rooms in the University ance A student is considered enrolled and "in English 439, 379 10 residence halls are required to take their meals at attendance" until he or she acts to terminate Journalism 367, 369, 380, 405, 409, 485 10 the Resident Dining Hall Charges are for 20 meals attendance in conformity with this policv even Journalism 267, 268, 370, 378, 379, 381, 413 15 a week, with meals served commencing with the though absences from classes were observed and Journalism 375 25 evening meal of the day before the first day of recorded before the Effective Date of Withdrawal Mathematics 307, 308 10 classes A commuter meal plan and a 14-meal plan When a student's attendance is involuntarily Music-Applied Music 101, 102, 103, 104, 201, 202, 203, 204, 301, 302, 303, for sophomores, juniors and seniors are also terminated in a semester because of personal disa- 304, 401, 402, 403, 404 220 available bility arising from injury or illness, any remission Music-Apphed Music 111, 112, 118, 119, 211, 212, 218, 219, 311, 312, 411, 412 110 Residence Halls are closed during vacation of tuition beyond the limits prescribed by the Music-Class Piano 213, 214, 215, 315 35 (Thanksgiving, Christmas and Easter) periods withdrawal refund policy is subject first to the Music-Class Methods 181, 182, 183, 184 35 approval of the Academic Dean, then the Vice All resident students must present evidence of Music-Brass Class Methods, 281, 282, 283, 284 35 President for Academic Affairs, and finally, the health and accident insurance coverage, such cov- Music-Organ Practice Room 35 Vice President for Business and Management erage is available through the University Music-Ensemble 143, 144, 146 148, 150, 210, 243, 244, 245, 247, 248, 347 447 35 The University reserves the right to modify TUITION REMISSION SCHEDULE Music-Sacred Music Choir 210 75 these charges if exigencies require such action Music-Seminar 105 35 This schedule applies to tuition only, it does not Music-String Class Methods 381, 382 35 apply to other charges, such as the University Fee ' Regular Session-Room and Board (20 meals a Music-Therapy Practicurn 124, 223, 224, 323, 324, 423 424 35 course fee, and laboratory fees nor to the reduc- week, includes cleaning, public damage, health Personal Computer Writing 15 tion of credits resulting from course withdrawals services fees) Pharmacy 011, 012, 016, 017, 022, 027, 031, 032, 035, 054 40 made after the Change of Schedule period Single for each semester $1,701 50 Physics (each laboratory) 35 Double for each semester $1,421 00 Psychology 356 7 Within the Semester Percent of Remission Speech 101, 204, 206 208, 220 251, 263, 264, 302, 311, 351 5 First Week 80 Summer Sessions-Room and Board* Second Week 80 Graduate Biology With Laboratory 35 6 Weeks $609 00 (Single Room and Board) Graduate Chemistry 520, 561 40 Third Week 40 $504 84 (Double Room and Board) Graduate Classics 551 170 Fourth Week 20 8 Weeks Graduate Communications 512 25 After Fourth Week None $812 00 (Single Room and Board) $673 12 (Double Room and Board) Graduate Modern Languages 051 & 052 170 Within the Summer Session-Based on a Graduate Psychology 571 15 St v Week Session Standard ROOM AND BOARD-WITHDRAWAL Graduate Pharmacy (each laboratory) 30 First Week 60 AND REFUND Graduate Education 512 692, 693 10 Second Week 20 Graduate Music 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606 220 After Second Week None A resident student must notify the Assistant Graduate Music Minors 511, 512 513, 514, 515 Ito Director of Residence Life in advance of the Graduate-Organ Practice Room 35 ROOM AND BOARD planned withdrawal No refund of room charges "Laboratory Breakage Fee 15 ,The request for on-campus residence is made on will be made where withdrawal occurs after the One breakage card per semester will cover laboratory breakage in Chemistry the same form used for application for admission opening classes In the event of withdrawal, board to the University After the student has completed will be refunded at the rate of 75 per cent of the SUMMER AND SPECIAL SESSION TUITION AND FEE CHARGES the admission procedure and has paid the matric- balance remaining on the student's meal plan, up Undergraduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $184 ulation deposit ' the residency request is referred until mid-semester After the mid-semester point, Graduate Tuition for each semester hour credit $194 automatically to the Assistant Director of Resi- no refund will be made No reduction of charges Universit^ Fee $11 per credit dence Life The request is processed and necessary nor refund of payments to which a student may GRADUATION FEES application forms are forwarded to the student have been otherwise entitled will be made if with- The Universitv requires that a prepayment of drawal is not in accordance with the official with- Bachelor Degree $ 30 drawal procedure Master Degree 40 $150, which is applicable to the following semes- Doctor of Pharmacy Degree 40 ter's room and board account accompany all No student is permitted to remain in the resi- Juris Doctor Degree 85 applications for room reservations or renewals dence halls after academic withdrawal from the Doctor of Philosophy Degree 55 This pre-payment is non-refundable University has been completed Thesis Binding Fee-Doctoral Dissertation 80 Reservations are made on a semester basis- Thesis Binding Fee-Master Thesis 70 August to December, January to May Rooms may *Those desiring residency for the Summer Session should be occupied no earlier than noon of the day pre- make reservations with the Assistant Director of Resi- ceding the beginning of the orientation or registra- dence Life three weeks prior to opening date ofyour ses- sion A non-refundable deposit of $20 must accompany WITHDRAWAL AND TERMINATION tion periods each application After occupancy the deposit is applied Room assignments are made on a first-come, OF ATTENDANCE charged for the semester or session in accordance toward the room and board expenses This deposit is not first-serve basis Therefore, it is extremely impor- Upon officially withdrawing from the University, with the Tuition Remission Schedule The refunded ifthe r000m is not occupied Rates shown are tant for the student to return his/her housing a student receives remission of part of the tuition amount of the remission is added to payments, for 1985 summer session only For day rates and three and a refund is made upon request where a credit application immediately upon receipt of it Over- four andfiie week rates, contact the Office ofResidence balance is created on the student's total account crowded conditions have occurred in the past and L ife

152 153

FINANCIAL MATTERS Registration The Student Financing Program pro- All charges for tuition, fees room and board, less vides financing for up to 50% of the current semes- Part VI: financial assistance authorized bv the Financial ter charges less financial aid authorized and other Aid Office, are payable at registration For your payments to be repaid to the Universitv in two convenience Master Charge and VISA (Bank equal installments Interest is charged at the rate Registration and Americard) can be utilized to pay tuition and of 2/3 of 1% per month A delinquency charge on fees each monthly installment in default for a period of ten days or more will be charged in an amount BILLING PROBLEMS equal to 5% of such installment or $5 00 which- Scholastic Policies Take the billing statement to the office indicated ever is less, except that a minimum charge of for an explanation or correction concerning these $1 00 mav be made billing matters a) Balance Forward Credits Payments CASHING CHECKS REGISTRATION Deposits— 4ccounts Recenable Office A student may cash a check up to a maximum of Students who attend the Fall Semester, which 2 Authorization to continue in the program b) Financial Aid Awards, Federal Loans $50 at the Cashier's Office on the Ground Floor of begins in late August, receive academic advise- selected has been given and registration for classes Guaranty Loans and Employer Billing— the Administration Building between 9 00 A M ment and register for classes during the preceding has been accomplished in compliance with all aca- Office of 1hc Diiectot of 1-inancial Aid and 4 00 P M , Monday through Friday, except months of April, May, June, and July Spring demic requirements and procedures c) Student Finance Program, (Deferred Pav- during registration, with a validated ID Card for Semester students register in the Fall Semester 3 Arrangements have been made to the satisfac- ment Plan)— Iccounts Receirable Office the current semester during November and early December tion of the University for payment in full of all Orientation programs for new students are con- d) Housing Reservations and Housing BAD CHECKS financial charges, including fees, tuition, and hous- Charges—Office of the 4^sistant Dean of ducted by the schools in late spring and summer in It is the policy of the University to charge bad ing charges, all of which are due and payable in Residen(c Life conjunction with academic advisement and checks to the student who cashes them regardless full before the beginning of classes registration STUDLNT FINANCING PROGRAM of the maker A $3 00 service charge will be A comprehensive invoice that confirms the class CHANGE OF SCHEDULE assessed on checks that are returned from a bank (All prior balances must be paid in full before the schedule of courses for which the student is regis- Students requiring a change of class schedule, to for lack of funds student is eligible for this plan ) Duquesne Univer- tered and lists fees, tuition, dormitory charge, change class times or to add or to drop a class, are sm students desiring pavmem of their tuition and deposits financial aid awards and balance due is permitted to do so during the pre-registration other charges for the semester by installment, con- mailed to the student at his or her permanent period, the final registration period, and the first tact in person the Student Finance Section at Final address a month before classes begin, thus class week of the semester Change of class sched- enabling the student or parent to make payment ule is not permitted after the Latest Date for by mail Change of Schedule as announced in the semester A three-day final registration for students who academic calendar have neither obtained registration for classes nor All schedule changes must be approved by the concluded financial arrangements is held just academic adviser and processed with the Regis- before the opening of classes trar Schedule change requests processed with the The financial obligation for class places reserved Registrar during the first class week must also by a registered student who does not subsequently have the signatures of the instructors whose attend cannot be canceled unless written notifica- classes are being added or dropped tion of the decision not to attend is given to the Students who tardily process change forms are Registrar before the first class day Notification not entitled to refund for the course credits received on or after the opening day of classes is dropped Courses dropped after the deadline for subject to the official withdrawal policy With- making schedule changes are classified as course drawal from room and board reservation contracts withdrawals (See 'Withdrawal from a Course', is to be made in accordance with the provisions of and 'Withdrawal from the University' mentioned the contract See Room and Boaid—Withdrawal elsewhere in this catalog ) Refund, page 141 of this catalog Except for changes requested by the dean or advisor, a fee of $5 00 is charged for each change OFFICIAL REGISTRATION form processed after the close of pre-registration Only students who are recognized as officially reg- isteied are bona fide students of Duquesne Univer- CROSS-REGISTRATION 1110m R'l sitv Unless students are officially registered, they Cross-college and -university registration provides are not permitted to attend classes, engage in stu- opportunities for enriched educational programs, dent affairs, or, generally, have access to the build- approved by a student's advisor or dean, at any of ings and grounds or use of the University's the following institutions facilities Carlow College La Roche College Official registration is the recognition given by Carnegie-Mellon Pittsburgh Theological the University to persons who have met these University Seminary conditions Chatham College Point Park College I Appropriate authoritv for admittance to study Community College Robert Morris College in a school or department has been given by an of Allegheny University of Pittsburgh authorized officer of the University The admitting County authority for undergraduate students resides in the The opportunity for cross-registration will be Director of Admissions available to each full-time student enrolled in any

154 155 progiarn leading to a degice Full credit and grade confidence between the student and the Univer- indicated in the University Calendar (see pages 2- 'I' grade is to be replaced by a passing grade, the will be tiansferred sitv The contents of either may be revealed only 7) Records will show "Audit" in the grade space work must be completed by the time stated in the Each college or univeisitv accepts registration in in accordance with the Familv Educational Rights on the transcript of a regularly matriculated stu- Academic Calendar Failure on the part of the stu- regulailv accredited courses designated bN it as and Privacv Act of 1974 (Public Law 93-380, Sec- dent A 'Ceitificate of Attendance ' for non-degree dent to remove the temporary grade results in con- open to cross-registration First priority in registra- tion 438, as amended) students will be awarded by the Division of Con- version of that grade to an 'F' recorded on the tion shall go to the students of the host college In order that parents of students may receive tinuing Education Audited courses are not eligible transcript to be converted to matriculated credits Courses The student's advisoi or dean is responsible for from University officials information concerning CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS assming eligibilitv for the course in which the stu- the college attendance academic record of their audited mav not be challenged later or completed Freshman less than 30 credits completed dcnt intends to emoll Each qualified student mav child it is required by the Family Educational via CLEP or other advanced standing tests Sophomore 30 to 59 credits completed enroll in no more than one course off campus in Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA) (Public Courses eligible for auditing are determined by Junior 60 to 89 credits completed anv one term or semester under this program Law 93-380 as amended, section 99, 31 (8) that the individual colleges and schools of the Univer- Senior 90 or more credits completed Cross-registration is conducted thiough the office either the parents must prove financial depen- sity A partial list of school policies follows but of the borne registrar dence of their child upon them according to the students are advised to consult with the Offices of I Full time Student A student with an aca- Duclu(:sne Universitv students who are partici- dependency test as defined in section 152 of the the Deans fini the most current listings 1) No demic schedule of at least 12 credits is considered pating in this program are charged tuition and Internal Revenue Code of 1954, or the child must courses in the School of Law are available for a full-time student With this status a student is Universitv Fee in accordance with the current grant a waiver of rights given by FERPA audits 2) No clinical courses in the School of entitled to the benefits of various activities A stu- rates charged bv Duquesne Universitv however, Students wishing to waive the requirement of Nursing and Pharmacy can be audited 3) In the dent may not change status during the semester students are responsible for paving any comse or FERPA relating to the release of academic infor- College of Liberal Arts and Sciences courses in the without the permission of the academic advisor laboratory fees to the host institution mation to parents must complete the waiver humanities and social sciences can be audited, but and the Dean of the student's school These policies on cross-registration are not effec- obtainable at the office of the academic adviser communications and science laboratory courses 2 Part-time Student Anyone who carries under tive at this time for enrollments in summer ses- mav not be audited 12 credits is regarded as a part-time student sions including the spring term at the University Academic Policies Students enrolling for audit may attend lectures, 3 Post-graduate Student A person who has of Pittsburgh complete course readings and, at the discretion of completed a baccalaureate degree and is seeking the professor in charge of the course, mav partici- LATE REGISTRATION additional undergraduate credits pate in classroom discussion and examinations With approval of the appropriate dean and upon POLICIES COURSE EXAMINATIONS CANCELLATION OF COURSES pavnient of the penalty fee late registration mav ACADEMIC ADVISOR Unit examinations are given on the dates be permitted for a serious reason, however, no Every student attending the University is assigned The Universitv makes every reasonable effort to announced by the instructor at the beginning of student maN be registered and begin attending or selects an academic advisor It is the student's offer courses as announced in the Semester Sched- each semester Grades for these are obtained from classes later than the Latest Date for Registration responsibility to ascertain the advisor's name ule of Courses and the Summer Session Bulletin the instructor and Change of Schedule as announced in the Aca- which may be obtained from the office of the It reserves the right, however, to make changes or Final evannnations are given at the end of each demic Calendar school in which the student is enrolled cancel courses in the academic schedule because of semester and summer session No student is The student should consult with the academic insufficient enrollment or for any other equally excused from taking the final examination RECORDS AND REPORTS valid reason advisor about the program and anv questions of CREDIT BY EXAMINATION SE'MESTER GRADE REPORTS an academic nature No student may register CLASS ATTENDANCE Examinations for recognition of proficiency in a Ever^ registered student who is free of financial without the academic advisor's approval and Regular class attendance is normally essential for subject, or for course credit, as authorized iiy the obligations to the Universitv is sent a report of signature maximum educational advantage and is strongly College or a particular School of the University, grades to the permanent address on record soon ACADEMIC SUPERVISOR OF encouraged The responsibility for all course mate- are available to currently enrolled students who by aftei the close of each semester INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS rial rests wholly with the student Schools may previous experience or exposure have acquired require attendance at every class TRANSCRIPTS The academic progress of student athletes engaged mastery of the knowledge in certain courses An Each student ieccives a summaiv transcript of his in intercollegiate competition is monitored by the It is the prerogative of each school to establish application fee of $20 00 is charged for each course or her complete academic record at the close of ASIA The delivery of academic support systems policy for attendance at classes, laboratories tests, credit application forms may be obtained from each academic year Students should carefullv to those student athletes who need them is facili- examinations, deadlines for reports, and specific the Office of the Registrar examine their records for accuracy and immech- tated via this office school requirements It is the instructor's responsi- As policies vary among the Schools, students atelv report errors to the Registrar bilitv to make the school's policy known at the who feel they may qualify for credit by examina- AUDITING COURSES To obtain additional copies of their academic first class session as it pertains to the course and tion should consult the Dean of the school in records students must write to the Registrar for Regularly enrolled Duquesne students are permit- school which they are enrolled for specific information tianscripts for themselves or for the other institu- ted to audit courses In addition non-degree stu- The student who is unable to attend class about courses open to this examination procedure transci ipts issued bv dents from the general community who would like because of serious illness hospitalization, a seri- tions and agencies All offi(ial GRADING SYSTEM the Office of the Registrar beat the signature of the to audit courses for personal enrichment and who ous accident or other extenuating circumstance is The officiallv recognized method of grading course Registrai and the embossed seal of the Office of are not matriculated nor pursuing a degree pro- responsible for notifying the office of his academic work and rating academic performance of under- the Registrar Whenever an offi(ial transcript is gram are also eligible to audit Regular students dean He should supply the necessary written ver- graduate students at the University is as follows released directiv to the student it will also bear the should consult their academic advisor for details ification as soon as possible on auditing Non-degree students should contact stamped designation Issued to Student The student must submit the work assigned and A — Excellent No transcript will be issued unless all financial Duquesne's Division of Continuing Education to take the examination in the course at the specified B — Good complete a brief application form Admission is obligations owed by the student to the University time If the work is not submitted or an examina- C — Average by consulting have been fulfilled A fee of $2 00 is charged for granted on a space available basis tion is not taken at the scheduled time, the policy D — Below average, passing the Office of the Registrar and the individual the issuance of each transcript is to assign a zero for that part of the course An P — Pass (Used in some courses where scaled schools Fees for auditing are uniform for all accumulation of zero grades could result in a final grading is inappropriate Indicates satisfac- CONFIDENI IALITY OF s rUDENT students grade of 'F ' If a student has for significant reasons tory completion of course work with credits RECORDS Registration in a course as an auditor must be missed a part of the course or an examination, the earned but without quality points and is The Universitv regards the students personal declared at registration and is irrevocable after the grade may be submitted as an 'I ' If the temporary independent of the qualitv point system) information and academic record as a matter of last date for change of schedule each semester, as

154 155 program leading to a degrec Full credit and grade conhdence between the student and the Univer- indicated in the University Calendar (see pages 2- F grade is to be replaced by a passing grade, the will be tiansferred sity The contents of either may be revealed only 7) Records will show Audit" in the grade space work must be completed by the time stated in the Each college or univcisitv accepts registration in in accordance with the Farmlv Educational Rights on the transcript of a regularly matriculated stu- Academic Calendar Failure on the part of the stu- icgularlv accredited couises designated bN it as and Privacv Act of 1974 (Public Law 93-390 Sec- dent A "Certificate of Attendance" for non-degree dent to remove the temporary grade results in con- open to cross-registration First priority in registra- tion 438, as amended) students will be awarded bv the Division of Con- version of that grade to an 'F' recorded on the tion shall go to the students of the host college In order that parents of students mav receive tinuing Education Audited courses are not eligible transcript converted to matriculated credits Courses The student's advisoi or dean is responsible for from Universitv officials information concerning to be CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS assui ing cligibilm for the coui se in which the stu- the college attendance academic record of their audited mav not be challenged later or completed Freshman less than 30 credits completed clent intends to enroll Each qualified student may child, it is required the Family Educational via CLEP or other advanced standing tests by Sophomore 30 to 59 credits completed enroll in no more than one course off campus in Rights and Privacv Act of 1974 (FERPA) (Public Courses eligible for auditing are determined by Junior 60 to 89 credits completed an\ one term or semester under this program Law 93-380 as amended section 99, 31 (8) that the individual colleges and schools of the Univer- Senior 90 or more credits completed Cross-registration is conducted through the office either the parents must prove financial depen- sity A partial list of school policies follows, but I Full-time Student A student with an aca- of the home registrar dence of their child upon them according to the students are advised to consult with the Offices of demic schedule of at least 12 credits is considered Duquesne Univcrsitv students who are partici- dependency test as defined in section 152 of the the Deans for the most current listings 1) No a full-time student With this status a student is pating in this program are charged tuition and Internal Revenue Code of 1954, or the child must courses in the School of Law are available for entitled to the benefits of various activities A stu- Uruversit^ Fee in accordance with the current grant a waiver of rights given by FERPA audits 2) No clinical courses in the School of dent may not change status during the semester rates charged bv Duquesne Universitv however, Students wishing to waive the requirement of Nursing and Pharmacy can be audited, 3) In the without the permission of the academic advisor students are responsible for paving anv course or FERPA relating to the release of academic infor- College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, courses in the and the Dean of the student's school laboratory fees to the host institution mation to parents must complete the waiver humanities and social sciences can be audited, but These policies on cross-registration are not effec- obtainable at the office of the academic adviser communications and science laboratory courses 2 Part-time Student Anyone who carries under tive at this time for enrollments in summer ses- mav, not be audited 12 credits is regarded as a part-time student sions including the spring term at the University Students enrolling for audit may attend lectures, 3 Post-graduate Student A person who has of Pittsburgh Academic Policies complete course readings and, at the discretion of completed a baccalaureate degree and is seeking the professor in charge of the course, may partici- additional undergraduate credits LATE REGISTRATION pate in classroom discussion and examinations With approval of the appropriate dean and upon POLICIES COURSE EXAMINATIONS CANCELLATION OF COURSES pavrnent of the penaltv fee, late registration mav ACADEMIC ADVISOR Unit examinations are given on the dates The University makes every reasonable effort to he permitted for a sciious reason however, no Every student attending the University is assigned announced by the instructor at the beginning of offer courses as announced in the Semester Sched- student mav be registered and begin attending or selects an academic advisor It is the student's each semester Grades for these are obtained from ule of Courses and the Summer Session Bulletin classes later than the Latest Date for Registration responsibility to ascertain the advisor's name the instructor It reserves the right however, to make changes or and Change of Schedule as announced in the Aca- which may be obtained from the office of the Final evaininations are given at the end of each cancel courses in the academic schedule because of demic Calendar school in which the student is enrolled semester and summer session No student is insufficient enrollment or for any other equally The student should consult with the academic excused from taking the final examination RECORDS AND REPORTS valid reason advisor about the program and any questions of CREDIT BY EXAMINATION SFNIESIER GRADE REPORTS an academic nature No student may register CLASS ATTENDANCE Examinations for recognition of proficiency in a Every registered student who is free of financial without the academic advisor's approval and Regular class attendance is normally essential for subject, or for course credit, as authorized by the obligations to the Universitv is sent a report of signature maximum educational advantage and is strongly College or a particular School of the University, grades to the permanent address on record soon ACADEMIC SUPERVISOR OF encouraged The responsibility for all course mate- are available to currently enrolled students who by aftei the close of each semester INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS rial rests wholly with the student Schools may previous experience or exposure have acquired require attendance at every class TRANSCRIPTS The academic progress of student athletes engaged mastery of the knowledge in certain courses An It is the prerogative of each school to establish Each student receives a summary transcript of his in intercollegiate competition is monitored by the application fee of $20 00 is charged for each course policv for attendance at classes, laboratories, tests or her complete academic record at the close of ASIA The delivery of academic support systems credit ' application forms may be obtained from examinations, deadlines for reports, and specific each academic veai Students should carefully to those student athletes who need them is facili- the Office of the Registrar school requirements It is the instructor's responsi- exarnipc then records for accuracy and immedi- tated via this office As policies vary among the Schools, students bility to make the school's policy known at the who feel they may qualify for credit by examina- ately iepoit errors to the Registrar AUDITING COURSES To obtain additional copies of their academic hrst class session as it pertains to the course and tion should consult the Dean of the school in Regularly enrolled Duquesne students are permit- records students must write to the Registrar for school which they are enrolled for specific information ted to audit courses In addition, non-degree stu- tianscripts for themselves or for the other institu- The student who is unable to attend class about courses open to this examination procedure dents from the general communitv who would like because of serious illness hospitalization, a seri - tions and agencies All offi( ial transcripts issued by SYSTEM to audit courses for personal enrichment and who GRADING the Office of the Registrar bear the signature of th^ ous accident or other extenuating circumstance is are not matriculated nor pursuing a degree pro- The officially recognized method of grading course Registrar and the embossed seal of the Office of responsible for notifying the office of his academic gram are also eligible to audit Regular students work and rating academic performance of under- the Registrar Whenever an official tianscript is dean He should supply the necessary written ,cr_ should consult their academic advisor for details graduate students at the University is as follows released directiv to the student it will also bear the ification as soon as possible on auditing Non-degree students should contact stamped designation Issued to Sttident The student must submit the work assigned and A — Excellent Duquesne's Division of Continuing Education to B — Good No transcript will be issued unless all financial take the examination in the course at the specified complete a brief application form Admission is Average obligations owed by the student to the Universitv time If the work is not submitted or an examina- C — granted on a space available basis bv consulting Below average, passing have been fulhlled A fee of $2 00 is charged for tion is not taken at the scheduled time, the policy D — the Office of the Registrar and the individual P — Pass (Used in some courses where scaled the issuance of each transcript is to assign a zero for that part of the course An schools Fees for auditing are uniform for all accumulation of zero grades could result in a final grading is inappropriate Indicates satisfac- CONFIDEN FIALITY OF STUDENT students grade of 'F ' If a student has for significant reasons tory completion of course work with credits RECORDS Registration in a course as an auditor must be missed a part of the course or an examination, the earned but without quality points and is The Universitv regards the students personal declared at registration and is irrevocable after the grade mav be submitted as an 'I ' If the temporary independent of the quality point system) information and academic record as a matter of last date for change of schedule each semester as 156 157

S — Satisfactoiv (Used in pass/fail elected tile Student's expeiience, mav be taken on a pass/ Dismissal Less than 1 50 QPA (Readmission may It is the student's responsibilitv to determine courses and is independent of tile qualitv fail (S-U) basis If passed the credits will count for be permitted oil iecommenclation of the appro- that the courses taken in each semester are sequen- point s%stem) graduation but neither grade nor credits NWI be priate Comnintee on Student Standing) tiallv correct and necessary for the degree F — Failuic (Course must be repeated for credit) calculated in the quality point average For tile students who have attempted 31-60 program U — Unsatisfactorv—Fai lure (Used in pass/fail Once a course has been identified as a pass/fail credits or who have attempted LIP to 61 credits The student must periodically review in consul- elected courses and is independent of the elective tile course must be completed as such, within four semesters these guidelines prevail tation with the appropriate academic advisor pro- qL]al]tV point systern Course must be and the grade submitted must be an S or a U No gress toward graduation and seek, with the advi- -\cademic Warnings 1 85 to 1 99 QPA (Letter of iepeated for credit) required course may be taken on this elective sor the resolution of any question about warning mav be sent bv appopriate Dean) I — I ncom plete (A tern porary grade gi ven by an pass/fail basis fulfillment of graduation requirements Probation 1 75 to 1 84 Q13A (Subject to the jui is- instructoi when neither a passing nor fail- The decision to elect the pass/fail option must Each school and each department sets forth in diction of the appropriate Committee on Stu- ing glade call be determined because of be made during registration or no later than the this catalog requirements for graduation which the dent Standing and mav be required to mochfv or incomplete couise work Unless a cogent close of the period provided for making schedule student is expected to know, as well as the afore- iestriLt academic program) explanation of extenuating circumstances changes mentioned general requirements, and the acceptable to the instructoi is presented Dismissal Less than 1 75 QPA (Readmission may following STUDENT STANDING and the missed examination or required be permitted on recommendation of the appro- Progress toward a degree is measured by the I The bachelor's degree requires a minimum of assignment is made up by the date speci- priate Committee on Student Standing) cumulative quality point average The scholastic 120 semestei hours of course credits in all except hed in the Acaderme Calendar the I t, Students who have attempted 6 1 or more credits records of students who fail to meet the minimum Radiological Health Medical Technology, and becomes a permanent F grade) and who have a QPA of between 1 85 and 1 99 requirements as established by the faculty of each Pharmacv which require, respectively 123 125 W— Official Withdrawal (Used on a students mav continue on probation for one semester college or school will be submitted to the College and 160 credits permanent recoid to indicate teimination Howevei students who have earned more than 90 or School Committee on Student Standing for ? All bachelor's degrees require an overall mini- of attendance in courses under conditions credits are subject to dismissal unless they have a review and appropriate action Normallv aca- murn quality point average of 2 0 which is a C of official withdrawal See pages 158 and QPA of 2 0 or better Students who accumulate dernic records will be reviewed annually at the grade average in a 4 0 system (Students should 151 Withchawal from a Couise and With- thice F grades in one semester are subject to dis- conclusion of each academic year further determine the need for minimum QPA drawal from the University) missal Appeals of academic dismissal must be The policy of the Council of Academic Deans requirements in their major, science course etc ) directed to tile appropriate College or School QUALITY POINT SYSTEiNI on Student Athletes vis-a-vis academic standards 3 Committee on Student Standing Students subject The last year's work (a minimum of 30 semes- The ^tuclent s oNcrall academic qualitv point aver- reads as follows ter hours of credit) must be completed in residence to the jurisdiction of the appropriate Committee age (QPA) is obtained bv dividing the total quality at the University a) ' To participate in the formal athletic pro- on Student Standing in accordance with the estab- points earned bv the total number of semester grams at the Universitv a student must be cur- lished guidelines who are permitted to re-enroll on 4 Not less than three credits (or one course) in hours attempted These quality point values of rently enrolled as a full-time student Full-time a full-time basis but continue participation in non- theology are required for all undergraduate Catho- grades are used f6i each credit attempted status is defined by University catalog as enroll- curricular and extra-curricular activities shall be lic students in every program at the Universitv A — four points ment of 12 credits minimum per semester Such a without appeal if they are subsequentiv dismissed 5 Students on academic probation may be can- B — three points piogram would allow a student to graduate within from the Univeisitv ibr poor scholarship didates for graduation only with permission of the C — two points five years Committee on Student Standing of their school D — one point DEAN'S LIST b) A student athlete must be making satisfactory The candidate who has satisfied graduation F — /ero points To achicxe distinction of being named to the academic progress This means that a student Dean s List a student must have a record for a requirements by a Challenge Examination (credit Comses in which grades P S U 1, and W weic must have successfully completed 24 credits dur- semester that shows completion of a full-time bv examination), when taken timewise within the given are not used in calculating the quality point ing the previous academic year This would allow schedule a qualitv point average of at least 3 25 last 30 semester hours of studv for the degree, will average a student the fall, spring and summer semesters in and no giade lower than C The full-time schedule fulfill the residence requirement provided a mini- which to earn these 24 credits In addition the REPEATING COURSFS AND COURSE must include at least 12 credits exclusive of pass/ mum of 30 semester hours of credit has been student athlete must satisfy the student standing RETROGRADATION fail credits earned in course work at the University in the last policy as outlined in the Student Handbook and Students ordinaiilv are permitted to repeat courses year's studv University catalogs GRADUATE COURSES FOR in which D and F grades were received The HONORS c) A student athlete (as all students in the Uni- UNDERGRADUA FE CREDIT request for pciniission to repeat a course is to be Degrees are awarded with special mention (ion versity) is acaclemicallv dismissed if the student Qualified senims may be permitted to register in submitted in letter form to the academic adviser laude magna clon laude or summa cum laude to athlete fails three courses in one semester Student certain graduate courses at the 500 level for under- befilic registeiing in the repeat course All grades students who have completed the regular course athletes can be readmitted by the student standing graduate credit on the recommendation of the are retained on tile permanent academic record with unusual distinction and who have completed committee of the college or school to which the advisoi and with the appioval of the dean of the The icsult of the final attempt in a repeated course a minimum of 60 credits in residence Honors are student athlete is returning If a student transfeis graduate school involved All 500 courses aie is however the student's status in the couise with based on these standards desciibed in tile graduate school catalogs regard to attempted credits earned credits and tile to another school within the University the stu- dent athlete can be admitted only by the Dean of Cum Laude—Qaulity Point completion of rcquiienients GRADUATION REQUIREiNIEN rs Avei age 3 50 to 3 74 Retrogradation a coiollary of the repeat credit that school " The candidate f6i a University degree must be a Magna Cum Laude—Quality Point rule under which a student mav earn credit once For students who have attempted 15-30 credits, person of good moral character who has satisfacto- Average 3 75 and above oniv foi a Course prescribes that a student mav or more than 30 credits in one year, the guidelines ril^ completed all academic requirements for the Summa Cum Laude—Upon recommendation of not inove bdckwaid ficim an advanced course to a arc degice program and in addition has the recom- the faculty and a 3 90 QPA, the Magna Cum lowei level coui se and receive ci edit for both Any Academic Warning 1 75 to 1 99 QPA (Letter of nienclation of tile appropriate Academic Dean, Laude citation may be raised to Summa Cum doubtful situation must be decided bN the depart- warning mav be sent by appropriate Dean) filed the Application for the University Degree Laude ment chairperson or dean involved Probation 1 50 to 1 74 QPA (Subject to the juris- with the Office of the Registrar on or before the UNIT OF CREDIT PASS/FAIL ELECTIVES diction of the appropriate Committee on Stu- latest date to appIv I'm giaduation as announced in the -\cademic Calendar and paid all indebtedness The unit of credit is the semester hour I e , one One course a semester elected by a junior oi dent Standing and may be required to modify or to the Umversitv credit equals one semester hour One semester senior and appioved bv the academic advisor as restrict academic program) hour of credit is granted for the successful comple- piovichng all opportunitv to expand and enrich tion of one hour a week of lecture or recitation, or 158 159 a least two hours a week of laboratory work for so with the appro-val of his academic advisor and one semester of 15 weeks by processing the proper form up to the date announced in the Academic Calendar for with- FRANSFER WITHIN THE UNIVERSITY drawal with a W grade it would be to the student's advantage to discuss If a student wishes to withdraw from a course the proposed transfer with the academic advisor of after the date announced in the Academic Calen- the new school no later than two weeks prior to dar the student must seek approval of the Com- Directors and Officers preicgistration The advisor will then use the form mittee on Student Standing of the student's and procedure established as uniform for the Uni- School The student will be notified of the Com- THE DUQUESNE CORPORATION versity to eflect anv change mittee's decision If approval is granted, the stu- Edward L Murray, C S Sp Chairman W1 FHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE dent then initiates the appropriate form through John E Nader, C S Sp Vice Chan man First semester freshmen may withdraw from the advisor Francis M Philben, C S Sp Secretary A student who is not granted approval of the courses with the approval of their advisor up to Louis F Dolan, C S Sp William R Headley, C S Sp the period of final examinations and receive a request and withdraws from the course unofficially Joseph A Duchene, C S Sp David L Smith, C S Sp grade of W bv processing the proper form will receive an F grade for the course Joseph L Varga, C S Sp If a student other than a first semester fresh- Charles J Fenner, C S Sp man wishes to withdraw from a course, he may do BOARD OF DIRECTORS Officers A William Capone Chairman of the Board Joseph A Katarincic, Esq Vice Chairman of the Board Rev Charles J Fenner, C S Sp Secretary of the Board Term Members Ronald T Bowes Raymond J Mulligan Robert J Buckley Thomas J Murrin J Earl Burrell Most Rev John B McDowell, D D Richard Caligiun Donald S Nesti, C S Sp, S T D Mrs James L Coleman, Jr Henry X O'Brien Robert A dePalma James F O'Day John F Donahue Antonio J Palumbo Francis R Duffy, C S Sp John L Propst Herman Fineberg Joseph H Ridge Merle E Gilliand Daniel M Rooney Edward I Goldberg, Esq Frank J Schneider Carl G Grefenstette Mrs Elizabeth M Scott William R Headley, C S Sp Richard S Smith John J Henry W Bruce Thomas Robert E Irr William A Uricchio John M Jendzura, C S Sp Albert C Van Dusen Aaron P Levinson Francis W Wright, C S Sp E D Loughney Joseph A Massaro Associate Members Murry P Berger Charles D Horne Francis A Devlin Daniel R Lackner 2 Sidney Dworkin James L Snyder 7- Edward F Eddy Richard L White OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY Donald S Nesti, C S Sp, S T D Piesio'cni Henry J McAnulty, C S Sp Chancellor Rolando E Bonachea, Ph D Vice President joi Academic Affairs Isadore R Lenglet, M P A Vice President for Management and Business Dennis C Golden, Ed D Vice Pi e5ident for Student Life Kenneth P Service Vice President f0i Um i,etsay Relations Charles J Fenner, C S Sp , Ph D Secietary

M 161 160

Eugene F Del Vecchio Frances Jahrling Chivers 46^ociate Profiessot of pwfowf of 1-17ghsh Administration and Faculty Modern Languages 3, B Smith College 4 N4 Columbia Uni\,ersitv A B , University of California Universitv of Buffalo (Berkeley) COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Ph D M A, Ph D, University of Washington ADMINtSFRATION Jerry clack ptofcs^oj Of ( lassIcs Rev Daniel N DiNardo Jack W Hausser Ph D Acting Dean Lectuter in Special Studies A B Princeton University Marguerite S Puhl, M Ed Assistant Dean for Administration B A, M A, Catholic University of America M 4, Duquesne University S T B Pontifical Gregorian University Joan E Deakins M Ed Director of Academic Advisement M Ph D Universitv of Pittsburgh Anne D Gyurisin B A Academic Advisor S T L, Augustianum Universitv Clair Edward H Noll, M Ed M A Academic Advisor John Patricia M Dunham idnice R Grev, B A Assistant to the Dean pi ofesso, ol En ^,hsh Duquesne Univeisity Assistant Professor of Political Science B A M A B S , M A Ball State University FACULTY Ph D , Western Reserve University Ph D, Miami University of Ohio Roger M Angelelli Ralph C Boettcher Clark VickN A Ehrlich Le(tinei in Speech Associate Pt ofessot of English Howard G Le(tuict 'n Att L"Is" Pio/essot of Biologi, and B S California State College B A , University of Detroit UCLA B Department Chairman M S West Virginia UniverSitv M A, Columbia University NJ Uni,,ersitv of California Davis Marquette University Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B S , Clement C Braszo Ph D Univeisity of Michigan Ph D, University of Minnesota Mary Frances Antolini Leclioei in Sociology Francesca Colecchia Assistant Ptofessoi Of sociologi) B A Duquesne University Lester Embree ptoles)oi of iIodeln Languages B A M A Duquesne University M S W University of Pittsburgh Piofessoi of Philosophy and Dcpat tinent Chat) n7an Kenneth Richard Boyd B A, Tulane University Shirlev Arch B Ed Duquesne Universitv Associate Piofessor of Biologv Ph D, New School for Social Research Lemnei in So(iologi M Litt Ph D Universitv of Pittsburgh B A , Universitv of Buffalo B S, Denison University Eleanor V Fails M S W University of Pittsburgh M S, Ph D, University of Illinois Prunitivo Colombo Professot of Sociology Piolc^sot Linciaus of Fiench Samuel J Astorino George Russell Bradley B A , Satin Mary's College B A NJ A Ph D University of Piofe^soi ofiflisloti, Assistant A ofessor of Mathematics M A, University of Notre Dame Pittsburgh B A M A Ph D University of B S, Allegheny College Ph D , Loyola University of Chicago Ph D University of Notre Dame Pittsburgh Albert B Costa Norma Feinberg J D Duquesne University Walter V Burrows Plofc^sot of 111stol I Associate Professor of Sociologi, Assistant Professoi of German Daniel E Barbush B S St Mary's College California M S W , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Instiluloi in Mathematics B A, M A, Duquesne University M S Oregon State Universit,, Rev Charles J Fenner, C S Sp Rev Edward A Bushinski, C S Sp Ph D Universitv of Wisconsin B S , Duquesne Universitv Associate Professor of Theology M A University of Pittsburgh Piofessor of Theologv Frank J D'Armco B A, B D St Mary's Seminary B D, St Mary's Seminary Frank J Baron Asswant Ptofessoi of Mathematics J C B , Gregorian University S T L , Univeristy of Fribourg A ofessoi of Biologi, B S Southern Connecticut State College Rome, Italy M A, Duquesne University B S Ph D, University of California M Sc Ph D Uni,.ersity of Pittsburgh M A Duquesne University Ph D, Fordham University Anthony Barton Ph D, Catholic University Rev Leonard A Bushinski, C S Sp Kathleen C D'Appolonia Pio/essot of Psi,chologi, Ptofessor of Theologv Asu^tant Ptofessot ofPs1,(hologj Constance Taylor Fischer B A Ohio Wesleyan University B D , St Mary's Seminary B A, Skidmore College A ofessoi of Psychology M A, Ph D University of Chicago M A, Duquesne University M A Ph D Universitv of North Carolina B A, University of Oklahoma E Jane Beckwith S T L, Gregorian University M A, Ph D, University of Kentucky Loren K Davidson Le(tiuci in Joinnalism S S L , Pontificial Biblical Institute A ssociate Pi ofessot ol Engli 5h William Frank Fischer B A Seton Hill College Ronald G Butler B S Asbury College Pi ofessot of Psychologi, M F A , Pratt Institute Assistant Picifessot ofBtology M A Uni,^ersitv of Kentucky B A University of Michigan George Richard Benzinger Jr B A , State University of Oswego Ph D Duke University M A Ph D, University of Connecticut Assistant Piofessoi of English Ph D , Syracuse University Lee Frank B A , Washington and Jefferson Gillian C Cannell Dagobert de Levic Lectuier in Sociology M A University of Florida Lectitier in Ail Histoti, 4djiout Piofessot of B A , M Ed , Indiana University of Bernard F Beranek B A, M A , University of Pittsburgh Modem Languages Pennsylvania Assoc late Pi ofessot of English Ph D University of Basel Peter A Castric M A, Duquesne University B A Notre Dame A ofessor of Biology Anna D Erarno Robert A Friday M A, Ph D Duquesne University B S , Oregon State University Labotatot v Adininisticitoi in Phi,sics Assistant Ptofessot of Speech Robert E Beranek Ph D , Montana State University B S Carlow College Communications and Theatre Ptofessot of Political Science Shih-Chi Chang Donato A DeFelice B A College of Steubenville B A , St Vincent College Professot of Physics A ssoc tate Pi, ofessoi of Mathematics M A University of Pittsburgh M A, Fordham University B S National Taiwan University B S M S Universitv of Pittsburgh Ph D University of Pittsburgh Ph D , University of Pittsburgh M S Ph D , Kansas State University

162 163

Lawrence E Gaichas Margaret R Hicks Donald H Kellander Charles A Loch Pi oic"o; of C lassic s and 4^sistcmt Professor of Assistant Pi ofessoi of h i ench Associate Professor of Mathematics 1985-1986 Depaitinent Channian Modein Languages B A M A , Pennsylvania State and Department Chairman B A Xavier University B A, Belhaven College University B A, M A, Duquesne University A, Emory University M A Ph D Ohio State University M Rev David F Kelly Carla E Lucente Ph D Universitv of North Carolina Edward L Gelblum Associate Piolessot of Theologv Professor of Modern Languages 4sslialu Piole)soi of Philosophi Rev J Clifton Hill, C S Sp B A College of the Holy Cross B A, M A, Duquesne University B A St John's College Prolessoi of Ph) sics M A, S T B Catholic University M A , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B S , Louisiana State University of Louvain M A Universitv of Chicago James G Lydon Catholic University of America M Rel M S , Ed Lovola University Chicago Professor of History John D Gibbs B D, St Mary's Seminary Ph D University of St Michael's College B A Harvard University Assistant Piotessoi of M A, Ph D Rice University Joianalisuin Rev Charles D Keyes M A Boston University B S West Virginia UniversiIN Beatrice T Hirschl Pi ofessot of Philosoph v and M A, Ph D, Columbia University Lectwei in Journalism Depaitinent Chaitman Robert E Madden Amedco P Giorgi B A , University of Pittsburgh B A, University of Okalahoma Associate Professor Philosophy Pi ofessoi of Ps i chologi Eleanore Walkowski Ho'lveck B D S T M , Seabury-Western A B St Joseph's College B S , St Joseph's College Associate Piofes,sor of Philosopht, Theological Seminary M A Ph D Fordham Universitv M A, Villanova University B A , Duquesne University M A Universitv of Toronto Ph D, Duquesne University Andrew J Glaid III M A, Ph D, University of North Th D , Trinity College, Toronto Charles D Maes Ptolessoi of Cheinistiv and Carolina Ph D, Duquesne University Associate Professor of Psychology Depaitnient Chaunian Jean E Hunter Yong I Kim B A, University of Denver B S M S Duquesne University A 5soc, tate Pi ofessor of Histotj Associate Pi ofessot of English M S W, Tulane University Ph D Duke University B S , Ursinus College B A, Aoyama Gakuim, Tokyo Ph D, Duquesne University John B Greenshields M A, Ph D, Yale University B A , Florida Southern College Anne M Maier A ssoc iatc Pi ofessoi of Clicnii so i M A Universitv of Kentucky Patricia S Ingram Assistant Professor of German B S M S Ph D Carnegie-Mellon Associate Professor and Director Richard T Knowles B A, Columbia University University of Ail History 4 Ysoc, iate Pt ofessoi of Psvc hologi, M A , Universitv of Illinois Edward J Gregory A B, A M, Oberlin College B A, M S Fordham University Rev Francis X Mahnowski, C S Sp P1 ofes5ol of Join nahsin Ph D, Purdue Universitv Jerome Edward Janssen Associate Professor of Theologv B S Pennsylvania State University Pi ofessor of History and Paul Krakowski B A, St Mary's Seminary M Ed Duquesne University Department Chaitman Piofessot ofJournalisin and B S Th , University of Fribourg John Kenneth Hanes B A , St Norbert College Acting Depatiment Chairman Ph D , Duke University Assistant Pi olessoi of English M A University of Wisconsin B A, Westminster College Brian Malloy B k St Francis College Peter R Johnson M A University of Wisconsin Assistant Professor of Computer Science M A Niagara Universitv Lectioer in Speech Michael Kupersamn B S, LaSalle College B S Northern Illinois University James P Hanigan P10fessot of Sociolog) M Ed , University of Pittsburgh Isso(late Pi ofessot of Theologi M S Ph D, University of Pittsburgh A B, M A, Kent State University Susan Maloney 4, B M A Fordham Universitv James J Johnston, Jr Ph D University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professor of Journalism B D Woodstock College Inmuctoi in Speech B A , B S , Syracuse University Ph D Duke Universitv Albert C Labriola B A , University of Pittsburgh M A, Duquesne University Pt ofessoi of English Barry Hannegan Nancv C Jones B Ed , Duquesne University Dolores C Mandel Lectioei, in lit Hivo)v Professor of Journalism M A T, Columbia University Assistant Professor in Sociology B A , Universit^ of Pittsburgh B A , University of Pittsburgh M A Ph D, University of Virginia B A , Slippery Rock State College M A New York University M S J , Northwestern University M S W , University of Pittsburgh Ph D, University of Missouri Rosaline H Lee Solange Bastelica Harrison 4s.soc iate Pt ofessot of Mathematics Edward J Markoff Is.sociale Piofe^soi of Fiench Eric Jov B S, Webster College Lecturer in Mathematics B A Academy of Aix-Marseilles Lectinet in Sociologv M E University of Michigan B S, M A, Duquesne University B S Faculte de Medicine Marseilles B A, M A, Duquesne University Ph D Carnegie-Mellon University M A Duquesne Universliv William Ewalt Markus Chester A Jurczak Ph D University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professor of Political Science Professor of Sociologv and Norman C Li Ptolessor Emetaus of Chemistri and Department Chairman Jack W Hausser Department Chairman B S Kenyon College B A , Harvard University Ptotessoi of Chernisti v and Icting Dean B A , St Mary's College M S , University of Michigan M Ed , University of Pittsburgh B S Case Institute of Technologv M A, Fordham University Ph D University of Wisconsin Ph D Universitv ot Illinois Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Paul Tyler Mason Professor of Histor ' v Joseph J Keenan Pei-Tsing Liu Samuel J Hazo B S, M A, Ph D, St Louis University Pi otessoi of Lnglish Associate Professor of English Ptofessoi of Biologi, B A University of Notre Dame and Department Chairman B S University of Shanghai, China Cornelius S McCarthy M A Duquesne Universitv B A, M A, Duquesne University M S , Boston Universitv Pi ofessor Emeritus of Journalism Ph D Universitv of Pittsburgh Ph D, University of Wisconsin Ph D, Catholic University of America B S J , Ed M , Boston University

165 164

James A McCulloch Rev William M Ogrodowski Susan A Ross Rev David L Smith, C S Sp P^otessol of classics Lectuier in Classics 'Issistant Plofessot of Thcologi Associate Professoi of Psychology B A , Duquesne University B A , Duquesne University B A Manhattanville College and Department Chaii man M Litt Ph D University of Pittsburgh S T L S T D , Pontifical Gregorian University M A Ph D Universitv of Chicago B A, St Mary's Seminary S T L , University of Fribourg Hershel Sacks Willard M Mecklenburg John Opie, Jr M A, Duquesne University Assistant Piotessot ot Mathematics Associate P^ofessin ofJoinnalisin Professor of History Ph D, University of Montreal University of Pittsburgh B A, DePauw University B S Ph D , B A , Hamline University Martin D Snyder Garrett Theological Seminary M A Yeshiva University B D B D Union Theological Seminary Pio/essor of Classics and Chairman, Northwestern University M S J , M A, Ph D, University of Chicago Marie Ciccone Sakmar Department of Special Studies Insouctoi in Spanish Patrick J Moore Margaret J Patterson A B, Loyola College, Baltimore A B, Geneva College Lectioei in Sociologi, 4ssistant Piofessor ofiournalisin M A, Ph D, Catholic University of M A Western Reserve University B A M A Duquesne Universitv B S , Ohio University America M A , University of Pittsburgh John D Scanlon Paul B Stein Kent F Moors Piolessot of Philosophi Assistant Professoi of Chemisiry ,4 ssoc iate Ptotessot of Ann C Peterson B A St Marv's Seminary B S , Universitv of Massachusetts Political Science Lectinei in Art History M A, Universitv of Detroit Ph D, University of Oregon A B St Anselm's College B A , M A, University of Pittsburgh Ph D Tulane Universitv M A Universit^ of New Hampshire Omar W Steward Dr James F Pletcher Ph D Northern Illinois University Marilyn Schaub Professor of Chemisti v Adjunct Professor of Phvsics Pio/essoi of Iheologi, B S University of Delaware B S, Franklin and Marshall Joseph R Morice B A, , Rosary College Ph D , Pennsylvania State University P)ofessoi ofHistoii M A, Ph D, Columbia University Ph D Universitv of Fribourg Michael W Strasser B A LaSalle College Ronald M Polansky Kurt C Schreiber Piotessor of Phi losophj M A Fordham University Associate Professor of Philosophv Piofes^oi of Cheinisti B S , St Louis University M Litt Ph D Universitv of Pittsburgh B A Yale University B S Citv College of New York M A, Ph D, University of Toronto Rev Edward L Murrav C S Sp M A Ph D, Boston College A M Ph D Columbia University Tata Subhas Issocialc Pio/essoi ofPsvchologi, G Foster Provost, Jr Rev Andre L Schuwer, 0 F M Ptofessor of Biologi, B A M A St Vincent College Professor of English Idjunct Piofessot of Philosophi, B Sc , Utkal University, India M A , Ph D Duquesne University B S , Ph D Louisiana State University B Ph State University of Amsterdam Bachelor of Veterinary Science, Stephen T Newniver M A , University of Oregon Licenciate Ph D , University of Louvain University of Madras, India Piofes^oi ofClassics M S Utah State University Peter A Puccetti David W Seybert B A Duquesne Universitv Ph D, University of Georgia Associate Professor of Philosophy A ssociate P; ofessot of Ph D University of North Carolina Dr Grace S Sung B A, M Ed, Duquesne University Cheiniso v Lectiver in Audiology Reginald A Nev B A , Bloomsburg State College Terry Pulver B A, Ewha Womans University, Assistant Ptofessoi ofPhisics Ph D, Cornell University Assistant Professor of Psychology Seoul, Korea and Univetsiti, Health Phisicist William W Shaw B A, M A, Ph D, University of Colorado M A, University of Iowa B S Duquesne University 4ssistant Pio/essol of Computet Science Ph D University of Kansas M S Universits, of Pittsburgh Constance Deucher Ramirez B S National Taiwan Normal University Associate Professot of English M A , Pennsvivania State University Rev Edmund R Supple, C S Sp Sarah C Nichols B A , Duquesne University Adjunct Associate Ptofessor Le(tuiei in 4tt Histoiv Stephen J Shulik M A, University of North Carolina of Theologi, B A Universitv of East Anglia Assistant Pi ofessoi of Ph vsics Ph D, University of Pittsburgh B A , St Mary's Senior Scholasticate M A , University of Delaware B S Duquesne University S T L, Gregorian Universitv (Rome) J Roland Ramirez M S , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Jerome L Niedermeier Kathleen A Taylor Professor of Philosophy Assoc iate Pi otes sot ol English Aris Sideropoulos Professor of Mathematics B A, University of Notre Dame B A Universitv of Pittsburgh issociate Pi ofessin of Biologi B A , University of Dayton Licentiate, Le Saulchoir Etiolles, France M A Ph D Duquesne University B A Concordia College M S, Ph D, Michigan State University Ph D, Catholic University of Paris M S , North Dakota State Universitv Hon Ravmond A Novak Richard H Thames Paul A Richer Ph D , Universitv of Kansas Lectioet in Sociologv Associate Pi ofessoi of Speech Associate Professin of Psvchologv B A , St Vincent College Walter S Skinner Communication and Theatre B A, Bard College P1 P17 vsics and B A , S T B , S T L, St Marv's University ofessoi of B A , Southwestern-at-Memphis M A, Ph D, New School for Social Research M S W J D Universitv of Pittsburgh Depaitinent Chaiiinan M Div, Pittsburgh Theological Seminary Rev Robert Roach, C S Sp B S Monmouth College Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Rex, John F O'Grady Lealuer in Theology M S , Lehigh University Steven P Thomas Ptofessoi ol`Theologj^ B A, B D, St Mary's Seminary Eugenia M Skwarecki Professor of Biology and Depai tment Chait man M A , Notre Dame University Assoc iate Pi ofes^oi of Modern Languages B A , Pennsylvania State University B A, M Div Mary Immaculate College Doctor of Modern Languages and M A Ph D, Indiana University and Seminary Eva Cappellanti Robotti Literature Universitv of Turin, Italy S T L College of St Anselm Associate Pi ofessor of Speech Frank J Thornton S T D University of St Thomas Communication and Theatie John W Smeltz Associate Professor of Speech S S L , S S D Pontifical Biblical and Depaitment Chairman Issociate P) ofessoi of English Communication and Theatre Institute A B M A, West Virginia University B A, M A, Ph D, Duquesne University B S, M A, Villanova University

TOTI 167

Samuel J Tindall Jr Bernard J Weiss Western Pennsylvania School 4 s soc iate Pi ofessoi of L nglish Professor of History A B Columbia University B A, Ph D, University of Illinois For Blind Children M A, Ph D University of South M A, University of Chicago Gina Adams, M Ed Carolina Charles I Westbrooks Speech Pathologist Lecturer in Sociologv Deborah J Coletta, M A Rev Cornelius Van der Poel, C S Sp B A University of Pittsburgh Language Development Specialist Associate Pi ofessoi of Theologv M S Indiana University of Pennsylvania M Ed, Iona College S Worgul, Jr George SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION Steven Bela Vardy Associate Professor of Theology Piofessoi of llwoiv, B A, M D, M A, Niagara University ADMINISTRATION Acting Dean B S , John Carroll University Ph D, S T D, Catholic University of Glen Beeson, B A M A, Ph D Assistant Dean M A Ph D, Indiana University Louvain Bernadine Meyer B Ed, M S, Ed D, J D Rev Donald W Wuerl James F Acklin BS, MBA, CPA, CMA Chairman, Quantitative Sciences Division Rev Joseph L Varga, C S Sp Lecturer in Special Studies John F Gardner, B A, J D, LL M Chairman, Behavioral Sciences Division Lectinei in Modein Languages B A, M A, Catholic University of America Geza Grosschmid J U D Chairman, Economic Sciences Division B A St Mary's Sernmary S T L, Pontifical Gregorian University Amv C Jones, B A, M S Ed Academic Advisor M Ed Duquesne University S T D, Pontifical University of St Thomas Cvnthia M Shade B A M S Ed Academic Advisor Rolf H Von Eckartsberg William Stephan Wurzer FACULTY Associate Professor of Philosophy Associate Pi, ofessoi of Psi,chologi James F Acklin William Carlson B A, Oakland University A B Dartmouth College Associate Pio/essoi ofAccounting Assistant Professor of Finance Ph D, University of Freiburg M A, Ph D Harvard Universitv Chaitinan Quantitative Sciences Division B C E, M S, Ph D, Carnegie-Mellon Joseph Yenerall B S, M B A Duquesne University University Mrs Peggy Walrath A 5sociate Professor of Sociology C P A, C M A, Pennsvlvania Raymond Cegelski Lectioei in Speech B S , California State College Priscilla Austin Associate Professor ofAccounting Certified Comprehensive Interpreter M A, Duquesne University Assistant Pio/essoi of Accounting B S M B A, Duquesne University Ph D , Pennsylvania State University Jin Tsai Wang B S Bucknell University C P A, Pennsylvania Frank T Zbozny Associate Pi ofessoi of Chemi sit i M B A, Duquesne Universitv Petros C Christofi Professor of English B S Oregon State University C P A, Pennsylvania Assistant Professor of Management Science B A, M A, Duquesne University M S, Ph D Carnegie-Mellon University B S , Graduate Industrial School of Thessaloniki Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Glen Beeson Ptofessot of Economic) M A, University of New Orleans Harold Webb, Jr Acting Dean School of Business and Doctoral Candidate, Pennsylvania State Univer- Pi ofessot of Political Science Administiation sity B A , M A , University of Pennsylvania B S, West Virginia Wesleyan Sylvia Denys Ph D Brown University M A , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professor of Law Administration B A, M A, J D, Duquesne University Theodore J Weismann Vashishta Bhaskar Adjunct Pi ofes %oi of Chemistry 4ssitant Pio/essoi of hinance Dean Frost B S, M S, Ph D, Duquesne University B S St Stephens College A 5sistant Professor of Behai ioral Science M B A Ph D, Pennsylvania State University B A, Reed College Stanley Bober M S, Ph D, University of Washington SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND Pio/essot of Economics John Gardner AUDIOLOGY—ADJUNCT FACULTY B A M A, Ph D New York University Assistant Ptofessot of 7avation George Bodnar Chairman, Behavioral Science Division B A, King's College Harmarville Rehabilitation Center St Francis Hospital Associate P^ofessoi ofAccounting B S B A , Bucknell University J D, Duquesne University Robert D Jacisin M Ed Rosemary Tomko, M A, CCC-Sp M B A Ph D, University of Pennsylvania L L M , Temple University Ditectot Communication Skills Department Director, Department of Communication Skills Lee Glick Speech -La nguage Pathologist Eze Binstock, M A Richard Bond Associate Ptofessor of Economics Associate Professor of Economics Gall B Mieszkowski, M S Speech-Language Pathologist A B , Boston College B A, M A M Litt, Ph D, University Speech -Language Pathologist Barbara Boas, M S Ph D , University of Maryland of Pittsburgh Diane Rosato M A Speech-Language Pathologist Geza Grosschmid Speech - La nguage Pathologist Eva Gillespie M A Robert Borman Professor of Economics Barbara A Vento, M S Speech-Language Pathologist Associate Plofessoi of Accounting S , Duquesne University Chairman, Economics Division Audiologist Janet Hodnik, M A B M B A, Universitv of Pittsburgh J U D, Royal Hungarian University Speech-Language Pathologist Rehabilitation Institute of Pittsburgh C P A , Pennsvlvania Pazmany Peter Hubert Martin, M A Mark Ylvisaker M A Serge Grosset Speech-Language Pathologist Peter Brown Ditectot Speech- Language Theiapi, Department Associate Piofessoi of Inalvtic Methods Professor of International Business Spee(h-Language Pathologist Allegheny General Hospital B S Canisius College License es Sciences Commerciales, Susan Hough M A Joanne McAleer, M S M B A, Duquesne UmNersity Doctorat es Sciences Econorniques S'peech-Language Pathologist Speech-Language Pathologist Ph D , University of Pittsburgh University of Geneva

168 169

David Hanson J James Miller I sm(iale Pi oksso^ Piofessor of Human Relations SCHOOL OF EDUCATION B A Haverford College B S , St Vincent College Ph D Univeisity of Florida M B A , University of Pennsylvania ADMINISTRATION I D University of Michigan Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Dorothv A Frayei Ph D Dean Norman Hopmaver Kenneth L Paige Kenneth L Burrett Ed D Associate Dean, Undeigraduate Education I^Isltlng Plofessot of Management Assistant Ptofessor ofAccounting B S M S Northwestern University B S B A, Duquesne University Sr Mary Frances Grasinger, Ph D Associate Dean, Graduate Education M B A Ph D, New York Universitv Kent State University M S , FACULTY Doctoral Candidate, University of Pittsburgh Clarence Jones V Robert Agostino William F Faith A Ysociatc Pi ofessoi of A nalwic Methods James Poindexter Piolc^soi of Education Pi ofessor of Education B S E F Universitv of California Assistant A ofessoi of Industi tal Relations B S Boston College B Ed , Duquesne University M S E F West Virginia Universitv B S B A , Universitv of Southern California M S University of Bridgeport M Ed, Ph D, Specialist Diploma, Ph D Carnegie-Mellon University M B A , Rochester Institute of Technology Ed D Ball State University University of Pittsburgh J D , Texas Southern University Blair J Kolasa William P Barone Dorothy A Frayer Piofcssoi of Echi(ation Associate Professot of Education and Piotessoi olBehai,ioial ^cience William D Presutti, Sr B S M A West Virginia University Dean of the School of Education and Dean Eniciaus Assistant Professor of Management and Allegheny College Ph D University of Pittsburgh B A, M S , Michigan State University B S , Maiketing M S Ph D Universitv of Pittsburgh Ph D, University of Wisconsin B S B A, Duquesne University Paul Bernstein J D, Duquesne Universitv M A, Northeastern University As.sociale P) ofessoi of Education Mary Frances Grasinger, C S J Doctoral Candidate, Carnegie-Mellon B A Hartwick College Marshall Levinson Associate A ofessot of Education University M S , Springheld College and Associate Dean, Graduate Education A s sociate Pi ofessoi of Economics Ph D Ohio Universitv B S, City College of New York B Ed , Duquesne University Rev Joseph Pudichery M T S, Catholic University of M A , Princeton University Ruth G Biro Assistant Professor of Analytic Methods America M A Columbia University Associate Pi ofessoi of Education B A M A University of Kerala Ph D , Syracuse University B A Chatham College M A Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Gustav Lundberg M L S , Ph D University of Pittsburgh Nicholas J Hanna Assistant Ptofessoi of Economic Geogiaphi) Kurt Rethwisch Aofessor of Education B A Swedish School of Economics Joseph T Brennan P10fessol of Econornics B S , M S , The Pennsylvania State B Sc M Sc , University of Helsinki Piofessoi of Education B A , Nebraska Wesleyan University University Ph D State University of New York B S, M Ed Ed D, University of M A, Kansas State Ph D , Ohio University (Buffalo) Pittsburgh Ph D University of Maryland Kenneth L Burrett Sister Julia Ann Hartzog, S C Dwight Means Associate Pi, ofessoi of Education, Associate Professor of Education Voiting Associate Piofessoi of Finance Lewis Schipper B A , Seton Hill College 4y.sociateDean Undeigiaduate B S E E Carnegie Mellon University Associate Professor of Economics M Ed, Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B A, M A, Wayne State University Education Doectoi ofStudent M B A Doctoral Candidate University of Pitts- Teaching and Field Experience Constance L Hunter burgh Ph D, University of Michigan B A, M S Ed Canisius College Associate Professor of Education Ed D State University of New York, Aubrey Lipman Mendelow R Stanley Sevmour B S Ed , Ohio State University Buffalo Assistant P) ofessoi of Allanagenient Assistant Professor of Commerce M A, George Peabody College Infoiniation Sistenis B S University of Notre Dame William H Cadugan Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B Sc Rhodes University M S , Kansas State Teachers College Ptofessor Emetilus of Education Joseph F Maola B Compt , University of South Africa B S in B A, M Ed, Duquesne Professor of Education M B A Universitv of Cape Town William Sher University B A, M Ed, Duquesne University Ptofessot of Economics D B L Universitv of South Africa Ed D , University of Pittsburgh M A , Indiana University of Pennsylvania B of Law, National Yunnon University Ph D , The University of Akron Berriadine Meyer M A Ph D, University of Minnesota Bruno A Castle Pio/essot of Laii 4dininisttation Professor Emeritus of Education Rick R McCown Assistant Dean John C South B S , Slippery Rock State College Assistant Professor of Education B Ed , M S J D, Duquesne University Ptofessor of Organizational Behai,ior M S , Ed D , University of Pittsburgh A B, Ph D, Indiana University Ed D Columbia University B A, Muskingum College William J Castle Michael F Moran M A, Ph D, Ohio State University Assistant Professor of Education Associate Professor of Education George Might B S Ed , Duquesne University B S , Shippensburg State College Assistant Pi ofessoi of I nah tic Methods John Timko M Ed , Ph D, University of Pittsburgh M S , The Pennsylvania State University B S Harvard University Associate Professor of Matketing M A, Michigan State University M A , Boston University B S M S, Duquesne Universitv Rev Louis F Dolan C S Sp Pi ofessor of Education Ph D , University of Pittsburgh Edward A Milcic Frank J Wright B.A, B D, St Mary's Seminary Frank M Ribich Associate Piofessot ofAccounting Associate Professor of Accounting M A Ed S, Eastern Michigan Associate Professor of Education B S M S , Duquesne University B S Duquesne Universitv University B Ed, M Ed, Duquesne University C P A Pennsvlvania M B A, Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Ph D, University of Michigan Ed D , The Pennsylvania State University

170 171

Alfonso A Rizzo John L Livingston Sumner Erickson Christine Jordanoff Piotessoi ol Education B S , Lock Haven State College Teachei of Tuba Associate Professor of Musicianship B S , Massachusetts State College M Ed , Ed D, The Pennsylvania State Member Pittsburgh Symphony Coordinator of Music Enrollment M S Springfield College University Jov^ Friedlander B S, M M, Duquesne University Ph D University of Connecticut Celme K Long lea(het of Dance Diploma, Kodaly Music Training Institute J Bernard Smith B S Ed , M S Ed , Duquesne University B A in Dance, University of California Certificate, Liszt Academy of Music, Piofessoi ofEducation Graduate study, University of Pittsburgh M F A , University of California Budapest, Hungary B S M Ed Duquesne Universitv and Indiana University of Pennsylvania Marino Galuzzo Nicholas Jordanoff Ph D University of Pittsburgh Sr Carole Riley, C D P Ieachei ofSakophonc Artistic Ditectorfor the Maureen Sullivan B S, M E, Duquesne University B S M Ed, Duquesne University Performing Ensemble Tamburitzan 4ssistant Piotessoi ofEducation Theodore A Siedle M M, University of Michigan Institute of Folk Arts and Associate B Ed M Ed in L S Duquesne University Mowhawk College Canada B S, Allegheny College Professor M L S , University of Pittsburgh M A , Ph D , University of Pittsburgh James Gorton M Ed , Duquesne University Ed D , Universitv of Sarasota Feachet of Oboe Annabelle Joseph SUPERVISORS B M Eastman School of Music Teacher of Eurhythmics LECTURERS Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Quincy DiYenno B F A, Carnegie-Mellon University Dorothy J Agar M S Ed, Shippensburg University Alan Grishman M M, Duquesne University B S Russell Sage College M Ed, Doctoral Studv, University 4ssociate Ptofessoi of Music D A, Carnegie-Mellon University M Ed , Ph D , Universitv of Pittsburgh of Pittsburgh Head of Soing Dnision Eugenia Popescu Judetz Donna C Borza Jeanne Graff B S, Marines College of Music Visiting Professor, Tamburitzan B S P A Nazareth College B S Ed, M S Ed, Duquesne University M A, New York University Institute of Folk Arts M A, University of Iowa Helen G Smith Robert D Hamrick Bucharest, Romania Ronald C L Conant B S, Oakwood College Teachei, of Trombone Robert Kesselman A B, Suffolk University M Ed , University of Pittsburgh B M M M, West Virginia University Teacher of String Bass M Ed , Boston College Graduate-study, Temple University Member Pittsburgh Symphony Certificate from the Curtis Institute of Music Ph D University of Pittsburgh and Loyola College at Baltimore L J Hancock Eric Moss Teachei of Matching Band Methods Teacher of Saxophone SCHOOL OF MUSIC B S M Ed, Gettysburg College B A , Duquesne University Richard Hiller Walter W Kolar ADMINISTRATION Teachei ofJazz Ensemble Director, Tamburitzan Institute Of Michael Kumer M M Ed Acting Dean B M, Carnegie-Mellon University Folk Arts and Associate Professor M Ed, Duquesne University Sister Carole Rilev C D P, Ph D Assistant Dean Rosette S Hillgrove Teachet Stephen Kovacev Gerald F Keenan, Ph D Dean Emeritus of Voice B S M E, M M Ed, Duquesne Assistant to the Director, Business Christine Capecci FACULTY University Affairs, Tamburitzan Institute Of Teacher of Voice Folk Arts and Associate Professor Charles Hois Deborah Adams B S M E, Duquesne University M Ed, Duquesne University Coo) dinatoi of the Duquesne Um versitv Teachet of Trumpet Yee-ha Chju Nestor Koval Extenuon Ttaining Progtam (DUET) Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Teacher of Piano Associate Professor of Woodwinds and B A Boston University Diploma, Julliard School of Music Al Homburg Coordinator of Woodwind Division M M , Boston Universitv M M , Duquesne University Teachet of Gunai Paris Conservatory Sister Donna Marie Beck M M West Virginia University Robert Clarke Jan Kraynok Pt ofcssoi of Music Thei api, and Teacher of Guitar and Coordinator Lynne_lrvine Teacher of French Horn Cooidinatoi of Music Thetapi Division of Guitar Division 7eachet of Viola B M , Duquesne University, Registered Music Therapist B F A Carnegie-Mellon University B M, M M Julliard School Chautauqua Institute B S M E, M M Ed, Duquesne University M M Duquesne University of Music Member of the Pittsburgh Symphony Orchestra David Billings Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Michael Kumer Teachei of Oigan Robert J Croan Joseph Wilcox Jenkins Acting Dean, Assistant Professor B F A Penn State University Professor of Music Piofe^scn of Theori and Composition and of Music Education M M , Eastman School of Music B A, M A, Columbia University Ph D , Boston University Cootdinator of Composition Music History B F A, Carnegie-Mellon University Keith Bishop and Liletature Division M M Ed, Duquesne University Frank Cummondo 7eachci ofSa\ophone B S , St Joseph's College, Philadelphia, Wendy Webb Kumer Teacher of Jazz Piano B F A Carnegie-Mellon University Pennsylvania Teacher of Flute David Budwav Anthony Di Vittorio B M, M M , Eastman School of Music, B S M E, Duquesne University Teachei ol Piano Teacher of Piano University of Rochester M F A, Carnegie-Mellon University B S , Duquesne University Ph D Catholic University of America B M M M , Duquesne Universitv Tim Lautzenheiser Kenneth Burky Robert F Egan Carlton Jones Coordinator of the Mid East Program Aswciate Pi ofessoi of Piano Professor of Music Education Teachet of Bassoon B S M Ed , Ball State University B M Oberlin Conservatory of Music B S , Case Western Reserve University B F A Carnegie-Mellon University M A, University of Alabama M M Indiana Universitv M A Ph D, New York University M F A Carnegie-Mellon University Ph D, Columbia Pacific

172 173

Robert Leminger Joseph H Negri Ronald Schneider Gladys Stein leachei of 5tiim^ Bas^ Feach ofGuitar Tea(hei of Ft ench Ho) it Associate Ptofessoi of Piano Member, Pittsburgh Svmphonv Carnegie-Mellon University B M Eastman School of Music Diploma B S, M S, Julliard Affiliated with WTAE Member Pittsburgh Symphony School of Music Pamela Lewis William Schneiderman Special Artist Degree, Vienna Tcac bet of I oic e Beverly Nero Teac hci of Pei c ussion State Academv A B Middlebury College Tea(het of Piano Diploma Julliard School of Music Rev Moshe Taube M A , Stanford University B S M E M M, Duquesne University Former Member Pittsburgh Svmphony Teachei of Voice M F A D A Carnegie-Mellon University Mija Novich Diploma, Julliard School of Music Carolyn Shankovich Charles E Lirette Associate Professoi of Voice and I ea(hci of Chm al Alethod^ David P Tessmer I ca(hei of Ti unitiel Duectoi of Opeta Hloikshop B S M E, Indiana University of Pa Tea(hei of Flute B M Oberlin Conservatory of Music B M E, Northwestern University M M Universitv of Michigan B A, , Houston Baptist College M M , Duquesne University Member, Pittsburgh Svniphony M M , Duquesne University Robert Shankovich Charles Luizzi Patsy Oliver Do ec toi of Gtaduate Dii ision Thomas D Thompson I eac hei of Pei c ussion 7eachet of Trumpet P) ofessoi of Ifusic Thcoi 1 Teachet of Clat inet B M Universm of Michigan, Ruth B Osgood Cooidinatoi of Choial A(tiiities B M E, American Conservatory Temple Universitv Teacher of Strings of 1^oic c DI i ision M M , Northwestern University Graduate studies at Temple University B S M E Duquesne University B S M E M M Duquesne University Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Joseph Lukatsk\ Gerald Unger Frank Ostrowski D A Carnegie-Mellon Universitv Teachci of Oboe leachet ofPercussion and Teacher of Trumpet Allen Sher New England Conservatory Cooidinator of Peicussion Division New England Conservatory Teachei of Fioloncello Curtis Institute of Music B S , B M , Ohio State Universitv Former Member, Pittsburgh Symphony B A Brooklvn College Former Member Pittsburgh Symphony M A Columbia Universitv M A , University of Northern Colorado c Joanne Pasquinelli Member, Pittsburgh Symphony Michael Maglio Adjunct Professot of ffusic Therapv Roger Sherman -1 ^sociale Pi ofessoi of Music Education Gretchen Van Hoesen B F A, M F A Carnegie-Mellon University Tcachei of liumpet B S E Lowell Universitv Ieachet of Harp Registered Music Therapist B M E M M E Eastman School B M Julliard School of Music M A , Teachers College Columbia University of Music Gary Piecka M M Julliard School of Music Certificat L'Ecolc Normale de Musique, Paris Member Pittsburgh Symphony leacher of Loii, er Brass Instruments John G Maione Sandra Staley Vaporetti B S M E, Duquesne University Matthew Shiner Fcachci of Gvitai 7cachei of Voice M M, Duquesne University Adjunct A^^ociate P^ofe^sot of University of Pittsburgh Btass Instminerus and Jean Wilmouth Leonard Pruszynski Teacher of Percussion Jeffery Mangone Cooidinatoi of Bta):^ bacultv Teacher of Percussion B F A , Carnegie-Mellon University 1'eachet of Soing Bass Lisa Silko Spang B S M E, Duquesne University John H Wilson B S M E Duquesne Universitv Teac het of Piano John M Raevens Associate Ptofessot of Music Warren Mercer B S M Ed M M , Duquesne University Associate Professor of Theory and Organ Education and Coordinatot of Jazz Division Du ecto; of Si inphonic Band Benjamin Speigel Lernmens, Institute Mecheln, Belgium B S M A, Ed D, New York University B F A Carnegie-Mellon University 7eac he) Of Bassoon (Laureat) Elizabeth Moll Royal Conservatory, Ghent, Gelgium— Foimcr Member Pittsburgh Svmphonv 4djunc t Ptofessoi of Alusicianship First Prize in Organ, Theory, History Ann Labounsk,, Steele B M E Indiana Universitv As^o(iale Ptofe^w; of Otgan Comchnatot Peggy Kelley Remburg Graduate work at Indiana University ot Oigan and Sacied Music Facultv Teacher of Organ and Sacred Music at Bloomington and Universitv B M Eastman School of Music B A, Mary Washington College of Pittsburgh M M University of Michigan M M , Northwestern University Liszt Academy of Music Hungary Diploma (Mention Maximum) Schola Eric Richards Cantorum Paris Vincent J Monteleone Teacher of Jazz Studies Diploma Ecole Normale Paris Tcachci of Tiurnpet B S, M M, Duquesne University Ph D Candidate University of Pittsburgh B M M M Duquesne University Sister Carole Riley, C D P John Mover Pi ofessor of Music SCHOOL OF NURSING 4ccompanisi Opeta Workshop Assistant Dean B S M E Duquesne University ADMINISTRATION B S, M M , Duquesne University M M E, Duquesne University Ph D , Institute Formative Spirituality Ruth Maszkiewicz R N Ph D Dean Louis Munkach^ Carmen Rummo Irene Dittemore R N Piofes^oi ofAlusic Thcoti (ooidinatoi FACULTY Adjunct Associate Professor of Piano Associate Pi ofessor of Nursing of 7heoij Diiision Catherine Arenz R N B S N Vanderbilt University Diploma Liszt Academy of Music Linda Sanders Inmuctot in Nuising M Litt, Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Budapest Hungary Adjunct Professor of Music Therapv B S N Seton Hill Universitv Mary Lou Ende, R N Doctor of Laws and Political Science, Registered Music Therapist M N Ed Universitv of Pittsburgh Eotvos Universitv, Budapest Hungary B S, Duquesne University Assivant Pi ofessor of Nursing B S M M , Duquesne Universitv M R E , Pittsburgh Theological Seminary B S N, Duquesne University Ph D University of Pittsburgh B M , Westminster College M N Ed , University of Pittsburgh

174 175

N Margaret M McKenna, R N Northwest Allegheny Home Health Care Eileen Gimper, R COOPERATING HEALTH AGENCIES 4^,sistant Piofessoi of Nutsing Associate Pi ofessor of Nut sing Carolyn Smith, RN B S N Duquesne Universitv B S N , Duquesne University Allegheny County Health Department Director M N , University of Pittsburgh M N Ed , University of Pittsburgh Sallv Bauer RN, BSN (Doctoral Student, University of Pittsburgh) Chief of Public Health Nuising Presbyterian-University Hospital Maureen Rusnock, RN, MN, MNEd Marie M Hansen R N Natalie Pavlovich, R N Allegheny General Hospital Senior Vice President 45soctatePiofes.soi ofNiusing Piofessor of Nursing Nursing Service B S N E University of Pittsburgh B S N , University of Arizona Deborah Straka RN A, M S N, Ph D, University of Michigan Student Affiliations Cooidinatoi M S N , University of Marvland M South Hills Health System (Doctoral Student, University of Pittsburgh) & Hospital Central Medical Center Home Health Agency N P J Dolan RN Gladys L Husted, R N Joanne Tate, R Mary Ann Miller, RN, BSN, MPH 4swc iate Pi ofcssoi of Niusing Associate Professor of Nutsing Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh Director of Stafl Development B S N , M N Ed , University of Pittsburgh B S N , Point Park College Joan Bishop RN MN (Doctoral Student, University of Pittsburgh) M S Ed , Duquesne University A!^yo(iate 4dininisitatoi and South Hills Health System N M N Ed , University of Pittsburgh Barbara Martuscelli, R Diiectoi of Niusing Jefferson Center 4 ^soc:iate Pi ofesso; of Niusing (Doctoral Student, University of Pittsburgh) Forbes Health System B S N , Pennsvlvania State University Joan Rosgonv, RN Oxsana Bvczkalo, MEd M N Ed , University of Pittsburgh Shirlev Y Wheeler, R N 4dministicuot, Acute Care 7taining Managei (Doctoral Student, Universitv of Pittsburgh) Associate Professor of Nursing South Side Hospital Mary Carroll Miller R N B S N , M N Ed, University of Pittsburgh Forbes Metropolitan Health Center Associate Piofesso; of Niusing Maureen Kane, RN BSN, LittM Mary Paula Pavinich, RN, BSN, MNEd B S N Duquesne University Evelyn M Wilczynski, R N Amstant Eveculive Duectoi Assistant Vice President Nursing M S N , University of Pennsylvania Associate Professor of Nursing Forbes Regional Health Center M A Duquesne University B S N, M Ed, Duquesne University Marie Langan, RN, BSEd St Clair Memorial Hospital Margaret L Muntz, R N Issistant ENe(utiie Doectoi Yvonne M Holsinger, RN, MNEd Director of Nursing A Ysociale A ofessoi of Nut sing M Kathleen Winter, R N Forbes Center for Gerontology B S N Duquesne University Associate Professor of Nursing Eileen Meyer RN, BSN M N , University of Pittsburgh B S N Duquesne University St Francis General Hospital Asmi'ant E.xecuttie Duector (Doctoral Student University of Pittsburgh) M P H, Ph D, University of Pittsburgh Agnes Marner, RN, BASoc Magee-Womens Hospital Director of Nursing Set vice Lucille Revnolds RN, MNEd Diiectoi, Niusing Set i ice Adminisitation Visiting Nurse Association of Mercy Hospital Allegheny County, Inc. Margaret Taylor, RN Barbara Piskor, BSN, MPH Centialized Nutse Edivatot Assistant Director, Education Niusing Resoince Depaitment Montefiore Hospital Western Psychiatric Institute & Clinic Joan W Beyer, RN, MPH Jacqueline Dunbar, RN, PhD Assoc iate Adininistratot Director of Nuising FA^

176 177

Raymond A Giudici Elsie M Lovsted SCHOOL OF PHARM4CY Issistant Pio/essot of Phat maceulics 4vsociate Professor of Pharmaceutical B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D, Duquesne Chemistry ADMINISTRATION University B S (Pharmacy), Ph D, University of Minnesota Douglas H Kav Ph D Dean Joyce Hahn Alvin Galmskv Ph D Assistant Dean Insituclot in AIedical Iechnologi, Bruce D Martin Stephen C Morrison M A Assistant to the Dean for Academic 4dvisement (Blood BanAing) Professor of Pharmaceutical Chemistry B S University of Pittsburgh B S (Pharmacy), Albany College of FACULTY M T (ASCP) Pharmacy M S , Ph D, University of Illinois Sved E Abidi Raymond A Eder Marilyn F Harris Assistant Ptotessot ol Phairnacentics Assistant Professot of Clinical Pharmacy Associate Pi ofessoi of Phai maceutical Thomas J Mattei B S (Pharm ) Karachi University B S (Pharmacy) Pharm D, Adminwiation Associate Professor of M S , Ph D University of Mississippi Duquesne University B S P , University of Saskatchewan Clinical Pharmacy and Director of Pharmacy, Mercv Hospital Anthonv J Amadio Joseph A Feldman M S , Duquesne University D, Duquesne Piofessoi of Pluvinaccutical Ptofessoi of Pharmaceutical Chemistiy Ph D , University of Pittsburgh B S (Pharmacy), Pharm University Idininimation B S (Pharmacy) University of .vBenjamin Hodes B S M Litt Universitv of Pittsburgh Rhode Island Piofessoi ofPhatmaceinics Reginald A Ney B S (Pharmacv), M B A Duquesne M S, Ph D, University of Wisconsin B S (Pharmacy) Albany College of Health Phvsicist Universitv Pharmacy B S , Duquesne University Kenneth A Ferrett M S Ph D, University of Michigan M S , University of Pittsburgh Lawrence H Block 4ssociate Ptofessoi of Clinical Piotessoi of Phatinaceinics Phai macy Michael Israel Norbert A Pilewski B S, (Pharmacy) M S, Ph D B S (Pharmacy), West Virginia Instnictoi in Medical Technologi; Associate Professor of Pharmacognosy Universitv of Maryland University (Hematologv) B S (Pharmacy), M S , University of Mitchell L Borke Pharm D , Duquesne University M D, University of Vermont Pittsburgh Ph D, Ohio State University Pi ofessot of Phai inaceutic a/ Chemisti v Frederick W Fochtman Charles N Karnack B S (Pharmacy) M S Ph D, Associate Professot of Phat macology and Clinical Instiucto; in Phattriaci Therese I Poiner Associate Professor of Clinical Pharmacy University of Illinois T0AIC0l0gV B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D, B S (Pharmacy), Albany College of Pharmacy Martin Cohen B S (Pharmacv), M S, Ph D, Duquesne University Pharm D, University of Michigan Insouctoi in 11edical 7c(hnologi, Duquesne University Douglas H Kay (Heinatologi) Thomas L Rihn Henry R Freedy Dean of the School of Phat macv and M D, California College of Medicine Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Associate Professor of Clinical Phairriaci Pi ofessot of Pharmaceutical Chemistry B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D Charles C Collins B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D, Duquesne B S (Pharmacy), M S Ph D Massachusetts Duquesne University Assistant Piofessoi olPhainiaceittics University College of Pharmacv and Allied B S (Pharm ) West Virginia University Health Sciences Gene A Riley Alvin M Galinsky Ph D West Virginia Universitv Spyros Kommos Ptofessor of Pharmacologv Professoi of Phat niaceutics (Pharmacy), Duquesne University Wellon D Collom Associate PI ofessot of Medical B S B S (Pharmacy), M S, Ph D Ph D, Western Reserve University Instiuctol In 7oxicologi University of Illinois Technology (Mictobiologi) B S University of California B S , M S , Duquesne University Lisa N Schatz M S, Duquesne Universitv Aleem Gangjee D Sc , University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professor of Clinical Pharmacy Associate Ptofcssor ofPharinaceutical (Pharmacy), University of Pittsburgh Ezio Compare Joseph M Kristofik B S Chernistty University of Cincinnati Associate Piofessoi of,llcdical Associate Ptofessoi ofPhatmaceutical Pharm D , B S, M S (Chemistry), Indian Technologi (Endoctinologv) Administration and Ditector ofEvternship William I Smith Institute of Technology M D, Padua, Italv B S (Pharmacy), J D, Duquesne Instructor in Medical Technologv Ph D , University of Iowa University (Clinical Chemistry, Immunology) Jeanne A Cooper Mary Ann Gasowski Piofesso) ofilIcclical Technologv and John G Lech M D, University of Pittsburgh Dncctot, illci(i School ot 41edical Health Phisicist Associate Professor ofClimcal Pharmacy Donna Traeger B S, Duquesne University 7echnologi, (Paiasitology) B S (Pharmacy), Pharm D, Duquesne Instructot in 44edical Technology Health Physics University of B S Waynesburg College M S , University (Hematologv, Urinalysis) Pittsburgh M D, Halmemann Medical College M Elaine Linkhauer B S, Carlow College Richard R Crowe John Georgescu Instiuctot in Medical Technology M T (ASCP) Insoactoi in Medical lechnologv Instructot in Medical Technology and Education Cooichnator M S , University of Pittsburgh (Inlinunologt') (1111ologij Wercv School ofMedical Technology Wagdy W Wahba M S , Duquesne University Sister M Gonzales Duffv, R S M (Alicrohiologv, Paisitologv, Micology) Instructor in Pharmacology S M (AAM) Lectioet in Hospital Phatinaci and B A, Carlow College and Tovicology Consultant, Depaitincrit ofPhatinacy, Vincent J Giannetti M T (ASCP) B Pharm , Alexandria University Ph D , Duquesne University jtletci Hospital Associate Professot ofPharmaceutical M S , Duquesne Universitv B A Carlow College Administration Bruce Livengood Rita M Windisch B S (Pharniacv), Duquesne Universiv^ B A, M A, Duquesne University 4ssistant Ptofessot ofChnical Pharmacv Associate Professoi of Medical I M A Villanova Universitv M S W, M S (Hyg), Ph D, B S (Pharmacv), Temple University Technology (Clinical Chemistry) D Se (Hon ) Duquesne University University of Pittsburgh Pharm D , Duquesne University B S , Ph D Duquesne University

178 179 Charles L Winek Gerard J Wolf Barbara Carson Raymond J Farkas P/ofessol of lowco/o^^l Instiuctoi in Phaiinac^ Dii ectoi of Phai inaci !;el I ices National Institute of Health B S (Pharmacv) M S Duquesne BS (Pharmacy), Duquesne University Medical Center of Beavei County Department of Nuclear Medicine— Universiv, Beaver PA Radjopharmaceutical Section Ph D Ohio State Universitv Josephine S Certo Ph D Bethesda, M D AUXILIARY FACULTY Duectoi o^Phaiina(l Thomas J Fowler Forbes Health System Sewickley Valley Hospital John J Abbott R Ph Delbert D Konnor M S, R Ph East Suburban Health Center Sewickley PA Idainci lsywant Piolessoi of Adjunct Professot of Phat inaceutical Monroeville PA Phatnia(euti(al Adininimation Adininistiation, Managet, Vollintail John Fris Sales Manager The Upjohn Comparry Compliance Piograin Kristen L Bucklev Ebensburg Center Ebensburg PA Harxev M Arbit Pharm D Drug Enforcement Administration, Rea and Derick Inc Ilanagei Chnic al Reseat(h and Regidatoi i U S Department of Justice Clearfield PA Charles Geiger Director of Pharinac v Waits Harold N McFarland, Ph D Patti Connery Medical Products Division—, 3M Holy Spirit Hospital Adjunct Professor of Toxicologj, Jim Sarbeck St Paul MN Camp Hill, PA Lawrence M Mulhern, M D Syntex Laboratories Inc James A Gillespie Jagdesh P Bhatnagar ScD ( hief of the Di rision of Rheionatologv Palo Alto CA idjunct Resea0i Ptofessot Mercy Hospital Kramer Pharmacy Inc Kathv Contrucci Pittsburgh, PA Chief Division of Radiation Physics Edward J Paysek, M D Armstrong County Memorial Hospital Mercy Hospital Associate Professor of Medical Technologv Anthony (Steve) Giordano Kittanning PA William K Buchanan M D Chairman, Department of Rachologv, Temple Pharmacy Di) e0oi of the Depai onent of I nesthesia Mercy Hospital Connie Cubellis Kane, PA St Francis General Hospital Silvestri Silvestri Shenango Valley Marshall Goldstein Earl R Davis M D Judge Osteopathic Hospital Pinebridge Apothecary Pathologist Court of Common Pleas, Farrell PA Upper St Clair, PA South Hills Health Systems Fifth Judicial District, Virgil J Davis Richard S Goldstein Norman Haywood J D Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Lee Hospital Pharmacy Goldstein's Pharmacy Livingston and Miller Attorneys at Law Elliott Turbiner, D 0 Johnstown PA Pittsburgh, PA Carl Kaplan M D Asso(iate Professor of Medical Technolog^, Phillip V DeMarco Thomas Grande, Pharm D Chaiiinan Division of Nuclear Radiology and Westmoreland Hospital Association Allegheny General Hospital Division of Radiation Therapv Ultrasound, Mercy Hospital Greensburg PA Pittsburgh, PA RachologN Department Mercy Hospital Joseph A Watson, Ph D George Haslett James Demmy Adjunct Professor of Radiologi, SavMore Prescription Center Arthur Katoh Ph D Somerset Hospital Pharmacv Graduate School of Public Health, Pittsburgh, PA Reseal(h Associate Somerset PA Radiology Department Mercy Hospital University of Pittsburgh Ronald G Hietsch Carmen DiCello Philip W Keys The Medicine Shoppe Pennsvlvania Pharmaceutical Association 4djun(t Issmant P)olessoi of Sharon, PA Harrisburg PA Clinical Phaimaci Theresa Hrmel B S (Pharmacv) West Virginia Allen H Dicken Pharmacy Universitv Memorial Hospital of Bedford County Medical Center of Beaver County Pharm D Duquesne University E\erett PA Beaver, PA Denise DiNunzio Thomas J Hoffman PHARMACIST-PRECEPTORS ( hief Phai inacist Butler County Community Hospital PRACTICAL PHARMACY 11, 111, IV Monsour Medical Center Butler, PA Thomas L Ague Robert Baird Jeannette PA William M Irvin Dii ectot of Phat inat i Youngstown Hospital Association Nick DiSilvio Central Drug Store Columbia Health Center Youngstown, OH West Penn Pharmacv Uniontown, PA Pittsburgh PA Fred H Bender Pittsburgh PA Thomas E Jackovic Joseph F Aiello St Vincent Health Center Georgine A Dorundo McCracken Pharmacy Inc Elk Countv General Hospital Erie, PA Westmoreland Hospital Waynesburg PA Ridgwav, PA Greensburg PA Gerald W John Anthony J Betz, III Ohio Valley Hospital Peter All Betz Pharmacy Ernest F Dostalik Jewish Home and Hospital for the Aged Steubenville, OH McMurray, PA Ernie s Pharmacy Pittsburgh PA Midland PA Jack Kay T J Bianculh Latrobe Area Hospital Dr Ted Anderer Thomas A Drumm Williamsport Hospital Sycamore Pharmacy, Inc Latrobe, PA Rea and Derick Inc Williamsport PA Pittsburgh, PA Bradford PA Philip Keys, Pharm D John D Bridges Ditector of Pharina(v Joan Ansberry Janice J Druschel Strader's Pharmacv South Side Hospital Allegheny General Hospital Pittsburgh, PA Westmoreland Hospital Association Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh PA Greensburg, PA Patricia C Kienle Thomas F Bache Max E Callaghan Leo Einloth Pharinaci, Managet St Francis General Hospital Callaghan's Pharmacy Robinson Pharmacy Mercy Hospital Pittsburgh PA Franklin, PA Pittsburgh PA Wilkes Barre, PA 181 180 Ronald Taormina Francis A Kittell Sandv Mitchell John Russo 31 St Francis General Hospital Communitv Phairnacy Allegheny Valley Hospital RuSsO s Phaimacy Inc Pittsburgh PA Poitage PA Natrona Heights, PA New Castle PA Charles Tarasovic Charles G Koller Hcnry Sagan Connie Mitro St Margaret Memorial Hospital Meadville Citv Hospital Pharmacv 1^4ajland Heights Phaimacv Diieclot ofPhatinaci, Pittsburgh PA Meadville PA McKeesport Hospital Weirton WV Charles D Thomas John J K17an McKeesport, PA Jarnes E Sandala west Penn Hospital Charles D Thomas Drug Store Medical Center Pharmacy William Montgomery pittsbUlgh PA Pittsburgh PA Gibsonia PA Franklin Hospital Pharmacy George Toth Andrew F KU7y Franklin, PA John P Sansone Dii ectot of Phat maci, Western Center Pharmacv Woodville State Hospital Joseph Mosso Altoona Hospital Canonsburg PA Pittsburgh PA Mosso's Pharmacy Inc Altoona PA Loretta L Airelh Frank Scalise Latrobe PA Charles F Traeger Uniontown Hospital Bc\erIN Pharmacv David Nedzinski Avres Drug Store Uniontown PA Pittsburgh PA Diiectot ofPhatinaci, McKeesport, PA Sidnev Shabrin David Leach Andrew Kaul Memorial Hospital Mary L Vito Penn Laurel Pharmacy Americus Pharmac,, St Mary's, PA Allentown PA Millard Pharmacy Central City PA McKees Rocks PA Phillip Nerti Phillip B Sollon Robert Lefkowiiz Divine Providence Hospital Sollon Pharmacv Daniel Wagner Penn Taft Pharmacy Pittsburgh PA Canonsburg PA Mech Pharmacy West Mifflin PA Gibsonia PA Elaine Nigro Donald L Spencer Stanford A Lefl(owitz Jefferson Medical Center i-\ccume Diie(toi Louis Wakefield Penn Taft Pharmacv Pittsburgh PA Cumberland Area Health Dii ec tot of Phat niaci, Set i ices West Mifflin PA Education Center St Joseph Hospital Roberto Nix John R Lewis Cumberland MD Reading, PA Harnot Medical Center John Kane Hospital Robert B Stanek Donald Waltmire Erie PA Pittsburgh, PA Diiectoi ofl'haima(i Seiiices Ray Westbrook William S Liepack Leonard O'Hara Good Samaritan Hospital Westbrook Pharmacv and Surgical Supply Beacon Pharmacv Chief Phat macist Pottsville PA Pittsburgh PA Mercv Hospital Pittsburgh PA Stephens Thomas Weimer Scranton, PA Williard A Amandus A Link Stephens Picsciiption DILIg Store file McKeesport Hospital Urbani s Phatmacv Inc Mark H O'Toole MOSCOW PA McKeesport, PA Jeannette PA Braddock General Hospital Lee Stillev Jack Welch Braddock PA Patricia Lizak Sharon General Hospital Jameson Memorial Hospital Medical Center of Beaver County Richard A Ottmar Sharon PA New Castle PA Beaver PA Sacred Heart Hospital Frank J Stroker Ji Lavorme Wieczorck John Lowe Cumberland MD Warren General Hospital Phaimacv H C Frick Communitv Hospital Mt Pleasant, PA VA Hospital Anthony R Passeri Warien PA Leech Farm Public Drug Storejusca Plaza Tim Stukus/Dan Friv Stephen W Wilev Pittsburgh PA Beaver, PA Cential Medical Health Services Diteacti ofPhatmaci, The Milton S Hershey Medical Center Thomas Malonev Loretta Patton Pittsbuigh PA Hershey, PA Ingram Pharmacv High Point Pharmacy Dolores M Sudar Pittsburgh, PA Eric PA Aliquippa Hospital Mary Winek Thomas Mann Aliquippa PA Apothocary Shoppe John Rosencrance Oakland VA Hospital Allison Park, PA Richland Drug Store, Inc Robert D Swenson Pittsburgh PA Johnstown PA Westmoreland Hospital Robert Martello Greensburg PA John P Rosile North Hills Passavant Hospital Edward P Szarmcki Pike Pharmacy Pittsburgh PA Eckerd Drug Store/Heights Plaza Canonsburg, PA David Mattei Natrona Heights PA Mercv Hospital Charles Rosko Scranton PA South Side Hospital ofPjttsburgh Pittsburgh PA Carol Matthews West Alleghenv Hospital James Rossano Oakdale PA St Francis Hospital of New Castle New Castle, PA Kenneth Maurer Pharm D Jefferson Medical Center Lee Ann Rossman Pittsburgh PA Hannot Medical Center Harry Menk Erie, PA Doectoi ofphalmaci James F Rovegno Monongahela Vallev Hospital Lawrence Park Apothecary Monongahela PA Erie PA

182 183

MURPHY MART PHARMACY Index Suzanne Zavora

Bevcilv Hamilton 142 Academic Duquesne Students 142 Advisor 154 Students from Other Institutions Tim Donohue 141 Calendar 2 Transfers 142 Load—Arts and Sciences 17 Temporary Bob Millet 93 Policies 154 Applied Music Courses 1317 Regulations— Arts and Sciences 17 Applied Techn ology, Associate Degree Robert Pruss 2 Summer Sessions 142 Army ROTC 18 James Clougherty Supervisor of Intercollegiate Athletics 154 Art Division 18 Academic Policies 154 Courses Hoine Office 18 Academic Advisor 154 Requirements for Major 18 G C Murpliv Co Academic Super% isor of Intercollegiate Requirements for Minor McKeesport PA Athletics 154 Arts and Sciences See Liberal Arts and Sciences, College of Auditing Courses 154 THRIFT DRUG Cancellation of Courses 155 Associate Degree Programs, College of Arts and Science 17 Class Attendance 155 Assumption Hall 10 Clifford Beisel #51 Joe Lettrich, #80 Courses Examinations 155 155 Athletics 135 Cla sification of Students 155 McKnight Siebert Shopping Center Barb Greco 155 Attendance Class Credit by Examination 154 Pittsburgh PA Hillcrest Shopping Center Dean's List 155 Auditing Courses Auditor's Fee 149 New Kensington, PA Grading System 155 Dave Bricker Graduate Courses for Undergraduate Credit 157 17 Grants Plaza Graduation Requirements 157 Bachelor- Master's Program Don Lucich, #100 150 Honors Bachelor's Degree Fee Coraopolis PA 17 Clvde Mansfield Pass/Fail Electives 1156 57 Bachelor's Degree-Second 17 James Carr #5 2 Olympia Shopping Center Qualit^ Point System 156 Bachelors Degree, Three-Year Bachelor's-Professional School Program 17 425 Beaver Road McKeesport, PA Repeating Courses and Course Retrogradation 156 Bad Checks 152 Sewickle,, PA 156 Bassoon Courses 93 Arnold Robert Student Standing Transfer Within the Universav 158 Behavioral Sciences Division of 71 Paul Culan Franklin Plaza Shopping Center Unit of Credit 157 International Business 71 Kenmawr Plaza Murraysville, PA Withdrawal Course 158 Law Administration 71 72 McKees Rocks PA Accounting Curriculum 67 Management Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Marketing 73 Linda Rocchi 72 Da^ id Dolan Adm nistration and Faculty 160 Pre-Legal 12254 Frankstown Avenue 10 Billing Problems 152 Ritzland Shopping Centel AdIministration Building Pittsburgh, PA Admimstrati%e Officers 159 Biochemistry 23 Pittsburgh PA Admissions 140 Biological Sciences Jack Rohland Advanced Placement 142 Courses 20 William F Donlev Department of 20 41 1 Corbel Street Applications 1956 Greentree Road First Year Students 140 Requirements for Major 20 Tarentum PA Requirements for Minor 20 Pittsburgh PA Other Categories 141 International Students (Undergraduate) 141 Board of Directors 159 64 Alan Kart David Sas #27 Post-Graduates 141 Bureau of Research and Community Services 623-625 E Ohio Street Readmission 141 Business and Administration Southland Shopping Center 142 School of 64 Pittsburgh, PA Temporary Transfers Pittsburgh PA Transfers 141 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 College Level Examination Program 142 Bureau of Research and Community Services 64 Frank Koniecznv, #90 John Saverskv, #78 Credit Hour Bank 143 Bureau of Research 65 2200 Northwav Mall South Park Shops Early Admissions 141 Center for Administration of Legal S^stems 65 Pittsburgh PA Bethel Park, PA Early Decision Plan 140 Office 140 Economic Education 65 140 International Management 65 Mort Kuber #24 Fred Wolken Pollcv 140 Course Descriptions 300 MI Lebanon Boulevard Requirements Oakland/Squirrel Hill Area Summer Session 142 Accounting 67 Pittsburgh, PA Pittsburgh, PA Duq uesne Students 142 Economic Science 74 Other Students 142 Finance 68 1 Admission, Special Requirements International Business 71 Education 76 Law Administration 71 RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS (ROTC) Music 84 Management 72 Nursing 109 Management Information Systems 70 ADMINISTRAFION Pharmacv 122 Marketing 73 Advanced Placement 142 Pre-Legal 72 Quantitative Methods 69 Captain Kenneth P Bostelman Advisor Academic 154 Curriculums B S Professor of Militar^ Science International Student 136 Accounting 67 Application Economic Science 74 FkCULrY—DEPARTMLNT OF MILITARY SCIENCE Credit Hour Bank 143 Finance 68 71 Facult\ Captain Gerald L Boldt Fee 140 149 International Business for Financial Aid 144 Law Administration 71 Captain Kenneth P Bostelman 4s5istant Professor of Afilitait; Science New First-Year Students 140 Management 72 Plofessol o,( AJihiai i Science B S , M A , Mankato State University Eark Admission 141 Management Information Systems 70 73 B S Eastern Kentuckv Military Universitv Early Decision 140 Marketing Other Categories 141 Pre-Legal 72 Captain Richard F Sollner Jr International Students 141 Quantitative Methods 69 P^ofcsso) ofIldilati,Scien(c Post-Graduates 141 Degree 64 Divisions and Programs 65 B S United States Military Academy Readmission 141 Summer Session 142 Behavioral Science 71 184 185

Economic Science 74 Repeating 156 Theologv 60 Teacher Certification 78 Quantitatixe Science 67 Criminal Justice Associate Degree 17 Departments School of PharmacN Educational Foundations and Psychology 79 History 64 Credit Clinical Pharmacy 129 Edward J Hanley Hall The I I PhilosophN and Objectives 64 By Examination 155 Medical Technologv 120 Effective Catalog-Arts and Sciences 17 Sample Program 66 Hour Bank 143 Pharmaceutical Administration 128 Elementary Education Scholarships 146 Unit of 157 Pharmaccutical Chemistry and Courses 81 Student Organizations 65 Cross-Registration 153 Pharmaceutics 126 Program Credit Requirements 77 Curriculums English PharmacologN-Toxicologv 127 Calendar Academic Arts and Sciences 14 121 Courses 29 2 Radiological Health Cancellation of Courses 155 Bachelor-M aster's 17 Des Places Communications Center 10 Department of 28 Bachelor's/Professional School 29 Campus Ministry 139 17 Development Services 136 Honors Program CancN in Hall Liberal Arts Engineering 17 135 Requirements for Major 28 10 Career Planning and Placement Career Planning and Placement Pre-Law 16 137 Requirements for Minor 29 135 Learning Skills Program Cashing Checks Second Bachelors Degree 17 Evening Studv 12 152 PsNchological Center for Catholic Lav Teacher Discount 149 Three Year Bachelors 17 Training and Research 137 Examinations Cooperative Education 16 136 Advanced Placement 142 Center for Testing Bureau Academic and Carecr Development Business and Administration 159 CLEP Examinations 143 135 Directors and Officers Accounting 67 159 Course Examinations 155 Administration of Legal Svstems 65 Board of Directors Economic Science 74 Unit 155 Economic Education 65 The Duquesne Corporation 159 International Management 65 Finance 68 Officers ot the University 160 Final 155 Certification International Business 71 148 Credit b^ 155 Discounts Universitv Music Education Law Administration 71 Expenses See Tuition and Fees 85 Dix isions School of Business and Administration Teacher Education Management 70 71 78 Behavioral Science CertifiLd Public Accountant Requirements Management Information Systems 70 74 67 Economic Science Facilities, Physical 10 Change of Schedule 153 Marketing 73 Quantitative Science 67 Faculty Administration and Arts and Sciences Fee Pre-Legal 72 94 149 153 Double Bass Courses 160 Quantitative Methods Checks 152 69 Dormitories Business and Administration 167 Bad Education 10 152 Assumption Hall Education 169 Earlv Childhood 77 11 Cashing 152 Duquesne Towers Music 170 Chemistr^ Elementary 77 151 22 Expenses Nursing 173 Music Courses 23 99 St Ann Hall 121 Pharmacy 176 Department of Secondary 78 12 22 St Martin Hall ROTC 182 Requirements for Major Special Education 78 153 23 Dropping and Adding Courses Federal Nursing Loans 145 Requirements for Minor Music 23 Duquesne Fee, University 149 Clarinet Courses Jazz 89 159 94 Corporation Fees, General See Tuition and Fees Class Attendance Music Education 91 138 155 Duke (Newspaper) Finance Curriculum 68 Classics Music Therapy 92 138 24 Magazine Financial Aid 143 Courses 25 Orchestral Instrument 88 Towers 11 Application Procedure 144 Department of Organ 86 I I 24 Union A,Aard Conditions 143 Requirements for Major Piano 24 Competitive Scholarships 144 Requirements for Minor Voice 24 Early Admission 141 Current Information 144 Classification of Students Sacred Music 155 EaFIV Childhood Education Federal Nursing Loans 145 Full-time Voice 90 Courses 155 80 Financial Need 143 Part-time 155 Organ 89 77 Gift Assistance 143 Nursing Program Post-Graduate 155 113 Earlx Decision 141 Guaranteed Student Loan 145 Pharmacy Clergv Discounts 148 118 Earth Science Courses 50 Health Profession Loans 145 Medical Technology Clinical PharmacN Department of 129 120 Economic Science Division 74 Meeting Student Need 144 Radiological Health Code of Student Rights, 121 Curriculum 74 National Direct Student Loans 144 ROTC Responsibilities and Conduct 138 133 Economics Other Sources of Aid 145 College Hall 10 Courses 74 Parish Scholarship 144 College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 143 Dean of Students, Office of the 135 Department of 28 Pell Grant Program 145 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences International Students 136 Requirements for Major 28 Principles of Aid 143 See Liberal Arts and Sciences, College of Dean's List 157 Requirements for Minor 28 Program Funding 144 Communications for Industry, Degree 144 Education School of 76 Programs Associate Degree 17 Arts and Sciences 145 16 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 State Grant Assistance Competitive Scholarships 144 Awarded with Honors 145 157 Admission 76 Student Employment Computer Sciences 26 143 Business and Administration 64 Class Attendance 79 Student Self-Help Courses 27 Education 76 Competency Core Curriculum 77 Supplemental Educational Division of 26 Music 84 Course Descriptions 79 Opportunity Grants 144 Requirements for Major 26 Nursing 109 Early Childhood 80 University Aid 144 Requirements for Minor 27 Pharmacy 117 Educational Foundations and Psvchology 79 University Scholars Award 144 Conhdentiality of Student Records 154 Degrees and Programs Offered 8 Elementarx 81 Financial Aid—Departments and Schools 145 Concentrated Studies Program 15 146 Departments, College of Libera Arts and Sciences Secondary 82 Business and Administration Cooperative Education 16 Biological Sciences 145 20 Special 82 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Corporation The Duquesne 159 Chemistry 146 22 Curriculum 76 Education Costs See Fees and Tuition 146 Classics 24 General Education 76 Music Counseling Center Computer Science 26 Professional Education 76 Nursing 147 Course Economics 28 Professional Laboratory Experiences 76 Pharmacy 147 Examination 155 English 28 Degree 76 General University Scholarships 148 Retrogradation 156 149 Fine Arts (Art Division) 18 Dual Certification 78 ROTC Scholarships Course Descriptions History 148 31 General Education Required Courses 77 University Discounts Arts and Sciences Is Journalism 152 34 History 76 Financial Matters Business and Administration 67 152 Mathematics 36 Honor Awards 79 Billing Problems Education 79 Media Arts 152 38 Program Credit Requirements Student Financing Program Music 93 152 Modern Languages 39 EarlN Childhood 77 Cashing Checks Nursing 113 Philosophy 152 45 Elementary 77 Bad Checks PharmacN 126 Phvsics 47 Music 77 Fine Arts (See Art Division) ROTC 133 Political Science 50 Secondary 78 First-Year Students, Admission of 140 Courses 94 Psychology 53 Special Education 78 Flute Courses Auditing 154 Sociology 40 54 Scholarships 146 French Courses Cancellation of 155 Speech Communication and Theatre 57 Student Organizations 79 Full-Time Students 155 187 186

Double Bass 94 History 108 G and G Building I I English 29 Flute 94 Honor Awards III General Education 77 History 31 Guitar-Classical/Jazz 94 Nursing Electives 114 General Intormation 9 International Relations 51 Harp 95 Program Purposes, Goal & Indicators 109 German Courses 41 Journalism 34 95 Program of Study 154 Mathematics 36 Horn 109 Grade Reports Semester 95 Recommended Course Sequences 155 Media Arts 51 Oboe 112 Grading System 95 Requirements/ Additional III Graduate Courses for Undergraduate Credit 157 Modern Languages and Literature 40 Organ Percussion 96 Scholarships and Loans 145 147 Graduation Philosophy 45 Piano 96 Second Degree Program 110 Fees 150 Physics 48 97 Student Organizations III 157 Saxophone Honors Political Science 51 97 Student Rights 112 157 Trombone and Baritone Horn Requirements Psychology 53 97 Temporary Transfer 110 25 Trumpet Greek Courses Soclologv 55 98 Transfer Student Admission 110 Guaranteed Student Loans 145 Speech Communications and Theatre 57 Tuba 94 Viola 98 Guitar Courses Theology 16 98 Gvmnasium 11 World Literature 18 Violin Oboe Courses 95 98 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Violoncello Official Registration 153 Voice 98 Officers, Administrative 159 Handbook Student 138 Curricular Requirements 14 Conducting 103 Organ Courses 95 HanleN Hall The Edward J It Degrees 15 Conservatory 86 Organizations See Student Organizations Harp Courses 95 Effective Catalog Ensemble 103 Health Profession Loans 145 Electives 171 7 Music Education 99 Health History 14 Pan-Hellenic Council 137 Bassoon 99 Insurance 136 Majors and Minors 18 Parish Scholarship 144 Clarinet 99 Services 136 Philosophy and Objectives 9 Part-Time Students 155 Double Bass 99 History 31 Special Programs 15 Pass/Fail Electives 156 Flute 99 Courses 31 Associate Degrees 17 Pell Grant Programs 145 Guitar-Classical/JaZL 99 31 Concentrated Studies 15 Percussion Courses 96 Department of too Requirements for Major 31 Cooperative Education 16 Harp Pharmaceutical Administration, 100 Requirements for Minor 31 Horn Department of 128 World Literature Program 16 too History of Duquesne 9 Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Arts and Oboe Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Pharmaceutics, 157 Organ 100 Department of 126 Honors Graduation General Sciences 16 101 Honors Awards Pre-Law 16 Percussion Pharmacists State Licensing of 125 79 Piano 101 Pharmacology-Toxicology, Department of 127 Education Pre- Professional Health Education 16 101 Music 85 Inter-School Minors 17 Saxophone Pharmacy, School of 117 11 Trombone and Baritone Horn 101 Accreditation and Affiliaiion 12 Nursing Bachelor- Master's 17 102 1241 17 Trumpet Admission 122 Pharmacy Bachelor/Professional School 102 Honor Societies 137 17 Tuba Areas of Concentration 119 Liberal Arts Engineering 102 Horn Courses 95 17 Violin Career Guidance Center 126 Second Bachelor's Degree 102 Housing See Dormitories Three-year Bachelor's 17 Viola Course Descriptions 126 Violoncello 102 CLEP and Advanced Placement 17,142 Clinical Pharmacy 129 Voice 103 Inter-Fraternstv Council 137 Scholarships 145 Medical Technology 129 Music History Literature and Art 104 Pharmacy Curriculum 118 International Library Resource Center I I Music Theory 105 Business Curriculum 68 Loans See Scholarships and Loans Pharmaceutical Administration 128 Music Therapy 106 Pharmaceutical Chemistry Education PohcN Statement on 9 Non-Music Majors 107 Communications Associate Degree 17 and Pharmaceutics 126 Management Curriculum 72 Sacred Music 106 Pharmacology-Toxicology 127 International Relations Political Science 51 M anagement Information Systems 70 107 136 Tamburitzans Institute of Folk Arts Professional Electives 130 Student Advisement Marketing Curriculum 73 84 Students Admission of 141 Degrees Radiological Health 130 Mathematics Equipment 85 Curriculum Majors 118 Inter-School Minors 17 36 Courses Fees Special 84 Degrees 117 Italian Courses 42 36 Department of History 84 Graduation Requirements 125 36 Requirements for Major Honor Awards 85 History 117 36 Journalism Requirements for Minor Philosophv and Objectives 84 Honor Awards 124 Courses 34 Matriculation Deposit 149 Programs 86 Philosophy and Objectives 117 Department of 34 I I McCloskey Field Conservatory 86 Programs 117 Requirements for Major 34 Media Arts Jazz Performance 89 PharmacN 117 Requirements for Minor 34 38 Courses Orchestral Instrument/Classical Guitar 88 Medical Technologv 120 38 Scholarships 145 Requirements for Major Organ 86 Radiological Health 121 38 Requirements for Minor Piano 86 Research Foundation 126 Laborator^ Fees Medical Technology, Department of 120, 129 Voice 87 Residency Requirements 118 General 150 Mellon Hall of Science I I Sacred Music Regulations 123 132 Pharmacy 123, 150 Military Science, Department of Organ 89 Scholars Program 122 139 Late Registration Ministry, Campus Voice 90 Scholarships and Loans 147 Literatures Fee 149 Modern Languages & Recital Attendance 85 Special Fees 123 Pollcv 154 Courses 40 Other Attendance Requirements 85 Activities 123 39 Latin Courses 25 Department of Scholarships 146 Laboratory 123 Law Administration Curriculum 71 French Courses 40 Student Organizations 85 School of Pharmacv Fee 123 Learning Skills Program 137 German Courses 41 Teacher Certification 85 State Licensing L'Espirit du Due (Yearbook) 138 Italian Courses 42 Theolog^ Requirements 86 Permsy Ivania 125 39 Liberal Arts and Sciences College of 14 Requirements for Major States Other Than Pennsylvania 125 Requirements for Minor 40 Academic National Direct Student Loans 144 Student Organizations 123 Russian Courses 43 Load 17 Nursing School of 108 Philosophy and Objectives, University 9 Spanish Courses 43 Regulations 17 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Philosophy Music Education 103 Requirements 14 -Admission of Registered Nurse Students 109 Courses 45 Music, School of 84 Universitv-Level Courses Taken While Admission Requirements 109 Department of 45 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 in High School 17 Course Descriptions 113 Requirements for Major 45 Admission 84 Course Descriptions 18 Curriculum Standards 113 Requirements for Minor 45 Advisement 84 Art Di%ision 18 Dcfinition/Philosoph^ 108 Physics 47 Building I I Biological Sciences 20 Degree 109 Courses 48 Course Descriptions 93 Chemisiry 23 Expenses Additional III Department of 47 Applied Music 93 Classics 25 Graduation Requirements III Earth Science 48 Bassoon 93 Computer Science 27 Grievance Procedure 112 Requirements for Major 48 Economics 66 Clarinet 94

188 189

Requirements for Minor 48 Costs 151 Student Life 135 Transfer Students PhNsicaI Facilities 10 Withdrawals and Refunds 151 Athletics 135 Admission of Piano Courses 96 ROTC See Rcser^e Officer Training Corps Dean of Students 135 Temporary Placement Center Career Planning and 135 Russian Courses 43 Health Insurance/Health Services 136 Temporary—Summer Pohcv Statement on Inti-r-national Education 9 Residence Life 136 Trinity Hall Political Science St Ann Hall 12 Learning Skills Program 137 Trombone Courses Courses 51 St Martin Hall 12 Testing Bureau 136 Trumpet Courses Department of 50 Saxophone Courses 97 Ps^chological Center for Tuba Courses Requirements for Major 50 Scholarships and Loans- Testing and Research 137 Tuition and Fees Requirements for Minor 51 University Aid 144 Student Go% ernance 137 Application Fee Post-Graduate Students Admission of 141 Application Procedure 144 Student Government Association 137 Auditor's Fee Pre-Law Program 16 Commuter Council 137 Change ofSchedule Fee Competitive Scholarships 144 by Pre-Legal Program 72 Health Profession Loans 145 Residence Council 137 Credit Examination Fee Pre-Professional Health Education 16 National Direct Student Loans 145 inter-Fraternitv Council 137 Graduation Fees Professional and Department Organizations 137 Federal Loans 144 Pan-Hellenic Council 137 Laboratory Fees Psychological Center for Parish Scholarships 144 Union Program Board 136 Late Registration Fee Training and Research 137 Student Emplovment 145 Student Organizations 137 Matriculation Deposit Psvchology Supplemental Educational Honor Societies 137 Remission of Tuition Courses 53 Opportunity Grants 144 Media 138 Removal of I Grade Residence Hall Pre-Payment Department of 53 University Scholars Awards 144 WDUQ Radio and Television 138 Requirements for Major 53 Scholarships and Loans- WDRC 138 Room and Board Withdrawal and Refund Requirements for Minor 53 Other Sources 145 Performance Groups 138 Scholarships Public Safetv Building I I Guaranteed Student Loans 145 Tamburitzans 138 138 Special Fees Publications Student 138 Other Possibilities 145 Red Masquers Theatre Business and Administration 149 Code of Student Rights Pell Grant Program 145 Professional and Departmental 65 Music 84 149 Responsibilities & Conduct 138 State Grant Assistance 145 Business and Administration 79 Nursing 99 Duquesne Duke (Newspaper) 138 Scholarships and Loans- Education 85 Pharmacy 123, 149 Duquesne Magazine 138 Departments and Schools Music L Espirit do Due (Yearbook) 138 III Summer and Special Session 150 Arts and Sciences 145 Nursing Student Handbook 138 Pharmac^ 123 Tuition 149 Business and Administration 146 138 University Fee 149 Education 146 Publications Duquesne Duke Newspaper 138 Withdrawal and Termination of Qualm Point System 156 General 148 Duquesne Magazine 138 Attendance 150 Quantitative Science Music 146 Code ofStudent Rights 138 Tuition Remission Schedule 151 Division of 67 Nursing 147 Student Handbook 138 Within the Semester 151 Accounting 67 Pharmac^ 147 Yearbook 138 Within the Summer Session 151 Finance 69 ROTC 149 Sery ice 138 Quantitative Methods 69 School Year 2 Social 138 Union Program Board 136 Schools Summer and Special Session Unit of Credit 157 Radio and Television WDUQ 138 Arts and Sciences 14 Tuition and Fee Charges 150 Um^ersitv Radiological Health Department of 121, 130 Business and Administration 64 Summer Session 13, 142 Accreditation and Affiliation 12 Readmission Education 76 Duquesne Students 142 Administrative Officers 159 Records and Reports 154 Music 84 Transfer Students 142 Board of Directors 159 Conficlentialitv ofStudent Records 154 Nursing 108 Supplemental Educational Buildings 10 Semester Grade Reports 154 Pharmacy 117 Opportunitv Grants 144 Discounts 148 Transcripts 154 Second Bachelor's Degree 17 Svstems Center/Cornputer Resources 13 Duquesne Corporation 159 Red Masqucrs 138 Secondary Education History 9 Refund Courses 82 Tamburitzans 138 Philosophy and Objectives 9 Room and Board Withdrawal and 151 Programs 78 Teacher Certification Policy Statements on International Tuition 151 Semester Education 78 Education 9 Registration 153 Grade Reports 154 Music 85 Scholars Awards 144 Change of Schedule 153 Tuition 149 Television WDUQ Radio and 138 Setting 10 Cross 153 Senior Citizen Discount 149 Temporary Transfer Students, Admission of Late 154 Service Organizations 138 Academic Year 142 Viola Courses/Violin Courses 98 Regulations for Pharmacy Students 123 Social Organizations 138 Summer Session 142 Violoncello Courses/Voice Courses 98 Requirements for Graduation 157 Sociology Testing Bureau 136 Repeating Courses and Areas of Concentration 55 Theatre 138 WDUQ Radio and Television 138 Course Retrogradation 156 Courses 55 Theology Withdrawal 132 Reserve Officer Training Corps Department of 54 Courses 60 From a Course 158 Army ROTC Scholarships 133 Requirements for Major 55 Department of 60 From the University 150 133 Course Descriptions Requirements for Minor 55 Three-Year Bachelor's Program 17 Women's Sports See Athletics Department of Military Science Spanish Courses 43 Transcripts 154 World Literature Program 133 (ArniN ROTC) Speech Communication and Theatre Transfer Within the University 158 EarlN Commissioning 133 Areas of Concentration 57 Program s 132 Courses 58 Four-Year 132 Department of 57 Advanced Course 132 Special Education Basic Course 132 Courses Common Hour 134 Program Direct Entry Advanced 132 Sports See Athletics Simultaneous Membership 133 State Two-Year 133 Licensing of Pharmacists 125 Voluntary Adventure and Grant Assistance 145 Social Activities 134 Student Scholarships 149 Employment 145 Residence Government Association 137 Council 137 Housing See Dormitories Life 136 Financing Program 152 Residences Student See Dormitories Records, Confidentialitv of 154 Residence Hall Pre-Pa^nient Fee 149 Standing 156 Rockwell Hall 11 Student Services, Programs and Room and Board 151 Organizations 135

Tamburitzan Cultural Center 1801 Boulevard of Allies Amr) (11: Twr Al I IF:', Downtown Pittsburgh BLUFF STREET

CU Saint T Martin Duquesne Towers Z Adrntnistrati^n 0 Mellon Hall , C: B uilding 1-1 M of Science C 0 =3 E a- 0 L) d- z < C. CID

VICKROY STREET 0 CENTENNIAL WALK Lij z Lij F- M Convent El LLJLU U)U.1 >< F7 121I-- z St Ann Hall W7est C/) 0 1- 0 Ir z SEITZ STREET 0 Uj Union, co > eyUj McClosk Edward J Hanley 0 E Athletic School of Law Q) V) S^c u 'oo Field LLJ nUniversity yall L 1777 7 ONE WAY — LOCUSTSTREET LOCUST Library LLJ Parking I I Resource STREET T (n LLJ cr Parking- I center —i Lu utilities -0 E LLI Public Lu 0 a) cc: Cn -\ \\ Bui7lding Safety 0 E a) — U) S 3: r GIBBON STREET Cn -T M -^c Q W y < 0 z I I I I I I I Lu cc T- Parking 2-- Parking 114

1E I I I I I I I 11Z-L1 Armstrong E, Tunnels OAKLAND -'&— ON E WAY FORBESAVENUE DOWNTOWN

1 ^ftl 71 F- I F F-1 r